Document:

Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement

 Exhibit 10.16(a) 
 Note: Certain portions have been omitted from this Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement in accordance with a request for confidential treatment submitted to the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Omitted information has been replaced with an asterisk. Omitted information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  

 
  

 
  
 Amended and Restated 
 Master Services Agreement 

by and between 
 Tata America International Corporation 
 & Tata Consultancy Services
Limited 
 and 
 ACNielsen (US), Inc. 
 Effective as of October 1, 2007

  
  

 
  

 

 Table of Contents 

 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	Section 1. OBJECTIVES, OVERVIEW OF SERVICES AND DEFINITIONS	  	8
	1.1	  	Goals and Objectives	  	8
	1.2	  	Interpretation	  	9
	1.3	  	Overview of Services	  	10
	1.4	  	Inclusion of Affiliates	  	10
	1.5	  	Definitions	  	11
	1.6	  	Interpretation	  	23
		
	Section 2. TERM	  	24
	2.1	  	Term	  	24
	2.2	  	Renewal Term; Expiration-Termination Assistance Period	  	24
	2.3	  	Request to Review Terms	  	24
		
	Section 3. SERVICES	  	24
	3.1	  	Scope of Services	  	24
	3.2	  	Off-Shore Services	  	25
	3.3	  	Services Performed by Nielsen or Third Parties	  	25
	3.4	  	Acquisition, Divestiture and Alliance Services	  	26
	3.5	  	Statements of Work	  	27
	3.6	  	Additional Work, Reprioritization and Adjustments to Schedules or Service Level	  	28
	3.7	  	TCS Briefing	  	28
	3.8	  	Nielsen Obligations to Purchase Services in Future	  	29
	3.9	  	Pre-Approval Required	  	29
	3.10	  	Permitted Users of the Services	  	29
		
	Section 4. TRANSITION	  	29
	4.1	  	Transition Plan	  	29
	4.2	  	Transition Services	  	29
	4.3	  	Failure to Perform Transition-Related Obligations	  	30
	4.4	  	Additional Staffing	  	31
	4.5	  	Transition Acceptance Tests	  	31
	4.6	  	Transition Completion	  	31
	4.7	  	Transition Risk Management and Mutual Cooperation	  	31
		
	Section 5. CROSS SERVICES	  	32
	5.1	  	Licenses and Permits	  	32
	5.2	  	Provision of Technology; Services Evolution	  	32
	5.3	  	Knowledge Sharing	  	32
	5.4	  	TCS Office Space	  	33
	5.5	  	Quality Assurance	  	33
	5.6	  	Safety and Security Procedures	  	33

  

 i 

					
	5.7	  	Reporting	  	34
	5.8	  	Financial, Forecasting and Budgeting Support	  	36
		
	Section 6. GLOBAL DELIVERY CENTER	  	36
	6.1	  	General	  	36
	6.2	  	Change of TCS Service Location	  	38
	6.3	  	Shared Environment	  	38
	6.4	  	Network Connections; Nielsen Standards	  	38
		
	Section 7. THIRD PARTY AGREEMENTS	  	40
	7.1	  	Assigned Agreements	  	40
	7.2	  	Performance Under Assigned Agreements	  	40
	7.3	  	Third Party Invoices for Assigned Agreements	  	41
	7.4	  	Retained Agreements	  	41
	7.5	  	Retained Agreement Invoices	  	41
		
	Section 8. SERVICE LEVELS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS	  	41
	8.1	  	Service Level Performance Methodology	  	41
	8.2	  	Tier One Quality of Service Metrics and Critical Service Levels	  	42
	8.3	  	Failure to Perform	  	42
	8.4	  	Self-Help	  	43
	8.5	  	Adjustment of Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics	  	44
	8.6	  	Failure to Meet Service Level	  	44
	8.7	  	Exceptions to Service Level and other Performance Failure of TCS	  	44
	8.8	  	Measurement and Monitoring Tools	  	45
	8.9	  	Continuous Improvement and Best Practices	  	45
	8.10	  	Nielsen Satisfaction Surveys	  	45
		
	Section 9. RESTRICTIVE COVENANT	  	46
	9.1	  	Additional Restrictions	  	46
	9.2	  	Remedies For Breach of Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(b)	  	47
	9.3	  	Remedies For Breach of Section 9.1(c)	  	48
	9.4	  	Advance Clearance	  	48
		
	Section 10. TCS PERSONNEL	  	49
	10.1	  	Levels and Retention of Resources	  	49
	10.2	  	Replacement of Resources	  	49
	10.3	  	Training	  	50
	10.4	  	Minimum Staffing Requirements	  	50
	10.5	  	Key Resources and Domain Experts	  	51
	10.6	  	TCS Managers	  	51
	10.7	  	Project Managers	  	52
	10.8	  	Approval of TCS Managers	  	52
	10.9	  	Replacement of TCS Managers and Key Resources	  	52
	10.10	  	Executive Steering Committee	  	53
	10.11	  	Subcontracting	  	53

  

 ii 

					
	10.12	  	Coordination Role	  	53
	10.13	  	Access to TCS Specialized Resources	  	54
	10.14	  	TCS Personnel Incentives Plan	  	54
	10.15	  	Personnel Procedures	  	54
	10.16	  	Background Check, Testing and Documentation of TCS Personnel	  	54
		
	Section 11. NIELSEN RESPONSIBILITIES	  	55
	11.1	  	General	  	55
	11.2	  	Use of Nielsen Service Locations	  	56
	11.3	  	Nielsen Personnel	  	57
	11.4	  	Policies, Rules, Standards and Process Instructions	  	57
	11.5	  	Review, Consents, Approvals	  	58
		
	Section 12. GOVERNANCE, MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL	  	58
	12.1	  	Governance Model	  	58
	12.2	  	Change Control Procedures	  	58
	12.3	  	Procedures Manuals	  	58
		
	Section 13. SOFTWARE AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS	  	59
	13.1	  	TCS Software	  	59
	13.2	  	Nielsen Software	  	59
	13.3	  	TCS Background Technology	  	59
	13.4	  	TCS Software (including TCS Productivity and TCS Project Tools)	  	60
	13.5	  	Developed Software	  	61
	13.6	  	Nielsen License	  	61
	13.7	  	Changes and Upgrades to Software	  	62
	13.8	  	Non Software Materials	  	62
	13.9	  	Work Product	  	62
	13.10	  	Patents	  	63
	13.11	  	Residual Knowledge	  	64
	13.12	  	Attorney-in-Fact	  	64
	13.13	  	Waiver of Moral Rights	  	64
	13.14	  	TCS Third Party Software	  	64
	13.15	  	Nielsen Third Party Software	  	65
	13.16	  	Section 365(n)	  	65
		
	Section 14. DATA OWNERSHIP, PROTECTION AND RETURN OF DATA	  	65
	14.1	  	Ownership of Nielsen Data	  	65
	14.2	  	Return of Data	  	66
	14.3	  	Safeguarding of Data	  	66
	14.4	  	Reconstruction of Data	  	66
		
	Section 15. CONSENTS	  	67
	15.1	  	Nielsen Consents	  	67
	15.2	  	TCS Consents	  	67
	15.3	  	Contingent Consents	  	67

  

 iii 

					
		
	Section 16. DISASTER RECOVERY PLAN AND BUSINESS CONTINUITY PLAN	  	67
	16.1	  	General	  	67
	16.2	  	Disaster or Force Majeure Event	  	68
	16.3	  	Termination Due to Force Majeure Events	  	69
	16.4	  	Allocation of Resources	  	69
	16.5	  	No Charge for Unperformed Services	  	69
		
	Section 17. MINIMUM COMMITMENT AMOUNT	  	70
	17.1	  	Minimum Commitment Amount	  	70
	17.2	  	Exclusions from the Minimum Commitment Amount	  	70
	17.3	  	Reductions to the Minimum Commitment Amount	  	71
	17.4	  	Payment Upon Termination and Expiration	  	72
		
	Section 18. Charges; INVOICING AND PAYMENT TERMS	  	72
	18.1	  	Charges	  	72
	18.2	  	T&M	  	73
	18.3	  	Expenses Reimbursement	  	74
	18.4	  	Invoicing and Payment Terms	  	75
	18.5	  	Rights of Set Off	  	76
	18.6	  	Refundable Items	  	76
	18.7	  	Unused Credits	  	76
	18.8	  	Proration	  	76
	18.9	  	Disputed Payment	  	76
	18.10	  	Productivity	  	77
	18.11	  	Fixed Price Engagement	  	77
	18.12	  	Most Favored Customer	  	77
		
	Section 19. EXTENSION TO SUPPLIERS	  	77
	19.1	  	General	  	77
	19.2	  	Rate Card Variations For Suppliers	  	78
		
	Section 20. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS	  	78
	20.1	  	Compliance with Laws	  	78
	20.2	  	Equal Employment Opportunity/Affirmative Action	  	78
	20.3	  	Occupational Safety And Health Act	  	79
	20.4	  	Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and Similar Laws	  	79
	20.5	  	Immigration Laws	  	79
	20.6	  	Hazardous Products or Components	  	79
	20.7	  	Labor Disputes	  	79
	20.8	  	Statutory and Regulatory Changes	  	80
		
	Section 21. TAXES	  	80
	21.1	  	Responsibilities for Taxes	  	80
	21.2	  	Cooperation	  	81
		
	Section 22. AUDITS	  	82

  

 iv 

					
	22.1	  	Processing	  	82
	22.2	  	Financial Responsibility for Audit	  	82
	22.3	  	Financial Audit	  	83
	22.4	  	Record Retention	  	83
	22.5	  	SAS 70 Type II	  	84
	22.6	  	Audit Software	  	85
	22.7	  	Facilities	  	85
	22.8	  	Audit Assistance	  	85
	22.9	  	Confidentiality and other Provisions	  	85
	22.10	  	Audit Reviews and Responses	  	85
	22.11	  	Regulatory and Client Audits	  	86
		
	Section 23. CONFIDENTIALITY	  	86
	23.1	  	Confidential Information	  	86
	23.2	  	Obligations	  	87
	23.3	  	Exclusions	  	88
	23.4	  	Loss of Confidential Information	  	89
	23.5	  	No Implied Rights	  	90
	23.6	  	Injunctive Relief	  	90
	23.7	  	Survival	  	90
		
	Section 24. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	  	90
	24.1	  	By TCS	  	90
	24.2	  	Mutual Representations and Warranties	  	95
	24.3	  	Disclaimer	  	96
		
	Section 25. DISPUTE RESOLUTION	  	96
	25.1	  	Mutual Discussion	  	96
	25.2	  	Non-binding Mediation	  	96
	25.3	  	Expedited Dispute Resolution	  	97
	25.4	  	Adjudication of Disputes	  	97
	25.5	  	Continuity of Services	  	98
	25.6	  	Additional Dispute Resolution Terms	  	98
		
	Section 26. TERMINATION	  	98
	26.1	  	Termination for Convenience	  	98
	26.2	  	Termination With TCS’ Right to Cure	  	98
	26.3	  	Termination Without any Right to Cure	  	99
	26.4	  	Termination of this Agreement Due to Legal Prohibition	  	100
	26.5	  	Termination by TCS	  	101
	26.6	  	Nielsen’s Payment Obligation Upon Termination or Expiration	  	101
	26.7	  	Effects of Termination	  	102
	26.8	  	Termination of Statements of Work	  	103
		
	Section 27. TERMINATION-EXPIRATION ASSISTANCE	  	103
	27.1	  	Termination-Expiration Assistance	  	103

  

 v 

					
		
	Section 28. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY	  	104
	28.1	  	NO CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES	  	104
	28.2	  	DIRECT DAMAGES	  	104
	28.3	  	EXCLUSIONS	  	104
		
	Section 29. INDEMNIFICATION	  	105
	29.1	  	Indemnity by TCS	  	105
	29.2	  	Additional Obligations for Infringement Claims.	  	106
	29.3	  	Indemnity by Nielsen	  	107
	29.4	  	Additional Obligations for Infringement Claims	  	108
	29.5	  	Indemnification Procedures	  	108
	29.6	  	Subrogation	  	109
		
	Section 30. INSURANCE, FIDELITY BOND	  	109
	30.1	  	Insurance Coverage	  	109
	30.2	  	Insurance Documentation	  	110
	30.3	  	Insurance Provisions	  	110
	30.4	  	Fidelity Insurance	  	110
	30.5	  	Claims Procedures	  	111
		
	Section 31. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	  	111
	31.1	  	Assignment	  	111
	31.2	  	Notice	  	111
	31.3	  	Counterparts	  	112
	31.4	  	Relationship	  	112
	31.5	  	Severability	  	112
	31.6	  	Waiver; Approvals	  	113
	31.7	  	Publicity	  	113
	31.8	  	Headings	  	113
	31.9	  	Survival	  	113
	31.10	  	Covenant of Further Assurance	  	113
	31.11	  	Negotiated Terms	  	114
	31.12	  	Governing Law and Jurisdiction	  	114
	31.13	  	Permits	  	114
	31.14	  	Non Solicitation of Employees	  	114
	31.15	  	Changes In and Relationship of Various Parties	  	115
	31.16	  	Entire Agreement	  	116
	31.17	  	Existing SOWs	  	116
	31.18	  	Amendment; No Electronic Signatures; Waiver	  	116

  

 vi 

 TABLE OF SCHEDULES 

 

			
		
	Schedule A	  	Services
	 Exhibit A-1
	  	 Form of Augmentation SOW

	 Exhibit A-2
	  	 Form of Project SOW

	 Exhibit A-3
	  	 Form of Process SOW

	 Exhibit A-4
	  	 Form of Project Change Request

	 Exhibit A-5
	  	 Form of Transition Plan

		
	Schedule B	  	Service Levels
	 Exhibit B-1
	  	 Tier One Quality of Service Metrics

	 Exhibit B-2
	  	 Critical Service Levels

		
	Schedule C	  	Charges
		
	Schedule D	  	Nielsen Satisfaction Surveys
		
	Schedule E	  	Human Resources Provisions
	 Exhibit E-1
	  	 Nielsen Preemption Right Employees

		
	Schedule F	  	 Off-Shore Leverage Percentages (Initial Geographic Service Locations)
 TCS Target Total Head Count
 Service Locations (TCS Global Delivery Centers, Other Service
Locations, Nielsen Service Locations)

		
	Schedule G	  	Nielsen Policies & Standards
	 Exhibit G-1
	  	 Travel Policies

	 Exhibit G-2
	  	 Network Connectivity and Security Policies

	 Exhibit G-3
	  	 Data Security Policies

	 Exhibit G-4
	  	 Physical Security Policies

		
	Schedule H	  	 TCS Group
 List of Approved
Subcontractors

		
	Schedule I	  	Third Party Contracts
		
	Schedule J	  	Governance and Personnel
		
	Schedule K	  	TCS Standard Software
		
	Schedule L	  	TCS Standard Hardware
		
	Schedule M	  	 List of Restricted Companies

Description of Restricted Businesses

		
	Schedule N	  	Nielsen BCP and DR Requirements
		
	Schedule O	  	Termination – Expiration Assistance

  

 vii 

 This AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) effective
as of October 1, 2007 (“Agreement Effective Date”) is made and entered into by and between: 
 TCS:
Tata America International Corporation, doing business as TCS America, a New York corporation (“TCS America”) and Tata Consultancy Services Limited, a company established under the laws of the Republic of India
(“TCSL”). TCS America is a wholly owned subsidiary of TCSL. TCSL and TCS America are collectively referred to hereinafter as “TCS”; 
 AND 
 Nielsen: ACNielsen (US), Inc. (“Nielsen”), a
Delaware corporation. 
 TCS and Nielsen are sometimes referred to as a “Party” and collectively as
“Parties”. 
 This Agreement amends and restates the Master Services Agreement dated as of June 16, 2004,
as amended from time to time prior to the Agreement Effective Date, (the “Original MSA”) by and among the Parties and their predecessors in interest. 
 PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS 
 The Parties have renegotiated certain of the
terms, conditions, rights and obligations of the Parties in connection with the Services, the overall pricing of the Services and commitments to purchase a certain volume of Services during the Term, and wish to amend and restate the Original MSA in
its entirety in order to amend, supplement and consolidate in this Agreement all of the agreed terms, conditions rights and obligations of the Parties, including to: 
 (i) provide for Nielsen to receive a more favorable and competitive pricing structure for the Services; 
 (ii) provide for TCS to receive a minimum commitment from Nielsen on a ‘take or pay’ basis; and 
 (iii) provide for the continuation of SOWs in effect between the Parties executed pursuant to the Original MSA. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and of other good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows: 
  

	Section 1.	OBJECTIVES, OVERVIEW OF SERVICES AND DEFINITIONS 

  

	 	1.1	Goals and Objectives 

 The
Parties acknowledge and agree that the specific goals and objectives of the Parties in entering into this Agreement are to: 

(a) Successfully build and operate a high-performing integrated global (outsourced/offshore) IT and BPO delivery capability for Nielsen;

 (b) Generate one-time and on-going committed cost reductions for each in-scope
outsourced/offshored IT and business activity by utilizing the appropriate low cost qualified resources and offshore infrastructure; 
 (c) Improve the quality of deliverables from IT and business operations; 
 (d)
Embed a defined and demonstrated process improvement capability and commitment to address cycle time, quality and cost objectives and to increase repeatability and predictability for Nielsen; 

(e) Operate as a seamless, value-added extension of the current IT and business operations organization; 

(f) Enable scalable IT and business operations capacity; 
 (g) Provide for active, ongoing management and evaluation of the relationship to ensure it anticipates and supports the changing business environment; 

(h) Support Nielsen’s status as a world class information services company; 

(i) Leverage economies of scale afforded by IT and business processing service providers; 

(j) Provide for a pool of experienced, high-quality TCS Personnel that will be dedicated to the Nielsen account throughout the Term of
this Agreement; 
 (k) Minimize disruptions to the existing IT and business operations as well as internal and external
customers (through transition and beyond); 
 (l) Minimize negative impact on Nielsen Personnel; 

(m) Establish and maintain a stable, highly cooperative and long term business relationship with Nielsen Personnel at all levels;

 (n) Help establish a proven framework for cost effectively providing outsourcing and offshoring services in other
information technology and business operation areas with Nielsen as the needs arise; and 
 (o) Support Nielsen’s efforts
to integrate and consolidate its operational entities. 
  

	 	1.2	Interpretation 

 The
provisions of Section 1.1 are intended to be a general introduction to this Agreement and are not intended to expand the scope of the Parties’ obligations or alter the plain meaning of

  

 9 

 
this Agreement’s terms and conditions, as provided in the other sections of this Agreement. However, to the extent the terms and conditions of this Agreement are unclear or ambiguous, such
terms and conditions are to be construed to be consistent and in agreement with the background and objectives provided in this Section 1. 
  

	 	1.3	Overview of Services 

 TCS
shall, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, perform the professional services relating to information technology and business process operations (including applications development and maintenance (“AD&M”) and
business support services), in each case as they may evolve, be supplemented, enhanced, modified or replaced in accordance with the procedure established in this Agreement), including providing the Deliverables as described in this Agreement and/or
applicable Statements of Work (collectively, the “Services”). Schedule A describes the general scope of Services contemplated in this Agreement. Particular Services shall be described in Statements of Work attached to this Agreement
(each, a “Statement of Work” or “SOW”). Each SOW shall be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1, A-2 or A-3, as applicable, to Schedule A. Each SOW shall be effective, incorporated into and subject to this
Agreement when executed in accordance with the procedures provided in Section 3.5(a)(i). The provisions of this Agreement will be applicable and extendable to IT and BPO operations areas within Nielsen (including acquisitions), and will fall
into one of the following categories of Services as designated in Schedule A.  
 (a) Information Technology
Services. Nielsen desires that certain information technology (“IT”) services presently performed and managed by or for Nielsen or Nielsen Affiliates, and certain applications Software development services and maintenance and
certain other additional information technology services, as each is described in this Agreement, including the SOWs and Schedules, be performed and managed by TCS. TCS shall have carefully reviewed Nielsen’s requirements and shall have
performed all due diligence it deems necessary prior to execution of each SOW; or 
 (b) Business Processing Services.
Nielsen desires that certain BPO services presently performed and managed by or for Nielsen or Nielsen Affiliates, as each is described in this Agreement, including the SOWs and Schedules, be performed and managed by TCS. TCS shall have carefully
reviewed Nielsen’s requirements and shall have performed all due diligence it deems necessary prior to execution of each SOW. 
  

	 	1.4	Inclusion of Affiliates 

(a) A reference to Nielsen shall include Affiliates of Nielsen (and any assignees of Nielsen and Nielsen Affiliates as designated by
Nielsen) in accordance with the following: (i) a reference includes Affiliates of Nielsen where expressly so provided; (ii) references to Nielsen in the following definitions include Affiliates of Nielsen (unless expressly provided to the
contrary): Nielsen Data, Nielsen Information, Nielsen Software, and Third Party Service Contracts; (iii) references to sale, assignment, grant of license or the like by Nielsen means Nielsen will perform the act for itself or cause Affiliates
of Nielsen to perform the act themselves; references to assets being in the name of Nielsen include Affiliates of Nielsen; and (iv) references to the business, operations, policies, procedures and the like of Nielsen include Affiliates of
Nielsen to the extent Affiliates are receiving the Services. Subject to the foregoing, references to Nielsen shall include Affiliates of Nielsen as Nielsen reasonably designates. 

 

 10 

 (b) A reference to TCS shall include Affiliates of TCS in accordance with the following:
(i) A reference includes Affiliates of TCS where expressly so provided; (ii) references to TCS in the following definitions include Affiliates of TCS (unless expressly provided to the contrary): TCS Data, TCS Information, TCS Software, and
Third Party Service Contracts; (iii) references to sale, assignment, grant of license or the like by TCS means TCS will perform the act for itself or cause Affiliates of TCS to perform the act themselves; references to assets being in the name
of TCS include Affiliates of TCS; and (iv) where Services are to be provided outside of the United States and TCS operates in the relevant country through a Majority Owned Affiliate, with respect to the provision of Service in that country
references to TCS shall include such Affiliate. Subject to the foregoing, references to TCS shall include Affiliates of TCS as TCS reasonably designates. 
 (c) In all cases where the reference to Nielsen includes an Affiliate of Nielsen, Nielsen shall cause the applicable Affiliate of Nielsen to perform the applicable obligations of Nielsen under this
Agreement, and Nielsen shall itself perform such obligations on behalf of such Affiliate of Nielsen if the applicable Affiliate of Nielsen fails to observe and perform such obligations. 

(d) In all cases where the reference to TCS includes an Affiliate of TCS, TCS shall cause the applicable Affiliate of TCS to perform the
applicable obligations of TCS under this Agreement, and TCS shall itself perform such obligations on behalf of such Affiliate of TCS if the applicable Affiliate of TCS fails to observe and perform such obligations. 

 

	 	1.5	Definitions 

 The
capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified where they are used or in this Section 1.5. 

(a) “Affiliate” means with respect to any entity, any other entity Controlling, Controlled by, or under common Control
with, such entity at the time in question. 
 (b) “Agent” means a person or entity, including a subcontractor,
authorized to act for a Party. 
 (c) “Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement
and all exhibits, Schedules and appendices attached hereto. 
 (d) “Agreement Effective Date” has the meaning
provided in the recitals. 
 (e) “Application” means a cohesive collection of automated procedures and data
supporting a business objective. It consists of one or more components, modules, subsystems and Software. 
 (f)
“Applications Development and Maintenance” or “AD&M” means Services related to the design, creation, development, coding, testing and implementation (development) or the maintenance, correction, support and
enhancement (maintenance) of Applications. 
  

 11 

 (g) “Approved Subcontractor” has the meaning provided in
Section 10.11. 
 (h) “Assigned Agreements” means Third Party Contracts which are assigned to TCS and
which are either listed in Schedule I or in an SOW. 
 (i) “Assignment Agreement” means the instrument by
which a Third Party Contract is assigned from Nielsen to TCS. 
 (j) “Attachment” means any exhibit, appendix,
and other detailed information accompanying a Schedule to this Agreement, SOW or other contractual document agreed to by the Parties. 
 (k) “Bankruptcy Code” has the meaning provided in Section 13.16. 
 (l) “Baseline Service Charges” means the forecasted monthly fee for providing the Resource Baselines for the Term, covering the provision of the Services on each applicable SOW for the
applicable month as provided in Section 18.2. 
 (m) “BPO” means any business process operations Nielsen
elects to outsource to TCS under this Agreement (including reporting services, technical client care (TCC), and support services relating to human resources and finance and accounting). 

(n) “Business Continuity Plan” or “BCP” has the meaning provided in Section 16.1 and Schedule N,
and in general terms means the in-scope outsourced function’s specific plans and activities of Nielsen and/or TCS that are intended to enable continued business operation in the event of any unforeseen interruption. (For example, plans and
activities to move a department or business unit to a new location in the event of a business disruption). 
 (o)
“Business Day” means every day Monday through Friday other than those holidays (such holidays not to exceed fifteen (15) per calendar year) when Nielsen’s corporate headquarters is not scheduled to be open for business.
References in this Agreement to “days” that do not specifically refer to Business Days are references to calendar days and, unless otherwise provided, a period of more than seven (7) days that expires on a day other than a Business
Day shall be automatically extended to the next following Business Day. 
 (p) “Canadian Privacy Legislation”
shall mean the Personal Information Protection and Electronics Documents Act, S.C. 2001, c-5, the Act Respecting the Protection of Personal Information in the Private Sector, R.S.Q. c. P-39.1, the Personal Information Protection Act, S.B.C. 2003,
c-63, the Personal Information Protection Act, R.S.A., c. P-65, and any similar legislation applicable in Canada. 
 (q)
“Change Control Procedure” means a process defined by written change control procedures used by the Parties through which requested or suggested changes to Services or this Agreement are controlled, as provided in Section 12.2.

  

 12 

 (r) “Change Orders” means mutually agreed changes to SOWs documented and
signed by the Parties in accordance with the Change Control Procedure. 
 (s) “Charges” means collectively all
fees, costs and other charges charged to Nielsen under this Agreement for Services. 
 (t) “Claim” means an
allegation of breach, failure, non-performance or any similar allegation, which, if proven, would lead to Losses for the Party against which the Claim is asserted. 
 (u) “Collective Bargaining Agreement” or “CBA” has the meaning provided in Section 20.7. 
 (v) “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means taking such steps and performing in such a manner as a well managed business would undertake having regard to reasonableness and cost, where
such business was acting in a determined, prudent and reasonable manner to achieve a particular desired result for its own benefit. 
 (w) “Confidential Information” has the meaning provided in Section 23.1. 
 (x) “Continuous Improvement” means the activities and actions that TCS performs as provided in Sections 8.9. 
 (y) “Contract Year” means: (i) the 15-month period that begins on the Agreement Effective Date and ends on December 31, 2008; and (ii) for each year after the initial
Contract Year, the calendar year. With respect to any SOW, a Contract Year means a period commencing on the Services Commencement Date or an anniversary thereof and ending on the date one (1) year thereafter (or, if earlier, on the last day of
the SOW Term). If any Contract Year for this Agreement or for any SOW is less than twelve (12) months, the rights and obligations under this Agreement that are calculated on a Contract Year basis will be proportionately adjusted for such
shorter period. 
 (z) “Control” and its derivatives means possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management, policies and operations of an entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
 (aa) “Controlled Subsidiary” means any entity of which TCSL possesses Control, provided that so long as TCSL is a public company, such control shall be determined solely by reference to
TCSL’s direct or indirect ownership of the equity in such entity, disregarding the ownership of any other entity (such as Tata Sons Ltd) which itself Controls TCSL. 
 (bb) “Critical Service Levels” means those service levels which are applicable on an SOW basis as described in Section 1(b) of Schedule B. 

(cc) “Critical Services” means those Services that are mission critical or necessary for Nielsen or an Affiliate to
conduct their business. 
  

 13 

 (dd) “Data” means numbers, characters, images, or other Nielsen
information recorded in a form that can be input into a CPU or processor, stored and processed there, or transmitted on some digital or analog channel. 
 (ee) “Deliverable(s)” means each deliverable (including Software, documents and an item or work product resulting from performance of an activity) identified in either this Agreement or a
Statement of Work, and any other deliverable agreed upon by the Parties in writing, including all Software, Documentation, goods, services and materials to be provided by TCS pursuant to this Agreement or any Statement of Work. 

(ff) “Designated Representatives” has the meaning provided in Section 25.1. 

(gg) “Developed Software” means any Software, modifications or enhancements developed pursuant to this Agreement by or
among TCS, TCS Agents, and Nielsen. 
 (hh) “Disabling Code” has the meaning provided in Section 24.1(j).

 (ii) “Disaster Recovery Plan” or “DRP” has the meaning provided in Section 16.1.

 (jj) “Dispute” has the meaning provided in Section 25.1. 

(kk) “Dispute Resolution Process” means the methods for resolving disagreements provided in Section 25.

 (ll) “Documentation” means the user manuals and any other completed (as opposed to works in progress)
materials in any form or medium related to the Services provided by TCS to Nielsen as required by this Agreement or, provided by Nielsen to TCS (to the extent such materials exist, Nielsen is aware of the existence, Nielsen has reasonable access to
the materials and Nielsen has the legal right to access and provide such materials to TCS). 
 (mm) “Domain
Expert” has the meaning provided in Section 10.5(b). 
 (nn) “Executive Steering Committee” has
the meaning provided in Section 10.10. 
 (oo) “Extension Period” has the meaning provided in
Section 2.2(b). 
 (pp) “Fidelity Bond” has the meaning provided in Section 30.4. 

(qq) “Fixed Price” means Services that will be performed for a single Charge which shall be provided in the relevant
SOW, and which shall be not subject to time and materials Charges or the Baseline Service Charges, but which may be subject to additional charges and credits based on Nielsen’s usage of non-personnel based resource units or changed pursuant to
a Change Order. 
  

 14 

 (rr) “Force Majeure Event” has the meaning provided in Section 16.2.

 (ss) “Global Delivery Center” has the meaning provided in Section 6.1. 

(tt) “Global Relationship Manager” means the individual designated as the primary contact for the relevant Party under
this Agreement as provided in Sections 10.6(c) and 11.3(c). 
 (uu) “Governance Model” has the meaning
provided in Section 12.1 and Schedule J. 
 (vv) “Hardware” means the computers and related equipment
used in connection with the provision of the Services, including central processing units and other processors, servers, controllers, modems, communications and telecommunications equipment (voice, data and video), cables, storage devices,
printers, Terminals, other peripherals and input and output devices, and other tangible mechanical and electronic equipment intended for the processing, input, output, storage, manipulation, communication, transmission and retrieval of information
and data. 
 (ww) “Initial Term” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1. 

(xx) “Insured Event” has the meaning provided in Section 30.5(b). 

(yy) “Intellectual Property Rights” means, on a worldwide basis, any and all: (i) rights associated with works of
authorship and literary property, including copyrights, moral rights of an author of a copyrightable work (including any right to be identified as the author of the work or to object to derogatory treatment of the work), and mask-work rights;
(ii) trade marks, service marks, logos, trade dress, trade names, whether or not registered, and the goodwill associated therewith; (iii) rights relating to know-how or trade secrets, including ideas, concepts, methods, techniques,
inventions (whether or not developed or reduced to practice); (iv) patents, designs, algorithms and other industrial property rights; (v) rights in domain names, universal resource locator addresses, telephone numbers (including toll free
numbers), and similar identifiers; (vi) other intellectual and industrial property rights of every kind and nature, however designated, whether arising by operation of law, contract, license or otherwise; and (vii) registrations, initial
applications (including intent to use applications), renewals, extensions, continuations, divisions, or reissues thereof now or hereafter in force (including any rights in any of the foregoing). 

(zz) “ISO 17799” means the set of standards for information security published by the International Organization for
Standardization. 
 (aaa) “ISO 9000” means the set of standards for quality management systems published by
the International Organization for Standardization. 
 (bbb) “IT” means Information Technology. 

(ccc) “JAMS” has the meaning provided in Section 25.3. 
  

 15 

 (ddd) “Key Personnel” means TCS Key Resources and Managers. 

(eee) “Key Resources” means the TCS Resources identified pursuant to Section 10.5. 

(fff) “Knowledge Transfer” means the formal, systematic and comprehensive collection and documentation of the
processes, activities, know-how, rules of thumb and related information used by TCS for the efficient, accurate and timely provision of the Services and the conveyance of such information in verbal and tangible form to Nielsen. 

(ggg) “Labor Dispute” has the meaning provided in Section 20.7. 

(hhh) “Law” means all national, common law, federal, state, provincial, regional, territorial and local laws, statutes,
ordinances, regulations, rules, executive orders, supervisory requirements, directives, circulars, opinions, interpretive letters and other official releases of or by any government, or any authority, department or agency thereof. References to any
Law shall also mean references to such Law in changed or supplemented form or to a newly adopted law replacing such Law. 

(iii) “Losses” means all losses, liabilities, damages and Claims, and all related costs and expenses (including
reasonable legal fees and disbursements and costs and expenses of investigation and litigation, and costs of settlement, judgment, interest and penalties). 
 (jjj) “Majority Owned Affiliate” means (i) in the case of Nielsen, an Affiliate whose Control is measured at greater than 50% disregarding Control of any entity owning equity in The
Nielsen Company B. V. and (ii) in the case of TCS any Controlled Subsidiary. 
 (kkk) “Material
Disruption” has the meaning provided in Section 8.4. 
 (lll) “Milestone” means a specific
objective, delivery, task completion, goal or other item identified in the applicable Transition Plan or Project Plan, and which may have an associated completion date. 
 (mmm) “Minimum Commitment Amount” or “MCA” has the meaning provided in Section 17.1. 
 (nnn) “Nielsen” has the meaning provided in the recitals. 

(ooo) “Nielsen Clients” means any or all of Nielsen’s or its Affiliates’ past, present or future customers
and their Affiliates. 
 (ppp) “Nielsen Consents” means all consents, licenses, permits, authorizations or
approvals necessary to allow TCS and TCS Agents to perform the Services, including any necessary governmental, third party or other security clearances, and/or to access and/or to use any of the following that are used solely to provide the Services
Nielsen Data, Nielsen Information, Nielsen Non-Software Material, Nielsen Software, tools or any other material provided or permitted by Nielsen under this Agreement. 

 

 16 

 (qqq) “Nielsen Data” means all data and information submitted to TCS by
Nielsen or obtained, developed or produced by TCS in connection with the Services, including information relating to Nielsen Clients, Nielsen employees, technology, operations, facilities, consumer markets, products, capacities, systems, procedures,
security practices, research, development, business affairs and finances, ideas, concepts, innovations, inventions, designs, business methodologies, improvements, trade secrets, copyrightable subject matter and other proprietary information.

 (rrr) “Nielsen Information” means all information, including Nielsen Data, in any form, furnished or made
available directly or indirectly to TCS by Nielsen or otherwise obtained by TCS from Nielsen. 
 (sss) “Nielsen
Non-Software Materials” has the meaning provided in Section 13.8. 
 (ttt) “Nielsen Personnel”
means employees of Nielsen and its Affiliates. 
 (uuu) “Nielsen Preemption Right Employee” means those
certain former Nielsen employees who are Key Resources and are designated in Exhibit E-1 to Schedule E. 
 (vvv)
“Nielsen Regulatory Requirements” means the laws, rules and regulations to which Nielsen is required to submit on an international, Federal, state and local level. 

(www) “Nielsen Satisfaction Surveys” means the surveys performed by TCS as provided in Section 8.10. 

(xxx) “Nielsen Software” means the systems Software and applications Software owned or licensed by Nielsen that are
used to provide the Services. 
 (yyy) “Nielsen Standards” means those information management, technical
architecture, security and product rules and standards provided in Schedule G. 
 (zzz) “Nielsen Third Party
Software” means Third Party Software licensed by Nielsen. 
 (aaaa) “Non-Software Materials” has the
meaning provided in Section 13.8. 
 (bbbb) “Notice” has the meaning provided in Section 31.2.

 (cccc) “Notice of Election” has the meaning provided in Section 29.5. 

(dddd) “OFAC” has the meaning provided in Section 10.16(b)(ii). 

(eeee) “Off-Shore” has the meaning provided in Section 3.2. 

 

 17 

 (ffff) “Off-Shore Leverage Percentages” has the meaning provided in
Section 3.2. 
 (gggg) “Original MSA” has the meaning provided in the recitals. 

(hhhh) “Other Service Location” means a TCS site from which Services are provided other than the Global Delivery
Center(s) specified in Section 6. 
 (iiii) “Party” and “Parties” have the meaning
provided in the recitals. 
 (jjjj) “Pass-Through Expenses” means any expense for which TCS will have
management and administrative responsibility, including administrative costs for negotiation and communication with other third parties, as well as actual costs incurred by TCS in connection with receiving approval for payment, but which Nielsen
agrees to pay directly to a third party or parties or reimburses TCS. 
 (kkkk) “Permits” has the meaning
provided in Section 31.13. 
 (llll) “Personally Identifiable Information” means any information that is
defined as “personal information” (or an equivalent Term) under the GLB Act, HIPAA. Canadian Privacy Legislation, or the EU Data Protection Directive. 
 (mmmm) “Procedures Manual” means an operating document relating to this Agreement produced in accordance with Section 12.3. 

(nnnn) “Process Norms” means the procedures, methods and business processes designated in an SOW or if not specified in
the relevant SOW those employed by a well-managed commercial enterprise providing services similar to the Services. 
 (oooo)
“Project Manager” means the individual with primary responsibility for the execution, oversight and management of SOWs, as provided in Sections 10.6 and 11.3(b). 

(pppp) “Project” means any discrete component of work under an SOW. 

(qqqq) “Rate” means the hourly billing amount for an IT or BPO Resource as provided on the Rate Card in Schedule C.

 (rrrr) “Rate Card” means the IT and BPO Rates identified for each type of TCS resource for each year of
this Agreement, as provided in Schedule C. 
 (ssss) “Renewal Term” has the meaning provided in
Section 2.2(a). 
 (tttt) “Reports” has the meaning provided in Section 5.7(a). 

(uuuu) “Required Consent” means such Nielsen Consents or TCS Consents as may be required for the assignment to TCS or
Nielsen, or the grant to TCS or Nielsen of rights of access or use, of resources (i.e., Hardware or Software) otherwise provided for in this Agreement or a Statement of Work. 

 

 18 

 (vvvv) “Required Registrations” has the meaning provided in
Section 24.1(h)(vii). 
 (wwww) “Residual Knowledge” has the meaning provided in Section 13.11.

 (xxxx) “Resource” means TCS Personnel assigned to the Nielsen account on a full-time basis. 

(yyyy) “Restricted Business” means the lines of business engaged in by Nielsen and its Affiliates as described in
Section 3 of Schedule M. If Nielsen and its Affiliates cease to be engaged in any such line of business (unless at the time TCS is engaged in such line of business in violation of the provisions of Section 9.1(a)) the divested or
discontinued business shall no longer be deemed a Restricted Business. If Nielsen and its Affiliates enter into a new line of business or expand a line of business that was not previously sufficiently material enough to be described in
Nielsen’s parent company’s securities filings (and TCS or a TCS Controlled Subsidiary is not then currently engaged in such a line of business) if requested by Nielsen, TCS shall not unreasonably refuse to consent to expanding the
definition of Restricted Business to cover such new or expanded line of business. Any modification to Section 3 of Schedule M shall require mutual written consent of the Parties approved by their respective Chief Legal Officer or General
Counsel. 
 (zzzz) “Retained Agreements” means the third party agreements for which Nielsen retains financial
responsibility, as provided in Schedule I. 
 (aaaaa) “Retained Agreement Invoices” means any invoices
submitted by third parties in connection with the Retained Agreements. 
 (bbbbb) “Review Committee” has the
meaning provided in Section 17.3(f)(ii). 
 (ccccc) “Scope Changes” means any change to a previously
executed SOW. 
 (ddddd) “SAS 70 Report” has the meaning provided in Section 22.5. 

(eeeee) “Selecting Partners” has the meaning provided in Section 25.2(c). 

(fffff) “Service Level” means individually and collectively, TCS performance standards for the Services agreed by the
Parties in accordance the provisions of Schedule B and its applicable Attachments. 
 (ggggg) “Service
Location” means any site from which the Services are delivered. 
 (hhhhh) “Service Taxes” means all
value-added (VAT), services, consumption, sales, use, excise, and other similar taxes that are assessed against either Party on the provision of the Services as a whole, or on any particular Service received by Nielsen or its Affiliates from TCS,
excluding taxes levied on Nielsen’s net income, as provided in Section 21.1(c). 
  

 19 

 (iiiii) “Services” has the meaning provided in Section 3, as further
defined in Schedule A or as otherwise agreed by the Parties from time to time pursuant to a SOW hereunder, collectively including TCS services, functions and responsibilities for both Off-Shore services and on-site services as described in this
Agreement as they may be supplemented, enhanced, modified or replaced during the Term in accordance with this Agreement. 

(jjjjj) “Services Commencement Date” means the date provided in the applicable SOW and associated SOW Transition Plan
as the date on which TCS will start providing Services under such SOW. Unless and to the extent not otherwise expressly stated in an SOW, on the Services Commencement Date: 
 (i) TCS assumes full operational responsibility for the IT or BPO services that are the subject of the applicable SOW; and 
 (ii) all Critical Service Levels and other performance metrics and obligations of TCS provided in this Agreement and such SOW become fully effective and enforceable. 

(kkkkk) “Shared Environment” has the meaning provided in Section 5.6(d). 

(lllll) “Software” means computer programs which perform specific functions (applications software) or programs used to
run computers or networks and develop and run applications software (system software). 
 (mmmmm) “Statement of
Work” or “SOW” means the documents that describe the scope and requirements of the particular Project or set of Services that are to be provided by TCS under this Agreement as provided in Section 3.5. 

(nnnnn) “Systems” means Software and Hardware, collectively. 

(ooooo) “TCS” has the meaning provided in the recitals. 

(ppppp) “TCS America” has the meaning provided in the recitals. 

(qqqqq) “TCS Background Technology” means any formulae, algorithms, processes, process improvements, methodology,
procedures, ideas, concepts, research, inventions (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice), know-how, and all records thereof, including documentation, design documents and analyses, studies, plans, flow charts, reports and drawings, and
all Intellectual Property Rights subsisting in each of the foregoing developed or acquired by TCS or its affiliates prior to the effective date of the Original MSA or completely independent of its engagement with Nielsen under the Original MSA or
this Agreement and which TCS may use in providing the Services. 
 (rrrrr) “TCS Consents” means all consents,
licenses, permits, authorizations or approvals necessary to allow TCS and TCS Agents to: 
 (i) use any: 

(A) TCS Software, including any Third Party Software which is TCS Software; 
  

 20 

 (B) any assets owned or leased by TCS or TCS Agents; and 

(C) any third party services retained by TCS to provide the Services during the Term and during any Termination/Expiration Assistance
Period; and 
 (ii) assign to Nielsen the Developed Software and the Work Product. 

(sssss) “TCSL” has the meaning provided in the recitals. 

(ttttt) “TCS Group” has the meaning provided in Section 10.11. 

(uuuuu) “TCS Managers” has the meaning provided in Section 10.6. 

(vvvvv) “TCS Non-Software Materials” has the meaning provided in Section 13.8. 

(wwwww) “TCS Personnel” means any individual employed or engaged by TCS, TCS Group, or Approved Subcontractors.

 (xxxxx) “TCS Productivity Tools” means the TCS Software designated as TCS Productivity Tools in Schedule K
and used to create efficiencies and reduce the work effort required to provide the Services. 
 (yyyyy) “TCS Project
Tools” means the TCS Software designated as TCS Project Tools in Schedule K and used to manage the workflow, inspection, quality and related aspects of the Services. 
 (zzzzz) “TCS Software” means all Applications Software (including applications such as TCS Productivity Tools and TCS Project Tools) and Systems Software and any related documentation and
other related materials owned or licensed by TCS that are used to provide the Services. Schedule K provides an initial list of TCS Software. 
 (aaaaaa) “TCS Third Party Software” means Third Party Software licensed by TCS. 
 (bbbbbb) “Term” has the meaning provided in Section 2. 
 (cccccc) “Termination - Expiration Assistance” has the meaning provided in Section 27.1. 
 (dddddd) “Termination - Expiration Assistance Period” has the meaning provided in Section 27.1. 

 

 21 

 (eeeeee) “Third Party Service Contracts” means those agreements pursuant
to which a third party was, immediately prior to the Agreement Effective Date, furnishing or providing services to Nielsen similar to the Services. 
 (ffffff) “Third Party Services” means services similar to the Services performed by Third Parties. 
 (gggggg) “Third Party Software” means any Software used to provide the Services that is provided under license to TCS or Nielsen by a third party, and includes any related ongoing
services (e.g., maintenance and support services, upgrades, subscription services) provided by third parties. 
 (hhhhhh)
“Tier One Quality of Service Metrics” means those service levels designated in Exhibit B-1 of Schedule B. 

(iiiiii) “Tier One Restricted Company” means any entity designated as such in Section I of Schedule M and any Affiliate
of such entity engaged in the Restricted Business and bearing indicative portion of its parent’s name described in Section 1 of Schedule M or using such parent’s trademark. 

(jjjjjj) “Tier Two Restricted Company” means any entity designated as such in Section 2 of Schedule M and any
Affiliate of such entity engaged in the Restricted Business and bearing indicative portion of its parent’s name described in Section 2 of Schedule M or using such parent’s trademark. 

(kkkkkk) “Time and Materials” or “T&M” means Services that will be performed for Charges based on
the time and materials required to provide the Services. T&M Services may be subject to the Baseline Service Charge or invoiced on the basis of actual efforts as provided in Section 18.2(a). 

(llllll) “Total TCS Target Headcount” has the meaning provided in Section 10.4(a). 

(mmmmmm) “Transition” means the associated timeline and all the required work activities to enable the changing or
passing of ADM, BPO or other service responsibilities and accountabilities between the Parties, as further defined in Section 4. 
 (nnnnnn) “Transition Acceptance Testing” has the meaning provided in Section 4.5. 
 (oooooo) “Transition Acceptance Testing Plan” means Nielsen reviewed and approved set(s) of instructions and tasks organized into a project plan to perform the required Transition
Acceptance Testing. 
 (pppppp) “Transition Completion Date” has the meaning provided in Section 4.6.

 (qqqqqq) “Transition Manager” means an individual designated by either Party to oversee a Transition.

  

 22 

 (rrrrrr) “Transition Milestones” has the meaning provided in the
applicable Statement of Work. 
 (ssssss) “Transition Plan” has the meaning provided in Section 4.1.

 (tttttt) “Transition Services” has the meaning provided in Section 4.2. 

(uuuuuu) “Transition Schedule” has the meaning provided in Section 4.1. 

(vvvvvv) “User” means Nielsen, Nielsen Clients and/or Nielsen Agents who Nielsen desires to use the Services provided
by TCS under this Agreement in the performance of their duties on behalf of Nielsen or in connection with their relationship with Nielsen and who are authorized and enabled (e.g., valid user ID) by Nielsen to access and utilize the Services and have
been identified by Nielsen to TCS, and any other individual or enterprise who is an approved person or customer to receive or use the Services provided by TCS. 
 (wwwwww) “Virus” means: 
 (i) program code, programming
instruction or set of instructions intentionally constructed with the ability to damage, interfere with or otherwise adversely affect computer programs, data files or operations; or 

(ii) other code typically designated to be a virus. 
  

	 	1.6	Interpretation 

 (a)
Terms other than those defined within this Agreement shall be given their plain English meaning, and those terms, acronyms and phrases known in the IT and BPO industries shall be interpreted in accordance with their generally known meanings. Unless
the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice-versa, and words importing gender include both genders. Unless the context otherwise requires to “persons” includes individual natural persons and
juridical legal entities. 
 (b) Where there is similar, but not identical, construction of phrases, sentences, or clauses of
this Agreement no implication is made that a “negative pregnant” is intended and they shall each be construed separately, in accordance with their plain meaning. 
 (c) The words “include”, “includes”, “including”, and “e.g.” when following a general statement or term, are not to be construed
as limiting the general statement or term to any specific item or matter provided or to similar items or matters, but rather as permitting the general statement or term to refer also to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within
its broadest scope. 
 (d) The word “may” (unless followed by “not”) shall be construed as
meaning “shall have the right, but not the obligation, to”. 
 (e) The word “provided in” means the
particular things or items listed in, described in, provided for or as provided in the referenced document, Section or article. 
  

 23 

	Section 2.	TERM 

  

	 	2.1	Term 

 Unless terminated
earlier pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the term of this Agreement shall begin on the Agreement Effective Date and shall expire on December 31, 2017 (the “Initial Term”, as may be extended pursuant to
Section 2.2 (b), the (“Term”)). Notwithstanding the termination or expiration of the Term, any SOWs executed during the Term that are incomplete upon such termination or expiration shall, at Nielsen’s option, continue
until performance under such SOWs is completed or terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 26 of this Agreement. The Charges for continued Services under any surviving SOWs on or after the expiration date of the Initial Term or
the Extension Period, if applicable, shall be as mutually agreed by the Parties unless the Parties have agreed on a Renewal Term in accordance with Section 2.2(a) prior to the expiration of Initial Term or the Extension Period, if applicable.

  

	 	2.2	Renewal Term; Expiration-Termination Assistance Period 

 (a) If Nielsen desires to renew this Agreement, Nielsen shall provide written request of Nielsen’s intention to renew, such notice to be provided prior to the end of the eighth year of this
Agreement. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith the terms and conditions applicable to such renewal period (“Renewal Term”). If no agreement on a Renewal Term is reached between the Parties prior to end of the ninth Contract
Year of this Agreement, Nielsen may request Termination – Expiration Assistance Services and TCS shall be obligated to provide such Services in accordance with Section 27 of this Agreement. 

(b) Unless the Parties have previously agreed upon a Renewal Term in accordance with Section 2.2(a), Nielsen may elect to extend
the Term of this Agreement one (1) time for up to one (1) year (“Extension Period”) provided that Nielsen provides ninety (90) days prior written notice to TCS. The Charges for the Extension Period shall be as
provided in Section 2 of Schedule C to this Agreement. 
  

	 	2.3	Request to Review Terms 

 At any time during the ninety (90) days following the fifth
(5th) anniversary of the Agreement, either Party may
submit in writing to the other Party a request to review and revise one or more specific terms and conditions of the Agreement. Upon receipt of such request, the Parties may, without being obligated to do so, enter into discussions regarding
appropriate modifications to the terms. 
  

	Section 3.	SERVICES 

  

	 	3.1	Scope of Services 

Commencing as of the Services Commencement Date, TCS shall perform the Services for Nielsen and Nielsen Affiliates identified in the
applicable SOW in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, as such Services may evolve during the Term or be supplemented, enhanced, modified or replaced. The Services to be provided by TCS hereunder include: 

(a) the services described in this Agreement, including Schedule A to this Agreement or a SOW as described in Section 3.5 to this
Agreement; 
  

 24 

 (b) any services, functions or responsibilities not specifically described in this
Agreement or an SOW but which are: 
 (i) an inherent, necessary or customary part of the Services, or 

(ii) are required for proper performance or provision of the Services in accordance with the preceding Section 3.1(a) shall be
deemed to be included within the scope of the Services to be delivered for the Charges, as if such services, functions or responsibilities were specifically described in this Agreement; 

(c) the services, functions and responsibilities performed in the twelve (12) months prior to the Agreement Effective Date by the
employees and contractors of Nielsen with respect to the Services included in the applicable SOWs even if the service, function or responsibility is not specifically described in this Agreement; and 

(d) all services within the scope of this Agreement which TCS is already providing to Nielsen under SOWs already in effect as of the
Agreement Effective Date. 
  

	 	3.2	Off-Shore Services 

 For
the purposes of this Agreement, “Off-Shore” shall mean any facility designated, owned or leased by TCS in India and any other location outside the continental United States that is proposed by either Party and approved in writing by
both Parties. The initial agreed upon Service Locations are provided in Schedule F, which may be amended from time to time during the Term by the Parties. The Parties will work in good faith to achieve the percentage of Off-Shore Services specified
by quarter and year as provided in Schedule F (“Off-Shore Leverage Percentages”). The Off-Shore Leverage Percentages shall be calculated by dividing (A) the total number of billed hours performed Off-Shore by TCS in a calendar
month by; (B) the combined on-shore and Off-Shore total number of billed hours performed by TCS for during such calendar month; and (C) multiplying the result by one hundred (100). Except for those hours performed by Resources from TCS
Service Locations provided in Schedule F, all hours billed shall be counted as on-shore for the purpose of determining the Off-Shore Leverage Percentages. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Off-Shore Leverage
Percentages are not achieved in any two (2) consecutive quarters, the Parties will review opportunities for inclusion of additional Services with high Off-Shore potential to facilitate the achievement of the Off-Shore Leverage Percentages,
however, failure to achieve such Off-Shore Leverage Percentages will not be a breach of this Agreement or result in increases in or additional Charges of any kind. 
  

	 	3.3	Services Performed by Nielsen or Third Parties 

 (a) Notwithstanding any request made to TCS by Nielsen pursuant to Section 3.4(a), but without in any way limiting Nielsen’s obligations and commitments under this Agreement, Nielsen shall have
the right to perform itself or contract with a third party to perform any services similar to the Services. If Nielsen contracts with a third party to perform any services which would be Services if provided hereunder, TCS shall reasonably cooperate
in good faith with Nielsen and any such third party, including: 
 (i) providing in writing, applicable requirements, standards
and policies for the Services including all information required so that any enhancements or developments of such third party may be operated by TCS; 
  

 25 

 (ii) subject to compliance with TCS’ reasonable site and security rules, allowing
reasonable access to the facilities being used by TCS to provide the Services as reasonably necessary for Nielsen or a third party to visit in connection with performing its work (where necessary and appropriate, with escort by TCS Personnel and
subject to execution of confidentiality agreement by the applicable third party); and 
 (iii) allowing access to the Hardware
and Software (to the extent permitted under any underlying agreements with unaffiliated third parties), and making available such information regarding such Hardware and Software as reasonably necessary for Nielsen or a third party to perform its
work (where necessary and appropriate, with escort by TCS Personnel and subject to execution of confidentiality agreement by applicable third party). 
  

	 	3.4	Acquisition, Divestiture and Alliance Services 

 TCS shall provide the following Services related to businesses acquired or divested by Nielsen (regardless of the legal form of such transactions): 

(a) Acquisition, Alliance and Other Transaction Support. With respect to potential acquisitions, joint ventures, strategic
alliances and other similar transactions contemplated or to be entered into by Nielsen, upon Nielsen’s request, TCS will provide support as requested by Nielsen (including assessments of the current technology environments to be acquired, used
or combined, potential integration approaches, and the potential net economic impact of the acquisition in connection with the Services) as reasonably necessary to assist Nielsen’s assessment of the portion of the transaction to which the
Services will relate. Such support will be provided within the timeframe reasonably requested by Nielsen or as required by the timing of the transaction. TCS shall provide these services as part of the Services at no additional charge or cost to
Nielsen as long as the work can be accomplished with existing TCS resources, subject to the work prioritization as provided in Section 3.6. 
 (b) Migration of Systems and Business Processes. As requested by Nielsen and as they relate to the Services, TCS will migrate business processes, the systems, applications and data of the
counterparty entity to the Nielsen services support environment. 
 (c) On-site Support. As requested by Nielsen, TCS
will provide personnel to staff vacancies and to provide management for the business process operations and information technology functions needed to support an acquisition, joint venture, strategic alliance or other similar transaction, including
on-site support at the location of the acquired entity. 
 (d) Divestitures. From time to time, Nielsen may divest
businesses, whether standalone units or product lines and regardless of the form of transaction, who at the 
  

 26 

 
time of such divestiture are receiving the Services. In such cases, TCS will provide Services to Nielsen, the divested business unit or product line and/or the acquirer in accordance with the
following: 
 (i) For the first six (6) months after any such divesture pursuant to this Section 3.4(d), if requested
by Nielsen, TCS shall provide the services at the then current Rates and Nielsen shall retain financial responsibility for such services and any revenues, resources or other similar usage measures shall count toward Nielsen’s fulfillment of the
MCA. 
 (ii) After such six (6) month period, if requested by Nielsen, TCS shall provide the services at mutually agreed
upon rates; provided that such rates may not exceed one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the then current Rates. Any TCS revenues, resources or other similar usage measures in connection with services provided by TCS pursuant to this
Section 3.4 shall be counted toward Nielsen’s fulfillment of the MCA; provided that Nielsen shall retain secondary liability for financial responsibility for such services. If Nielsen does not want to remain secondarily liability for
financial responsibility for services provided to such divested entities then, subject to sixty (60) days prior written notice, Nielsen shall be relieved of any future obligation with regards to the provision of services to such divested
entity. In such cases where Nielsen has notified TCS of Nielsen’s unwillingness to remain secondarily liable for such charges then TCS may negotiate a separate arrangement directly with such divested entity without regard to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. If TCS continues to provide services to such divested entity, whether pursuant to this Agreement or under a separate agreement as aforesaid, the fees collected for such charges by TCS from the divested entity during the
Term shall be counted toward Nielsen’s fulfillment of the MCA. 
 (e) Parties To SOWs. SOWs may be executed by
Nielsen Affiliates and (for Services to be received outside of the United States) by TCS’ Controlled Subsidiaries. Provided that execution of the SOW has been approved by the Nielsen Project Manager as indicated on such SOW, Nielsen shall
remain secondarily liable for payment of the Charges under such SOW if the party thereto fails to pay the amount in a timely manner. TCS shall be secondarily liable for performance of each SOW to which any of its Affiliates is a party. TCS shall not
be obligated to execute such SOW with Nielsen Affiliates or provide Services to any such Nielsen Affiliates outside the United States if TCS requests approval of the SOW by the Nielsen Project Manager and Nielsen Project Manager declines such
approval. 
  

	 	3.5	Statements of Work 

 (a)
The Services that Nielsen will obtain under this Agreement will be provided pursuant to separate SOWs issued under this Agreement. Each SOW, as described further in Schedule A, will: 

(i) be subject to the terms of, and become part of, this Agreement; 

(ii) describe the Services covered by the SOW; 
 (iii) detail the maximum number of TCS Personnel Nielsen will be billed for under the SOW; 
  

 27 

 (iv) to the extent not already addressed in this Agreement, contain provisions governing
the terms for performance of the relevant Services including payment provisions, applicable Service Levels and performance requirements, and other provisions that are specific to such SOW; and 

(v) include, if applicable, a SOW Transition Plan in the form provided in Exhibit A-5 to Schedule A. 

(b) Agreement Modification. SOWs shall not be used to amend the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any SOW that modifies, or
purports to modify, the terms and conditions of this Agreement or Nielsen’s rights or responsibilities thereunder shall be subject to the review and approval of Nielsen’s legal department and Nielsen’s Global Business Services
division as well as TCS’ legal and finance department. 
 (c) New SOWs; Amendments to SOWs. The process to be
followed with respect to new SOWs and amendments to existing SOWs requested by Nielsen is described in Schedule A. Either party may propose a SOW and amendments to existing SOWs, but Nielsen shall have the sole right to accept or reject any such
proposal made by TCS. Failure of the Parties to reach agreement on a SOW or an amendment to a SOW shall be subject to Section 17.2 and 26.3(i) of this Agreement. 
  

	 	3.6	Additional Work, Reprioritization and Adjustments to Schedules or Service Level 

The Nielsen Project Manager or his or her designee may identify new or additional work activities to be performed by TCS Personnel or
reprioritize or reset the schedule for existing work activities or Services to be performed by TCS Personnel. Unless otherwise agreed, Nielsen shall incur no additional charges for the performance of such work activities performed by TCS Personnel
to the extent such work activities can be performed with the same level of Resource support as is provided in the SOW. TCS shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to perform such work activities without impacting the established schedule for other
tasks or the performance of the Services in accordance with the Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics. If it is not possible to avoid such an impact, TCS shall notify Nielsen of the anticipated impact and obtain
Nielsen’s consent prior to proceeding with such work activities. Nielsen, in its sole discretion, may forego or delay such work activities or temporarily adjust the work to be performed by TCS, the schedules associated therewith or the Tier One
Quality of Service Metrics or Critical Service Levels to permit the performance by TCS of such reprioritized work activities. TCS shall not make any service performance adjustments that will affect Tier One Quality of Service Metrics or Critical
Service Levels without obtaining Nielsen’s prior written approval. TCS shall not make changes to any SOW that may affect the projected cost to Nielsen or the schedule for completion of the activities and Deliverables under such SOW without
obtaining Nielsen’s prior written approval. 
  

	 	3.7	TCS Briefing 

 At no
additional charge to Nielsen, TCS shall meet with Nielsen at least semi-annually to brief Nielsen regarding technological developments and advances as well as new or enhanced services, Software, tools, products, processes or methodologies of
possible interest or applicability to Nielsen. Such briefing shall include TCS’ assessment of the business impact, performance improvements and cost savings associated with each if adopted by Nielsen. 

 

 28 

	 	3.8	Nielsen Obligations to Purchase Services in Future 

 Section 17.1 provides the obligations of Nielsen to purchase certain minimum volume of Services during the Term and the consequences of Nielsen’s failure to meet its commitment to so purchase.
Except as provided in Section 17.1, Nielsen shall be under no future obligation to acquire additional or future services from TCS. 
  

	 	3.9	Pre-Approval Required 

Any new Hardware or Software acquired by TCS which are paid for by Nielsen or for the cost of which Nielsen may be required to reimburse
TCS shall be subject to Nielsen’s prior approval. 
  

	 	3.10	Permitted Users of the Services 

 The Services may be used by Nielsen and, as permitted by Nielsen, its Affiliates and those third parties (such as customers, suppliers (subject to Section 19, as applicable), and joint venturers)
solely in connection with their commercial relationship with Nielsen or any Affiliate which is broader than mere resale of the Services provided hereunder. Services provided to such entities shall be deemed to be Services provided to Nielsen.
Nielsen shall be responsible for any breach of this Agreement caused by a party permitted by Nielsen to use the Services hereunder. 
  

	Section 4.	TRANSITION 

  

	 	4.1	Transition Plan 

 For each
SOW where TCS is taking over services or functions previously performed by Nielsen (a “Transition”), the Parties shall develop and agree upon a detailed transition plan (“Transition Plan”) which shall be an
Attachment to such SOW. The Transition Plan shall include a schedule for the transition of the Services (the “Transition Schedule”). TCS shall perform the Services described in such Transition Plan (the “Transition
Services”) without causing a Material Disruption to Nielsen’s business or operations. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or SOW, the applicable Transition Plan or as agreed to in advance by the Nielsen Project Manager, TCS
shall not assume or plan on any significant level of Nielsen’s resources being dedicated to the Transition Services. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, TCS shall not be required to commence Transition Services prior to six (6) weeks
after the execution of the applicable SOW. 
  

	 	4.2	Transition Services 

 TCS
shall: 
 (a) perform all functions and services necessary to accomplish the Transition of the business process operations and
related information technology operations as indicated within the specific Transition Plan for each SOW by the applicable Milestone dates provided in each applicable SOW transition plan; and 
  

 29 

 (b) for each SOW, designate an individual who shall be responsible for managing and
implementing the Transition Services with respect to that operational area. With Nielsen’s approval, TCS may use the same individual to manage Transition Services under more than one transitioning work area. Until the completion of the
applicable SOW Transition Plan, each such responsible individual shall review the status of the Transition Services for which they are responsible with the Nielsen Transition Manager on a weekly basis or as reasonably requested by the Nielsen
Transition Manager. 
  

	 	4.3	Failure to Perform Transition-Related Obligations 

 (a) The Parties intend that IT Services Transitions will take a maximum of three (3) months and BPO Services Transitions will take a maximum of six (6) months. Nielsen’s overall cost
savings and the six (6) week free transition period provided for in Section 10.2(c) are based on these timelines. Any Transition Plan which is estimated to take longer than six (6) months for BPO Services or three (3) months for
IT Services must receive prior written approval from both the TCS and Nielsen Global Relationship Managers. 
 (b) TCS’
Failure. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable SOW, if Transition is not complete on or before the applicable date provided in the Transition Plan due to causes other than as provided in Section 8.7, then TCS shall have two
(2) additional weeks to complete the Transition. If, after such two (2) week period, the Transition is not complete due to TCS’ failure, Nielsen shall be entitled to recover its internal cover costs and any incremental expenses of
incumbent providers who TCS was to have replaced. 
 (c) Nielsen’s Termination Right. If TCS (i) is found to
be responsible for the failure to complete a Transition as detailed in Section 4.3(b) or (ii) fails to meet material Transition Milestones due to reasons other than as provided in Section 8.7, then Nielsen may, at its option,
terminate the Services for the specific SOW as provided in Section 26.7. 
 (d) Nielsen’s Failure. For delay
beyond two (2) weeks in achievement of Transition caused by Nielsen or any Transition Schedule extension requested by Nielsen, a financial analysis of such delay will be performed and agreed to by the Parties regarding TCS’ additional
costs incurred as a result of such delay. In the event of such delay Nielsen shall pay TCS any additional or incremental costs and expenses actually incurred by TCS during the duration of such delay (beyond such two (2) weeks). TCS shall
document such expenses in detail and before they are incurred they shall be approved in writing by the Nielsen Project Manager. 
 (e) If (i) a Transition is delayed for more than two (2) weeks beyond the three (3) month period for IT Services or the (2) weeks beyond the six (6) month period for BPO Services
(or any longer Transition Period as agreed to in accordance with Section 4.3(a)); and (ii) it is found that the Parties share responsibility for such delay, such delay was caused partly by the failure of Nielsen and partly by the failure
of TCS, then, any incremental costs of Transition incurred by each of Nielsen and TCS as a result of such delay shall be shared equally by the Parties. 
  

 30 

	 	4.4	Additional Staffing 

Before completion of Transition Services, at Nielsen’s request, TCS will support Nielsen in filling staffing vacancies if there is
attrition of key Nielsen Personnel before transition is completed. In such cases, the Parties will discuss in good faith the impact on the Transition Schedule to determine whether existing resources will be used or whether additional personnel are
to be acquired. The services of additional personnel will be charged at the applicable Rate provided in Schedule C. 
  

	 	4.5	Transition Acceptance Tests 

 As part of the Transition Services, the Parties shall perform Transition acceptance testing based on objective acceptance criteria and procedures to be provided in the Transition Plan (the
“Transition Acceptance Testing Plan”). TCS shall provide all cooperation and assistance reasonably required or requested by Nielsen in connection with Nielsen’s evaluation or testing of the Deliverables provided in the
Transition Acceptance Testing Plan. Knowledge Transfer entry and exit evaluation criteria shall be approved by Nielsen before transition activities begin and before actual work may be moved Off-Shore. After expiration of the agreed review or
acceptance period, if Nielsen has not yet rejected the relevant Deliverables, Nielsen will be considered to have approved if Nielsen does not provide TCS with written notification of its objections with reasons after three (3) Business Days
notice that a decision needs to be made. 
  

	 	4.6	Transition Completion 

When TCS demonstrates that all Transition Acceptance Testing Criteria have been met, Nielsen shall notify TCS in writing that Transition
Acceptance Testing has been successfully completed (the “Transition Completion Date”). After expiration of the agreed review or acceptance period Nielsen will be considered to have signed off if Nielsen does not provide any written
notification of its objections with reasons after three (3) Business Days notice from TCS that a decision needs to be made. 
  

	 	4.7	Transition Risk Management and Mutual Cooperation 

 Prior to undertaking any transition activity: 
 (a) the Transition Plan shall be
reviewed and approved in writing by both the Nielsen Transition Manager and the TCS Transition Manager; 
 (b) The
Parties’ Transition Managers shall discuss with each other all known Nielsen-specific and TCS-specific material risks and shall not proceed with such activity until Nielsen is reasonably satisfied with the mitigation plans with regard to such
risks (provided, however, that, neither TCS’ disclosure of any such risks to Nielsen, nor Nielsen’s acquiescence in TCS’ plans, shall operate or be construed as limiting either Party’s responsibilities under this Agreement); and

  

 31 

 (c) TCS shall identify and resolve, with Nielsen’s reasonable assistance, any problems
that may impede or delay the timely completion of each task in the detailed Transition Plan that are TCS’ responsibility and shall use all Commercially Reasonable Efforts to assist Nielsen with the resolution of any problems that may impede or
delay the timely completion of each task in the Transition Plan that are Nielsen’s responsibility. 
  

	Section 5.	CROSS SERVICES 

  

	 	5.1	Licenses and Permits 

 As
part of the Services, TCS is responsible for obtaining, and has financial responsibility for, all necessary licenses, consents, approvals, permits and authorizations required by legislative enactments and regulations applicable to it that are
legally required to be obtained in connection with the performance and delivery of the Services. 
  

	 	5.2	Provision of Technology; Services Evolution 

 TCS shall work with Nielsen to improve the quality, efficiency and effectiveness of the Services to keep pace with technological advances and as part of the Services, support Nielsen’s evolving
business needs by (i) identifying and applying (to the extent within TCS’ control) ‘best practices’, and TCS’ most current, techniques, methods and tools in performing and delivering the Services; and (ii) identify and
maintain the currency of the tools, infrastructure and other resources used by TCS to render the Services. The cost associated with upgrade, maintenance or replacement of Software, tools, equipment or other infrastructure items shall be borne by the
Party that is financially responsible to provide such Software, tools, equipment or other infrastructure items. In fulfilling these obligations, TCS shall, at a minimum: 
 (a) determine the least cost/highest benefit methods (with any trade offs being brought to Nielsen for its decision) to implement technology changes; 

(b) maintain a level of technology that allows Nielsen to take advantage of technological advances in order to remain competitive in the
markets which Nielsen serves; 
 (c) advise Nielsen on the latest information processing trends and directions; and 

(d) meet with Nielsen’s Project Manager, at Nielsen’s request, to inform Nielsen of any new information processing technology
TCS is developing or information processing trends and directions of which TCS is otherwise aware that could reasonably be expected to have an impact on Nielsen’s business. 

 

	 	5.3	Knowledge Sharing 

 As
part of the Services, up to twice every twelve (12) months during the Term, or on request after at least thirty (30) days notice from Nielsen, TCS shall meet with representatives of Nielsen in order to: 

(a) explain to Nielsen how the business processing of transactions is occurring, how the Systems work, and should be operated;

  

 32 

 (b) explain to Nielsen how the Services are provided; and 

(c) provide to Nielsen such training and documentation as may be necessary to enable Nielsen to understand and operate the Systems and
understand and provide the Services after the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 
  

	 	5.4	TCS Office Space 

 TCS
shall provide to Nielsen without charge on an as needed basis, furnished office space at any TCS Service Location, including reasonable office supplies and access to photocopiers, fax machines, telephones, desktop computers and Internet access for
the use of the Nielsen Project Manager or his designees when visiting such location. The Nielsen Project Manager or his designees shall comply with all reasonable and equally applied policies and procedures governing access to and use of such
locations of which they have been notified, and shall leave such space in the same condition it was in immediately before they used the space, ordinary wear and tear excepted. 

 

	 	5.5	Quality Assurance 

 (a)
TCS shall develop and implement quality assurance processes and procedures to ensure that the Services are performed in an accurate and timely manner. 
 (b) TCS shall submit such processes and procedures to Nielsen for its review, comment and approval within sixty (60) days after each Services Commencement Date. Prior to the approval of such
processes and procedures by Nielsen, TCS shall adhere to Nielsen’s then-current policies, procedures and/or standard business practices in effect at the time of Transition. 

(c) The quality assurance processes and procedures shall conform to the best practices of the IT and BPO industries. 

 

	 	5.6	Safety and Security Procedures 

 (a) TCS will maintain comprehensive physical security procedures to control access to any TCS facility where TCS performs the Services, including the Global Delivery Center and any Other Service Location,
which shall include, at a minimum: (i) securing building perimeters and controlling and logging access to the facility; (ii) controlling and logging access to data floors and any areas from which the Services are performed; and
(iii) 24x7 environmental (temperature and humidity) monitoring of all data centers used to provide the Services, including detection of water, smoke and fire. Detailed security procedures and requirements are provided in Schedule G. 

(b) If access to Nielsen’s computer systems, other equipment or personal property is required in order for TCS to fulfill its
obligations to Nielsen, then Nielsen shall determine the nature and extent of such access. TCS shall implement data security practices necessary and at all times maintain security consistent with best practices, defined to mean those security
practices which are not less than highest of any one practice that is within either: 
 (i) the Nielsen security standards
provided in Schedule G (“Nielsen Policies and Standards”) as reasonably upgraded and enhanced; 
  

 33 

 (ii) the security standards employed by TCS with respect to the protection of its similar
property (for clarity, security for trade secrets at least equivalent to the security TCS employs to protect its own trade secrets) as they are upgraded and enhanced; 
 (iii) security standards equivalent to the highest of those provided by TCS to its other customers at no additional charge to such customers as upgraded and enhanced; and 

(iv) generally accepted as industry-standard security practices (including compliance with BS7799 and ISO 17799 on the schedule agreed
to by the Parties) with respect to the nature and scope of Nielsen’s businesses as upgraded and enhanced. 
 (c) At any
time that TCS is not in compliance with the obligations of this Section 5.6, TCS shall be liable for the costs, Losses and damages suffered by Nielsen as a result of each breach of security for which TCS is responsible under the terms of this
Agreement, including this Section 5.6 and Section 14.3. TCS shall be responsible for any security breaches caused by TCS, its subcontractors or TCS Personnel or otherwise resulting from TCS’ failure to comply with the requirements of
Section 5.6 and Section 14.3 of this Agreement. 
 (d) Security Relating to Competitors. Services may not be
performed by TCS in a shared Resource model, facilities, Hardware or Software environment (“Shared Environment”) except as may be approved in writing by Nielsen pursuant to Section 6.3. If Nielsen approves and TCS provides the
Services to Nielsen from a Shared Environment and any part of the business of TCS or any such third party is now or in the future becomes competitive with Nielsen’s business, then TCS shall establish and comply with such security practices as
are consistent with the obligations provided in Section 14.3, so that TCS or TCS Agents providing services to such competitive business shall have no access to Nielsen’s Confidential Information. 

 

	 	5.7	Reporting 

 (a)
General. TCS shall provide Nielsen with reports pertaining to the performance of the Services and TCS’ other obligations under this Agreement sufficient to permit Nielsen to monitor and manage TCS’ performance
(“Reports”). The Reports to be provided by TCS shall include those described in this Section 5.7 and elsewhere in this Agreement, and those provided in any SOW(s). In addition, from time to time, Nielsen may identify additional
Reports to be generated by TCS and delivered to Nielsen on an ad hoc or periodic basis as part of the Services. All Reports shall be deemed Nielsen Confidential Information. To the extent reasonably applicable, all Reports shall be reviewed and
approved by Nielsen regarding content, format and distribution methods and shall be provided to Nielsen: 
 (i) by secure
on-line connection in an electronic format capable of being accessed by Microsoft Office components, with the information contained therein capable of being downloaded or displayed graphically and accessible from a web browser; and/or (at
Nielsen’s option) 
  

 34 

 (ii) in traditional printed form. 
 The content, format and distribution methods for all Reports shall be approved by Nielsen. 
 (b) Required Reports. As of the Agreement Effective Date, reports required of TCS shall include the following: 
 (i) Off Shore Reports. TCS shall provide Nielsen with (i) monthly, (ii) quarterly, (iii) yearly, and (iv) for any other period as may be reasonably designated by Nielsen from
time to time, reports of the Off-Shore Leverage Percentages achieved for the relevant period by Nielsen. Each Off-Shore Leverage Percentage report shall contain the Off-Shore Leverage calculation described in Section 3.2 for the relevant period
as well as cumulative information as of the Agreement Effective Date to such current period for each designated Affiliate and the aggregate Leverage Percentages for Nielsen as a whole. 

(ii) MCA Report. Within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter TCS shall provide Nielsen with a detailed
reconciliation of the amount remaining in the MCA, showing the amount remaining from the prior calculation and all events occurring during the quarter reported upon (or which should have been reflected in prior statements), which have reduced the
MCA and the amount of each such reduction, including all adjustments pursuant to Section 17. 
 (iii) SOW Reports.
TCS shall report monthly, or on such other timeframe as mutually agreed by the Parties on (i) Draft SOWs being evaluated, and (ii) progress against existing SOWs, including on the charges, actual resources and expenses for each non-fixed
price SOW for the applicable reporting period and Contract Year, comparisons of such actual resources and expenses against estimated resources and expenses from a Service Location that is also used to provide services to a third party or third
parties, and any other pertinent information requested by Nielsen. TCS shall provide Nielsen with reports on a regular basis, as determined by Nielsen and agreed to by TCS. It is anticipated that during the first two (2) Contract Years, TCS
shall report in detail the same Resource information on a monthly basis, Resource time and material Rate Card SOWs, fixed and variable priced SOWs, and other SOW tracking methods. Thereafter, the Parties shall determine and mutually agree upon
whether to scale back on the monthly detail Resource reporting and charging information provided to Nielsen. 
 (iv) Network
Connections Reports. TCS will provide reports to Nielsen at least quarterly detailing data, voice and video usage originating to and from each Global Delivery Center. Nielsen may reasonably request and TCS shall provide additional reports from
time to time. 
 (v) Services Performance Reports. As part of the Services, TCS shall provide monthly Services
performance reports to Nielsen in a form agreed upon by the Parties. These reports shall detail TCS’ compliance under this Agreement with the (i) Tier One Quality of Service Metrics; (ii) Critical Service Levels; and (iii) any
other Service Level metrics provided in each outstanding SOW. Unless otherwise specified in this Schedule, each Critical Service Level and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics shall be measured on a monthly basis. 

 

 35 

 (c) Back-Up Documentation. TCS shall provide Nielsen with such documentation and
other information available to TCS as may be reasonably requested by Nielsen from time to time in order to verify the accuracy of the Reports provided by TCS. In addition, TCS shall provide Nielsen with all documentation and other information
reasonably requested by Nielsen from time to time to verify that TCS’ performance of the Services is in compliance with the Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics and this Agreement. 

(d) Correction of Errors. TCS shall promptly correct any errors or inaccuracies in or with respect to the Reports, the
information or data contained in such Reports, or other contract deliverables caused by TCS or its agents, subcontractors, or third party product or service providers. 
  

	 	5.8	Financial, Forecasting and Budgeting Support 

 (a) TCS shall provide to Nielsen a quarterly rolling forecast with respect to the Services to be provided during such quarter for Nielsen’s forecasting and budgeting purposes, including: 

(i) actual and forecasted utilization of Resources; 
 (ii) actual and budgeted Pass-Through Expenses; and 
 (iii) changes to the
environment impacting Nielsen’s costs or utilization. 
 (b) Consistent with and to support Nielsen’s budgeting and
planning cycle, TCS will develop annual and quarterly financial objectives and budgets and performance goals in connection with all SOWs. Such objectives, budgets and goals will be subject to review and approval by Nielsen before incorporation into
TCS’ working plans. In addition, during Nielsen’s fiscal year budget planning cycle, TCS shall provide information to Nielsen regarding opportunities to modify or improve the Services, and reduce the total cost to Nielsen of receiving the
Services. 
  

	Section 6.	GLOBAL DELIVERY CENTER 

  

	 	6.1	General 

 (a) TCS has
identified, and Nielsen has approved, the TCS’ facility located in Chennai, India to be the primary Off-Shore facility where TCS shall provide a dedicated secure area in which only Services for Nielsen will be performed (together with each
other TCS facility offering dedicated secure area for performance of Service, proposed by TCS to serve as a global development center under this Agreement and approved by Nielsen, each a “Global Delivery Center”). TCS shall obtain
Nielsen’s prior written approval for using any other TCS facility (located in a building other than the building for which such approval was granted) in the 

 

 36 

 
same or any other geographic location from which TCS may propose to perform Services, whether or not such facility is to serve as a Global Delivery Center pursuant to this Section 6.1, an
Other Service Location pursuant to Section 6.2, or Shared Environment pursuant to Section 5.6(d). Nielsen hereby approves TCS’ service location in Baroda, India for TCS to use as one of the Global Delivery Centers utilized under this
Agreement. 
 (b) TCS shall be responsible for providing and maintaining, at no additional cost to Nielsen, (i) the base
facility infrastructure of each Global Delivery Center including standards in accordance Sections 5.1, 5.6, 6.4, and 16.1, and with Schedule G, and secure floor space for personnel and (ii) the Software and Hardware identified in Schedules K
(“Software”) and L (“Hardware”). Nielsen is financially responsible for providing or reimbursing on a Pass-Through Expense basis the cost of all other Software not identified on Schedule K which is either requested
in writing by Nielsen or which the parties mutually agree in writing is necessary for the performance of Services. All changes or additions to Hardware (except for items described in Schedule L) shall be made in accordance with mutual written
agreement of the Parties. TCS undertakes to maintain standards of services that the Parties will mutually agree as adequate for the conduct of work under this Agreement. If any changes in the requirements of such standards are specified by Nielsen
from time to time, TCS will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to implement such requirements and the Parties will mutually agree on any reimbursement for additional or incremental cost of complying with such additional requirements (including the
addition of any Hardware not provided in Schedule L) subject to the procedure provided below provided that the cost of any infrastructure adjustments requested by TCS and approved by Nielsen shall be borne by TCS. 

(c) Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1(b): (i) major infrastructure needs to support the delivery of Services will be
identified and agreed upon by the Parties in writing ninety (90) days in advance to ensure adequate resources will be set aside by TCS to implement infrastructure improvements and changes in a timely manner; and (ii) implementation of
major infrastructure adjustments require adequate notification (a minimum of ninety (90) days prior written notice) to TCS prior to commencement of the adjustments to ensure that there are no disruptions to service levels. Such adjustments,
including expansion of existing facilities or establishment of new facilities from which SOWs are to be executed, will only be undertaken by TCS upon receiving written approval from an authorized representative of Nielsen. 

(d) TCS will maintain an inventory of all Hardware and Software purchased for servicing Nielsen’s and its Affiliates’ work
that are paid for by Nielsen. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement or as provided in the applicable SOW, at the request of Nielsen TCS shall return such Hardware and Software to Nielsen, such Affiliate or their respective vendors or, if
requested by TCS and agreed to by Nielsen, TCS may purchase such Hardware and Software at the lower of (i) the fair market value, as determined by an agreed-upon appraisal or (ii) book value, if applicable. TCS acknowledges that, as
between the Parties, Nielsen or such Affiliate has all rights and title to such Hardware and Software. TCS shall be responsible to exercise the same level of care to prevent damage or loss to such Hardware and Software as it exercises to prevent
damage or loss to its own Hardware and Software, but in no event less than reasonable care, and TCS shall (in addition to maintaining the required insurance amounts provided in Section 30) maintain sufficient property insurance to provide for
replacement cost coverage for Nielsen’s Hardware or Software in TCS’ possession. TCS shall use such Hardware and Software only for purposes of providing Services to Nielsen. 
  

 37 

	 	6.2	Change of TCS Service Location 

 (a) TCS shall obtain Nielsen’s prior approval (which Nielsen may withhold in its sole discretion) of Other Service Locations from which TCS may propose to perform Services. Both Parties agree to use
Commercially Reasonable Efforts to work towards minimizing the disruption of services to Nielsen during the transition and to minimize the transition or additional costs associated with a TCS service location work transfer. Prior to any such
movement to Other Service Locations, TCS shall identify to Nielsen in writing all changes to the DRP and BCP required by such relocation. 
 (b) Except for (i) relocation to Other Service Locations required by this Agreement or an applicable SOW or (ii) relocation to Other Service Locations at the request of or due to the
requirements of Nielsen, any incremental costs and expense incurred by Nielsen (including any incremental Service Taxes) as a result of a relocation to an Other Service Location shall be reimbursed to Nielsen by TCS. Nielsen shall reimburse TCS for
any initial and/or incremental costs and expenses (including any incremental Service Taxes) on a Pass-Through Expenses basis incurred by TCS as a result of any relocation to an Other Service Location required by this Agreement or an applicable SOW
or made at the request of or due to the requirements of Nielsen. 
 (c) TCS shall obtain Nielsen’s prior written approval
for any relocation of Services except for a transfer to another area of the same site or floor from which the Services are already being provided (i.e., moves to a new floor or new buildings must be approved by Nielsen). Such approval shall not be
unreasonably delayed or withheld by Nielsen. Where TCS relocates Resources to another area of the same site or floor from which the Services are already being provided, TCS will give Nielsen reasonable advance notification of such move, but in no
case shall such notification be provided less than one (1) week before such move. 
  

	 	6.3	Shared Environment 

 Prior
to migrating or relocating any of the Services to a Shared Environment, TCS shall provide to Nielsen, for Nielsen’s approval, a proposal for such migration or relocation, including cost and price benefits and savings or risks to Nielsen.

  

	 	6.4	Network Connections; Nielsen Standards 

 (a) TCS shall be linked to one or more Nielsen location(s), as mutually agreed by the Parties, via high speed data link(s) with appropriate bandwidth as reasonably required in accordance with the
requirements of this Section 6.4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the initial and recurring cost of the network and any additional link(s) will be borne by TCS. The cost of any network demark equipment (e.g., routers) that need
to be installed at such premises and the “last mile” connectivity to Nielsen (up to Nielsen’s firewall) will be borne by TCS. The cost of any equipment behind any such firewall will be borne by Nielsen, with the exception of
productivity Hardware/Software that Nielsen or the Affiliate and TCS agree are required in order for TCS to perform Off-Shore Services in as efficient a manner 

 

 38 

 
as if the Services were performed on-shore. The costs of any such productivity Hardware/Software, and the cost of installation and maintenance of such Hardware/Software, shall be borne by TCS.

 (b) TCS shall ensure complete redundancy on the “last mile” circuits (no single point of failure) between
TCS’ and Nielsen’s networks. TCS shall provide sufficient capacity such that usage of links will not exceed an average of seventy percent (70%) of available bandwidth over any fifteen (15) minute time period over a ten
(10) hour day for normal use. Occasional file transfer requirements are exempt from this seventy percent (70%) standard. Nielsen will provide assistance in measuring the link utilization. If in a calendar month seventy percent
(70%) or more of the samples show that the link utilization exceeds seventy percent (70%), TCS shall take necessary actions to either add capacity or increase efficiency to reduce future link utilization below the required threshold without
adversely impacting Nielsen operations, in accordance with Section 6.4(c). 
 (c) TCS shall promptly, and in any event no
later than thirty (30) days after the end of any month where the bandwidth standard provided in Section 6.4(b) above is not met, provide the upgrade plans for the non-conforming link with Nielsen and, upon mutual agreement of the Parties,
TCS will initiate necessary actions to reduce future link utilization and shall complete the implementation of such plan within ninety (90) days. If TCS reasonably determines that installation of additional Hardware/Software behind the firewall
of Nielsen will increase the efficiency and productivity of the data links, Nielsen will consider the recommendation, and if acceptable in Nielsen’s reasonable discretion, Nielsen will work with TCS to effect the installation. The cost of
acquiring, installing and maintaining any such Hardware/Software shall be borne by TCS. 
 (d) With Nielsen’s approval TCS
may buy network lines and equipment at Nielsen’s internal costs, when possible. Subject to Schedule G, all equipment connected to Nielsen’s system must adhere to Nielsen’s then current standards and technology stacks. Nielsen will
provide standards to TCS and update them regularly. Nielsen shall be responsible to provide standards, and TCS shall have a reasonable amount of time for TCS to move to any new standards, subject to Schedule G. 

(e) If any equipment provided or used by TCS or TCS Personnel is connected directly to the network(s) of Nielsen, TCS shall be
responsible to ensure that such Hardware shall be: 
 (i) submitted for review and receive approval in advance by Nielsen;

 (ii) in strict compliance with Nielsen’s then-current security policies, architectures, standards, rules and procedures
provided in Schedule G; and 
 (iii) in strict compliance with Nielsen’s then-current Hardware and Software
specifications. 
  

 39 

 (f) TCS shall not install or permit the installation of any other Software on such Hardware
for use in providing the Services or connected to Nielsen’s network without Nielsen’s prior written approval. 
 (g)
Nielsen will consider opportunities to sub-license or loan for appropriate portions of the Term and at no charge to TCS, appropriate portions of any Hardware, Software, case tools etc. that Nielsen uses to enhance productivity (to the extent
permitted by the relevant product license) so as to ensure usage of common “best practices” among Personnel of the Parties. Any such transaction will be as agreed upon in writing by the Parties. 

(h) TCS shall comply with the Nielsen Standards provided in Schedule G, as the same may be modified at any time during the Term and any
Termination Assistance Period. 
  

	Section 7.	THIRD PARTY AGREEMENTS 

  

	 	7.1	Assigned Agreements 

Throughout the Term and as part of the Services, TCS shall assume financial, administrative and maintenance responsibility for the
Assigned Agreements provided in Schedule I (“Third Party Contracts”) to the same extent as if TCS were directly obligated under such agreements. Nielsen shall, if requested by TCS, execute an appropriate Assignment Agreement making
the assignment effective as of the date of assignment indicated in the Assignment Agreement or SOW and obtain the Required Consent as may be necessary for the assignment. TCS and its Affiliates shall comply with the duties imposed on Nielsen by such
Assigned Agreements. Nielsen retains responsibility for all liabilities and Claims under the Assigned Agreement as they relate to the period prior to the date of assignment indicated in the Assignment Agreement or SOW. TCS or its Affiliates shall
pay directly, or reimburse Nielsen if Nielsen or an Affiliate has paid, the charges and other amounts under such contracts that are attributable to periods from and after the date of assignment indicated in the Assignment Agreement or SOW. TCS may,
to the extent permitted by the Assigned Agreements, renew, modify, terminate or cancel any such Assigned Agreements. Any modification, termination or cancellation fees or charges imposed upon Nielsen in connection with any modification, termination
or cancellation of the Assigned Agreements shall be paid by TCS. 
  

	 	7.2	Performance Under Assigned Agreements 

 The Parties shall abide by the terms of, and shall not breach or violate, any of the Assigned Agreements. The Parties shall promptly inform the other Party of any breach of, or misuse or fraud in
connection with, any of the Assigned Agreements of which the notifying Party becomes aware and shall cooperate with the other Party to prevent or stay any such breach, misuse or fraud. Each Party shall pay all amounts due for any penalties or
charges (including amounts due to a third party as a result of a Party’s failure to promptly notify the other Party pursuant to the preceding sentence), associated taxes, legal expenses and other incidental expenses incurred as a result of such
Party’s nonperformance of its obligations with respect to the Assigned Agreements. 
  

 40 

	 	7.3	Third Party Invoices for Assigned Agreements 

 TCS shall pay the invoices submitted by third parties in connection with the Assigned Agreements as they relate to the period on or after the date of assignment indicated in the Assignment Agreement or
SOW and shall be responsible for any late fees in respect of such third party invoices. Nielsen shall reimburse TCS for the amount of any such invoice and late fee as they relate to the period prior to the date of assignment indicated in the
Assignment Agreement or SOW. 
  

	 	7.4	Retained Agreements 

 TCS
shall manage, administer and maintain the Retained Agreements provided in Schedule I. TCS shall provide Nielsen with reasonable notice of any renewal, termination or cancellation dates and fees with respect to the Retained Agreements. TCS shall not
renew, modify, terminate or cancel any such Retained Agreements without Nielsen’s consent. Any unauthorized modification, termination or cancellation fees or charges imposed upon Nielsen in connection with any such modification, termination or
cancellation shall be paid by TCS. 
  

	 	7.5	Retained Agreement Invoices 

 (a) TCS shall: 
 (i) receive all Retained Agreement Invoices; 

(ii) review and correct any errors in any such Retained Agreement Invoices in a timely manner; and 

(iii) use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to submit such Retained Agreement Invoices to Nielsen for payment within a reasonable period
of time prior to the due date or, if a discount for such payment is given, the date on which Nielsen may pay such Retained Agreement Invoice with a discount. 
 (b) Nielsen shall pay the Retained Agreement Invoices received and approved by TCS. Nielsen shall only be responsible for payment of the Retained Agreement Invoices and shall not be responsible to TCS for
any management, administration or maintenance fees of TCS in connection with the Retained Agreement Invoices. Nielsen shall be responsible for any late fees in respect of the Retained Agreement Invoices unless TCS’ act or omission is the cause
of such late fees. If TCS fails to submit a Retained Agreement Invoice to Nielsen for payment in a timely manner due to its fault or the fault of a party under its control, TCS shall be responsible for any discount not received or any late fees in
respect of such Retained Agreement Invoice. 
  

	Section 8.	SERVICE LEVELS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 

  

	 	8.1	Service Level Performance Methodology 

 The Tier One Quality of Service Metrics shall measure TCS’ performance at the Agreement level. Critical Service Levels shall measure TCS’ performance at the SOW level.

  

 41 

 
The Service Level performance methodology for both the Tier One Quality of Service Metrics and the Critical Service Levels shall be provided in Schedule B (“Service Levels”). If
certain Critical Service Levels apply to the Services under an SOW, the applicable Critical Service Levels shall be identified and provided in such SOW and the applicable metrics for each Critical Service level shall be developed and agreed by the
Parties in accordance with the Service Level methodology described in Schedule B. 
  

	 	8.2	Tier One Quality of Service Metrics and Critical Service Levels 

 (a) As of each Services Commencement Date, TCS shall perform the Services at the levels of accuracy, quality, completeness, timeliness, responsiveness and productivity that are equal to or higher than:

 (i) the accepted industry norms applicable to the performance of such Services by top tier service providers; and 

(ii) the documented or otherwise verifiable levels of accuracy, quality, completeness, timeliness, responsiveness and productivity as
described in the SOW or SOW Transition Plan provided internally by Nielsen (or by the previous service provider) in the six (6) months prior to the applicable Services Commencement Date. 

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or the other obligations of TCS, where Service Levels apply, TCS shall perform the
Services so as to meet or exceed the Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics as of the Services Commencement Date or such other date agreed in the applicable SOW or Attachments thereto in accordance with the Service Level
methodology provided in Schedule B. As part of the Services, TCS shall be responsible for meeting the applicable Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics even when doing so requires the provision of additional full-time or
temporary TCS Personnel resources, temporary contract personnel resources, Services provided by Approved Subcontractors, or other unique service needs provided by non-TCS Personnel. 

(c) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as preventing the Parties from agreeing to a Service Level credit regime on a SOW
basis. If either Party refuses to agree to a Service Level credit regime for a particular SOW, however, such refusal shall not be deemed to be unreasonable for purposes of Sections 17.3(a) or 26.3(i). 

 

	 	8.3	Failure to Perform 

 (a)
Tier One Quality of Service Metrics and Critical Service Level Failures. TCS recognizes that its failure to meet the Tier One Quality of Service Metrics and Critical Service Levels may have a materially adverse impact on the business and
operations of Nielsen. Accordingly, Nielsen may wholly or partially terminate this Agreement or an SOW, as applicable, for failures of TCS to achieve the Tier One Quality of Service Metrics and Critical Service Levels as described in this
Section 8.3, Schedule B or a SOW, as applicable. 
 (b) Tier One Quality of Service Metric Failures. Beginning four
(4) months after the Agreement Effective Date, if for reasons other than those exceptions provided 
  

 42 

 
in Section 8.7, TCS fails to meet any single Tier One Quality of Services Metric (A) for three (3) consecutive months or (B) in more than any six (6) months in a rolling
twelve (12) month period, or (C) fails to meet at least seventy percent (70%) of Tier One Quality of Service Metrics in any three (3) months in a rolling twelve (12) month period, then Nielsen shall upon thirty
(30) days written notice Nielsen may terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 26.3(ii). If Nielsen exercises the termination right provided in this Section 8.3, then the MCA shall be reduced in accordance
with Section 17.3. 
 (c) Use of Alternate Sources. In addition to the termination rights provided in
Section 8.3, if TCS fails to meet the same Critical Service Levels for three (3) consecutive measurement periods, Nielsen may, upon thirty (30) days written notice, in addition to any other remedy it may have under this Agreement:

 (i) require TCS to obtain, at TCS’ sole cost, expert assistance from a third party reasonably acceptable to Nielsen to
assist TCS to comply with the applicable Service Level and TCS shall comply with such required Service Level; or 
 (ii)
Nielsen acting reasonably determines to send Nielsen Personnel or have TCS Resources sent to Nielsen’s facility to assist in the resolution of the problem and the resumption of the affected Services, in which case TCS shall promptly reimburse
Nielsen for the travel and out-of-pocket costs for such Nielsen Personnel. 
  

	 	8.4	Self-Help 

 Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing or the other obligations of TCS, if as a result of failure of TCS to provide the Services with the performance standards and service levels as required under this Agreement, any Material Disruption in the
Services occurs, upon notification by Nielsen of such Material Disruption, TCS shall promptly use best efforts, with reasonable cooperation from Nielsen, to mitigate the impact of such Material Disruption and to rework and to restore the Services.
If TCS fails to correct and restore the Services within three (3) days after Nielsen notifies TCS of the Material Disruption, Nielsen shall be entitled, upon notice to TCS, to procure or correct the Services until TCS is able to restore and
perform the Services as required under this Agreement. “Material Disruption” as used in this Section 8.4 shall mean a failure of TCS to meet the Service Levels and other applicable performance standards under this Agreement or
otherwise fulfill its obligations under this Agreement that causes Nielsen’s failure to meet its contractual obligations to Nielsen clients. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TCS obligations under this provision shall not apply to a Material
Disruption caused by any exceptions described in Section 8.7 or due to reasons primarily attributable to Nielsen or to Nielsen Agents. In the event of a disagreement between the Parties as to the primary cause of the Material Disruption, TCS
shall, at Nielsen’s request, proceed with best efforts for rework or restoration of the Services as required by this Section 8.4, pending resolution of such disagreement between the Parties. Any such amounts payable by Nielsen pursuant to
this Section 8.4 shall count toward the MCA. 
  

 43 

	 	8.5	Adjustment of Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics 

(a) The Tier One Quality of Service Metrics may be modified or adjusted only by mutual agreement of the Parties. 

(b) The Critical Service Levels shall be adjusted in accordance with the following: 

(i) Nielsen shall periodically review TCS Services performance in accordance with the methodology and process outlined in Schedule B and
its applicable Attachments, but at least annually; and 
 (ii) with respect to any Critical Service Levels that require
periodic adjustment pursuant to this Agreement or are no longer appropriate because of an increase, decrease or change to the Services, Nielsen shall adjust such Critical Service Levels accordingly. 

 

	 	8.6	Failure to Meet Service Level. 

 (a) If TCS fails to meet any Service Level, TCS shall: 
 (i) investigate and
report on the causes of the problem; 
 (ii) provide a root cause analysis of such failure as soon as practicable after such
failure; 
 (iii) advise Nielsen, as and to the extent requested by Nielsen, of the status of remedial efforts being undertaken
with respect to such problems; and 
 (iv) correct the problem and begin meeting the Critical Service Levels and Tier One
Quality of Service Metrics. 
 (b) TCS shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to complete the root cause analysis within
five (5) Business Days for Critical Service Levels and ten (10) Business Days for Tier One Quality of Service Metrics after the occurrence of the failure, notice by Nielsen or the monthly reporting period that identified the deficiency;
provided, however, that, if it is not capable of being completed within the specified timeframes, TCS shall complete such root cause analysis as quickly as possible and shall notify Nielsen prior to the end of the initial period as to the status of
the root cause analysis and the estimated completion date. 
  

	 	8.7	Exceptions to Service Level and other Performance Failure of TCS 

 TCS shall be relieved of failures to comply with the Tier One Quality of Service Metrics, Critical Service Levels or any other performance measures or Milestones under this Agreement or SOW and TCS shall
not be in breach nor shall not suffer any liability therefore, to the extent and only to the extent that such failure results from: 
 (a) a Force Majeure Event (including during implementation of the Business Continuity Plan and/or Disaster Recovery Plan in response to such Event); 

 

 44 

 (b) delay or failure of Nielsen or Nielsen representatives and agents to perform a Nielsen
task or obligations identified under this Agreement or applicable SOW, including delay or failure of Nielsen to provide TCS with required review, approval, rejection or other actions in a timely manner and any other breach of this Agreement by
Nielsen that materially adversely impacts TCS’ ability to perform or comply; 
 (c) prioritization of tasks, reallocation
of resources among different Projects, reduction of resources for a Project requested by Nielsen to the extent that Nielsen agrees in writing for relief of TCS to achieve Tier One Quality of Service Metrics or Critical Service Levels or any other
performance measures or Milestones under this Agreement or SOW; 
 (d) Failures resulting from network, Hardware, Software,
desktops, data centers, and facilities problems for which Nielsen or Nielsen’s other contractors have retained operational or administrative responsibility; or 
 (e) Any activities and/or outages mutually agreed upon by the Parties. 
  

	 	8.8	Measurement and Monitoring Tools 

 As part of the Services, TCS shall implement the necessary measurement and monitoring tools and procedures required to measure and report TCS’ performance of the Services against the applicable
Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics. Such measurement and monitoring shall permit reporting at a level of detail sufficient to verify compliance with the Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics,
and shall be subject to audit by Nielsen. TCS shall provide Nielsen with information and access to such tools and procedures upon request, for purposes of verification. 

 

	 	8.9	Continuous Improvement and Best Practices 

 TCS shall identify ways to improve the Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics as provided in the applicable SOW or processing schedule, including: 

(a) on a continuous basis, as part of its total quality management process, identify ways to improve the Critical Service Levels and Tier
One Quality of Service Metrics; and 
 (b) identify and apply proven techniques and tools from other installations within its
operations or other third party processes that would benefit Nielsen either operationally or financially. TCS shall implement such processes at no charge to Nielsen. 
  

	 	8.10	Nielsen Satisfaction Surveys 

 (a) Nielsen Satisfaction Surveys shall: 
 (i) contain the content and scope
provided in Schedule D; 
 (ii) be administered in accordance with Schedule D; and 

 

 45 

 (iii) be subject to Nielsen’s approval. 

(b) Schedule and Requirements. During the seventh (7th) month following the Services Commencement Date of each operational
process area and yearly thereafter, TCS shall conduct and complete customer satisfaction surveys, as approved by Nielsen, of appropriate (either internal or external) users of the service approved by Nielsen. The results of the initial Nielsen
Satisfaction Survey shall be the baseline for the measurement of the performance improvements described in Section 24.1(n). Each survey conducted according to the provisions of this Section 8.10, shall, at a minimum, cover a representative
sampling of Nielsen users and senior management of Nielsen, in each case as specified by Nielsen. TCS agrees that Nielsen satisfaction (as determined in accordance with TCS’ internal evaluation procedures) will be taken into account in the
performance evaluations for TCS Key Personnel. If the results of the Nielsen Customer Satisfaction Survey indicate that there has been a decrease in customer satisfaction, TCS shall, at its cost (unless the Parties otherwise agree): 

(i) submit to Nielsen, for Nielsen’s approval, a plan to improve customer satisfaction (consistent with Nielsen’s cost
reduction objectives); and 
 (ii) upon Nielsen’s approval of such plan, implement and adjust such plan. If TCS fails to
conduct a Nielsen Customer Satisfaction Survey in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.10, then upon thirty (30) days notice, Nielsen may engage a third party to conduct the Nielsen Customer Satisfaction Survey pursuant to this
Section 8.10, at TCS’ cost. The results of such third party survey shall be binding on the Parties. 
 (c) Nielsen
Conducted Surveys. In addition to the satisfaction surveys to be conducted by TCS pursuant this Section 8.10, Nielsen may at its sole discretion survey selected Users and Nielsen Clients about satisfaction with TCS’ performance in
connection with and as part of satisfaction surveys periodically conducted by TCS. At Nielsen’s request, TCS shall cooperate and assist Nielsen with the formulation of the survey questions, protocols and procedures and the execution and review
of such surveys. Nielsen will share the results of said survey with TCS. Internal Nielsen surveys are non-binding with respect to Critical Service Levels or Tier One Quality of Service Metrics as identified in Schedule D and its applicable
Attachments. 
  

	Section 9.	RESTRICTIVE COVENANT 

  

	 	9.1	Additional Restrictions 

In addition to, and not in substitution for, the restrictions on TCS with respect to the use of Nielsen Confidential Information hereunder
and the allocation of Intellectual Property Rights between the Parties, and as a material inducement to Nielsen to enter into this Agreement, TCS agrees that, during the Term of this Agreement and for two (2) years thereafter: 

(a) TCS and its Controlled Subsidiaries will not engage in a Restricted Business. For clarity, except as provided in Section 9.1(b)
and 9.1(c), nothing contained in this Agreement, including this Section 9.1(a), shall restrict TCS and its Controlled Subsidiaries from performing services or providing work product to their unaffiliated customers as part of TCS’
information technology outsourcing or business process outsourcing services, even if such 
  

 46 

 
customers are themselves engaged in a Restricted Business or even if some of the services provided by TCS or its Controlled Subsidiary to such customers are similar or identical to the services
or products offered by the portions of Nielsen and its Affiliates engaged in the Restricted Business; 
 (b) TCS and its
Controlled Subsidiaries will not perform services for, provide work product to, or license technology to, any Tier One Restricted Company or any Affiliate of any Tier One Restricted Company anywhere in the world; and 

(c) Except with prior written consent of Nielsen (which it may withhold in its discretion), TCS will not assign any Domain Expert who in
the prior twenty four (24) months has performed Services under this Agreement to perform any services for any entity that is a Tier Two Restricted Company or an Affiliate of a Tier Two Restricted Company regardless of whether the work for such
Tier Two Restricted Company relates to the work such Domain Expert performed for Nielsen; provided, however: 
 (i) If despite
TCS’ Commercially Reasonable Efforts to the contrary TCS is not able to find other work for such Domain Expert (and it is not as part of a general lack of demand for TCS’ services such that it is not only the Domain Expert who is
unallocated) TCS may so inform Nielsen and if Nielsen is unwilling to have such Domain Expert perform Services for Nielsen as a non-Domain Expert until the restriction lapses (or Nielsen is otherwise willing to pay the charges which such Domain
Expert would incur while he or she awaited the lapse of the restriction), then TCS may assign such Domain Expert to perform services for such Tier Two Restricted Company; 
 (ii) If the proposed assignment is for an Affiliate of the Tier Two Restricted Company and such Affiliate is truly separate and distinct from the Tier Two Restricted Company and is not engaged in any
business competitive with Nielsen or its Affiliates, then provided that adequate assurances are provided to Nielsen, Nielsen will not unreasonably withhold its consent; and 
 (iii) The provisions of this Section 9.1(c)(iii) shall not apply after two (2) years after such Domain Expert ceased to be associated with Nielsen account or if this Agreement or an applicable
SOW is terminated by TCS pursuant to Section 26.5 or by Nielsen pursuant to Sections 26.2 or 26.3. 
  

	 	9.2	Remedies For Breach of Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(b) 

 (a) If Nielsen believes that TCS or a Controlled Subsidiary is in breach of the provisions of Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(b), Nielsen may notify TCS who shall promptly investigate the matter and within ten
(10) Business Days TCS shall report to Nielsen on whether TCS agrees or disagrees that TCS or a Controlled Subsidiary is in breach. If TCS disagrees it shall provide reasonable detail about the activities it is engaged in with respect to
Nielsen’s claim and state the basis for TCS’ belief that it or its Controlled Subsidiary is not in breach. If TCS reports that it or its Controlled Subsidiary is not in breach, if Nielsen desires to further pursue the matter the dispute
shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Section 25, solely for determination of whether TCS is in breach of Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(b), with hearings being held no later than ten (10) Business Days
thereafter and the arbitrator instructed to issue a decision no later than ten (10) Business Days thereafter. 
  

 47 

 (b) If (i) TCS acknowledges that it or its Controlled Subsidiary is in breach of
Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(b) and does not immediately begin good faith efforts to cure the breach or does not actually cure the breach within sixty (60) days of TCS’ notice to Nielsen, (ii) the arbitrator determines that TCS or its
Controlled Subsidiary is in breach and TCS does not immediately begin good faith efforts to cure the breach or does not actually cure the breach within sixty (60) days of such decision, (iii) the arbitrator determines that due to
insufficient cooperation or participation in the arbitration by TCS it cannot determine whether TCS or such Controlled Subsidiary is in breach, or (iv) TCS fails to respond to Nielsen’s notice in the time period required by
Section 9.2(a), then Nielsen shall be entitled to seek and obtain injunctive relief which TCS agrees it will not oppose and TCS will waive Nielsen’s posting of bond or proving irreparable injury. For clarity, it is agreed that transferring
of the Restricted Business by TCS or applicable TCS Controlled Subsidiary to an Affiliate of TCS which is not a Controlled Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a cure, so long as neither TCS nor any Controlled Subsidiary exercises management control of
such business. 
 (c) The remedies provided in this Section 9.2 are the sole and exclusive remedies of Nielsen with
respect to any breach of Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(b) by TCS or any TCS Controlled Subsidiary. 
  

	 	9.3	Remedies For Breach of Section 9.1(c) 

 If TCS is in breach of Section 9.1(c), Nielsen shall be entitled to seek and obtain injunctive relief which TCS agrees it will not oppose and TCS will waive Nielsen’s posting of bond or proving
irreparable injury. The time period of the restriction shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period of the breach. 
  

	 	9.4	Advance Clearance 

 If
during period of the above restrictions TCS or a Controlled Subsidiary desires to engage in a new line of business and TCS is in doubt about the applicability of the restriction of Section 9.1(a) to such new line of business, TCS may (without
being obligated to do so) notify Nielsen that it intends to enter into such specific new line of business or agreement with a customer which might constitute a new line of business, fully describing the circumstances. If Nielsen does not respond
within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the notice (or responds that it agrees that the restriction does not apply), TCS shall be free to undertake the described activity. If Nielsen does object, the Parties shall attempt to resolve the
disagreement expeditiously, but if it is not resolved within ten (10) days of Nielsen’s objection TCS may have the matter resolved pursuant to Section 25, with hearings being held no later than ten (10) Business Days thereafter
and the arbitrator instructed to issue a decision no later than ten (10) Business Days thereafter. 
  

 48 

	Section 10.	TCS PERSONNEL 

  

	 	10.1	Levels and Retention of Resources 

 (a) TCS shall provide Nielsen with the number of TCS Resources dedicated full time to providing the Services at the end of every ninety (90) day period after the Agreement Effective Date. If a SOW
contains a Baseline Service Charge, TCS shall not reduce the number of such Resources providing the Services under any SOW until such time as Nielsen confirms that TCS has met the Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics or
completion requirements of the applicable SOW. For all SOWs, any changes in staffing requirements at (i) Nielsen Service Locations; (ii) TCS Service Locations; and (iii) Other Service Locations must be approved in advance by Nielsen.

 (b) TCS shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to keep the Resource turnover rate at a minimum across the Nielsen
account. Except as provided in Section 10.9, TCS shall not voluntarily remove a Resource assigned to Nielsen account without obtaining prior written approval of Nielsen (i) in the case of a Key Resource assigned on a particular SOW, prior
to twenty-four (24) months after initial assignment to such SOW, or (ii) in all other cases prior to eighteen (18) months after initial assignment to Nielsen account. Nielsen acknowledges that rotation of a Resource between on-site
and Off-Shore shall not count as removal of Resources a pursuant to this Section 10.1. 
  

	 	10.2	Replacement of Resources 

(a) Nielsen may notify TCS if Nielsen determines that the continued assignment to the Nielsen account of any TCS Resource is not in the
best interests of Nielsen. Upon receipt of such notice, TCS shall have a reasonable time period, not to exceed five (5) days, to investigate the matters stated therein, discuss its findings with Nielsen and attempt to resolve such matters to
Nielsen’s satisfaction, including the permanent removal of such Resource upon continued Nielsen objection. To the maximum extent possible, the removal and replacement of any Resource under this Section 10.2(a) shall be conducted so as not
to interrupt or adversely affect the Services. 
 (b) In addition to the removal rights provided in Section 10.2(a), if
Nielsen is not satisfied with the Services provided by any individual Resource at any time during the first four (4) weeks of such Resource’s assignment, TCS shall replace such Resource and re-perform such Services at no charge to Nielsen
(including charges for the original or re-performed Services, or any costs incurred in replacing such Resource). 
 (c)
Whenever any resource providing Services to Nielsen is replaced or transitioned (other than in the case of where a Resource is transitioned from on-site to Off-Shore or vice versa within a particular SOW) by a Resource, TCS will provide, at no
charge to Nielsen, up to a maximum of six (6) weeks of Services by the replacement Resource to account for the training/transition period expected to be taken by the replacement Resource to begin performing the Services at the expected level,
irrespective of when the replacement Resource is placed into a Project (whether at the Project’s inception or after the Project has begun); provided that TCS may begin to charge Nielsen for days actually worked by such a replacement Resource
prior to such period of six (6) weeks, if the Parties mutually agree that such Resource is able to perform his or her assignment to Nielsen’s satisfaction.  

 

 49 

 (d) If TCS fails to meet the Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service
Metrics and if Nielsen reasonably believes such failure is attributable in whole or in part to TCS’ reassignment, movement, or other changes in the Resources allocated to Nielsen to the performance and delivery of the Services and/or to TCS
Approved Subcontractors assigned to the Nielsen service team, Nielsen will notify TCS of such belief. Upon receipt of such notice from Nielsen, TCS will: 
 (i) promptly provide to Nielsen a report setting forth TCS’ position regarding the matters raised by Nielsen in its notice; 
 (ii) meet with Nielsen to discuss the matters raised by Nielsen in its notice and TCS’ positions with regard to such matters; and 

(iii) diligently work to eliminate with respect to the Services any such TCS human resource practices and/or processes identified and
agreed to by the Parties as adversely impacting the performance and delivery of the Services by TCS. 
 (e) If TCS is having
difficulty meeting Critical Service Levels or other requirements of an IT SOW, then Nielsen, at its sole discretion, may require for such SOW that TCS meet the staff experience pyramid provided in Section 2.2 of Schedule F. TCS shall have
thirty (30) days from Nielsen’s notification to meet such levels. 
 (f) If TCS is having difficulty meeting Critical
Service Levels or other requirements of a BPO SOW, then Nielsen, at its sole discretion, may require that TCS promptly deploy a full time Six Sigma Black Belt to analyze and make recommendations to improve any applicable processes in order to
eliminate TCS’ difficulty for TCS to meet such Critical Service Levels or other requirements of a BPO SOW. 
  

	 	10.3	Training 

 Unless
otherwise agreed by the Parties, training of Resources in accordance with TCS’ standard training programs shall be at TCS’ cost. If (i) a Deliverable or SOW involves technology or skills that the Parties mutually agree are unique to
Nielsen, and (ii) TCS Personnel must be specifically trained in order to properly create the Deliverable or perform Services under such SOW, TCS will provide such training and, unless agreed otherwise in writing, Nielsen will reimburse any
reasonable out-of-pocket cost of such training, provided that TCS obtained Nielsen’s prior written approval for such training (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). Training of Nielsen Personnel in the use of Deliverables shall be as
agreed and provided in the applicable SOW. 
  

	 	10.4	Minimum Staffing Requirements 

 (a) Throughout the Term, TCS shall meet the minimum staffing requirements provided in Schedule F. TCS will immediately notify Nielsen if TCS’ staffing falls below the minimum requirements, and will
provide Nielsen with assurances that TCS has taken appropriate measures to promptly correct the failure and to ensure that such failure will not re-occur. 
  

 50 

 (b) The Parties’ Relationship Managers shall meet each year of the Term to recalculate
the minimum staffing levels required to fulfill the MCA (“Total TCS Target Headcount”). In so doing, the parties shall take into account (i) the actual fees credited against the MCA and (ii) Nielsen’s projection of
staffing levels for each year of the Term. 
  

	 	10.5	Key Resources and Domain Experts 

 (a) The Parties will identify up to thirty percent (30%) of TCS Resources performing Services on each Project as “Key Resources.” Key Resources shall be not be replaced or
re-assigned without Nielsen’s consent for 24 months after their assignment to Nielsen account. All removal and replacement of Key Resources shall be based on a rolling six (6) month Key Resources replacement plan, the status of which shall
be reported to Nielsen Project Manager at the end of each month. At TCS’ request, the Project Manager for each SOW will cooperate with TCS to determine each Key Resource’s stated exit date from that specific Project. 

(b) As applicable, Nielsen will designate certain Resources in SOWs as Domain Experts (“Domain Experts”). The aggregate number
of Resources designated as Domain Experts may not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Total TCS Target Headcount provided for in Schedule F. Domain Experts shall be subject to the restrictions provided in Section 9.1. 

 

	 	10.6	TCS Managers 

 (a) At its
sole expense, TCS shall designate the following Personnel to service the Nielsen account (“TCS Managers”), each of whom shall be Key Resource: 
 (b) a full-time global account executive empowered to make all staffing and execution decisions for the Nielsen account; 
 (c) a full-time global Relationship Manager who shall be authorized to act as the primary contact for TCS with respect to all matters relating to this Agreement and any related SOWs. The Relationship
Manager shall have overall responsibility for managing and coordinating the performance of TCS under this Agreement and, unless otherwise specified herein, shall attempt to resolve disputes in accordance with this Agreement. TCS shall designate a
Relationship Manager within fifteen (15) days of the Agreement Effective Date. The TCS Relationship Manager shall be devote his or her full time and effort to managing the Services provided to Nielsen and shall remain in this position for a
minimum period of two (2) years from initial assignment; 
 (d) a full-time on-site staffing coordinator, who shall be
located at a site designated by Nielsen. The TCS staffing coordinator shall devote his or her full time and effort to managing the staffing requirements to provide the Services to Nielsen and shall remain in this position for a minimum period of two
(2) years from initial assignment; 
  

 51 

 (e) a full-time Transition Manager during the period of time required to complete a major
transition activity, located at a site designated by Nielsen; and 
 (f) a full-time manager at each site where such a manager
is needed in order to facilitate TCS’ performance hereunder, and such other sites as may be specified by Nielsen from time to time, with a minimum of ten (10) such full-time managers to be so designated at all times during the Term. The
need for additional managers shall be determined by mutual agreement between the Parties. All requests for any additional managers over and above ten (10) must be validated by Nielsen’s Resource Optimization Program Management Vice
President and TCS’ Relationship Manager. Each full time manager shall remain in this position for at least of two (2) years. 
  

	 	10.7	Project Managers 

 TCS
shall designate a Project Manager for each SOW, who shall be located at a site designated by Nielsen. Each Project Manager is a billable Resource and will interface on all day-to-day matters relating to Services to be delivered under that SOW. Each
Project Manager shall devote his or her full time and effort to overseeing the SOW (unless otherwise specified in such SOW), and shall remain in this position for a minimum of two (2) years, unless the SOW expires or is terminated earlier.

  

	 	10.8	Approval of TCS Managers 

TCS shall obtain Nielsen’s prior written approval for each TCS Manager, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. If vacated for
any reason, a TCS Manager position must be backfilled within fifteen (15) days. The appointment of any such replacement Resource shall be subject to Nielsen’s prior approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. 

 

	 	10.9	Replacement of TCS Managers and Key Resources 

 (a) Nielsen shall have the right to request replacement of any TCS Manager specified in Section 10.6 at any time and TCS shall make such replacement within fifteen (15) days of such request.
Replacement of Key Resources shall be as provided in Section 10.2(a). 
 (b) Notwithstanding the retention provisions
related to TCS Managers and Key Resources, they may be replaced or reassigned upon consent of Nielsen or if such Manager or Resource: 
 (i) voluntarily resigns from TCS; 
 (ii) is dismissed by TCS for misconduct
(e.g., fraud, drug abuse, theft); 
 (iii) materially fails to perform his or her duties and responsibilities; or 

(iv) is unable to work due to retirement, death or disability. 

 

 52 

 (c) To the maximum extent possible, the removal and replacement of any TCS Manager or Key
Resource under this Section 10.9 shall be conducted so as not to interrupt or adversely affect the Services. 
  

	 	10.10	Executive Steering Committee 

 Within sixty (60) days after the Agreement Effective Date, the Parties shall form an “Executive Steering Committee” consisting of a mutually agreed number of senior executives and
technical leaders equally from each Party. Upon agreement as to the total number of members, the Parties shall each notify the other of the name and contact details of the individuals designated to be the members of the Executive Steering Committee.
The Executive Steering Committee will meet on a regular basis, but at least twice a year, to review the operation of this Agreement. 
  

	 	10.11	Subcontracting 

 Nielsen
acknowledges and agrees that in the performance of Services, TCS may subcontract, draw resources from and use the facilities of TCS affiliates (“TCS Group”) and business associates of TCS provided in Schedule H. TCS shall obtain
Nielsen’s prior written approval to subcontract, draw resources from or use the facilities of any entity not provided in Schedule H (together with any business associate listed in Schedule H, the “Approved Subcontractors”).
Nielsen shall have the right to review the list of Approved Subcontractors on an annual basis and to remove any entity from the list of Approved Subcontractors. If Nielsen exercises its right to remove any entity from the list of Approved
Subcontractors which results in TCS’ inability to use any TCS Personnel performing Services for Nielsen at that time, TCS shall have sixty (60) days to replace such TCS Personnel. Any personnel of TCS Group assigned by TCS to perform the
Services hereunder shall be considered TCS Personnel and not a subcontractor. TCS shall remain responsible for the Services performed by, and be liable for the performance by, its Approved Subcontractors, TCS Group and any TCS Personnel under this
Agreement on behalf of TCS. 
  

	 	10.12	Coordination Role 

 TCS
may be required to act in a coordination role for certain of Nielsen’s employees on such terms as the Parties may mutually agree. In such event, TCS shall: 
 (a) follow Nielsen’s work rules, and 
 (b) cooperate with Nielsen in
supervisory scheduling and disciplinary issues. 
 Nielsen acknowledges and agrees that Nielsen employees are, and will remain, the employees of
Nielsen and under no circumstances shall TCS be considered the employer of such persons. 
  

 53 

	 	10.13	Access to TCS Specialized Resources 

 As part of the Services, TCS shall provide Nielsen with access to TCS’ specialized technical personnel and resources at a level no less favorable than provided by TCS to its other similar commercial
customers receiving substantially similar goods and services. 
  

	 	10.14	TCS Personnel Incentives Plan 

 In order to provide incentive for TCS Personnel assigned to Nielsen account to dedicate their efforts to serve Nielsen, TCS shall develop and administer (consistent with its general personnel policies) a
compensation structure for TCS Personnel that includes a significant portion of their compensation being determined based on Nielsen’s satisfaction with the Services, including meeting Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service
Metrics. 
  

	 	10.15	Personnel Procedures 

(a) TCS shall maintain records relating to all personnel provided pursuant to this Agreement, which records shall include, at a minimum,
verification of qualifications, licenses, certifications, and references, verifying that such personnel are qualified in light of applicable law, industry standards, and this Agreement, to perform the work contracted for herein. TCS shall also
maintain records of in service training and records of assignments. Subject to any restrictions under applicable Law, upon Nielsen’s request, TCS shall promptly provide to Nielsen copies of the records described herein. 

(b) TCS shall advise personnel supplied hereunder of their obligation to comply with the rules, regulations, policies, and procedures of
Nielsen and shall, without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, inform personnel of the confidentiality of Nielsen Data. 
  

	 	10.16	Background Check, Testing and Documentation of TCS Personnel 

 (a) General. Nielsen may request that TCS conduct background, reference, educational, criminal record, credit, driving and other checks (including fingerprinting and drug screens) in connection
with the performance of Services under this Agreement where such checking or testing is permitted by law. All costs related to such checking and testing performed by TCS over and above TCS’ then standard background check procedure requested by
Nielsen will be billed to Nielsen as a Pass-Through Expense as provided in Schedule C. TCS agrees to indemnify Nielsen against all liability and Claims arising from such checking or testing and the lawful use and reporting of the results thereof.

 (b) Additional Requirements Regarding TCS Personnel. Within two (2) months after the Agreement Effective Date,
and thereafter within two (2) months after a TCS Personnel is assigned to Nielsen account, TCS Personnel will be subject to the following screening activities in connection with their assignment to Nielsen account: 

(i) a federal and state criminal background check for TCS Personnel assigned to work in the United States (except to the extent
restricted by law) for the ten (10) years prior to such assignment; 
  

 54 

 (ii) a determination as to whether the person has been identified by the Department of
Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) as an individual that U.S. persons are prohibited from engaging in transactions with; and 
 (iii) confirmation that the individual’s employment complies with relevant immigration law. 
 (c) Restrictions on Assignment. TCS shall not assign any person to perform the Services who (i) has failed a drug screen required by Nielsen; (ii) has in the last ten years been convicted
of a crime involving dishonesty or a felony; (iii) has been identified by OFAC as an individual that U.S. persons are prohibited from engaging in transactions with; or (iv) does not meet the requirements under immigration law to be
employed. Under no circumstances shall TCS provide Nielsen with the results of any of drug testing or screening, criminal or credit background checks or other employment verification processes that TCS performs or causes to be performed with respect
to TCS Personnel. The Parties shall work together to develop and implement improved screening and background checking processes in response to changing legal requirements and technological advancements over the course of the Term. 

(d) Labor Harmony Obligation. TCS shall conduct its activities in such a manner as to seek to avoid: 

(i) any labor-related disruption of work or material non-compliance in the provision of any Services; and 

(ii) any interference with the work or activities of the Recipients or other persons. 

Whenever TCS Key Personnel have knowledge of any actual Labor Dispute involving the employees of TCS, TCS Agents, or others that may
materially affect the provision of Services, TCS shall promptly so inform Nielsen and the Parties shall cooperate to minimize the effect of such dispute on the provision of Services, whether or not such Labor Dispute occurs at an TCS Service
Location, Nielsen Service Location or Other Service Location. 
  

	Section 11.	NIELSEN RESPONSIBILITIES 

  

	 	11.1	General 

 (a) As required
for TCS to perform the Services and upon request to Nielsen, Nielsen shall provide TCS, without charge and on reasonable advance notice and for reasonable periods, furnished office space at Nielsen Service Locations facilities, including reasonable
office supplies and access to photocopiers, desktop computers, telephones and Internet access and resources reasonably necessary for Personnel to perform work on-site. Further, Nielsen shall provide to TCS Personnel with access and use of Nielsen
systems and Nielsen Software for or in connection with which Services are required to be performed or as reasonably necessary for TCS Personnel to perform the Services. TCS and all TCS Personnel and agents utilizing such resources shall comply with
all Nielsen policies and procedures governing access to and use of such resources of which TCS has been notified, and shall leave all such resources in the same conditions they were in immediately before their use by TCS, normal wear and tear
excepted. 
  

 55 

 (b) As required to perform the Services and upon request to Nielsen, Nielsen shall provide
or reimburse any other reasonable on-site costs, expenses or charges incurred by TCS at Nielsen’s facilities in connection with the Services, at actual cost, including TCS’ cost for Hardware, Software and equipment necessary for servicing
Nielsen (Software, laptops, cell phones, pagers etc. provided to Resources at Nielsen’s request, or deemed necessary to perform the Services or meet Service Levels described in a specific SOW where applicable), provided that in each case TCS
must obtain Nielsen’s written approval prior to incurring any such expense. 
 (c) If Services under a SOW required to be
performed at TCS Global Development Center or Other Service Location require any Hardware or Software not included in Schedule K and L respectively, Nielsen shall provide to TCS such Hardware and/or Software or reimburse TCS of the cost of such
Hardware and Software acquired by TCS on Nielsen account, provided that in each case TCS must obtain Nielsen’s written approval prior to incurring any such cost and expense. 

(d) Nielsen shall provide or reimburse TCS of costs and expenses incurred for the refresh or replacement of all Hardware and Software
(other than described in Schedules K and L respectively). 
  

	 	11.2	Use of Nielsen Service Locations 

 (a) Provision of Services to Nielsen Only; No Leasehold Granted. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, TCS shall use Nielsen Service Locations for the sole and exclusive purpose of
providing the Services. TCS and TCS Agents may not provide or market services to a third party from any Nielsen Service Location without Nielsen’s consent. Nielsen’s allowing TCS to use a Nielsen Service Location does not constitute a
leasehold, a usufruct, or other real property interest in favor of TCS. Such resources shall be utilized by TCS solely for the purposes of providing Services to Nielsen. 
 (b) Procedures. TCS, its employees and agents shall keep Nielsen Service Locations in good order, not commit or permit waste or damage to such facilities, not use such facilities for any unlawful
purpose or act and comply with all of Nielsen’s standard policies and procedures regarding access to and use of the Nielsen Service Locations, including procedures for the physical security of the Nielsen Service Locations and procedures for
the security of computer network. 
 (c) Access. TCS shall permit Nielsen and their agents, employees, and
representatives to enter into those portions of the Nielsen Service Locations occupied by TCS Personnel at any time. 
 (d)
Structure. TCS shall not make any improvements or changes involving structural, mechanical or electrical alterations to the Nielsen Service Locations without Nielsen’s prior approval. 

 

 56 

 (e) Condition. When the Nielsen Service Locations are no longer required for
performance of the Services, TCS shall return such locations to Nielsen in substantially the same condition as when TCS began use of such locations, ordinary wear and tear excepted. 

(f) Employee Services. Subject to applicable security and real estate lease requirements, Nielsen will permit TCS Personnel to
use certain employee facilities (e.g., designated parking facilities, cafeteria, and common facilities) at the Nielsen Service Locations specified in a SOW that are generally made available to the employees and contractors of Nielsen. The employee
facilities in question and the extent of TCS Personnel’s permitted use shall be specified in writing by Nielsen and shall be subject to modification without advance notice in Nielsen’s sole discretion. TCS Personnel will not be permitted
to use employee facilities designated by Nielsen as being for the exclusive use of certain Nielsen employees and TCS will not be entitled to the provision or reimbursement of paid parking. 

 

	 	11.3	Nielsen Personnel 

 (a)
Within fifteen (15) days after the Agreement Effective Date, Nielsen shall designate a full-time Global Relationship Manager who shall be authorized to act as the primary contact for Nielsen with respect to all matters relating to this
Agreement and any related SOWs. The Relationship Manager shall have overall responsibility for managing and coordinating the performance of Nielsen under this Agreement and, unless otherwise specified herein, shall attempt to resolve disputes in
accordance with this Agreement. 
 (b) Nielsen shall designate a Project Manager for each SOW. Each Project Manager will
interface on all day-to-day matters relating to Services to be delivered under that SOW. 
 (c) Nielsen shall designate a
global Relationship Manager who shall be authorized to act as the primary contact for TCS with respect to all matters relating to this Agreement and any related SOWs. 
 (d) Nielsen shall designate a full-time Transition Manager during the period of time required to complete a major transition activity, 

(e) Nielsen shall designate members of the Executive Steering Committee as provided in Section 10.10. 

 

	 	11.4	Policies, Rules, Standards and Process Instructions 

 Nielsen shall provide TCS with update copies of all Nielsen Policies, Rules, Standards and process instructions as well as any changes thereof made from time to time, to the extent TCS, Affiliates of TCS,
Approved Subcontractors and Personnel are required to comply with such Nielsen Policies, Rules, Standards and process instructions and changes thereof. 
  

 57 

	 	11.5	Review, Consents, Approvals 

 Nielsen shall promptly attend to and provide TCS on a timely basis any inputs, reviews, consents and approval (or rejection) upon TCS’ submission or request for such review, consent or approval in
accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or an applicable SOW 
  

	Section 12.	GOVERNANCE, MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL 

  

	 	12.1	Governance Model 

 The
Parties will comply with, and conduct themselves in accordance with, the Governance Model provided in Schedule J (the “Governance Model”). The Governance Model defines the management structure, roles, responsibilities and membership
of the governing entities. the Parties shall periodically prepare and provide updates to such Governance Model to reflect any mutually agreed upon changes to the procedures as defined in Schedule J. 

 

	 	12.2	Change Control Procedures 

Nielsen or TCS may, upon written notice to the other Party, including via email, propose changes to the Services. Changes implemented
pursuant to the Change Control Procedure described in this Section 12.2 shall not vary the Baseline Resource Charges or result in any additional expenses for Nielsen by more than ten percent (10%) individually or twenty percent
(20%) in the aggregate for any applicable SOW. Any other changes requested under a Statement of Work that vary the Baseline Resource Charges or result in any additional expenses for Nielsen may only be implemented by an amendment of the
applicable SOW made pursuant to Section 3.5(c)of this Agreement. Upon receiving such notice, TCS shall review the proposed change and, at no additional cost to Nielsen, shall either (i) inform Nielsen directly, including via email, of its
acceptance of the proposal or, (ii) if necessary, submit a change proposal to Nielsen within ten (10) Business Days of TCS’ receipt of Nielsen’s written proposed changes (the “Change Proposal”) which shall
outline in sufficient detail the tasks to be performed to accomplish such proposed changes to the Services. Nielsen, at its sole discretion, may accept, modify with TCS’ consent, or reject any or all Change Proposals received from TCS. If
Nielsen does not accept TCS’ Change Proposal, neither Party shall have an obligation to the other under the Change Proposal and Nielsen shall have no obligation to pay for the proposed change. Acceptance of a particular Change Proposal and
authorization to begin work will be based upon Nielsen instructing TCS in writing, including via email, to commence work. All modifications to the Services made pursuant to this Section 12.2. must be within the scope provided in the relevant
SOW, including the allowed variations of the Baseline Service Charges. 
  

	 	12.3	Procedures Manuals 

 Upon
Nielsen’s request at no additional cost to Nielsen, TCS shall deliver to Nielsen for its review, comment and approval Procedures Manuals which may include the following: 
 (a) Details of calculating the Off-Shore Leverage Percentages; 
 (b) Details of
all reporting requirements; 
  

 58 

 (c) Quality assurance processes and procedures; 

(d) Procedures and matters to be brought to the Executive Steering Committee; 

(e) Procedures for reconstruction of data; and 
 (f) Methodology for determining the difference between the Baseline and actual quarterly provision of Services. 
  

	Section 13.	SOFTWARE AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS 

  

	 	13.1	TCS Software 

 Schedule K
lists the TCS Software (including TCS Project Tools and TCS Productivity Tools), and TCS Third Party Software that TCS will provide in connection with the Services at no additional cost. Any license or other fees associate with such Software shall
be TCS’ sole responsibility. Attachment A to Schedule K describes the optional TCS Productivity Tools along with applicable license fees and usage charges. 
  

	 	13.2	Nielsen Software 

 (a)
Subject to Section 15 and Section 21, Nielsen hereby grants to TCS, solely to provide the Services, a non-exclusive, non-transferable, limited right to: 
 (i) access, use and operate the Nielsen Software; 
 (ii) access, use and operate,
Nielsen Third Party Software, subject to Nielsen obtaining the Required Consent (it being agreed that Nielsen will obtain the Required Consent if applicable and notify TCS if such Required Consent is unavailable or any other restrictions applies);
and 
 (iii) use any related Documentation in Nielsen’s possession on or after the Agreement Effective Date. 

(b) To the extent permissible under the applicable third party agreement and reasonably necessary for the performance of Services and
subject to Nielsen obtaining the Required Consent, TCS may sublicense to TCS Agents the right to access, use and operate Nielsen’s Software and Nielsen Third Party Software solely to provide those Services such TCS Agents are responsible for
providing and as may otherwise be agreed to by the Parties (it being agreed that Nielsen will obtain the Required Consent if applicable and notify TCS if such Required Consent is unavailable or any other restrictions applies). 

 

	 	13.3	TCS Background Technology 

To the extent it is reasonably necessary for Nielsen to receive or use the Services, Deliverables and developed Software, TCS grants to
Nielsen a non-exclusive, transferable, perpetual worldwide, fully paid up license to use the TCS Background Technology used by TCS 

 

 59 

 
in the performance of Services or creation of Deliverables or Developed Software, in each case solely for the use of Services, Deliverables and Developed Software for the benefit of Nielsen (with
a right to Nielsen to allow third parties to access and use such TCS Background Technology solely to provide services to Nielsen in connection with the Services, Deliverables and Developed Software (subject to TCS’ reasonable requirement for
confidentiality requirements). 
  

	 	13.4	TCS Software (including TCS Productivity and TCS Project Tools) 

 (a) TCS shall not introduce any TCS Software, TCS Project Tools or TCS Productivity Tools described in Schedule K without Nielsen’s approval, which approval Nielsen may withhold in its discretion. If
Nielsen provides its approval, TCS may use such TCS Software, TCS Project Tools or TCS Productivity Tools described in Schedule K and charge Nielsen the usage charges described in Schedule K in addition to the Charges and fees for Services.

 (b) To the extent it is reasonably necessary for Nielsen to receive or use the Services, Deliverables and developed
Software, TCS grants to Nielsen during the Term a non-exclusive, worldwide, fully paid up license to use such TCS Software and TCS Project Tools described in Schedule K (excluding TCS Productivity Tools described in Attachment A to Schedule K) in
object code form only, solely for the receipt and use of Services, Deliverables and Developed Software for the benefit of Nielsen (with a right to Nielsen to allow Affiliates and contractors of Nielsen to access and use such TCS Software and TCS
Project Tools solely to provide services to Nielsen in connection with the Services, Deliverables and Developed Software, subject to TCS’ reasonable requirement for confidentiality requirements). The license granted pursuant to this
Section 13.4(b) shall extend perpetually beyond the Term if any such TCS Software and TCS Project Tools described in Schedule K (excluding TCS Productivity Tools described in Schedule K) is a TCS product not commercially available to others. If
any such TCS Software and TCS Project Tools described in Schedule K (excluding TCS Productivity Tools described in Schedule K) is a TCS product commercially offered to others by TCS, Nielsen shall have an option to obtain non-exclusive, perpetual,
worldwide license (with a right to Nielsen to allow Affiliates and contractors of Nielsen to access and use such TCS Software and TCS Project Tools solely to provide services to Nielsen, subject to TCS’ reasonable requirement for
confidentiality requirements) upon payment of the license fee described in Schedule K). 
 (c) If Nielsen approves TCS to use
any optional TCS Software and Productivity Tools described in Schedule K, Nielsen shall have an option to obtain a non-exclusive, perpetual, worldwide license (with a right to Nielsen to allow Affiliates and contractors of Nielsen to access and use
such TCS Software and TCS Productivity Tools solely to provide services to Nielsen, subject to TCS’ reasonable requirement for confidentiality requirements). Nielsen shall execute a separate agreement for the aforesaid license rights and be
subject to payment of the license fee described in Attachment A to Schedule K. 
 (d) Any usage or license fee for TCS
Software, including Productivity Tools, will be applicable only if agreed to by Nielsen prior to Nielsen’s approving its use in delivery of the Services, or the designated Nielsen representative authorizes the use of such Software with the
agreement that Nielsen will not have a license to use such Software following expiration of the Term. 
  

 60 

	 	13.5	Developed Software 

Developed Software shall include the following: (i) modifications to, or upgrades or enhancements (derivative works) of, Nielsen
Software; (ii) newly developed Software that does not modify or enhance then existing Software; and (iii) modifications to, or enhancements (derivative works) of, Nielsen Third Party Software. Subject to Section 13.6 below, all
Developed Software shall be owned by Nielsen. Nielsen shall have all rights, title and interest (limited to the extent permitted by the terms of any governing Third Party Software licenses with respect to item (iii) above) in and to Developed
Software and all copies made from them. As requested by Nielsen TCS shall deliver to Nielsen one copy each in electronic “soft copy” format of any Developed Software (including source code) and related Documentation used to provide the
Services which is not resident on Nielsen Hardware. 
  

	 	13.6	Nielsen License 

 (a) TCS
shall not incorporate or embed any TCS Software, TCS Background Technology, TCS Productivity Tools, TCS Project Tools or Third Party Software licensed by TCS or any improvement or enhancement of the forgoing into any Developed Software or
Deliverable without the prior approval of Nielsen. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, TCS shall retain unfettered title and ownership to any and all TCS Software, TCS Background Technology and TCS Project Tools,
other TCS Intellectual Property Rights or TCS Third Party Software or any improvement or enhancement of the forgoing used in the performance of Services or incorporated in any Developed Software or Deliverables. To the extent any TCS Software, TCS
Background Technology, other TCS Intellectual Property Rights or Third Party Software licensed to TCS or any improvements or enhancement of the forgoing is incorporated or embedded in any Developed Software or Deliverables, TCS grants, or shall
cause the applicable Third Party Software provider to grant, to Nielsen an irrevocable, non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual, paid-up license to use, have access to, copy, modify, distribute, display, perform, import, manufacture, have
made, sell, offer to sell, exploit, and sublicense such Intellectual Property Rights for the purpose of exercising Nielsen’s right, title, and interest in the Developed Software or Deliverable. The foregoing license shall not authorize Nielsen
to separate the TCS Software or other TCS Intellectual Property Rights from the Developed Software for enhancing or creating derivative works or to exploit or independently offer for sale such TCS Property in any way as standalone Software.

 (b) At least once per Contract Year or as otherwise required by a SOW, TCS shall provide updated information for the Parties
to make appropriate changes to Schedule K to reflect all TCS Software, TCS Background Technology and TCS Project Tools and TCS-provided Third Party Software used to provide the Services as of the date of the update. 

 

 61 

	 	13.7	Changes and Upgrades to Software 

 Except as may be approved by Nielsen, TCS shall not make any changes or modifications to the Software that would alter the functionality of the applications Software, degrade the performance of the
applications Software or materially affect the day to day operations of Nielsen’s business, except as may be necessary on a temporary basis to maintain the continuity of the Services. TCS shall be responsible, at no charge to Nielsen, for any
modification or enhancement to, or substitution for, the Nielsen Software, the Developed Software and any other equipment or Software used in connection with the Services necessitated by unauthorized changes to Nielsen’s Software or the
Developed Software. TCS shall, at Nielsen’s option, and to the extent permitted by third party vendor, install for Nielsen in connection with, and as part of, the Services, any upgrade, modification or enhancement to the Systems at the then
current level at the time such upgrade, modification or enhancement is available. 
  

	 	13.8	Non Software Materials 

With respect to literary works or other works of authorship generated or used pursuant to this Agreement, such as manuals, training
materials, templates and other materials containing TCS’ technical or operational procedures, including the Procedures Manual (“Non-Software Materials”), TCS and its Affiliates shall retain ownership of pre-existing materials
included in the Non-Software Materials and owned by TCS or its Affiliates prior thereto (“TCS Non-Software Materials”). TCS grants to Nielsen a perpetual, worldwide, fully paid up, non-exclusive license to use, copy, maintain,
modify, enhance, distribute and create derivative works of TCS Non-Software Materials. Nielsen shall own any Non-Software Materials which are not TCS Non-Software Materials (“Nielsen Non-Software Materials”). 

 

	 	13.9	Work Product 

 Developed
Software and Nielsen Non-Software Materials shall be deemed “works made for hire.” To the extent any of the Developed Software or Nielsen Non-Software Materials are not deemed “works made for hire” by operation of law, TCS hereby
irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys, and shall cause TCS Agents to assign, transfer and convey, to Nielsen in consideration of fees paid by Nielsen for the Services, all of its right, title and interest in and to in such Developed Software
and Nielsen Non-Software Materials, including all rights of patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights in such materials. TCS acknowledges that Nielsen and the assigns of Nielsen shall have the right to obtain and hold in their own
name the Intellectual Property Rights in and to such materials. TCS agrees to execute any documents or take any other actions as may reasonably be necessary, or as Nielsen may reasonably request, to perfect Nielsen’s ownership of any such
Developed Software or Nielsen Non-Software Materials. Nielsen hereby grants to TCS a nonexclusive, worldwide, paid-up, revocable license for the sole purpose of furnishing the Services to use, reproduce, display, perform, modify (including preparing
derivative works based on), the Developed Software and Nielsen Non-Software Materials. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, including this Section 13.9, the assignment provided in this Section 13.9 shall
not apply to any TCS Software, TCS Background Technology and TCS Project Tools, other TCS Intellectual Property Rights or TCS Third Party Software or any improvement or enhancement of the forgoing that are incorporated or embedded in Work Product.
The rights and licenses granted to Nielsen for such 
  

 62 

 
embedded TCS Software, TCS Background Technology and TCS Project Tools, other TCS Intellectual Property Rights or Third Party Software licensed by TCS or any improvement or enhancement of the
forgoing are provided in Section 13.6(a). 
  

	 	13.10	Patents 

 (a) During the
Term, other than modifications to TCS Software, TCS Project Tools, TCS Productivity Tools or other TCS pre-existing intellectual property, TCS shall promptly disclose to Nielsen any inventions or improvements made or conceived by TCS that result
from work done under this Agreement or as a result of information supplied to TCS, directly or indirectly, by Nielsen. At Nielsen’s request, TCS shall assign, and shall cause TCS Agents to assign, all right, title, and interest in and to any
and all such inventions and improvements (other than modifications to the TCS Software, TCS Project Tools, TCS Productivity Tools or other TCS pre-existing intellectual property) and to execute such documents as may be required to file applications
and to obtain patents in the name of Nielsen or its nominees, in any countries, covering such inventions or improvements. TCS represents it does not have any commitments to any third party under which TCS is obligated to assign to such others
inventions or improvements or rights therein in conflict with TCS’ obligations to Nielsen pursuant to this Agreement. 

(b) Unless the SOW provides that in performing the Services TCS is to use one or more specifically identified patented processes (or
processes for which TCS has a patent application pending or a patentable process for which TCS has a right to file a patent application) owned or licensed by TCS or any TCS Affiliate and such disclosure complies with the provisions of the following
sentence, at the end of the term of the SOW Nielsen and its Affiliates shall have a non-exclusive fully paid up royalty free perpetual world wide right and license (with the right to sublicense to businesses divested by Nielsen or its Affiliates
(regardless of the form of the transaction) and to successor suppliers solely in connection with their performance of Services for Nielsen or Nielsen Affiliates) to practice such patent for the scope of the use of the patent which TCS performed as
part of the Services when it was providing the same. Any SOW that identifies such patented process (or processes for which a patent application is pending or a patentable process for which TCS has a right to file a patent application) shall also
provide the specific amount of the license fees, if any, which shall be payable if Nielsen desires to obtain a non-exclusive perpetual world wide right and license to Nielsen and its Affiliates (with the right to sublicense to businesses divested by
Nielsen or its Affiliates (regardless of the form of the transaction) and to successor suppliers solely in connection with their performance of service for Nielsen or Nielsen Affiliates) to practice such patent (when issued in the case of patents
not yet issued) for the scope of the use of the patent which TCS performed as part of the Services when it was providing the same (it being deemed non compliant if the license fees payable are subject to conditions or future agreement by the
Parties). 
 (c) If (whether during or after the Term) TCS believes that Nielsen (or any Nielsen Affiliate or any supplier to
Nielsen on behalf of Nielsen or any Nielsen Affiliate) is infringing a patent owned or licensed by TCS or a TCS Affiliate (beyond the scope of any license granted in the foregoing section), prior to bringing suit for such infringement TCS shall give
Nielsen notice of infringement and Nielsen or its Affiliate (as the case may be) shall have two (2) years from the date of such notice to cure such infringement. If the infringement is not

  

 63 

 
cured within two (2) years from the date of such notice TCS (or the appropriate TCS Affiliate) may then bring suit and may seek damages which relate back to (i) the date of notice, if
it is determined that the appropriate individuals at Nielsen did not have actual knowledge when the infringement began that Nielsen was infringing upon the TCS patent (constructive notice being insufficient); and (ii), in other cases, the date the
infringement began. 
  

	 	13.11	Residual Knowledge 

Subject to patents owned by either Party and Section 9, nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict a Party from the use of
any general knowledge, experience and know-how, as well as any knowledge retained in unaided human memories including discoveries, methods, inventions, works, processes, ideas, concepts, tools and techniques learnt or developed by TCS in performing
the Services hereunder (collectively, “Residual Knowledge”), provided that in doing so such party does not breach its obligations under Section 14 or infringe the Intellectual Property Rights of the other Party or third parties
who have licensed or provided materials to the other party. 
  

	 	13.12	Attorney-in-Fact 

 If
after reasonable notice to TCS, Nielsen is unable to secure TCS’ or any TCS employee’s or subcontractor’s signature to any lawful and necessary document to which Nielsen is lawfully entitled under the terms of this Agreement, to apply
for or execute any application with respect to the perfection of Nielsen’s Intellectual Property Rights, TCS hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Nielsen and its duly authorized officers and agents as TCS’ agents and
attorneys-in-fact coupled with an interest to act for and in TCS’ or such TCS’ behalf and to execute and file any such documents to perfect Nielsen’s ownership in such Intellectual Property, and to do all other lawfully permitted acts
to perfect such ownership with the same legal force and effect as if executed by TCS or such TCS employee or subcontractor. Before exercising its authority under this Section 13.12, Nielsen shall provide TCS at least thirty (30) days prior
written notice. 
  

	 	13.13	Waiver of Moral Rights 

TCS waives and agrees not to assert any “moral rights,” “rights of integrity,” “rights of paternity,” or
similar rights to object to or prevent modification of any Intellectual Property, or to insist upon being identified as the creator or author of any Intellectual Property. 

 

	 	13.14	TCS Third Party Software 

TCS-provided Third Party Software that TCS has licensed and will be used by TCS to provide the Services (“TCS Third Party
Software”) is provided in Schedule K. Nielsen acknowledges and agrees that such licenses do not necessarily permit TCS to assign, transfer or sublicense such Third Party Software or allow TCS to grant any use or access rights to such Third
Party Software to other parties. 
  

 64 

	 	13.15	Nielsen Third Party Software 

 Subject to Nielsen’s prior written approval, any third party Software that is not TCS Third Party Software and required for the performance of Services as agreed by the Parties will be provided or
made available by Nielsen or an Affiliate of Nielsen (or Nielsen may cause an Affiliate of Nielsen to provide or make available or direct TCS to obtain such Third Party Software, at Nielsen’s expense) to TCS to provide the Services
(“Nielsen Third Party Software”). TCS shall not be permitted to use Nielsen Third Party Software for the benefit of any entities other than Nielsen and its Affiliates or any other service recipients directed or permitted by Nielsen
as provided in Section 3.10, without the prior consent of Nielsen, which may be withheld at Nielsen’s discretion. Subject to Nielsen having obtained any requisite consent (if applicable), TCS shall install, operate, and support Nielsen
Third Party Software that Nielsen designates as Nielsen Third Party Software from time to time during the Term. Except as otherwise requested or approved by Nielsen, TCS shall cease all use of Nielsen Third Party Software upon expiration or
termination of this Agreement and any Termination/Expiration Assistance Services. 
  

	 	13.16	Section 365(n) 

 All
rights and licenses granted under or pursuant to this Agreement by TCS to Nielsen are, and shall otherwise be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), licenses
to rights to “intellectual property” as defined under the Code. The Parties agree that Nielsen, as licensee of such rights under this Agreement, shall retain and may fully exercise all of their rights and elections under the Bankruptcy
Code. The Parties further agree that, in the event of the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding by or against TCS under the Bankruptcy Code is commenced, Nielsen shall be entitled to retain all of their rights under this Agreement. 

 

	Section 14.	DATA OWNERSHIP, PROTECTION AND RETURN OF DATA 

  

	 	14.1	Ownership of Nielsen Data 

(a) All of Nielsen Data is, or will be, and shall remain the property of Nielsen and shall be deemed Confidential Information of Nielsen.
Nielsen Data shall not be: 
 (i) used by TCS other than in connection with providing the Services; 

(ii) disclosed, sold, assigned, leased or otherwise provided to third parties by TCS or TCS Agents; or 

(iii) commercially exploited by or on behalf of TCS or TCS Agents. 

(b) TCS shall bear the full and complete risk and liability for all loss, theft or destruction to any of Nielsen Data provided to TCS;
except that TCS shall not be liable for loss, theft or destruction of such Nielsen Data to the extent resulting from the actions or omissions of Nielsen, or Nielsen Agents. 

 

 65 

 (c) TCS shall: 
 (i) adequately mark or otherwise identify Nielsen Data as Nielsen’s property; 
 (ii) store Nielsen Data separately from TCS’ property; and 
 (iii) promptly
remove Nielsen Data at Nielsen’s request. 
 (d) Nielsen Data shall not be utilized by TCS for any purpose other than the
performance of Services under this Agreement and the resolution of Disputes (consistent with Section 25). TCS shall not possess or assert any lien or other right against or to Nielsen Data. 

 

	 	14.2	Return of Data 

 (a) Upon
expiration or termination of this Agreement, or upon request by Nielsen at any time, TCS shall: 
 (i) at Nielsen’s
expense, promptly return to Nielsen, in the format and on the media requested by Nielsen, all of Nielsen Data; and 
 (ii)
erase or destroy all of Nielsen Data in TCS’ possession. 
 (b) Any archival tapes containing Nielsen Data shall be used
by TCS and TCS Agents solely for back up purposes. 
  

	 	14.3	Safeguarding of Data 

 TCS
shall, subject to Nielsen’s approval, establish and maintain environmental, safety and facility procedures, data security procedures and other safeguards against the destruction, loss, unauthorized access or alteration of Nielsen Data in the
possession of TCS which are consistent with the obligations and standards provided at Section 5.6 and as are adequate to meet the requirements of Nielsen’s record retention policy and applicable Laws. 

 

	 	14.4	Reconstruction of Data 

As part of the Services, TCS shall be responsible for developing and maintaining procedures for the reconstruction of lost Nielsen Data
which are: 
 (a) no less rigorous than those maintained by Nielsen as of the Agreement Effective Date (or implemented by
Nielsen in the future to the extent deemed necessary by Nielsen); and 
 (b) no less rigorous than those maintained by TCS for
its own information of a similar nature. 
  

 66 

	Section 15.	CONSENTS 

  

	 	15.1	Nielsen Consents 

 All
Nielsen Consents shall be obtained by Nielsen with TCS’ cooperation. Nielsen shall pay any costs of obtaining the Nielsen Consents. TCS agrees to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to minimize the costs associated with obtaining Nielsen
Consents, including utilizing TCS’ bargaining power with Software licensors when appropriate to obtain Software licenses to be used to provide the Services. 
  

	 	15.2	TCS Consents 

 All TCS
Consents shall be obtained by TCS. TCS shall, with reasonable cooperation from Nielsen, pay all costs of obtaining TCS Consents. 
  

	 	15.3	Contingent Consents 

 (a)
If, despite using Commercially Reasonable Efforts, neither Nielsen or TCS is able to obtain a required third party consent, then, unless and until such third party consent is obtained, TCS shall use all Commercially Reasonable Efforts to determine
and adopt, subject to Nielsen’s prior written approval, such alternative approaches as are necessary and sufficient to provide the Services without such third party required consent. If such alternative approaches are required for a period
longer than one hundred twenty (120) days following the SOW commencement date, the Parties will review the matter to decide whether to implement a work-around or to reduce or eliminate the affected Services as provided in subsection (b) of
this Section 15.3. If the work-around is required as a result of TCS’ failure to obtain any consent required of TCS, TCS shall bear all costs and expenses associated with the work-around as well as any incremental costs of performing the
Services through such work-around. If the work-around is required as a result of Nielsen’s failure to obtain any consent required of Nielsen, Nielsen shall bear all costs and expenses associated with the work-around as well as any incremental
costs of performing the Services through such work-around. If Services are reduced or eliminated, the Parties shall equitably adjust the terms and reduce the Charges to reflect any Services not being received by Nielsen as a result of not obtaining
a consent. 
 (b) If TCS fails to obtain a TCS required consent from a specific third party within ninety (90) days of the
applicable SOW commencement date and such failure has a material adverse impact on the use or provision of the Services by Nielsen, Nielsen may terminate the SOW in accordance with Section 26.2(i). 

 

	Section 16.	DISASTER RECOVERY PLAN AND BUSINESS CONTINUITY PLAN 

  

	 	16.1	General 

 (a) Schedule N
(“Nielsen BCP and DR Requirements”) contains Nielsen’s DRP and BCP requirements. Nielsen will identify necessary changes to be made to each plan and TCS will revise each plan to address Nielsen’s desired changes by the
delivery date set by Nielsen. Unless agreed to by TCS, for any additional and incremental costs related to or arising from implementation of Nielsen-specified changes shall be a Pass-Through Expense to be

  

 67 

 
reimbursed to TCS by Nielsen provided, however, that prior to incurring any such incremental costs, TCS shall provide Nielsen a detailed comparison of the costs of the DRP and BCP plans proposed
by TCS and the DRP and BCP plans as modified by Nielsen and shall obtain written approval from Nielsen as to the changes it requires and the associated costs for which Nielsen shall be responsible. All changes to the DRP and BCP shall be completed
no later than thirty (30) days following completion of the transition of those applicable functions to TCS. 
 (b) For
avoidance of doubt, the BCP shall include and precisely describe, at a minimum, the emergency response, crisis management and business recovery processes and activities that TCS will undertake after a disaster. The final form of the DRP and BCP
shall also address the recovery time for each of the categories of Services. The DRP and the BCP shall be updated at least once every six (6) months during the Term. 
 (c) In addition, TCS shall: 
 (i) have an active DRP and BCP that is in compliance
with the standards provided in Schedule N in place for each Global Delivery Center location; 
 (ii) annually confirm the
operability of the DRP and BCP during every Contract Year, including performing periodic backup of all data related to this Agreement, in compliance with Schedule N, which backup shall be stored securely to facilitate disaster recovery; 

(iii) certify to Nielsen at least once during each such Contract Year that the DRP and BCP are fully operational following an annual
test of each of the DRP and the BCP, which tests shall be observed by a designated representative of Nielsen; 
 (iv) implement
the DRP and/or BCP upon the occurrence of a disruption in the Services or a disaster (as such term is defined in the DRP and BCP). In the event of a disruption or a disaster, TCS may not increase its Charges under this Agreement or charge Nielsen
additional amounts (except as agreed by Nielsen in the DRP and BCP); and 
 (v) designate a crisis management leader with the
responsibility for TCS’ compliance with this Section 16.1. 
  

	 	16.2	Disaster or Force Majeure Event 

 (a) So long as such failure to perform could not have been prevented by reasonable precautions, neither Party will be responsible for any failure to perform due to causes beyond its reasonable control
(each a “Force Majeure Event”) including acts of God, war, riot, embargoes, acts of civil or military authorities, acts of terrorism, fire, floods, earthquakes, pestilence, or lightning; provided however, that such Party gives
prompt written notice thereof to the other Party. The time for performance will be extended for a period equal to the duration of the Force Majeure Event but in no event longer than thirty (30) days, after which the other Party affected by the
Force Majeure Event may terminate this Agreement as provided in Section 26.2. 
 (b) In the event of a Force Majeure
Event, TCS shall promptly notify Nielsen and submit a plan to Nielsen to restore the Services consistent with the DRP and BRP. 

 

 68 

 
Upon Nielsen’s acceptance of the proposed plan, TCS shall reinstate the Critical Services within forty-eight (48) hours of the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event. If Nielsen
rejects the proposed plan, or if TCS fails to submit a plan within twelve (12) hours after occurrence of the Force Majeure Event, and the event prevents, hinders, or delays performance of the Critical Services for more than seventy-two
(72) hours and TCS is still unable to resume Services directly or through a TCS initiated alternative, then Nielsen may, upon written notice to TCS, procure the Services from an alternate source. 

 

	 	16.3	Termination Due to Force Majeure Events 

 (a) If during a Force Majeure Event, Nielsen elects to obtain services from an alternate source, TCS shall reimburse Nielsen for the reasonable additional costs incurred by Nielsen in procuring such
Services for up to sixty (60) days from the disaster or Force Majeure Event. In addition, the amount that would have been spent with TCS but for such Force Majeure Event will count toward MCA. 

(b) For Force Majeure Events affecting TCS if after thirty (30) days TCS is unable to resume full Services, Nielsen may resource on
a long term basis with another vendor and terminate the affected SOW and the amount that would have been spent with TCS but for such Force Majeure Event shall count against the MCA. As of the termination date, TCS shall no longer be required to
reimburse Nielsen for the additional costs as described in Section 16.3. If the Parties disagree on the amount Nielsen would have spent with TCS but for the Force Majeure Event, the amount shall be determined in accordance with the dispute
resolution process described in Section 17.3(f). 
 (c) If after one hundred and twenty (120) days from the Force
Majeure Event, the Force Majeure Event is not ameliorated, then the impacted party may terminate the impacted Services and any remaining portion of the MCA will be reduced in accordance with the dispute resolution process described in
Section 17.3(f). If the Force Majeure Event is impacting Nielsen, then Nielsen shall pay for the Services until notice of termination by Nielsen and any remaining portion of the MCA will be reduced in accordance with Section 17.3(f).

  

	 	16.4	Allocation of Resources 

Whenever a Force Majeure Event or a disaster causes TCS to allocate limited resources between or among TCS, TCS’ customers and
Nielsen at the affected Service Locations, Nielsen shall receive no less priority in respect of such allocation than that provided by TCS to similar customers. 
  

	 	16.5	No Charge for Unperformed Services 

 Nothing in this Section 16 shall limit a Party’s obligation to pay any amount due to the other Party under this Agreement; provided, however, that, if TCS fails to provide the Services in
accordance with this Agreement due to a TCS Force Majeure Event, the Baseline Service Charges shall be adjusted in a manner such that Nielsen is not responsible for the payment of any Baseline Service Charges or costs for Services that TCS has
failed to provide. 
  

 69 

	Section 17.	MINIMUM COMMITMENT AMOUNT 

  

	 	17.1	Minimum Commitment Amount 

Subject to and pursuant to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement, Nielsen will purchase Services from TCS during the Initial
Term and, if elected by Nielsen, the Extension Period, in an amount not less than the minimum commitment amount provided in Schedule C (“Minimum Commitment Amount” or “MCA”). For the avoidance of doubt, Nielsen
Affiliates are not obligated to separately purchase a minimum aggregate amount and any fees paid for Services delivered to Affiliates of Nielsen pursuant to this Agreement shall count toward the MCA. Nielsen shall be under no obligation to purchase
any additional Services during the Term once the aggregate amount of Services purchased pursuant to this Agreement equals the MCA. The following amounts shall count toward Nielsen’s fulfillment of the MCA: 

(a) all fees paid to TCS by Nielsen and its Affiliates for Services (including fees paid for Services performed by TCS Group and Approved
Subcontractors under Section 10.11 of this Agreement on behalf of TCS) during the Term and, in the case of termination of this Agreement prior to the end of the Term, for Termination-Expiration Services performed during the
Termination-Expiration Period; 
 (b) all fees paid to TCS by Nielsen and its Affiliates for Services performed on or after the
Agreement Effective Date for SOWs in effect as of the Agreement Effective Date; 
 (c) all fees paid to TCS by Nielsen and its
Affiliates or its suppliers for any services provided to such suppliers pursuant to Section 19 herein; 
 (d) all fees
paid to the alternate source pursuant to Section 16.2(b) during the thirty (30) day period described therein less any amount paid or reimbursed to Nielsen by TCS pursuant to Section 16.2(b) for such period; 

(e) all fees paid to TCS by Nielsen under any other agreements or SOWs between the Parties or any Nielsen Affiliate (except and to the
extent any such other agreement expressly excludes eligibility of fees paid thereunder counting toward the MCA as approved by Nielsen’s Executive Vice President and both Parties’ Global Relationship Managers); and 

(f) Services provided by TCS to divested Nielsen business as provided in Section 3.4(d). 

 

	 	17.2	Exclusions from the Minimum Commitment Amount 

 The following payments made by Nielsen shall not count toward the fulfillment of MCA: 
 (a) Any Pass-Through Expenses incurred under this Agreement or applicable SOW, including Out of Pocket expenses and other reimbursable expenses, such as procurement of any Hardware, Software or third
party material or equipment, billed at cost by TCS to Nielsen; 
  

 70 

 (b) Any fees paid or incurred for Services or Termination-Expiration Services performed by
TCS after the Term pursuant to any SOWs; 
 (c) TCS’ travel and living expenses for personnel traveling to an initial
assignment location for assignments of less than six (6) months duration, including on-site visits by personnel for the purpose of acquiring knowledge or otherwise required in order to provide quality support from TCS facilities, and any other
work related travel and living expenses paid to TCS; 
 (d) All costs incurred by TCS in performing Off-Shore Services
(including costs for floor space, facilities and standard computer Hardware and Software included in the Rates as specified in Schedule C, unless expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement or in the applicable SOWs) recognizing that such costs are
not reimbursable expenses by Nielsen; 
 (e) All actual, documented, initial and incremental costs and expenses arising from
any permanent relocation of Personnel, as may be required by Nielsen, and agreed to in writing by Nielsen, as applicable, and TCS; and 
 (f) All initial or incremental costs reimbursed to TCS for relocation of Services pursuant to Section 6.2. 
  

	 	17.3	Reductions to the Minimum Commitment Amount 

 The MCA shall be reduced if: 
 (a) TCS unreasonably refuses to negotiate, or fails
to reach agreement with Nielsen on, a specific SOW proposed by Nielsen, respectively, in accordance with this Agreement; 
 (b)
TCS fails to comply with staffing or any other requirement provided in a specific SOW (including Transition and Critical Service Levels); 
 (c) TCS’ staffing falls below (90%) of the “Total TCS Target Headcount” requirement provided in Schedule J during any two (2) consecutive quarters, provided that TCS has
received SOWs requesting at least the minimum volume of staff required to meet such targets with at least thirty (30) days lead time for TCS to fill Off-Shore requests and ninety (90) days lead time for TCS to fill On-site requests;

 (d) TCS fails to meet the Tier One Quality of Service Metrics provided in Exhibit B-1 to Schedule B, provided such failures
are not excused pursuant to Section 8.7; and/or 
 (e) A Force Majeure event occurs as provided in Section 16.3.

 (f) In the circumstances described in Section 17.3(a) through 17.3(e), the process provided in this
Section 17.3(f), shall be used to determine how much the Minimum Commitment Amount shall be reduced. The MCA process is as follows: 
 (i) The parties will form a review committee (the “Review Committee”) comprised of an equal number of representatives of the Parties; 

 

 71 

 (ii) If the issue is the circumstance provided in Section 17.3(a) or
Section 17.3(b), Nielsen will provide written information on the requirements for the assignment covered by the respective SOW to the Review Committee and TCS may demonstrate whether TCS’ failure was excused pursuant to section 8.7 and
will provide written information on why it failed to negotiate or agree to such SOWs or comply with requirements contained in such SOWs; 
 (iii) If the Review Committee cannot resolve the dispute within thirty (30) days, the dispute will be jointly escalated to a direct discussion between senior executives of the Parties; and

 (iv) If such senior executives of the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute to the mutual satisfaction of such senior
executives of the Parties, then the ultimate decision as to whether the MCA shall be reduced and, if so, the amount by which the MCA shall be reduced, shall be made in good faith by the Nielsen Executive Vice President of Global Business Services.
Such determination by Nielsen shall be final and binding upon the Parties and shall not be subject to further dispute resolution. If the Executive Vice President of Global Business Services position ceases to exist, then the CEO of Nielsen shall
designate a successor for such role. 
 (g) Nielsen’s rights under Section 17.3(f) are Nielsen’s sole and
exclusive remedy for TCS’ failure to reasonably agree on an SOW pursuant to Section 17.3(a) and may not be the basis for termination of the Agreement. 
  

	 	17.4	Payment Upon Termination and Expiration 

 Subject to the provisions provided in Section 26, if, at the end of the Term or upon the earlier termination of this Agreement, the fees for Services purchased pursuant to this Agreement from TCS
under this Agreement is not equal to or greater than the MCA, Nielsen shall pay to TCS the difference between the MCA and the aggregate amount of fees counted towards Nielsen’s fulfillment of the MCA as provided in Section 17.1, offset by
any credits expressly provided in this Agreement and amounts owed by TCS to Nielsen pursuant to this Agreement. 
  

	Section 18.	CHARGES; INVOICING AND PAYMENT TERMS 

  

	 	18.1	Charges 

 (a) Rate
Card. The Rates described on the Rate Card provided in Schedule C shall be firm and fixed during the Term (including the Extension Period) except as provided in Section 19 below, for all Personnel, regardless of inflation, changes in
exchange rates, skill or level. Unless otherwise provided in Schedule C, all prices are in U.S. dollars per person per hour and will be billed in accordance with Section 18.4. 

(b) Exclusions from Rate Card. Except for any fees payable for Services provided under a Fixed Price SOW, Services provided to
suppliers of Nielsen and its Affiliates pursuant to Section 19, and Services provided to Nielsen divested businesses pursuant to Section 
  

 72 

 
3.4(d) throughout the Term, the Services will be based on the Rates provided forth in the Rate Card in Schedule C and the provisions provided in this Section 18. The Charges for continued
Services under any surviving SOWs on or after the expiration date of the Initial Term or the Extension Period, if applicable, shall be as mutually agreed by the Parties unless the Parties have agreed on Renewal Term in accordance with
Section 2.2(a) prior to the expiration of Initial Term or if applicable, the Extension Period. 
 (c) Service
Credits. TCS shall provide Nielsen with credits against the charges as described in Section 4 of Schedule C. 
  

	 	18.2	T&M 

 (a)
General. TCS shall invoice Nielsen monthly for T&M Projects for the agreed upon level of Resources assigned to each applicable SOW (“Baseline Service Charges”). TCS may not invoice Nielsen for Resources in excess of the
number provided in the applicable SOW as the maximum number of TCS Personnel and Baseline Service Charges used to provide the Services, except as provided below. For those SOWs that are T&M Projects but are not subject to the Baseline Service
Charges, then invoicing shall be based on actual efforts. Subject to mutual agreement by the parties, the Baseline Service Charges for any individual SOW may be adjusted up to a ten percent (10%) variance for a single adjustment and a maximum
of twenty percent (20%) cumulatively pursuant to the SOW Change Control Procedure as provided in 12.2. Variations to the Baseline Service Charges in excess of ten percent (10%) shall be as described in Section 3.5(a). 

(b) Baselining. 
 (i) The Parties intend for there to be a 1:1 headcount ratio when work is transitioned from Nielsen or a third party to TCS such that work is transitioned at the same level of productivity. 

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parties acknowledge and agree that given the nature of offshoring, there may be in exceptional
cases, up to a maximum of fifteen percent (15%) higher resources in the end state compared to the pre-transition number. If such higher resource utilization is necessary, it shall be identified and approved by the Parties in the Transition Plan
and/or the relevant SOW. Nielsen shall not be required to pay for loss of productivity in excess of fifteen percent (15%), attributable to outsourcing and offshoring the Services to TCS, unless specifically discussed and agreed to by the Parties in
writing prior to the commencement of Services. Except as set forth in this Section 18(2)(b)(ii), TCS will be required to utilize its resources bench at TCS’ cost in order to meet Service Levels and productivity commitments to Nielsen.

 (c) Rates Fully Loaded. 
 (i) Resources assigned to Nielsen’s account will be charged at forty (40) hours a week up to a maximum of two thousand eighty (2,080) hours per year. Any work performed outside of normal
weekly or daily business hours by Resource is included in the Rates 
  

 73 

 
provided in Schedule C (i.e., there shall be no additional charge for overtime work). If a Resource actually works for more than forty (40) hours during a week with prior approval of the
Nielsen Project Manager such additional work may be offset by compensatory time off, provided nothing provided herein shall be construed as an entitlement to compensatory time off. Nielsen shall not be charged for time spent by a Resource while on
vacation or for training days unless otherwise specified in this Agreement or otherwise agreed to in writing by Nielsen. 

(ii) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, a SOW or in Schedule C, any expenses relating to the Services are included in the
Rate Card and shall not be reimbursed by Nielsen unless agreed to by Nielsen in writing in advance. Unless otherwise expressly provided in Schedule C or approved by the Nielsen Project Manager in writing, travel time shall not be charged to Nielsen.
Unless otherwise expressly provided in Section 18.3, all such reimbursable travel related expenses incurred by TCS must be approved in writing by Nielsen in advance and shall be subject to Nielsen’s then-current corporate travel policies.

 (iii) Except to the extent expressly stated in this Agreement or an SOW, costs incurred by TCS in connection with
establishing and operating the Global Development Center (i.e., costs for floor space, facilities and standard computer Hardware and Software specified in Schedule K and L) are included in the Rates provided in the Rate Card. 

 

	 	18.3	Expenses Reimbursement 

(a) TCS will only be reimbursed for expenses that are reasonable, warranted and cost effective, and have been approved in advance by
Nielsen’s Project Manager. For each item of expense for which reimbursement is requested, TCS will submit supporting documentation in accordance with Nielsen’s policies. All approved business expenses and Pass-Through Expenses will be
reimbursed at cost (as actually incurred), without mark-up. 
 (b) If Nielsen requests that a Resource undertake work related
travel outside of such individual’s normal place of work or if Nielsen provides advance written authorization for such work related travel, Nielsen shall reimburse all reasonable, actual travel expenses for such requested or authorized travel.

 (c) If any Resource is initially assigned to work outside the Global Delivery Center for a duration of less than six
(6) months at Nielsen’s request or authorization, Nielsen shall be charged reasonable, actual living expenses and round trip air travel cost for such Resource to the extent relating to the Resource’s provision of such on-site work.
The provisions of this Section 18.3(c) shall not apply to those Resources temporarily assigned for the purpose of Knowledge Transfer, transition and on-site Off-Shore rotation. 

(d) All reimbursable expenses shall be in accordance with the Nielsen’s Expense Management Policy provided in Schedule G.

 (e) Further, Nielsen shall provide or reimburse any other reasonable costs, expenses or charges incurred by TCS in
connection with the Services as described in Sections 11.1(c) and 11.1(d). 
  

 74 

 (f) For any relocation of Resources requested by Nielsen, Nielsen shall reimburse TCS for
all actual, documented, initial and incremental costs and expenses arising from any relocation of Resources, as may be required by Nielsen, and agreed to in writing by the Parties. 

(g) Nielsen is responsible to reimburse the initial and incremental costs and expenses of relocation of Service Locations requested by
Nielsen as described in Section 6.2(b). 
 (h) Subject to prior approval of Nielsen of the costs and expenses, Nielsen
shall reimburse TCS of the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by TCS in implementing any changes in applicable Laws (excluding changes in laws applicable to the business of TCS as a service provider), Nielsen Policies or Standards to the extent
TCS is required to implement or comply with such changes under the terms of this Agreement, including Section 20.8. 
  

	 	18.4	Invoicing and Payment Terms. 

 (a) Payment of undisputed amounts shall be due thirty (30) days after the date of receipt of invoice. 
 (b) Invoicing for any Fixed Price SOW shall be as provided in the applicable SOW. Invoicing for T&M Projects shall be as provided in Section 18.2(a). 

(c) At Nielsen’s request or as a result of applicable Law Nielsen may require TCS to present more than one invoice for Charges or
amounts for Services received or performed for Nielsen service recipients in different geographic territories. The mechanics of local country billing are described in Section 5 of Schedule C. In such cases, subject to Section 5 of Schedule
C, the Parties will mutually agree on the procedure for separate invoicing to conform to applicable Laws. 
 (d) TCS’
monthly invoices shall separately state the amount charged for each SOW along with service fees for approved, Scope Changes or new Projects within the SOW. Without limiting the following, each invoice shall show details as to Charges as necessary to
meet Nielsen requirements under accounting rules and regulations, validate volumes and fees, including: 
 (i) monthly Baseline
Service Charges with Project level detail where Project work is performed within baseline Service Charges; 
 (ii) additional
Project charges; 
 (iii) identification of all reimbursable costs and expenses for the month to which the invoice corresponds;

 (iv) identification of the amounts of any taxes TCS is collecting from Nielsen; 

(v) such other details and billing information as is necessary to satisfy Nielsen’s internal accounting and chargeback
requirements, including as necessary to allow Nielsen to accurately allocate charges (including reimbursable expenses) by Nielsen legal entity, business unit, product line, department, location, Project and unit of consumption; 

 

 75 

 (vi) the pricing calculations and related data utilized to establish the Charges; and

 (vii) each invoice shall be provided electronically (duplicated in both Adobe .pdf and Microsoft Excel file formats) and
shall be in the form and include the information specified in Schedule C. 
  

	 	18.5	Rights of Set Off 

 With
respect to any undisputed amount which (a) should be reimbursed to a Party; or (b) is otherwise payable to a Party pursuant to this Agreement, such Party may upon notice to the other Party set off any undisputed amount and deduct the
entire amount owed to such Party against the Charges otherwise payable or expenses owed to the other Party under this Agreement. 
  

	 	18.6	Refundable Items 

 If TCS
receives any refund, credit or other rebate (including deposits) in connection with an Assigned Agreement that is attributable to periods prior to the Assignment Effective Date, then TCS shall promptly notify Nielsen of such refund, credit or rebate
and shall promptly pay to Nielsen the full amount of such refund, credit or rebate. If TCS is required to pay any fees, late fees, penalties or other amount in connection with an Assigned Agreement that is attributable to periods prior to the date
of assignment indicated in the Assignment Agreement or SOW, then TCS shall promptly notify Nielsen and Nielsen shall promptly pay or reimburse TCS of such amount. 
  

	 	18.7	Unused Credits 

 Any
unused credits against future payments owed to either Party by the other Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid to the applicable Party within thirty (30) days of the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 

 

	 	18.8	Proration 

 Unless
otherwise specified herein, all periodic fees or charges under this Agreement are to be computed on a calendar month basis and shall be prorated on a per diem basis for any partial month. 

 

	 	18.9	Disputed Payment 

 Nielsen
may withhold payment of particular charges in an invoice that Nielsen disputes in good faith. If charges cover both disputed and undisputed items, Nielsen shall pay all undisputed items in accordance with this Section 18. If Nielsen withholds
payment of particular charges in an invoice, then Nielsen shall make a good faith effort to notify TCS before the invoice due date of the reason for such withholding, and in any case, and regardless of whether

  

 76 

 
Nielsen made such good faith effort, within seven (7) days of a request from TCS for explanation of the withholding, Nielsen shall notify TCS in writing, describing in reasonable detail the
reason for such withholding. The Parties shall diligently pursue an expedited resolution of such dispute. 
  

	 	18.10	Productivity 

 TCS commits
to ensure the productivity savings from year to year during the Term provided in Section 24.1(n). The Parties shall work together to come up with productivity improvement proposals. TCS shall provide Nielsen with at least one
(1) significant proposal regarding productivity savings each year during the Term. During the Term, TCS will provide Nielsen with annual reports on the productivity savings achieved by TCS. 

 

	 	18.11	Fixed Price Engagement 

At Nielsen’s request TCS will offer Nielsen proposals for SOWs priced on a Fixed Price basis where such pricing is desired by or can
benefit Nielsen. Upon mutual agreement of the Parties on: (a) the pricing of a Fixed Price engagement; (b) the Service Levels; and (c) the scope of Services and Deliverables of the engagement, the Parties may mutually agree in writing
to change any applicable SOWs to a Fixed Price SOW at any point in time. Such pricing will be based on the hourly rates provided in the Rate Card and will take into account the additional risks and costs, in order to align the Parties incentives to
drive productivity. Nielsen shall have transparency into the Resource and cumulative Charges of such fixed pricing. Fees paid under such Fixed Price SOW will count toward Nielsen’s fulfillment of the MCA. 

 

	 	18.12	Most Favored Customer 

TCS warrants that the terms (including Rates) of this Agreement are comparable to or better than the terms (including Rates) offered by
TCS with respect to comparable or lesser engagements of any of its similarly situated commercial customers for comparable services. It is agreed that similarity and comparison shall be based on essential commercial and economic terms of the
engagement including minimum commitments, pricing and charging methodology, volume, geographic spread, nature of services, service level commitments, assets and resources transfer provisions and offshore leverages. If TCS offers more favorable terms
to any such commercial customers during the Term of this Agreement, such terms shall also be made available to Nielsen within thirty (30) days from the date of such offer. Upon request by Nielsen, TCS shall provide (no more than once a year)
written confirmation of TCS’ compliance with this Section 18.12 from a senior TCS Finance Department official. 
  

	Section 19.	EXTENSION TO SUPPLIERS 

  

	 	19.1	General 

 (a) TCS will
cooperate with Nielsen to identify opportunities for Nielsen and its Affiliates to reduce the cost of obtaining technology from their suppliers through the use of TCS. At Nielsen’s request, TCS will perform services in connection with
Nielsen’s procurement of Software/systems from Nielsen’s suppliers, and related integration, implementation or customization Services. 
  

 77 

 (b) Any amounts paid by Nielsen, its Affiliates, or its or their respective suppliers for
services provided by TCS pursuant to a statement of work or other agreement entered into between any such supplier and TCS in connection with such supplier’s engagement with Nielsen shall be as provided in Section 19.2. 

 

	 	19.2	Rate Card Variations For Suppliers 

 (a) If TCS is requested to provide any services to or enter into any statement of work or other agreement with suppliers described in Section 19, then TCS may require different pricing for such
services which shall not be more than ten dollars ($10.00) per hour higher than TCS’ Rate Card hereunder. 
 (b) If the
planned Off-Shore Leverage Percentages for the services to be provided to such suppliers of the Nielsen do not meet the Off-Shore Leverage Percentages provided in Schedule F, TCS will work with the relevant suppliers of Nielsen to achieve such
Percentages. If, after good faith efforts by TCS and the relevant supplier of Nielsen, the actual Off-Shore percentage is materially less than the targets provided in Schedule F, TCS may separately negotiate rates with such supplier of Nielsen that
may be in excess of such limit of ten dollars ($10.00) per hour. 
 (c) TCS shall ensure that (i) Nielsen will have
visibility to those rates, and (ii) TCS’ agreements with Nielsen’s suppliers shall not prohibit disclosure of those rates to Nielsen. Nielsen shall not disclose rates for Services under this Agreement to such suppliers of Nielsen.

  

	Section 20.	COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS 

  

	 	20.1	Compliance with Laws 

 The
Parties are each responsible to comply with all Laws applicable to their respective businesses and cooperate with each other to ensure that all Service contemplated under this Agreement complies with all applicable Laws. During the Term, TCS shall
comply with all Laws applicable to the performance and delivery of Services, and shall cooperate and reasonably assist and support Nielsen in complying with, all Laws applicable to the receipt and use of Services and other obligations of Nielsen.

  

	 	20.2	Equal Employment Opportunity/Affirmative Action 

 TCS represents that it is, and during the Term shall remain, an equal opportunity affirmative action employer. TCS represents and warrants that TCS does not, and shall not, discriminate against its
employees or applicants for employment on any legally impermissible basis and is and shall remain in compliance with all applicable Laws against discrimination, including Executive Orders 11141, 11246, 11375, 11458, 11625, 11701, and 11758
in each jurisdiction where such orders are in force. TCS warrants in accordance with 41 CFR Chapter 60-1.8 that its facilities are not segregated based on any prohibited grounds and that TCS complies with the Equal Opportunity Clause
(41 CFR §60-1.4), the Affirmative Action Clause for Handicapped Workers (41 CFR §60-250.4) and the Affirmative Action Clause for Disabled Veterans and Veterans of the Vietnam Era (41 CFR §60-741.4) which are
incorporated herein by reference. 
  

 78 

	 	20.3	Occupational Safety And Health Act 

 TCS agrees that all work performed under this Agreement will fully comply with the provisions of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and with any rules and regulations promulgated
pursuant to the Act and any similar state or local laws. 
  

	 	20.4	Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and Similar Laws 

 TCS shall comply with all applicable national, federal, state or local Laws, and rules and regulations of regulatory agencies, protecting the confidential material and privacy rights of Nielsen, its
Affiliates, and/or their customers and consumers, including Title V, Subtitle A of the GLB Act and the Economic Espionage Act, 18 USC §1831 et. seq. 

 

	 	20.5	Immigration Laws 

 TCS
shall ensure that all TCS Personnel in the United States possess valid work authorizations in accordance with the Immigration Reform and Control Act and the Immigration and Nationality Act. 

 

	 	20.6	Hazardous Products or Components 

 TCS agrees to notify Nielsen in writing and to supply an appropriate and complete Material Safety Data Sheet to Nielsen’s Project Manager as well as to the ship-to point, if any materials to be
brought onto Nielsen’s premises are toxic or hazardous under applicable Law or if the material is capable of constituting a hazard. TCS shall be responsible to ensure that all materials display all reasonable notices and warnings of foreseeable
hazards. If the material is classified under the requirements of the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR §1910.1200, the name and address of the chemical manufacturer or importer or other responsible parties must be marked on the
label. Appropriate hazard warnings specifying target organs must be on the label. If any materials or containers would be or could be classified as hazardous or otherwise regulated waste at the end of its useful life, TCS shall advise Nielsen in
writing and provide Nielsen with proper disposal instructions, although TCS shall be responsible for the disposal thereof in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. 

 

	 	20.7	Labor Disputes 

 With
respect to all labor disputes, jurisdictional or other shutdowns, slowdowns, strikes, or other work stoppages or actions (collectively “Labor Disputes”) of which TCS or a union with which it has a collective bargaining agreement
(“CBA”) is a party, TCS shall promptly take all necessary action toward elimination and or settlement of all Labor Disputes. Each Party shall bear the cost of any Labor Dispute where it or a union with which it has a CBA is the
target, and the other Party will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to continue to meet its obligations under this Agreement during such dispute. If TCS, despite such efforts, is unable to meet its obligations under this Agreement due to a Labor
Dispute in which Nielsen or one of their unions is a target, TCS shall promptly notify Nielsen in writing. Whether or not Nielsen receives such 
  

 79 

 
notice, if such a dispute renders TCS unable to perform in all respects as required by this Agreement, Nielsen may suspend payment to TCS during the period of such non-performance.
Notwithstanding the foregoing and for avoidance of doubt, all material changes to TCS’ labor methods and policies shall be subject to Nielsen’s prior review and approval, and TCS shall be responsible for all Labor Disputes in which Nielsen
is a target as a result of those TCS methods and policies for which Nielsen has not provided such approval. 
  

	 	20.8	Statutory and Regulatory Changes 

 TCS shall identify and notify Nielsen of any changes in Laws applicable to performance and delivery of Services. To the extent TCS becomes aware of, TCS will appraise Nielsen of any changes in the Nielsen
Regulatory Requirements and any such changes that may relate to Nielsen’s use of the Services. Nielsen agrees to notify TCS of any changes in Laws and the Nielsen Regulatory Requirements that may relate to Nielsen’s use of the Services. To
the extent appropriate personnel in Nielsen become aware of the same, Nielsen will inform TCS of any changes in Laws applicable to performance and delivery of Services. As part of the Services, TCS shall be responsible for implementing all of the
Nielsen Regulatory Requirements on a timely basis, subject to, as applicable, Section 18.3(h). TCS shall be responsible for any fines and penalties arising from any noncompliance with TCS obligations under this Section 20.8. TCS shall use
Commercially Reasonable Efforts to perform the Services regardless of changes in legislative enactments or regulatory requirements, including the Nielsen Regulatory Requirements. If changes to the Nielsen Regulatory Requirements specific to Nielsen
prevent TCS from performing its obligations under this Agreement, TCS shall develop and, upon Nielsen’s approval, implement a suitable work around until such time as TCS can perform its obligations under this Agreement without such work around,
subject to, as applicable, Section 18.3(h). 
  

	Section 21.	TAXES 

  

	 	21.1	Responsibilities for Taxes 

The Parties’ respective responsibilities for taxes shall be as follows: 

(a) TCS will be responsible for any personal property taxes on property it owns or leases. TCS shall also be responsible for taxes based
on its net income or gross receipts. 
 (b) Any sales, use, value added, service taxes or similar taxes and duties on goods and
services procured by TCS as Pass-Through Expenses, shall be the responsibility of Nielsen. Except as aforesaid, TCS will be responsible for any sales, use, excise, value-added, services, consumption, and other similar taxes and duties payable by TCS
on any goods or services, that are used or consumed by TCS in providing the Services where the tax is imposed on TCS’ acquisition or use of such goods or services and the amount of tax is measured by TCS’ costs in acquiring such goods or
services. 
 (c) Nielsen acknowledges and agrees that the pricing of Services herein is exclusive of any sales, use, value
added, service tax or other similar taxes and duties imposed by any taxing authority based on the Services, Deliverables or goods provided under this Agreement or the Charges thereon, whether such taxes are imposed on Nielsen or TCS
(“Service Taxes”). 
  

 80 

 
To the extent any Service Taxes are applicable, TCS shall include the applicable Service Taxes in the invoice for Charges as a separate line item and Nielsen shall pay or reimburse TCS the amount
of such Service Taxes. TCS is responsible to remit the amount of Service Taxes collected by it from Nielsen to appropriate taxing authority. If Nielsen has obtained exemption with respect to Services or goods or any portion thereof, Nielsen shall
provide the applicable exemption certificate to TCS. 
  

	 	21.2	Cooperation 

 The
following tax provisions apply to all Services provided under this Agreement: 
 (a) Nielsen may withhold any withholding taxes
on cross-border payments to the extent such taxes are lawfully required to be withheld under applicable Law and are attributable to TCS performing (or billing and receiving payment for) Services unless TCS provides appropriate documentation for
exemption from such withholding. Where Nielsen withholds the applicable withholding taxes, Nielsen shall provide to TCS the applicable withholding certificates. In no event shall Nielsen be required to “gross-up” or increase any payment to
TCS for Services due to such payment being subject to a lawfully levied withholding tax. 
 (b) The Parties agree to cooperate
with each other to enable each to more accurately determine its own tax liability and to minimize such liability to the extent legally permissible. TCS’ invoices shall separately state the amounts of any taxes TCS is collecting from Nielsen.
Each Party will provide and make available to the other any resale certificates, information regarding out-of-state or out-of-country sales or use of equipment, materials or services, and other exemption certificates or information reasonably
requested by either Party. 
 (c) Each Party represents, warrants and covenants that it will file appropriate tax returns, and
pay applicable taxes owed arising from or related to the provision of the Services in applicable jurisdictions. TCS represents, warrants and covenants that it is registered to (or will be registered) and will collect and remit applicable Service
Taxes in all applicable jurisdictions. 
 (d) TCS will promptly notify Nielsen of, and coordinate with Nielsen the response to
and settlement of, any claim for taxes asserted by applicable taxing authorities for which Nielsen may be responsible hereunder, it being understood that with respect to any claim arising out of a form or return signed by a Party, such Party will
have the right to elect to control the response to and settlement of the claim, but the other Party will have all rights to participate in the responses and settlements that are appropriate to its potential responsibilities or liabilities. If
Nielsen requests TCS to challenge the imposition of any tax, Nielsen will reimburse TCS for the reasonable legal fees and pre-approved expenses related to the challenge. Nielsen will be entitled to any tax refunds or rebates granted to the extent
such refunds or rebates are of taxes that were paid by Nielsen. If TCS requests Nielsen to challenge the imposition of any tax, TCS will reimburse Nielsen for reasonable legal fees and pre-approved expenses related to such challenge. TCS will be
entitled to any tax refunds or rebates granted to the extent such refunds or rebates are of taxes that were paid by TCS. 
  

 81 

	Section 22.	AUDITS 

  

	 	22.1	Processing 

 (a) Upon
notice from Nielsen, TCS and TCS Agents shall provide such auditors and inspectors as Nielsen, its Affiliates or any regulatory authority may, from time to time, designate in writing with reasonable access: 

(i) during normal Business Days and hours to the TCS Service Locations and the Software and Hardware; and 

(ii) any time to the Nielsen Service Locations, for the purpose of performing audits or inspections of the Services and the business of
Nielsen. 
 (b) In the performance of the audits or inspections provided in Section 22.1(a), such auditors or inspectors
may: 
 (i) verify the integrity of Nielsen Data; 
 (ii) examine the Systems that process, store, support and transmit that data; 

(iii) examine the controls (e.g., organizational controls, input/output controls, System modification controls, processing controls,
System design controls, and access controls) and the security, disaster recovery and back-up practices and procedures; 
 (iv)
examine TCS’ performance of the Services; 
 (v) verify TCS’ reported performance against the applicable Critical
Service Levels and Tier One Quality of Service Metrics; 
 (vi) examine TCS’ measurement, monitoring and management tools;

 (vii) verify TCS’ compliance with physical and logical security requirements; 

(viii) examine TCS’ audit systems, accounting and administrative processes and procedures for compliance with Nielsen Standards,
including Nielsen Standards of Internal Control and applicable data security policies and government regulations; and 
 (ix)
enable Nielsen to meet applicable legal, regulatory and contractual requirements. TCS shall provide, and shall cause TCS Agents to provide, such auditors and inspectors any reasonable assistance that they may require. 

 

	 	22.2	Financial Responsibility for Audit 

 (a) Nielsen shall bear the expense of audits: 
 (i) requested by Nielsen or
required by a regulatory authority acting to enforce requirements related to Nielsen’s business; and 
  

 82 

 (ii) necessary due to Nielsen’s noncompliance with any Law or audit requirement
imposed on Nielsen. 
 (b) TCS shall bear the expense of audits: 

(i) TCS internal audits initiated by TCS in compliance with any audit requirements under applicable Laws relating to TCS’ business;

 (ii) performed by TCS as part of the Services; or 
 (iii) necessary due to TCS’ noncompliance with any Law. 
 As part of the
Services, upon request from Nielsen and subject to restrictions, if any, under applicable Law or regulations, TCS shall provide to Nielsen the summary of portions of TCS’ and TCS Agents’ internal audit, if any, relating to the Services
provided to Nielsen under this Agreement. 
  

	 	22.3	Financial Audit 

 Upon
reasonable notice from Nielsen during the Term and for a period of three (3) years after termination or expiration of the Term, TCS shall, and shall cause its Approved Subcontractors to, provide Nielsen and Nielsen Agents, at TCS’ expense,
with access to such financial records and supporting documentation relating to the provision of the Services as may be reasonably requested by Nielsen and Nielsen may audit the Charges charged to Nielsen to determine that such Charges are accurate
and in accordance with this Agreement. If, as a result of such audit, Nielsen determines that TCS has overcharged Nielsen, Nielsen shall notify TCS with a copy of the audit report for TCS review of the amount of such alleged overcharge. Unless TCS
disputes accuracy of findings of such audit in good faith, TCS shall promptly pay to Nielsen the amount of the overcharge, and, if the overcharge was more than five percent (5%), TCS shall also pay interest at the then-current bank rate calculated
from the date of receipt by TCS of the overcharged amount until the date of payment to Nielsen. Additionally, if any such audit reveals an overcharge of more than five percent (5%) of the audited Charges TCS shall promptly reimburse Nielsen in
the form of a credit to Nielsen for the actual fees paid to Nielsen’s auditors to be applied against any Charges due from Nielsen to TCS. 
  

	 	22.4	Record Retention 

 As part
of the Services, TCS shall: 
 (a) retain records and supporting documentation sufficient to document the Services and Charges
paid or payable by Nielsen under this Agreement during the Term and for a period of time following the expiration or termination of this Agreement, consistent with Nielsen’s record retention policy but in no event more than three
(3) years; and 
  

 83 

 (b) upon written notice from Nielsen, provide Nielsen and Nielsen Agents with reasonable
access to such records and documentation. 
  

	 	22.5	SAS 70 Type II 

 (a)
General. TCS will cause a Statement of Auditing Standards (“SAS”) 70 Type II Audit to be conducted annually by a third party acceptable to both the Parties for each Global Development Center at or from which Services are
provided. Nielsen will define what SAS 70 Audits are required and what subjects the Audits should address from each facility (including, where possible, a shared services facility) on an annual basis. Nielsen shall share the cost of the SAS 70 Type
II Audits with TCS’ other customers receiving the results of such Audits if there are any other such customers. If there are no other customers to aggregate the cost amongst, then subject to Nielsen’s prior written approval, Nielsen shall
pay for the cost of the SAS 70 Type II Type Audit. 
 (b) Global Delivery Centers. TCS will furnish Nielsen with an
annual report based on the SAS 70 Type II Audit provided in Section 22.5(a) above, with respect to Services performed at each Global Delivery Center, prepared in accordance with TCS’ standard certification processes (“SAS 70
Report”). Nielsen will define the time periods to be covered by the SAS 70 Reports upon reasonable notice to TCS. Each SAS 70 Report will be furnished to Nielsen no later than fifteen (15) days after the end of the period covered by
such Report. The SAS 70 Reports will set forth the findings of the SAS 70 Type II Audit as a result of its review of the processes and internal controls in the handling of the Services. 

(c) Control Objectives. Nielsen will define the control objectives to be reviewed in each Report. Such objectives will address IT
application hosting outsourcing, including: (i) application security, (ii) business continuity planning (including backup and recovery procedures), (iii) application change management, (iv) physical security of Hardware and
facilities, and (v) problem & incident management. Regarding BPO, such Reports may include: (i) completeness, accuracy and validity of payroll, contracts, orders, billing, credit notes, (ii) appropriate revenue recognition,
(iii) completeness, accuracy and validity of fixed assets, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accounting estimates, other assets & liabilities, and (iv) appropriate segregation of duties. 

(d) Discovered Deficiencies. During the course of the third party’s work, should a control deficiency be found that could
potentially rise to the level of a significant deficiency or material weakness (as defined by PCAOB Auditing Standard No. 5), TCS shall immediately notify Nielsen in order that remediation plans can be implemented. TCS will not wait until the
presentation of the SAS 70 Report to report on such items. 
 (e) Report Recommendations. If Nielsen or the third party
provides recommendations for enhancing TCS’ processes, then TCS will give due consideration to any such recommendations. Nielsen acknowledges that the implementation of such recommendations may have a commercial impact and any additional cost
incurred by TCS as a result of implementing such recommendations, once such cost is approved by Nielsen, shall be reimbursed by Nielsen on an actual cost basis if Nielsen is the only customer of TCS that benefits from such implementation; provided,
however, that Nielsen shall only be responsible for 
  

 84 

 
Nielsen’s proportionate share if such implementation also benefits other customers of TCS and TCS was able to recover proportionate cost from other customers. At Nielsen’s request and
subject to restrictions, if any, under applicable Laws or regulations, TCS will make available to Nielsen internal and/or external audit reports pertaining to TCS’ operations and business records relating to this Agreement and the Services
hereunder provided to Nielsen or its Affiliates. 
  

	 	22.6	Audit Software 

 As part
of the Services, TCS shall, to the extent permitted under the applicable third party agreements, operate and maintain such audit software as Nielsen or Nielsen Agents may provide to TCS from time to time during the Term if and to the extent that:

 (a) such audit software is compatible with the Hardware and Software; and 

(b) TCS can perform such activities without adversely affecting the Services or the Critical Service Levels and Tier One Quality of
Service Metrics. 
  

	 	22.7	Facilities 

 TCS shall
provide to Nielsen and such auditors and inspectors as Nielsen may designate in writing, on TCS’ premises (or if the audit is being performed of a TCS Agent, the TCS Agent’s premises, if necessary) space, office furnishings (including
lockable cabinets), telephone and facsimile service, utilities and office related equipment and duplicating services as Nielsen or such auditors and inspectors may reasonably require to perform the audits described in this Section 22.

  

	 	22.8	Audit Assistance 

 Nielsen
is subject to regulation and audit by governmental bodies, standards organizations, other regulatory authorities, customers or other parties to contracts with Nielsen under applicable Laws and contract provisions. If required to perform such an
audit requiring records and information from TCS, with reasonable notice from Nielsen, TCS shall provide all reasonable assistance requested by Nielsen in responding to such audits or requests for information.  

 

	 	22.9	Confidentiality and other Provisions 

 Nielsen is responsible to ensure that the Nielsen representatives and Agents performing the audit are bound by confidentiality agreements. All audits conducted under this Section shall occur on reasonable
advance notice to TCS, be designed to minimize the impact on TCS’ ongoing operations and be designed to occur during TCS’ normal business hours. Audit personnel shall comply with all reasonable TCS safety and security rules and regulations
conveyed in writing at a reasonable time prior to the start of each audit 
  

	 	22.10	Audit Reviews and Responses 

 The Parties shall meet to review each audit report within ten (10) days after its issuance. TCS will respond to each audit report point or exception in writing within thirty (30) days from

  

 85 

 
receipt of such report, unless a shorter response time is specified in such report. TCS shall develop and Nielsen agree upon an action plan to address and resolve any deficiencies, concerns
and/or recommendations in such audit report within ninety (90) days from receipt of such report, or such other period as the Parties may agree, and TCS (to the extent arising from TCS’ non-compliance with the requirements of this
Agreement, at its own expense) shall undertake remedial action in accordance with such action plan and the dates specified therein. 
  

	 	22.11	Regulatory and Client Audits 

 Subject to Section 22.8, TCS acknowledges and agrees that Nielsen may be required to allow its regulators or Nielsen Clients to audit Nielsen services provided to Nielsen Clients and, as part of
Nielsen’s obligations to Nielsen Clients, Nielsen may designate in writing any Nielsen Client or such Nielsen Client’s designee to perform an audit relative to the services received by such Nielsen Client. TCS shall reasonably cooperate
and assist Nielsen in complying with Nielsen’s obligations to its regulators and Nielsen Clients. Subject to the provisions of Section 22.2, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith an apportionment of TCS’ costs for cooperating in
the performance of audits occurring during the Term. 
  

	Section 23.	CONFIDENTIALITY 

  

	 	23.1	Confidential Information 

The Parties each acknowledge that they may be furnished with, receive, or otherwise have access to information of or concerning the other
Party which such Party considers to be confidential, proprietary, a trade secret or otherwise restricted. As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean all information, in any form, furnished or made available,
directly or indirectly, by one Party to the other which is marked confidential, restricted, proprietary, or with a similar designation, or which a reasonably prudent business person would deem to be as confidential information considering the nature
of the information and the circumstances of its disclosure. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed Confidential Information. In the case of TCS, subject to Section 23.3, the TCS Software, TCS Project Tools, TCS Productivity
Tools, TCS Intellectual Property material and the TCS Background Technology (whether or not embedded in any Developed Software or Deliverables) shall be deemed TCS Confidential Information whether or not designated “Confidential
Information”. Further, any Personally Identifiable Information of TCS Personnel and other Resources shall be deemed TCS Confidential Information whether or not designated “Confidential Information”. In the case of Nielsen,
Confidential Information also shall include, whether or not designated “Confidential Information”: 
 (a) all
specifications, designs, documents, correspondence, Nielsen Software, documentation, data and other materials, Developed Software, and Deliverable produced by either TCS or its Approved Subcontractors in the course of performing the Services and any
documents, correspondence, documentation, data and other materials that a reasonably prudent business person would deem as confidential considering the nature of the information and circumstances of its disclosure; 

(b) all information concerning: 
 (i) the operations, affairs and businesses of Nielsen, its Affiliates, Nielsen Clients or suppliers (including data suppliers) of Nielsen; 
  

 86 

 (ii) the financial affairs of Nielsen, its Affiliates, Nielsen Clients or suppliers
(including data suppliers) of Nielsen; and 
 (iii) the relations of Nielsen with Nielsen Clients, employees and service
providers (including customer lists, customer information, account information and consumer markets); 
 (c) Nielsen Software
and Nielsen Data; 
 (d) Personally Identifiable Information of Nielsen employees and customers; and 

(e) other information or data stored on magnetic media or otherwise or communicated orally, and obtained, received, transmitted,
processed, stored, archived, or maintained by TCS under this Agreement that a reasonably prudent business person would deem as confidential considering the nature of the information and circumstances of its disclosure. 

All information described in Section 23.1(a) through 23.1(e) is collectively the “Nielsen Confidential Information”. 

 

	 	23.2	Obligations 

 (a) Each
Party’s Confidential Information shall remain the property of that Party except as expressly provided otherwise by the other provisions of this Agreement. The Parties shall each use at least the same degree of care, but in any event no less
than a reasonable degree of care, to prevent disclosing to third parties the Confidential Information of the other as it employs to avoid unauthorized disclosure, publication or dissemination of its own information of a similar nature; provided that
the Parties may disclose such information to entities performing services required hereunder where: 
 (i) use of such entity is
authorized under this Agreement; 
 (ii) such disclosure is necessary or otherwise naturally occurs in that entity’s scope
of responsibility; and 
 (iii) the entity agrees in writing to assume the obligations described in this Section 23. Any
disclosure to such entity shall be under the terms and conditions as provided herein. 
 (b) Except as provided in
Section 23.3(d), as required by law or to satisfy any legal requirement of a competent government body, neither Party will release the other Party’s Confidential Information to any third party without the express written consent of the
disclosing Party. In the case of such mandated disclosure, the disclosing Party will take all steps available to it to minimize the release of the other Party’s Confidential Information, including the filing of Confidential Treatment Requests
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if 
  

 87 

 
applicable. A disclosing Party’s Confidential Information shall not be utilized by the receiving Party for any purpose other than the purpose for which it was disclosed or received and in
the case of TCS for any purpose other than that of rendering the Services under this Agreement. TCS shall not possess or assert any lien or other right against or to Nielsen Confidential Information. No Confidential Information of the disclosing
Party, or any part thereof, shall be sold, assigned, leased, or otherwise disposed of to third parties by the receiving Party or commercially exploited by or on behalf of the receiving Party, its employees or agents, other than is required or
permitted hereunder for the receiving Party’s exercise of its rights and the performance of its obligations hereunder. 

(c) As requested by Nielsen during the Term, or upon expiration or any termination of this Agreement (in whole or in part) and
completion of TCS’ obligations under this Agreement, TCS shall return or destroy, as Nielsen may direct, all material (including all copies) in any medium that contains, refers to, or relates to Nielsen Confidential Information, so certifying
in a writing signed by TCS. Except as necessary for the exercise of its license rights and the use of the Services hereunder, upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement or any Termination-Expiration Period, Nielsen shall return any
material containing TCS Confidential Information to TCS. 
 (d) Each Party shall take reasonable steps to ensure that its
employees comply with these confidentiality provisions. 
 (e) TCS will comply with applicable privacy Laws and data protection
regulations with respect to the processing of all Personally Identifiable Information provided to it under this Agreement or collected as part of the Services. TCS shall be Nielsen’s single point of contact regarding the Services, including
with respect to payment. TCS shall not disclose Nielsen Confidential Information and Personally Identifiable Information to an Approved Subcontractor unless and until such Approved Subcontractor has agreed in writing to protect the confidentiality
of such Confidential Information in a manner substantially equivalent to that required of TCS under this Agreement. 
  

	 	23.3	Exclusions 

 (a)
Excluding Personally Identifiable Information, “Confidential Information” shall not include any particular information which TCS or Nielsen can demonstrate: 
 (i) was, at the time of disclosure to it, in the public domain; 
 (ii) after
disclosure to it, is published or otherwise becomes part of the public domain through no fault of the receiving Party; 
 (iii)
was rightfully in the possession of the receiving Party at the time of disclosure to it without any obligation to restrict its further use or disclosure; 
 (iv) was received after disclosure to it from a third party who had a lawful right to disclose such information to it without any obligation to restrict its further use or disclosure; or 

 

 88 

 (v) was independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to Confidential
Information of the furnishing Party. 
 (b) In addition, a Party shall not be considered to have breached its obligations by
disclosing Confidential Information of the other Party as required to satisfy any legal requirement of a competent government body provided that, immediately upon receiving any such request and to the extent that it may legally do so, such Party
advises the other Party promptly and prior to making such disclosure in order that the other Party may interpose an objection to such disclosure, take action to assure confidential handling of the Confidential Information, or take such other action
as it deems appropriate to protect the Confidential Information. 
 (c) Under applicable Law the fact that the Parties have
entered into this Agreement, and all or portions of the provisions hereof, may be required to be filed as part of required public disclosure documents of either Party with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or equivalent authority or agency
regulating the listing of publicly traded securities). A party required to file a description of this Agreement or all or any such portion of its provisions shall provide prior written notice to the other Party and shall seek approval from the
applicable regulatory authority for the confidential treatment of certain Confidential Information identified by the Parties, including all pricing information of TCS. Prior to such filing, such portions of this Agreement that the other Party
reasonably requests to be redacted, shall be redacted unless, in the disclosing Party’s judgment based on the advice of internal or external counsel, the disclosing Party concludes that such redaction request is inconsistent with the disclosing
Party’s obligations under applicable Laws. 
 (d) Potential acquirers, investors, lenders, outsourcers, consultants and
third parties of each Party may have access to the Confidential Information of the other Party on a need to know basis, provided that such third parties first agree in writing to confidentiality requirements with respect to such Confidential
Information at least as restrictive as those included in this Agreement. In addition, Nielsen may disclose this Agreement and information related to TCS’ performance under this Agreement to owners, managers, directors, non-directors and
investors as such information relates to the management of Nielsen. 
  

	 	23.4	Loss of Confidential Information 

 If there is any disclosure or loss of, or inability to account for, any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party, upon becoming aware of such event the receiving Party shall promptly, at its own
expense: 
 (a) notify the disclosing Party in writing; 

(b) take such actions as may be necessary or reasonably requested by the disclosing Party; and 

(c) otherwise cooperate with the disclosing Party, to minimize the adverse effects to the disclosing Party of such event and any damage
resulting from such event. 
  

 89 

	 	23.5	No Implied Rights 

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as obligating a Party to disclose its Confidential Information to the other Party,
or as granting to or conferring on a Party, expressly or impliedly, any rights or license to the Confidential Information of the other Party. 
  

	 	23.6	Injunctive Relief 

 Each
Party acknowledges that the other believes that its Confidential Information is unique property of extreme value to the other Party, and the unauthorized use or disclosure thereof would cause the other Party irreparable harm that could not be
compensated by monetary damages. Accordingly, each Party agrees that the other may seek, from any court of competent jurisdiction, injunctive and preliminary relief to remedy any actual or threatened unauthorized use or disclosure of the other
Party’s Confidential Information. 
  

	 	23.7	Survival 

 The
Parties’ obligations of non-disclosure and confidentiality shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 
  

	Section 24.	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

  

	 	24.1	By TCS 

 (a)
Deliverables. With respect to Deliverables to be prepared and provided by TCS where TCS is responsible for the management of the Project or such Deliverable, TCS represents and warrants that for a period of ninety (90) days after
delivery (unless a different warranty period is provided in the applicable SOW) each such Deliverable, when properly used in accordance with documentation provided by TCS, shall not deviate from the specifications and requirements for such
Deliverable provided in the SOW. For the avoidance of doubt, the warranty provided by TCS pursuant to this Section 24.1(a) is not in lieu of any ongoing maintenance that may separately be required for the Project or such Deliverable.

 (b) Work Standards. TCS represents and warrants that the Services will be rendered with promptness and diligence and
will be executed in a workmanlike manner, in accordance with the practices and professional standards used in well-managed operations performing services similar to the Services and the requirements of this Agreement. TCS represents and warrants
that it will use adequate numbers of qualified individuals with suitable training, education, experience, and skill to perform the Services. 
 (c) Maintenance. TCS represents and warrants that to the extent the maintenance responsibility with respect to any Software or Hardware is included within the scope of the Services, it will
maintain the Software and the Hardware so that they operate in accordance with their specifications, including: 
 (i)
maintaining the Software and the Hardware in good operating condition; 
  

 90 

 (ii) undertaking repairs and preventive maintenance on the Hardware, including, at a
minimum, in accordance with applicable manufacturer’s recommendations; and 
 (iii) performing reasonable maintenance with
respect to the Software, including, at a minimum, in accordance with applicable documentation and Third Party Software vendor’s recommendations. 
 (d) Efficiency and Cost Effectiveness. TCS represents and warrants that it will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to use efficiently the resources or services necessary to provide the Services.
TCS represents and warrants that it will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to perform the Services in the most cost-effective manner consistent with the required level of quality and performance. 

(e) Technology. TCS represents and warrants that it will provide the Services using proven, state of the art technology that will
enable Nielsen to take advantage of technological advancements in its industry and support Nielsen’s efforts to maintain competitiveness in the markets in which it competes. 

(f) Non-Infringement. TCS represents and warrants that it will perform its responsibilities under this Agreement in a manner that
does not infringe, or constitute an infringement or misappropriation of, any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret, license or other proprietary rights of any third party; provided that TCS shall have no obligation or liability to Nielsen under
this warranty to the extent that infringement or misappropriation results from: 
 (i) use of the Deliverable or Developed
Software in a manner materially inconsistent with the specifications and instructions of TCS; 
 (ii) Nielsen’s failure to
use, within a reasonable period of time following their provision by TCS to Nielsen, corrections or enhancements made available by TCS at no additional cost to Nielsen; 
 (iii) Nielsen’s use of the Deliverable or Developed Software in combination with any product, service or material not provided by TCS and not reasonably necessary for the use of or reasonably
anticipated given the nature of such Deliverable or Developed Software; 
 (iv) modifications to the Deliverable or Developed
Software not made, authorized or approved by TCS or TCS Agents; or 
 (v) Nielsen Software or other material provided by
Nielsen. 
 (g) Software Ownership or Use. TCS represents and warrants that it is either the owner of, or authorized to
use, the Software that is utilized or will be utilized in connection with the Services. 
 (h) Compliance With Laws and
Regulations. TCS warrants, represents, and covenants to Nielsen that it will comply with all Laws and regulations of the United States 
  

 91 

 
and those of the countries in which Global Delivery Centers and Other Service Locations are located (including Laws relating to health and safety, labor, personal information privacy, law
enforcement cooperation and environmental protection) to the extent such Laws and regulations are applicable to TCS’ performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, TCS agrees: 

(i) Not to knowingly use child labor in providing Services; provided that the term “child” will refer to an individual younger
than the age of completing compulsory education, and provided further that in no case will any child younger than 16 years of age be employed in providing Services; 
 (ii) To provide employees with a safe and healthy workplace in compliance with all applicable Laws and to provide Nielsen with all information Nielsen may request about the facilities from which Services
are provided; 
 (iii) Only to employ individuals whose presence is voluntary and not to use prison labor, or to use corporal
punishment or other forms of mental or physical coercion as a form of discipline of employees; 
 (iv) To comply with all
applicable wage and hour Laws, including those pertaining to minimum wage, overtime or maximum hours; and to utilize fair employment practices as provided in applicable Law; 
 (v) Not to discriminate in hiring or employment practices on grounds of race, religion, national origin, political affiliation, social status, age, sex, or disability; 

(vi) To obtain all governmental licenses, approvals, authorizations and permits regulating TCS as a services provider as required from
time to time and to pay all fees and Taxes associated with obtaining and maintaining such licenses, approvals, permits and authorizations throughout the Term; 
 (vii) To take all necessary steps to obtain any approval or registration of this Agreement (the “Required Registrations”) that may be required, either initially or at any time during the
Term, in order to give this Agreement legal effect in the countries from which TCS provides Services. Nielsen will reimburse all costs and expenses incurred by TCS in connection with procuring and maintaining such Required Registration, immediately
and prior to commencing any activities which are subject to such Required Registration; 
 (viii) Not to, directly or
indirectly, export or re-export, or knowingly permit the export or re-export of any Software or Nielsen Information or any component thereof, or any other items, to any country for which the United States Export Administration Act or any regulation
thereunder, or any other similar United States law or regulation, including the United States Arms Export Control Act, requires an export license or other United States governmental notification or approval, unless the appropriate export license,
notification or approval has first been obtained (excluding Nielsen Software whereby the appropriate export licenses, notifications and approvals will be acquired by Nielsen); 

 

 92 

 (ix) Not to, directly or indirectly, make, offer or agree to make, or offer on behalf of
Nielsen or any of its Affiliates, any loan, gift, donation or other payment, directly or indirectly, whether in cash or in kind, for the benefit of or at the direction of any candidate, committee, political party, political function, government or
government subdivision, or any individual elected, appointed or otherwise designated as an employee or officer thereof, for the purposes of influencing any act or decision of such entity or individual or inducing such entity or individual to do or
omit to do anything in order to obtain or retain business or other benefits in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; 
 (x) Not to, directly or indirectly, take any action that would cause Nielsen or any of its Affiliates or TCS to be in violation of United States anti-boycott laws under the United States Export
Administration Act or the United States Internal Revenue Code, or any regulation thereunder; and 
 (xi) To comply with the
United States Immigration Reform and Control Act, and the Fair Labor Standards Act. 
 (i) Viruses. TCS represents and
warrants that it will not introduce any Viruses or similar items or code or introduce into Nielsen’s systems or into the Systems used to provide the Services any Virus TCS shall use up-to-date virus detection software and apply industry best
practice standards to detect the presence of any Viruses and eradicate the same prior to the provision of affected Services to Nielsen. If TCS incorporates into Nielsen’s systems or into the Systems used to provide the Services programs or
routines supplied by other vendors, licensors consultants or contactors, TCS shall obtain comparable warranties from such providers or TCS shall take appropriate action to ensure such programs and routines are free of Viruses. TCS agrees to notify
Nielsen immediately upon discovery of any Virus that is or may be incorporated into Nielsen’s systems or into the Systems used to provide the Services and, if Nielsen discovers or reasonably suspects any Virus to be present in such Systems TCS
agrees to take action immediately, at its own expense, to identify and eradicate such Virus and to carry out any recovery necessary to remedy the impact of such Virus. 
 (i) If a Virus is found to have been introduced into Nielsen’s systems, other than by virtue of TCS’ breach of the foregoing representation and warranty, TCS will, subject to the provisions of
Section 3.6 and 12.2: 
 (A) assist Nielsen in eradicating the Virus and reducing the effects of the Virus; and 

(B) if the Virus causes a loss of operational efficiency or loss of data, assist Nielsen to the same extent to mitigate and restore such
losses. 
 (ii) If a Virus is found to have been introduced into Nielsen’s systems by virtue of TCS’ breach of the
foregoing representation or warranty, TCS will indemnify Nielsen for Losses incurred as a result of such breach. 
 (j)
Disabling Code. TCS represents and warrants that, without the prior written consent of Nielsen, the TCS Software or Developed Software do not and will not contain any program, routine, device, code, undisclosed features or instructions
(including any such 
  

 93 

 
items provided by third parties) that is capable of accessing, modifying, deleting, damaging, disabling, deactivating, interfering with or otherwise harming or otherwise shutting down all or any
portion of the Software, Developed Software and/or the Services utilizing them (collectively, “Disabling Code”). If TCS incorporates programs or routines supplied by other vendors, licensors consultants or contactors, TCS shall
obtain comparable warranties from such providers or TCS shall take appropriate action to ensure such programs and routines are free of Disabling Code. TCS further represents and warrants that, with respect to any Disabling Code that may be part of
the Software and/or Developed Software used to provide the Services, TCS will not invoke such Disabling Code at any time without Nielsen’s prior written consent. TCS agrees to notify Nielsen immediately upon discovery of any Disabling Code that
is or may be included in the Software or the Developed Software and, if Nielsen discovers or reasonably suspects any Disabling Code to be present in the Software and/or Developed Software, TCS agrees to take action immediately, at its own expense,
to identify and eradicate such Disabling Code and to carry out any recovery necessary to remedy the impact of such Disabling Code. In addition to the foregoing, if any Disabling Code is found to have been included in Nielsen’s system by virtue
of TCS’ breach of the foregoing representation of warranty, TCS will indemnify Nielsen for Losses incurred as a result of such breach. 
 (k) Date-Related Functionality. TCS represents and warrants that, with respect to all date-related data and functions, the Deliverable and the Services will accept input, perform processes, and
provide output in a manner that: 
 (i) is consistent with all applicable specifications; 

(ii) prevents ambiguous or erroneous results; and 
 (iii) does not result in any adverse effect on date related functionality or date related performance of the Deliverable or the Services or other Hardware or Software. 

(l) ISO 9000 Certification. TCS represents and warrants that TCS shall perform the Services in such a manner so as to ensure that
Nielsen, at all times during the Term, maintain or exceed the level of ISO 9000 certification as applicable to the Services prior to the Transition. 
 (m) Certification Authority. TCS represents and warrants that TCS shall perform the Services in such a manner so as to ensure that Nielsen, at all times during the Term, maintains or exceeds any
requirements of any certification authority as applicable to Nielsen, or to the Services prior to the Transition. 
 (n)
Improved Productivity. TCS commits to ensure not less than three percent (3%) total productivity savings beginning in the second Contract Year and continuing through the end of the fifth Contract Year. The Parties shall work together to
come up with productivity improvement proposals. TCS agrees to provide Nielsen with at least one (1) significant proposal regarding productivity savings per year during the relevant period of the Term and to provide Nielsen with annual reports
on the productivity savings achieved by TCS. 
  

 94 

 (o) Pass-Through Warranties and Indemnities. With respect to any Hardware purchased
by TCS on Nielsen’s behalf, at Nielsen’s sole option: 
 (i) TCS shall pass through to Nielsen all available
warranties and indemnities and provide all available, including extended, applicable original equipment manufacturer and additional warranties for such Hardware; 
 (ii) TCS is responsible for the maintenance of all information required to make Claims on such warranties; 
 (iii) new original equipment, parts and consumables shall be utilized by TCS for warranty repair or replacement throughout the life of the warranty; and 

(iv) TCS shall file all warranty Claims. 
 (p) Interoperability. TCS represents and warrants that the Network Connection and Systems used to provide the Services and the Applications developed and/or maintained pursuant to the Services will
be fully interoperable with the Software and Hardware listed in the applicable SOW used by Nielsen or its Clients which may deliver records to, receive records from, or otherwise interact with such Systems or Applications. 

(q) TCS Personnel. TCS represents and warrants that the TCS Personnel or its Approved Subcontractors are authorized to work in
each of the locations where such personnel are providing Services, and that TCS and its Approved Subcontractors have complied with all obligations under applicable Laws, including those regarding immigration. TCS shall bear all financial
responsibility for all matters relating to TCS obtaining any visa, immigration, naturalization or other similar authorizations and requirements under the Laws applicable to visas, immigration, naturalization and other similar authorizations.

 (r) Acts and Omissions. TCS represents and warrants that it will be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of
TCS, its employees, agents and subcontractors. 
  

	 	24.2	Mutual Representations and Warranties 

 (a) No Violation. The Parties represent and warrant to each other that its execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement will not constitute: 

(i) a violation of any judgment, order, or decree; 
 (ii) a material default under any material contract by which it or any of its material assets are bound; or 
 (iii) an event that would, with notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute such a default as described in (ii). 
 (b) Authorization. Each Party represents and warrants that: 
 (i) it has
the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and 
  

 95 

 (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the requisite action on the part of such Party. 
  

	 	24.3	Disclaimer 

 EXCEPT AS SET
FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NIELSEN AND TCS DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A SPECIFIC PURPOSE AND ALL SUCH OTHER WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.

  

	Section 25.	DISPUTE RESOLUTION 

  

	 	25.1	Mutual Discussion 

 (a)
Except as provided in Section 17.3, if any dispute, controversy or Claim of any kind whatsoever shall arise between Nielsen, on the one hand, and TCS, on the other hand, in connection with, or arising out of, this Agreement, or the breach,
termination or validity hereof (a “Dispute”), the Parties shall attempt, for a period of thirty (30) days (or such other period of time as the Designated Representatives may agree) after receipt by Nielsen or TCS, as
applicable, from the other party of a written notice of the existence of a Dispute, to settle the Dispute by mutual discussion. Two senior executives of the Parties (collectively, the “Designated Representatives”) will negotiate in
good faith in an effort to resolve the Dispute over the thirty (30) day period (or such other period of time as the Designated Representatives may agree), unless they conclude earlier that amicable resolution of the Dispute through such efforts
does not appear likely. The specific format for such discussions will be left to the discretion of the Designated Representatives. 
 (b) Section 25.1(a) shall not apply in cases where a Party is seeking an injunction or other equitable relief to prevent an immediate harm, as necessary to prevent the expiration of an applicable
statute of limitations period, or to preserve its superior position compared to other creditors. 
  

	 	25.2	Non-binding Mediation 

With respect to Disputes not resolved in accordance with this Section 25, either Party may, upon notice, submit any such Disputes to
non-binding mediation in accordance with the following: 
 (a) Either Nielsen or TCS may, by notice to the other Party, demand
non-binding mediation, by serving on the other Party a statement of the Dispute, controversy or Claim, and the facts relating or giving rise thereto, in reasonable detail. 
 (b) Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice, the Parties shall initiate mediation of the dispute by submitting to the arbitration entity JAMS (“JAMS”) and to the other
Party a written request for mediation, setting forth the subject of the Dispute and the relief requested. 
  

 96 

 (c) The non-binding mediation shall be held in the New York office of JAMS before a
mutually agreed to mediator and be conducted in accordance with JAMS’ comprehensive practices and procedures. Upon commencement of litigation as permitted under Section 25.4, either Party, upon notice to JAMS and to the other Party, may
terminate the mediation process. Each Party shall bear its own expenses in the mediation process and shall share equally the charges of JAMS. 
 (d) Any Dispute that is not resolved in accordance with the provisions provided in this Section 25 may be instituted before a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Sections 25.3 and
31.12. 
  

	 	25.3	Expedited Dispute Resolution 

 Where there is a dispute that arises out of breaches of Section 9, a party may submit a dispute for expedited dispute resolution in accordance with the following (“Expedited Dispute
Resolution”) process: 
 (a) The party initiating the Expedited Dispute Resolution will: 

(i) provide the other Party with notice of the dispute and its intent to initiate the Expedited Dispute Resolution process
(“Expedited Dispute Notice”); and 
 (ii) initiate binding arbitration in JAMS’ New York office.

 (b) The arbitration shall be administered using the JAMS Streamlined Arbitration Rules and Procedures, modified as follows:

 (i) Each Party will have five (5) days following the issuance of the Expedited Dispute Notice to provide JAMS with a
written brief explaining its position on the dispute. 
 (ii) The JAMS arbitrator shall have ten (10) days to arbitrate
the dispute and make an initial determination. Thereafter, each Party will have three (3) days to file replay briefs. The JAMS arbitrator will then issue a final, binding decision within two (2) days of receiving the Parties’ reply
briefs. 
  

	 	25.4	Adjudication of Disputes 

Subject to the terms of Sections 25.1, 25.2, 25.5 and 25.6, each Party shall have the right to commence legal proceedings for the
resolution of all Disputes, controversies or Claims between the Parties hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement (including Disputes as to the validity, interpretation, performance, breach, or with respect to damages upon termination of
this Agreement) which are not settled pursuant to the issue resolution procedures provided in this Section 25. 
  

 97 

	 	25.5	Continuity of Services 

Except as otherwise directed by the other Party, each Party shall continue performing its obligations under this Agreement while a Dispute
is being resolved except (and then only) to the extent the issue in dispute precludes performance (dispute over payment shall not be deemed to preclude performance) and without limiting either party’s right to terminate this Agreement as
provided in Section 26. TCS acknowledges that the performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement is critical to the business and operations of Nielsen. Accordingly, if there is a Dispute between the Parties, TCS shall continue to
perform its obligations under this Agreement in good faith during the resolution of such Dispute unless and until this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof. For clarity, it is agreed that nothing contained in this
Section 25.5 shall be construed as requiring TCS to continue to provide the Services other than those Termination – Expiration Assistance Services that may be requested by Nielsen after the effective date of termination of an SOW or this
Agreement pursuant to Section 26 and in accordance with Section 27. 
  

	 	25.6	Additional Dispute Resolution Terms 

 (a) The Parties agree that written or oral statements or offers of settlement made in the course of the Dispute Resolution Process provided in this Section will: 

(i) be Confidential Information; 
 (ii) not be offered into evidence, disclosed, or used for any purpose in any formal proceeding; and 
 (iii) not constitute an admission or waiver of rights. 
 (b) The Parties will
promptly return to the other, upon request, any such written statements or offers of settlement, including all copies thereof. 
  

	Section 26.	TERMINATION 

  

	 	26.1	Termination for Convenience 

 Nielsen may terminate this Agreement at any time for any reason by giving TCS at least ninety (90) days prior written notice designating the effective date of such termination. There shall be no
termination for convenience fees. If Nielsen exercises the right to terminate for convenience in accordance with this Section 26.1, then Nielsen shall pay any remaining portions of the MCA owed in accordance with Section 26.6(b).

  

	 	26.2	Termination With TCS’ Right to Cure 

 Nielsen may terminate this Agreement by giving at least ninety (90) days prior written notice of termination to TCS of the occurrence of any of the following events described in Sections 26.2(i) to
26.2(iv) designating the effective date of such termination. TCS shall have the right to cure such an event, and if such event is cured prior to the effective date of termination, TCS shall so notify Nielsen in writing. If Nielsen is satisfied that
the breach has 
  

 98 

 
been cured to its reasonable satisfaction, Nielsen shall give TCS written notice that such event has been cured, and this Agreement shall not terminate and will continue in full force and effect;
provided that if Nielsen is not satisfied that the breach has been cured to its reasonable satisfaction, Nielsen shall provide TCS with written reasons for such determination of Nielsen. If the Parties disagree on TCS having cured the event such
Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 25. The events for which Nielsen may terminate subject to TCS’ right to cure are as follows: 
 (i) TCS commits a material breach or defaults in the performance of this Agreement which is capable of being cured within thirty (30) days, Nielsen provides written notice of such material breach or
default and is not cured in such thirty (30) day period; or 
 (ii) TCS commits a material breach of this Agreement which
is not capable of being cured within thirty (30) days after notice of breach from Nielsen to TCS but is capable of being cured within ninety (90) days after such notice and TCS fails to cure the breach within ninety (90) days after
such notice; or 
 (iii) TCS is in such adverse financial condition as to endanger its ability to perform its obligations under
this Agreement; or 
 (iv) TCS fails to meet the Total TCS Target Headcount required in Schedule F for any quarter, less up to
a maximum of thirty percent (30%) grace each quarter; provided that TCS has received SOWs requesting Services that necessitate at least the minimum volume of staff required to meet such targets, or specifies at least the minimum volume of staff
required to meet such targets, with at least thirty (30) days lead time for TCS to fill Off-Shore requests and ninety (90) days lead time for TCS to fill on-site requests. The Parties acknowledge and agree that Schedule F may only be
modified by mutual written agreement of the Parties. 
  

	 	26.3	Termination Without any Right to Cure 

 Nielsen may terminate this Agreement at any time within ninety (90) days of Nielsen’s discovery of the occurrence of any of the following events, upon thirty (30) days written notice to
TCS, designating the effective date of such termination, without TCS having the right to cure: 
 (i) TCS unreasonably refuses
to negotiate, or fails to reach agreement with Nielsen on, one or more SOW requested by Nielsen in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the aggregate amount to be paid for Services pursuant to such SOW would have equaled
or exceeded (A) twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) in any rolling twelve (12) month period; or (B) six million dollars ($6,000,000) during any rolling three (3) month period. For the avoidance of doubt, amounts that would have
been paid under any SOW that TCS refuses to negotiate or agree to with any supplier of Nielsen based on the results of a credit worthiness of such supplier performed by TCS shall not be included in the calculation of the amounts provided in clause
(A) and (B) of this Section; or 
 (ii) beginning four (4) months after the Agreement Effective Date, TCS fails
to meet any single Tier One Quality of Services Metric (A) for three (3) consecutive months or (B) in more than any six (6) months, in a rolling twelve (12) month period, or (C) fails to meet at least seventy percent
(70%) of Tier One Quality of Service Metrics in any three (3) months in a rolling twelve (12) month period; or 
  

 99 

 (iii) a Tier One Restricted Company acquires more than twenty (20) percent of
TCSL’s outstanding stock or (b) any entity other than a Controlled Subsidiary or a majority owned direct or indirect subsidiary of Tata Sons Ltd acquires more than fifty (50) percent of TCSL’s outstanding stock; or 

(iv) Either TCSL or TCS America files a petition of any type to seek protection against its creditors, is declared bankrupt, becomes
insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, goes into liquidation or receivership, has an involuntary petition in bankruptcy filed against it which is not challenged within twenty (20) days after service of notice to TCS or not
dismissed within sixty (60) days after service of notice to TCS in the United States or one hundred twenty (120) days outside of United States; or 
 (v) TCS’ performance of Services under this Agreement at some point is entirely prevented or delayed by a Force Majeure Event or events (other than due to a Force Majeure Event impacting Nielsen),
which delay or prevention continues for more than thirty (30) days; provided that if Nielsen elects not to terminate this Agreement, the Term of this Agreement shall be extended by the period of time TCS was prevented or delayed by the Force
Majeure Event; or 
 (vi) Subject to Section 26.2(iv), TCS fails to meet the Total TCS Target Headcount in three
(3) out of any four (4) rolling quarters. 
 Except for Force Majeure Events whose termination and corresponding
impact to the MCA shall be determined in accordance with Section 16.3, termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 26.3 shall relieve Nielsen of its obligations with respect to the MCA. 

 

	 	26.4	Termination of this Agreement Due to Legal Prohibition 

 (a) If Nielsen or TCS is prohibited by a regulatory or legal change, or new interpretation of applicable Law or regulation, from continuing to perform under this Agreement in whole, Nielsen if it is
prohibited, or TCS if it is prohibited, may terminate this Agreement upon written notice of termination to the other party; provided that: 
 (i) if TCS is prohibited, Nielsen shall be relieved of any obligation with respect to any unpaid portion of the MCA; 
 (ii) if Nielsen is prohibited, and the MCA has not been satisfied as of such termination, the Parties shall enter into good faith negotiations with respect to a reasonable amount, if any, that Nielsen
shall be required to pay towards fulfillment of the MCA as a result of such termination; provided further that in the event the Parties are unable to reach agreement to their mutual satisfaction, then the ultimate decision as to such reasonable
amount payable by Nielsen, if any, as a result of such a termination shall be determined in accordance with the dispute resolution process provided in Section 25. 

 

 100 

 (iii) The effective date of any such termination shall be designated by the terminating
Party in the termination notice, provided that where TCS is the terminating Party, the effective date may not be less than eighteen (18) months after Nielsen’s receipt of such notice, unless continued performance of Services involves
violation of law or applicable regulation or otherwise agreed by Nielsen. 
  

	 	26.5	Termination by TCS 

 (a)
TCS may, upon prior written notice to Nielsen given no less than thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such termination, terminate a SOW, for Nielsen’s failure to pay invoice(s) issued under the SOW that are not disputed in good
faith. If any such failure is cured prior to the effective date of termination, then the applicable SOW shall not terminate and will continue in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Nielsen has not cured its failure to pay any
invoice(s) that are not disputed in good faith during the thirty (30) day notice period, such failure to pay shall be escalated to senior executives of the Parties for resolution. If, after such escalation, the Parties are not able to mutually
agree to a resolution within thirty (30) days of such escalation, then the applicable SOW shall terminate. Any such termination of a SOW shall not affect this Agreement or any other SOW hereunder except as otherwise provided in
Section 26.5(b) below. 
 (b) TCS may, upon prior written notice to Nielsen given no less than thirty (30) days prior
to the effective date of such termination, terminate this Agreement for Nielsen’s failure to pay invoice(s) that are not disputed in good faith; provided that no such written notice may be given unless and until the total amount that is
undisputed and unpaid equals or exceeds fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) for more than six (6) months. If any such failure is cured prior to the effective date of termination, then this Agreement shall not terminate and will continue in full
force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Nielsen has not cured such failure to pay during the thirty (30) day notice period, such failure to pay shall be escalated to senior executives of the Parties for resolution. If such senior
executives of the Parties are not able to mutually agree to a resolution within thirty (30) days of such escalation, TCS shall provide Nielsen with a second written notice of default of payment and Nielsen shall have thirty (30) days from
receipt of such second notice to cure such failure to pay. If Nielsen has not cured such failure to pay by the end of such second notice period, then this Agreement shall terminate. For clarity, nothing contained in this Section 26.5(b) will
restrict TCS’ rights under Section 26.5(a). 
 (c) Due to the impact any termination of this Agreement would have on
Nielsen’s business, other than as provided in Sections 26.4 and 26.5, Nielsen’s failure to perform its responsibilities under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be grounds for termination or suspension of performance by TCS. 

 

	 	26.6	Nielsen’s Payment Obligation Upon Termination or Expiration 

 Upon termination of this Agreement or any SOW, in addition to any other liability provided in this Agreement, Nielsen shall pay TCS for all Services performed in accordance with this Agreement and such
SOW prior to the effective date of such termination. In addition: 
 (a) If Nielsen terminates this Agreement pursuant to
Section 26.2 or 26.3 above (other than as a result of a Force Majeure event), Nielsen shall be relieved of any obligation with respect to any unpaid portion of the MCA. 

 

 101 

 (b) If Nielsen terminates this Agreement for convenience pursuant to Section 26.1, any
outstanding balance of the MCA shall be due and payable within thirty days after the effective date of termination. 
 (c) If
TCS terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 26.5(b) or 26.5(c), any outstanding balance of the MCA shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after the effective date of termination. 

(d) If Nielsen terminates this Agreement pursuant to Sections 26.4 or 16.3, the effect of such termination on the obligation to pay, if
any, any unpaid portion of the MCA shall be as provided in Section 26.4 or 16.3 as applicable and shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days of the effective date of such termination. 

(e) If this Agreement expires by its terms before Nielsen has satisfied the MCA, the determination of any balance of the MCA shall be
made in accordance with Section 17.4 as of the date of expiration of the Term and any such unpaid portion of the MCA shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days of the effective date of such expiration. 

 

	 	26.7	Effects of Termination 

(a) After receipt of a notice of termination and except as otherwise directed by Nielsen, TCS shall: 

(i) If no further Services (including Termination – Expiration Assistance) are required by Nielsen, TCS shall transfer title or
license to Nielsen (to the extent that title or license is required to be transferred under this Agreement) and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent directed thereby Deliverables, work in progress, completed work, Nielsen paid
supplies and other materials produced as a part of, or acquired in respect to the performance of, the Services terminated by the notice of termination; and 
 (ii) To the extent not required in connection with any Termination – Expiration Assistance, deliver to Nielsen, and cause its employees, agents, or contractors to deliver to Nielsen, all materials
relating to Nielsen and Nielsen’s Affiliates, or developed for Nielsen or Nielsen’s Affiliates in the course of performance of this Agreement, or containing or derived from Nielsen Confidential Information (a certificate evidencing
compliance with this provision shall, if requested by Nielsen, accompany such material). 
 (b) Nielsen shall pay the Baseline
Service Charges and other Charges provided in Section 18.1 through the effective date of termination (and charges for the Termination – Expiration Assistance if applicable) and any amount due under the MCA. 

 

 102 

	 	26.8	Termination of Statements of Work 

 Nielsen may terminate any SOW in whole or in part, with or without cause, at any time in its sole discretion, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to TCS. Nielsen shall pay all
undisputed fees due or owed pursuant to the SOW through the effective date of termination. If a SOW is terminated for TCS’ failure to comply with a staffing or other requirement provided in a specific SOW, Section 17.3 shall apply with
respect to such SOW. For the avoidance of doubt, termination of any SOW shall not be a termination of any other SOWs or this Agreement. 
  

	Section 27.	TERMINATION-EXPIRATION ASSISTANCE 

  

	 	27.1	Termination-Expiration Assistance 

 (a) Beginning eighteen (18) months prior to expiration of this Agreement, or such earlier date as Nielsen may request (and continuing for a period of up to eighteen (18) months in Nielsen’s
sole discretion), or commencing upon a notice of termination (including notice of termination based upon default by Nielsen), and, if applicable, continuing through the effective date of such termination or expiration
(“Termination-Expiration Assistance Period”), TCS shall provide to Nielsen, or at Nielsen’s request to Nielsen’s designee, the reasonable termination-expiration assistance requested by Nielsen to allow the Services to
continue without interruption or adverse effect and to facilitate the orderly transfer of the Services to Nielsen or its designee (including a competitor of TCS) (“Termination-Expiration Assistance”). 

(b) Charges for Termination–Expiration Assistance Services provided during the Term are provided in Schedule C and Charges for
Termination-Expiration Assistance Services and Services under any surviving SOWs performed after the expiration of the Term will be as described in Section 2.1. 
 (c) Termination-Expiration Assistance shall include the assistance described in Schedule O (“Termination-Expiration Assistance Services”) and the following: 

(i) TCS will, at Nielsen’s cost and expense, make Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain any necessary rights and thereafter make
available to Nielsen or its designee, pursuant to reasonable terms and conditions, any Third Party Services then being utilized by TCS primarily in the performance of the Services including services being provided through third party service or
maintenance contracts. Upon Nielsen’s request, TCS shall: 
 (A) sell to Nielsen or their designee, the TCS-owned Hardware
then being used by TCS to provide the Services, free and clear of all liens, security interests or other encumbrances at the greater of: 
 (a) the fair market value, as shall be determined by an agreed-upon appraisal; and 
 (b) the net book value; and 
 (B) assign all leases to TCS-leased Hardware
primarily used to provide the Services to Nielsen. 
  

 103 

 (ii) If, at Nielsen’s request, subject to the willingness of the applicable TCS
Personnel and the availability of work authorizations, TCS agrees to assign TCS Personnel who are currently performing the Services then performing the roles of subject matter expert, technical lead or other critical positions in the Nielsen
account, by way of staff augmentation on a time and materials basis for up to twelve (12) months after the completion of the Termination-Expiration Assistance Period. The rates that TCS shall be entitled to charge in such cases to Nielsen shall
be no less favorable to Nielsen than offered by TCS to its other similar customers. 
 (d) If this Agreement is terminated by
TCS pursuant to Section 26.5, prior to requiring TCS to perform any Termination-Expiration Assistance, Nielsen shall pay all undisputed amounts then due in addition to paying fees for Termination-Expiration Assistance in advance during each
month. 
  

	Section 28.	LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 

  

	 	28.1	NO CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES 

EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 28.3 (BUT SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 28.3(d)), IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE
OTHER FOR CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFIT), INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE. 

 

	 	28.2	DIRECT DAMAGES 

 EXCEPT
AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 28.3, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY’S AGGREGATE AND CUMULATIVE LIABILITY TO THE OTHER PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNTS PAID OR PAYABLE BY NIELSEN TO TCS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IN THE
TWENTY-FOUR (24) MONTHS PRIOR TO THE LAST EVENT WHICH THE CLAIMING PARTY CLAIMS HAS GIVEN RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. 
  

	 	28.3	EXCLUSIONS 

 THE
LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 28.1 AND 28.2 SHALL NOT APPLY TO: 
 (a) CLAIMS THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF A PARTY’S
INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS; 
 (b) CLAIMS THAT ARE OCCASIONED BY A PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT;

 (c) DAMAGES OCCASIONED BY A BREACH OF A PARTY’S CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS; AND 

 

 104 

 (d) DAMAGES OCCASIONED BY THE IMPROPER OR WRONGFUL TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT BY A PARTY
OR WRONGFUL TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ABANDONMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT BY TCS; PROVIDED THAT IF TCS PROVIDES OR IS WILLING TO PROVIDE TERMINATION—EXPIRATION ASSISTANCE AS PROVIDED IN AND SUBJECT TO SECTION 27 THEN THIS SECTION 28.3(d)
SHALL ONLY BE AN EXCEPTION TO SECTION 28.2 AND NOT TO SECTION 28.1. 
  

	Section 29.	INDEMNIFICATION 

  

	 	29.1	Indemnity by TCS 

 TCS
agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Nielsen and its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors, and assigns, from any and all Losses and threatened Losses arising from third party Claims of any of the following:

 (a) TCS’ alleged failure to observe or perform any duties or obligations to be observed or performed on or after the
Agreement Effective Date by TCS under any of the contracts assigned to TCS or for which TCS has assumed financial, administrative, or operational responsibility; 
 (b) TCS’ failure to comply with Process Norms relating to a BPO Service required under a SOW, including failures to report wages, taxes and benefits to the government or failures to make required
governmental filings; 
 (c) TCS’ breach of its obligations with respect to Nielsen Confidential Information; 

(d) Nielsen’s use in accordance with this Agreement of any Deliverables or Developed Software that infringes any Intellectual
Property Right of a third party, provided that TCS shall have no obligation or liability with respect to any infringement Claims to the extent they arise from: 
 (i) use of the Deliverable or Developed Software in a manner materially inconsistent with the specifications and instructions of TCS provided in the Documentation; 

(ii) Nielsen’s failure to use, within a reasonable period of time following their provision by TCS to Nielsen, corrections or
enhancements made available by TCS at no additional cost to Nielsen to the extent that the alleged Loss or threatened Loss would not have occurred if Nielsen had used such corrections or enhancements; 

(iii) Nielsen’s use of the Deliverable or Developed Software in combination with any product, service or material not provided or
authorized by TCS and not reasonably necessary for the use of, or reasonably anticipated by, given the nature of such Deliverable or Developed Software; 
  

 105 

 (iv) Nielsen or Nielsen’s Agents modifications to the Deliverable or Developed
Software not made, authorized or approved by TCS or TCS Agents; 
 (v) Nielsen Software or other material provided by Nielsen;
or 
 (vi) TCS compliance with any design, written instruction, Process Norms relating to BPO Services provided by Nielsen
(except that this Section 29.1(d)(vi) shall not apply if TCS knew or should have known that compliance would likely violate any Intellectual Property Rights of a third party). 

(e) The death or bodily injury of any agent, employee, Nielsen business invitee, or business visitor or other person caused by the
negligence or wrongful acts or omissions of TCS, TCS Agents or its employees or subcontractors; 
 (f) Any Losses resulting
from the introduction of Disabling Code in Nielsen’s system by virtue of TCS’ breach of Section 24.1(j); 
 (g)
The damage, loss or destruction of any real or tangible personal property caused by the wrongful acts or omissions of TCS or its employees or agents; and 
 (h) Any liability for premiums, contributions, or taxes payable under any workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, disability benefit, old age benefit, or payroll tax withholding or failure
to withhold payroll taxes for which Nielsen may be adjudged liable as an employer with respect to any TCS Personnel. 
  

	 	29.2	Additional Obligations for Infringement Claims. 

 In addition to the requirements provided in Section 29.1(d) above, if any item used by TCS (other than items provided by or on behalf of Nielsen) to provide the Services becomes, or in TCS’
reasonable opinion is likely to become, the subject of an infringement or misappropriation Claim, TCS will, as directed by Nielsen: 
 (i) promptly at TCS’ expense secure the right to continue using the item, or 

(ii) if this cannot be accomplished with Commercially Reasonable Efforts, then at TCS’ expense, replace or modify the item to make
it non-infringing or without misappropriation; provided, however, that any such replacement or modification may not degrade the performance or quality of the affected components of the Services or disrupt Nielsen’s business operations, or

 (iii) if items 29.2(i) or 29.2(ii) cannot be accomplished with Commercially Reasonable Efforts, remove the infringing item
from the scope of Services and reduce the MCA by the amount that the scope of Services has been reduced because of the infringing item. 
  

 106 

	 	29.3	Indemnity by Nielsen 

Nielsen agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless TCS, TCS Group and Approved Subcontractors and their respective officers, directors,
employees, agents, successors and assigns from any and all Losses and threatened Losses arising from third party Claims relating to: 
 (a) Access, use or operation by TCS of any Nielsen Software, Nielsen Third Party Software or other material provided or permitted by Nielsen in connection with the Services which infringes upon or
misappropriates any Intellectual Property Rights of any third parties, except to the extent arising from: 
 (i) use of Nielsen
Software, Nielsen Third Party Software or other material provided or permitted by Nielsen by TCS in a manner materially inconsistent with the specifications and instructions of Nielsen; 

(ii) TCS’ use of Nielsen Software, Nielsen Third Party Software or other material provided or permitted by Nielsen by TCS in
combination with any product, service or material not provided or authorized by Nielsen and not reasonably necessary for the use of, or reasonably anticipated by, given the nature of such Nielsen Software, Nielsen Third Party Software or other
material provided or permitted by Nielsen; 
 (iii) TCS or TCS’ Agents modifications to Nielsen Software, Nielsen Third
Party Software or other material provided or permitted by Nielsen not made, authorized or approved by Nielsen or Nielsen Agents; 
 (iv) TCS Software or other material provided by TCS; or 
 (v) Nielsen’s
compliance with any design, written instruction or Process Norms provided by TCS (except that this Section 29.3(a)(v) shall not apply if Nielsen knew or should have known that compliance would likely violate any Intellectual Property Rights of
a third party); 
 (b) The death or bodily injury of any agent, employee, TCS business invitee, or business visitor or other
person caused by the negligence or wrongful acts or omissions of Nielsen, Nielsen Agents or its employees or subcontractors; 

(c) TCS’ compliance with any design, written instruction or Process Norms relating to BPO Services provided by Nielsen (except that
this Section 29.3(c) shall not apply if TCS knew or should have known that compliance would likely violate any Intellectual Property Rights of a third party) and 
 (d) Any liability for premiums, contributions, or taxes payable under any workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, disability benefit, old age benefit, or payroll tax withholding or failure
to withhold payroll taxes for which TCS may be adjudged liable as an employer with respect to any employee or contractors of Nielsen or Affiliates of Nielsen other than any such employees of Nielsen or Nielsen Affiliates who TCS actually offered
employment or who it was required to offer employment by TCS under the applicable SOW. 
  

 107 

	 	29.4	Additional Obligations for Infringement Claims 

 In addition to the requirements provided in 29.3(a) above, if any Nielsen Software, Nielsen Third Party Software or other material used by TCS to provide the Services becomes, or in TCS’ reasonable
opinion is likely to become, the subject of an infringement or misappropriation Claim, Nielsen will, as directed by TCS: 
 (i)
promptly at Nielsen’s expense secure the right to continue using the item, or 
 (ii) if this cannot be accomplished with
Commercially Reasonable Efforts, then at Nielsen’s expense, replace or modify the item to make it non-infringing or without misappropriation; provided, however, that any such replacement or modification may not degrade the performance or
quality of the affected components of TCS’ delivery of the Services, or 
 (iii) if items 29.4(i) or 29.4(ii) cannot be
accomplished with Commercially Reasonable Efforts, remove the infringing item from the scope of Services with no effect on the MCA. 
  

	 	29.5	Indemnification Procedures 

With respect to any indemnification Claims, the following procedures shall apply: 

(a) Notice. Promptly after receipt by any entity entitled to indemnification under this Section of notice of the commencement or
threatened commencement of any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action or proceeding involving a Claim in respect of which the indemnified Party will seek indemnification pursuant to this Section, the indemnified Party shall notify
the indemnifying Party of such Claim in writing. No failure to so notify indemnifying Party shall relieve it of its obligations under this Agreement except to the extent that it can demonstrate that it was materially prejudiced by such failure.
Within fifteen (15) days following receipt of written notice from the indemnified Party relating to any Claim, but no later than ten (10) days before the date on which any response to a complaint or summons is due, the indemnifying Party
shall notify the indemnified Party, in writing, if the indemnifying Party elects to assume control of the defense and settlement of that Claim (a “Notice of Election”). 

(b) Procedure Following Notice of Election. If the indemnifying Party delivers a Notice of Election relating to any Claim within
the required notice period, the indemnifying Party shall be entitled to have sole control over the defense and settlement of such Claim; provided that: 
 (i) the indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such Claim and to employ counsel at their own expense to assist in the handling of such Claim; and 

(ii) the indemnifying Party shall obtain the prior written approval of the indemnified Party before entering into any settlement of such
Claim or ceasing to defend against such Claim, unless the proposed settlement releases indemnified Party from any and all liability under such Claim. 
  

 108 

 After the indemnifying Party has delivered a Notice of Election relating to any Claim in accordance with the
preceding paragraph, the indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the indemnified Party for any legal expenses incurred by the indemnified Party in connection with the defense of that Claim. In addition, the indemnifying Party shall not be required
to indemnify the indemnified Party for any amount paid or payable by the indemnified Party in the settlement of any Claim for which the indemnifying Party has delivered a timely Notice of Election, unless, having delivered such Notice of Election,
the indemnifying Party fails to defend, if such amount was agreed to without the written consent of the indemnifying Party. 

(c) Procedure Where No Notice of Election Is Delivered. If the indemnifying Party does not deliver a Notice of Election relating
to any Claim within the required notice period (or, having delivered such a notice, fails to defend), the indemnified Party shall have the right to defend the Claim in such manner as it may deem appropriate, at the cost, expense, and risk of the
indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party shall promptly reimburse the indemnified Party for all such costs and expenses. 
  

	 	29.6	Subrogation 

 If the
indemnifying Party shall be obligated to indemnify the indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 29, the indemnifying Party shall, upon payment of such indemnity in full, be subrogated to all rights of the indemnified Party with respect to the
Claims to which such indemnification relates. 
  

	Section 30.	INSURANCE, FIDELITY BOND 

  

	 	30.1	Insurance Coverage 

During the Term, TCS shall maintain at its own expense, and require TCS Agents to maintain at their own expense or TCS’ expense,
insurance of the type and at least the amounts provided below from insurers which are acceptable to Nielsen and which are rated A / XII or better in the then most recent edition of Best’s Insurance Reports: 

(a) Worker’s Compensation & Employer’s Liability Insurance: Maximum statutory limits for and with respect to the
personnel performing services for Nielsen, including Employer’s Liability with a $5,000,000 limit including occupational disease; 
 (b) Commercial General Liability Insurance, including Contractual Liability, Completed Operations, Personal Injury Coverage, Broad Form Property Damage with a combined single limit of at least $5,000,000
on an occurrence basis and $5,000,000 on an aggregate basis; 
 (c) Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance, including
non-ownership and hired car coverage as well as owned vehicles, with a combined single limit of at least $1,000,000 and at least $1,000,000 on an aggregate basis; 

 

 109 

 (d) Professional Liability and Errors and Omissions Insurance in an amount of $5,000,000
per claim, with an aggregate limit of at least $10,000,000; and 
 (e) Umbrella coverage for (b) and (c) above of
$25,000,000. 
  

	 	30.2	Insurance Documentation 

Upon Nielsen’s request, TCS shall furnish to Nielsen certificates of insurance or other appropriate documentation (including evidence
of renewal of insurance) evidencing all coverages required by in Section 30.1 and, if and to the extent applicable, naming Nielsen as additional insureds. Such certificates or other documentation will include a provision whereby thirty
(30) days notice must be received by Nielsen prior to coverage, cancellation or material alteration of the coverage by either TCS or TCS Agents or the applicable insurer. Such cancellation or material alteration shall not relieve TCS of its
continuing obligation to maintain insurance coverage in accordance with this Section 30. 
  

	 	30.3	Insurance Provisions 

(a) The insurance coverages under Section 30.2 shall be primary, and all coverage shall be non-contributing with respect to any
other insurance or self-insurance that may be maintained by Nielsen. All coverage required by Section 30.2 shall include a waiver of subrogation and a waiver of any insured-versus-insured exclusion regarding Nielsen. If any coverage is written
on a claims-made basis, it shall have a retroactive date no earlier than the Agreement Effective Date and, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, either directly or through ‘tail’ coverage shall allow for reporting of claims
until the period of the applicable limitations of actions has expired. 
 (b) In the case of loss or damage or other event that
requires notice or other action under the terms of any insurance coverage specified in this 30.1, TCS shall be solely responsible to take such action. TCS shall provide Nielsen with contemporaneous notice and with such other information as Nielsen
may request regarding the event. 
 (c) TCS’ obligation to maintain insurance coverage shall be in addition to, and not in
substitution for, TCS’ other obligations hereunder and TCS’ liability to Nielsen for any breach of an obligation under this Agreement which is subject to insurance hereunder shall not be limited to the amount of coverage required
hereunder. 
  

	 	30.4	Fidelity Insurance 

During the Term TCS shall carry a fidelity bond or insurance (the “Fidelity Bond”) covering its and its Affiliates’
officers, employees, and subcontractors, with a limit of not less than ten million dollars ($10,000,000) underwritten by an insurer acceptable to Nielsen and licensed to do business in the United States. The Fidelity Bond shall cover theft, fraud,
dishonest acts, and computer crime and shall name Nielsen as a loss payee with respect to any loss involving Nielsen. TCS shall provide to Nielsen a certificate evidencing such insurance upon execution of this Agreement. Said certificate shall
include a provision whereby thirty (30) days notice must be received by Nielsen prior to coverage cancellation or material alteration of the coverage by TCS or by the applicable insurer. 
  

 110 

	 	30.5	Claims Procedures 

 In the
event of any: 
 (a) loss, theft, damage, destruction, confiscation or other casualty occurrence with respect to any real,
personal, tangible or intangible property of Nielsen covered by the above insurance or Fidelity Bond, or 
 (b) any claim made
by, or on behalf of, any third party, including any employee, agent or representative of TCS (and including any party covered by the provisions of any applicable workers compensation law) against Nielsen related to or arising out of the performance
or non-performance by TCS hereto of its obligations hereunder (each of the events referred to in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) being hereinafter referred to as an “Insured Event”), in addition to any and all rights and
remedies which Nielsen may have under this Agreement or as an additional insured under the foregoing policies or Fidelity Bond, Nielsen shall notify TCS promptly in writing of the occurrence of such Insured Event, setting forth in detail the nature
of the occurrence giving rise thereto, and the amount of Nielsen’s estimated loss or liability in respect thereof (such estimated loss or liability being referred to as a “Claim”). Nielsen may update the Claim from time to time
as factual circumstances dictate. In connection with any Insured Event, TCS shall not accept payment under any insurance policy described above or under the Fidelity Bond, or settle any payment or claim thereunder, in an amount less than the amount
of the Claim without Nielsen’s prior written consent, and TCS hereby assigns to Nielsen, and agrees to pay to Nielsen immediately upon receipt, including by endorsing to Nielsen any instrument representing such proceeds, the amount of any
payment received by TCS under such insurance policies or Fidelity Bond in respect of an Insured Event, and further agrees to receive and to hold the same in trust for the benefit of Nielsen until payment in full thereof to Nielsen in accordance
herewith and satisfaction of the Claim. 
 Section 31. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

 

	 	31.1	Assignment 

 This
Agreement may not be assigned by TCS without the prior written consent of Nielsen. Nielsen shall have the right to assign this Agreement, or any portion hereof, without TCS’ consent, to an Affiliate or pursuant to an acquisition, merger or the
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Nielsen. This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties. Assignment of this Agreement by Nielsen shall not
relieve Nielsen from the obligations with respect to MCA. 
  

	 	31.2	Notice 

 All notices,
requests, claims, demands, and other communications (collectively, “Notice”) under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made by delivery in person (against a signed receipt), by courier service, or by certified
mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective Party at the address provided below or at such other address as such Party may hereafter notify the other Party in accordance with this Section 31.2. Because notices by
facsimile and email may not be given the appropriate degree of attention and because 
  

 111 

 
facsimile numbers and email addresses change regularly, such notices shall not be effective unless responded to by the intended recipient. Each such Notice will be effective when actually
received at the respective addresses specified below: 
 If to TCS: 

 

			
	TCS America	  	With a copy to:
		
	101 Park Avenue	  	Natarajan CS
	New York, NY 10178	  	Client Relationship Director
	Attn: Satyanarayan Hegde, Esq., General Counsel	  	Tata Consultancy Services
		  	379 Thornall Street, 11th Floor
		  	Edison, NJ 08837

 If to Nielsen:

  

			
	ACNielsen (US), Inc.	 	With a copy to:
		
	c/o Mitchell J. Habib	 	ACNielsen (US), Inc.
	Executive Vice President, Global Business Services	 	c/o Chief Legal Officer
	The Nielsen Company	 	The Nielsen Company
	50 W. River Center Blvd.	 	45 Danbury Road
	Suite 600	 	Wilton, CT 06897
	Covington, KY 41011	 	
		 	

  

	 	31.3	Counterparts 

 This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one single agreement between the Parties. 
  

	 	31.4	Relationship 

 The Parties
intend to create an independent contractor relationship and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to make either Nielsen or TCS partners, joint ventures, principals, agents or employees of the other. No officer, director, employee,
agent, affiliate or contractor retained by TCS to perform work on Nielsen’s behalf under this Agreement shall be deemed to be an employee, agent or contractor of Nielsen. Neither Party shall have any right, power or authority, express or
implied, to bind, or make representations on behalf of the other. 
  

	 	31.5	Severability 

 If any
provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law, then such provision will be deemed restated, in accordance with applicable Law, to reflect as nearly as possible the original intentions of the Parties,
and the remaining provisions of this Agreement, if capable of substantial performance, shall remain in full force and effect. 
  

 112 

	 	31.6	Waiver; Approvals 

 No
delay or omission by either Party to exercise any right or power it has under this Agreement shall impair or be construed as a waiver of such right or power. A waiver by any Party of any breach or covenant shall not be construed to be a waiver of
any succeeding breach or any other covenant. All waivers must be in writing and signed by the Party waiving its rights. All approvals required hereunder shall be in writing. For the convenience of the Parties a number (but not all) of the places in
this Agreement specify that a Party’s approval must be in writing, the absence of such a requirement in any other provision shall not be construed as not requiring such approval as being in writing. 

 

	 	31.7	Publicity 

 TCS may quote
Nielsen as a customer. TCS may publish a Nielsen case study in the TCS brand campaign, including advertisements in leadings newspapers, magazines, and other media. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances will TCS use Nielsen’s
name or mark without Nielsen’s prior written approval on the content, media and timing of such use. Nielsen will participate in a joint press release with TCS promptly following the Agreement Effective Date. Nielsen will be reasonably available
to serve as a reference to prospective TCS customers.  
  

	 	31.8	Headings 

 The headings of
the Sections used in this Agreement are included for reference only and are not to be used in construing or interpreting this Agreement. 
  

	 	31.9	Survival 

 The following
Sections shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason: Section 1 (Background, Objectives and Definitions), Section 31.14 (Non-Solicitation), Section 13 (Software and Proprietary Rights), Section 14
(Data Ownership, Protection and Return of Data), Section 17.4 (Payment Upon Termination or Expiration), Section 18.5 (Rights of Set Off), Section 18.6 (Refundable Items); Section 18.7 (Unused Credits), Section 21 (Taxes, to
the extent a tax liability is incurred by a Party prior to the later of the termination or expiration of this Agreement or the expiration of any Termination-Expiration Assistance Period), Section 22 (Audits), Section 23 (Confidentiality),
Section 24 (Representations and Warranties), Section 25 (Dispute Resolution), Section 26.6 (Nielsen’s Payment Obligation Upon Termination or Expiration), Section 27 (Termination-Expiration Assistance), Section 28
(Limitation of Liability), Section 29 (Indemnification), Section 30 (Insurance, Fidelity Bond) and Section 31 (Miscellaneous Provisions). 
  

	 	31.10	Covenant of Further Assurance 

 The Parties covenant and agree that, subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and, without any additional consideration, each of the Parties shall execute and deliver any further legal
instruments and perform any acts that are or may become necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement. 
  

 113 

	 	31.11	Negotiated Terms 

 The
Parties agree that the terms and conditions of this Agreement are the result of negotiations between the Parties and that this Agreement shall not be construed in favor of or against any Party by reason of the extent to which any Party or its
professional advisors participated in the preparation of this Agreement. 
  

	 	31.12	Governing Law and Jurisdiction 

 This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the Federal laws of the United States of America, excluding conflict of laws
provisions. The Parties consent and agree that all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be exclusively maintained in either the federal or state courts located in New York County, New York. TCS hereby designates its
office at 101 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10178 as the location for service of process in any action or proceeding arising under this Agreement and waives any international treaty provisions with respect to such service of process. Service of
process in any action or proceeding arising hereunder shall be by certified U.S. mail only. The Parties agree that all Disputes, controversies or claims arising out of or related to this Agreement will be settled only in accordance with
Section 25 hereof; provided, however, that either Party shall not be precluded by the foregoing from seeking equitable relief where appropriate in such court of competent jurisdiction. Further, TCS hereby agrees and covenants not to challenge
or dispute the applicability or enforceability of any order, injunction, judgment or other action taken by such court, regardless of the location where such application, enforcement or award is sought and any such relief granted would be considered
conclusive and binding between the Parties. 
  

	 	31.13	Permits 

 The Parties
acknowledge that certain Services to be provided under this Agreement may be subject to export controls under the laws and regulations of the United States, India and other countries to the extent such Services are provided from Service Locations
outside of the United States and India. TCS will be responsible, as part of the Services, for securing, with Nielsen’s reasonable cooperation, all permits, licenses, regulatory approvals and authorizations, whether domestic or international,
and including all applicable import/export control approvals (collectively, “Permits”) required for TCS to provide the Services to Nielsen and will take all lawful steps necessary to maintain such Permits during the term of this
Agreement. TCS will have financial responsibility for, and will pay, all fees and taxes associated with obtaining such Permits. TCS shall be solely responsible for compliance with all Laws relating to data protection and privacy and/or trans-border
data flow. TCS will pay for and be solely responsible for obtaining and maintaining such visas as may be required for its employees to enter and remain in the country in which Services are rendered in connection with this Agreement. 

 

	 	31.14	Non Solicitation of Employees 

 (a) Except as provided in Sections 31.14(b) and 31.14(c) below, Nielsen and its Majority Owned Affiliates will be prohibited from soliciting or hiring the employees of TCS and the TCS Group and TCS will
be prohibited from soliciting or hiring the employees of 
  

 114 

 
Nielsen or its Majority Owned Affiliates if (i) in the case of TCS Personnel, such employee is performing any Services under this Agreement or, (ii) in the case of Nielsen personnel,
such employee is associated with the Services. Such restriction will remain effective for a period of one (1) year after such individual ceases to be performing the Services or associated with the Services. 

(b) TCS or a member of TCS Group may hire any employee or contractors of Nielsen or a Majority Owned Affiliate to the extent required or
permitted to do so in accordance with Schedule E or an applicable SOW. 
 (c) In Nielsen’s sole discretion, Nielsen may:

 (i) commencing January 1, 2008, hire up to ten (10) TCS Personnel per calendar year at any time. This right shall
not carry forward to subsequent years (i.e., Nielsen may not hire more than ten (10) employees per calendar year even if Nielsen hired less than ten (10) employees in the previous year); 

(ii) upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, hire any TCS Personnel that were formerly Nielsen employees, provided that such
employees are assigned to the Nielsen account at the time Nielsen makes the offer of employment; 
 (iii) within thirty
(30) days after receipt of notice from TCS of its intent to remove a Nielsen Preemption Right Employee, Nielsen may offer to hire the applicable Preemption Right Employee; and 

(iv) if, during Contract Years 10 and 11, TCS fails to meet the Tier One Quality of Service Metric for retention of Key Personnel,
Nielsen may hire up to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Key Personnel in the aggregate during Contract Year 10 and Contract Year 11. 
  

	 	31.15	Changes In and Relationship of Various Parties 

 (a) The Parties acknowledge that Tata Sons Limited, which was a party to the Original MSA, transferred its Tata Consultancy Services division to TCSL on August 9, 2004, which assumed Tata Sons
Limited’s rights and obligations under the Original MSA. ACNielsen Corporation, which was a party to the Original MSA, has assigned its rights and obligations to Nielsen as of Agreement Effective Date. 

(b) TCS America and TCSL shall have joint and several liability with respect to all of the rights and obligations of TCS under this
Agreement. Any amendments, notices, consents, approvals, SOWs, Change Orders and any other operative documents pursuant to or under this Agreement may be signed by TCS America or TCSL or both on behalf of TCS and any such document executed only by
TCS America or TCSL shall be binding on both TCSL and TCS America. 
  

 115 

	 	31.16	Entire Agreement 

 This
Agreement represents the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes any prior representations, proposals, understandings, agreements, or contemporaneous discussions, whether oral or written, between the
Parties relative to such subject matter. 
  

	 	31.17	Existing SOWs 

 All SOWs
in effect as of the Agreement Effective Date are hereby ratified and remain in full force and effect, and shall be subject to this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 17.1. 

 

	 	31.18	Amendment; No Electronic Signatures; Waiver 

 This Agreement may be amended or supplemented only by means of a physical writing manually signed by the Parties. This Agreement may only be modified by a written agreement duly signed by the persons
authorized to sign agreements on behalf of the Parties. No terms and conditions contained in any “click-wrap” license or similar electronic notification shall be of force or effect, nor shall any terms and conditions contained in any
invoice or similar transactional document used by TCS be deemed to amend or supplement this Agreement. Nielsen does not agree to the use of electronic signatures with respect to this Agreement or any amendment, modification or transactional document
relating to hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provision (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided. For
avoidance of doubt, amendments to the Schedules to this Agreement shall be adopted in accordance with the procedures provided in Schedule J. 
  

 116 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have each caused this Agreement to be signed and
delivered by its duly authorized representative. 
  

									
	ACNIELSEN (US), INC.	 		 	TATA AMERICA INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  
	 		 	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

				
		 		 		 	TATA CONSULTANCY SERVICES LIMITED
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

 As and by way of material inducement for TCS to enter into this Agreement, The Nielsen Company B.V. (“Guarantor”), a Dutch company and the indirect parent company of ACNielsen (US), Inc.
(“Nielsen”), for good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby unconditionally guarantees Nielsen’s (or its permitted assignee’s and successor’s) performance of its
payment obligations as and when become due and payable under this Agreement for a maximum amount of the MCA. 
 1. This guarantee
shall be irrevocable continuing guarantee and enforceable against Guarantor notwithstanding the insolvency of Nielsen or assignment of this Agreement by Nielsen. 
 2. Guarantor hereby waives any notice or consent requirements with respect to any modification or amendment of this Agreement or any extension of time to perform and Guarantor’s consent shall not be
required for, and this guaranty shall continue to apply to, any such modification or amendment to this Agreement made by the Parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that if at any time Nielsen (or the assignee or successor)
and Guarantor cease to be Affiliates of one another Guarantor may notify TCS in writing of such change in affiliation and thereafter no amendment or any modification or amendment to this Agreement that increases Guarantor’s financial
obligations hereunder (including any increase in the MCA, as it may have been reduced) shall not be binding or enforceable against the Guarantor unless such modification or amendment was made with the written consent of the Guarantor. For clarity,
it is agreed that a notification of disaffiliation shall not relieve Guarantor of the liability for any MCA owed as of the date of the receipt of such notification by TCS. 

 3. TCS shall not unreasonably refuse to discharge Guarantor of the obligations hereunder if
Nielsen or its assignee or successor provides alternative financial assurances reasonably acceptable to TCS. 
  

			
	THE NIELSEN COMPANY B.V.
		
	By:	 	  

 Accepted and Agreed to: 
  

			
	 TATA AMERICA INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

		
	By:	 	  

	
	TATA CONSULTANCY SERVICES LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

 

 118 

 SCHEDULE A 
 SERVICES 
  

	Section 1.	INTRODUCTION 

 1.1
General 
 This Schedule A describes the general scope of Services contemplated in the Agreement. Particular Services
will be described in SOWs in a format substantially similar to Exhibits A-1 through A-3, as applicable. Each SOW shall be effective, incorporated into and form a part of the Agreement when executed as provided in Section 3.5(a)(i) of the Agreement.

 (a) The scope of Services contemplated under the Agreement shall consist of IT (including AD&M) and BPO Services as more
specifically described in each applicable IT SOW or BPO SOW. TCS shall perform the Services in accordance with this Schedule A and each applicable SOW. 
 (b) TCS shall perform all tasks necessary to complete the Services in a timely and efficient manner, using its methodology and tools as tailored to Nielsen. 

(c) All capitalized terms used and not defined in this Schedule A shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement or other Schedules.

 1.2 Services Overview 
 (a) TCS shall perform all Services in such a way that all Resources are utilized to a high degree of efficiency without compromising the timely completion of such activities or implicated Service Levels.
The Services described in this Schedule A are not intended to be an all-inclusive description of the tasks that TCS will perform as part of the Services but a representative sampling of the areas the Parties reasonably expect the Services to cover.
Additional Services and Service areas may be added to the Agreement during the Term, in which case the Parties shall mutually upon which Rates (IT or BPO) shall apply to such Services. In no event shall any Services performed under the Agreement be
subject to time and materials Rates other than those provided in Section 2 of Schedule C (Charges). 
 (b) If any
services, functions or responsibilities not specifically described in this Schedule A are either (i) an inherent, necessary or customary part of the Services or (ii) are required or appropriate for the performance and provision of the
Services described in this Schedule A, then they will be deemed to be within the scope of the Services as if specified in this Schedule A and not be subject to any fees, expenses or reimbursements except as specified in Schedule C. TCS’ general
responsibilities with respect to the Services include the following: 
 *[Four pages have been omitted in accordance with a
request for confidential treatment.] 
  

 A-1 

 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing in this
Section 1.2 shall be interpreted as giving TCS responsibility for Nielsen strategic, governance or architectural decisions. Nielsen shall retain the ultimate responsibility in these areas, while TCS will, upon Nielsen’s request, provide
insight and advice, either informally or under specific SOWs for consulting Services. 
  

 A-2 

	Section 2.	STATEMENT OF WORK RFP PROCESS; PROPOSED STATEMENTS OF WORK, DEVELOPMENT, TESTING AND PAYMENT. 

2.1 General 
 (a) As provided in Section 3.5(c) of the Agreement, Nielsen may at any time initiate a request for Services by providing to TCS a request for a proposal for a Statement of Work (a “Statement
of Work RFP”) containing the information described in Section 2.1(b) of this Schedule A. TCS’ rejection of a request for Services made by Nielsen shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 17.2 and 26.3(i) of the Agreement.
TCS may propose a new Service by submitting a proposal to Nielsen containing the information described in Section 2.1(b) of this Schedule A, which Nielsen may accept or reject at its sole option. 

(b) Each Statement of Work RFP prepared by Nielsen shall include, to the extent Nielsen is able to provide such information and as
applicable: (i) the SOW scope/specifications, including any related services; (ii) an overall timetable for completing the work requested; (iii) the schedules for critical Milestones and Deliverables; (iv) acceptance tests and
criteria for confirming that the Deliverables satisfy the applicable functional specifications; (v) a description of training required by Nielsen; (vi) other provisions, if any, intended to modify or supplement the terms and conditions of
the Agreement as such are to be applied to the SOW; and (viii) Critical Service Levels to be applied. The foregoing list is not intended as a list of minimum requirements. Nielsen’s failure to provide any of the above-listed information
shall not excuse TCS from its obligation to respond to a Statement of Work RFP in the timeframes described in Section 2.1(d) of this Schedule A. 
 (c) If requested by Nielsen, TCS will promptly assist Nielsen in collecting and refining the functional User and/or system requirements for any potential Project. 

(d) TCS will, within the timeframe specified in the applicable Statement of Work RFP (and in any event, in no less than thirty
(30) days after receipt of the Statement of Work RFP from Nielsen), prepare and deliver to the Nielsen Project Manager a proposed Statement of Work in the appropriate form specified in Exhibits A-1 through A-3 and containing the information
described in Section 2.1(b) of this Schedule A. 
 2.2 Format of Proposed Statements of Work 

(a) TCS’ proposed Statement of Work shall provide all information requested in the Statement of Work RFP or otherwise reasonably
necessary for Nielsen to make an informed decision regarding the proposed Statement of Work, including: 
 (i) Project
Plan. For each proposed Statement of Work, TCS will prepare, for Nielsen review and approval, a schedule (the “Project Plan”) for the completion of each Project to be performed under that Statement of Work. Each Project Plan
prepared by TCS shall include (as applicable) Milestones, associated Deliverables and proposed specifications and other standards which must be met before Nielsen will accept the Deliverable (“Acceptance Criteria”), including
applicable review periods, for each Deliverable described in the Project Plan; 
  

 A-3 

 (ii) Methodology. TCS will include as part of the proposed Statement of Work its
proposed methodology (including project methodology and development methodology, if appropriate) for each Project, including designating points of contact and interfaces between the Parties, for Nielsen’s approval. Nielsen will notify TCS of
any objections it has to such methodology. If Nielsen notifies TCS of any objections to the methodology, TCS will promptly revise the methodology to satisfy Nielsen’s objections; 

(iii) Charges. The proposed Statement of Work will specify TCS’ total estimated staffing model to complete the all Projects
under such SOW with a breakdown of the estimated number of Resource hours sufficient to enable Nielsen to understand and assess the proposal. TCS will also include as part of the proposed Statement of Work any additional costs to Nielsen (i.e., Pass
Through Expenses) and an estimated total cost of the SOW; 
 (A) Subject to the Change Control provisions of Section 12.2
of the Agreement, for BPO Services, in no event may TCS invoice Nielsen for Resources in excess of the Baseline Resource Charges; 
 (B) For IT Services, invoicing shall be based on a Fixed Price or Baseline Resource Charges at Nielsen’s option; 
 (iv) SOW Termination Date. TCS will include as part of proposed Statement of Work the date that all work under the SOW should be completed; 

(v) Staffing and Resource Plan. TCS will include as part of the proposed Statement of Work the staffing of TCS Resources as well
as any Nielsen resource commitments and responsibilities in addition to those provided in the Agreement. This staffing plan must identify the labor categories and location (on-site/Off-Shore) on a monthly basis sufficient for Nielsen to determine
unit labor rates for each Resource and detail how the labor location shall effect the Off-Shore Leverage Percentages under the Agreement; 
 (vi) Acceptance Criteria and Testing Plans. TCS will include as part of the proposed Statement of Work the Acceptance Criteria and testing plans if applicable, which must be consistent with the
requirements of the Agreement and any processes or procedures agreed upon by the Parties or otherwise applicable to such Services; and 
 (vii) Any other Pertinent Information. TCS will include as part of the proposed Statement of Work any other information that is pertinent to completion of the Statement of Work in a timely and
efficient manner. 
 (b) Except with the signed approval of the Nielsen Project Manager, the Statement of Work shall not contain
or propose to contain any terms and conditions that are contrary to those contained in the Agreement; provided, however, that TCS may propose in the Statement of Work to perform the Services on terms that are more favorable to Nielsen (in
Nielsen’s discretion) than those contained in the Agreement or the Statement of Work RFP. 
  

 A-4 

 (c) Other reductions, changes, and additions to the scope of Services in any Statement of
Work beyond those allowed as provided in Section 12.2 of the Agreement shall be made pursuant to the Services Revision Process provided in Section 2.5 of this Schedule A. 

2.3 Nielsen Review and Acceptance of Proposed Statements of Work 

(a) Once submitted to Nielsen, a proposed Statement of Work shall constitute an offer by TCS to implement the Services described therein
on the terms provided therein, and shall be irrevocable. If no changes are made to the proposed Statement of Work it will become effective as a Statement of Work when accepted and executed by Nielsen. 

(b) Nielsen shall review and may provide TCS with comments regarding a proposed Statement of Work. If and as necessary, the Parties will
meet to review, discuss and agree on any amendments to the proposed Statement of Work. Such amended proposed Statement of Work will become effective when signed by both Parties and TCS shall begin to provide the Services under such Statement of Work
only upon the execution and delivery by both Parties of such Statement of Work. 
 (c) Once accepted by Nielsen or executed by
the Parties, the Statement of Work shall be attached to and incorporate by reference the terms and conditions of the Agreement. 

2.4 Statement of Work Service Levels 
 As provided in Section 8.1 of the Agreement, each Statement of Work may include Critical Service Levels applicable to certain specified Services under the Statement of Work in addition to those
specified in Schedule B (Service Levels). The general terms relating to such Critical Service Levels are included in Section 8 of the Agreement and Schedule B. 
 2.5 Changes to Statements of Work and the Services Revision Process 
 (a)
Any change to a Statement of Work shall be made pursuant to the Services Revision Process provided below and in coordination with the Change Control Procedure provided in Section 12.2 of the Agreement. 

(b) The “Services Revision Process” shall be the process by which the Parties shall amend a Statement of Work, including
increasing or decreasing the amount of work thereunder, and re-pricing the Services to be provided under the Statement of Work. This process may be initiated by either Parties’ Project Manager or their designees in the manner described below:

 (i) The requester of the amendment shall document in detail the amendment(s) sought and the reason for the change. The
requester shall use the Project Change Request (“PCR”) form to request the amendment. The PCR form is attached to this Schedule A as Exhibit A-4. If the request is made by TCS, Nielsen must approve the request prior to TCS’
undertaking the analysis provided for in Section 2.5(b)(ii); 
 (ii) Following receipt of the PCR, TCS shall promptly
conduct the required analysis of the PCR and report to Nielsen in writing the following: 
 (A) The amount of effort required
to accommodate the changes (including addition or reduction of TCS Resources); 
  

 A-5 

 (B) The modification(s), to the relevant Project Plan(s) needed to accommodate such
amendment (if any), and the reasons for such modifications; 
 (C) The impact of such amendment on the relevant Charges
(assuming that the pricing for such Project does not already accommodate such amendment); and 
 (D) Any other relevant
information; 
 (iii) Nielsen will review the PCR response and if necessary, discuss the same with TCS. Nielsen shall notify TCS
of the PCR-related changes it accepts, and TCS shall prepare and submit to Nielsen an amendment to the Statement of Work (the “Statement of Work Amendment”) substantially similar in form to the Statement of Work setting out such changes to
the existing Statement of Work for the Project. If no changes are made to the proposed Statement of Work Amendment it will become effective when executed by Nielsen; 
 (iv) Nielsen may provide TCS with comments regarding the proposed Statement of Work Amendment, and TCS shall respond to such comments, if any, including by revising the Statement of Work Amendment as
appropriate and resubmitting it to Nielsen. The proposed Statement of Work Amendment (as so revised) shall become effective when executed by Nielsen; and 
 (v) As provided in Section 3.5(c) of the Agreement, Nielsen shall have the sole right to accept or reject any proposal for changes to a Statement of Work made by TCS and TCS’ failure to agree to
an amendment to an SOW shall be subject to Sections 17.2 and 26.3(i) of the Agreement. 
 (c) TCS shall establish an expedited
process by which time-sensitive (urgent) changes to Statements of Work that may not be sufficiently accommodated in the forgoing process may be approved and implemented. 
 2.6 Other Adjustments to Statements of Work 
 (a) Acceptable Alterations
to Statements of Work by TCS. TCS’ obligation to follow the Project Plan specified in a Statement of Work and meet all of the Milestones specified therein may be adjusted only: (a) due to a Nielsen delay described in
Section 2.6(b) of this Schedule A; or as provided in Section 4.3 of the Agreement. 
 (b) Delay by Nielsen -
Extension of Milestone Dates or Project Completion Date. 
 (i) If TCS is reasonably of the view that Nielsen has, other
than for reasons of a Force Majeure Event (as described in Section 16.2 of the Agreement) or default by TCS of its obligations under the Agreement, failed to perform an activity identified in the Statement of Work by the applicable date
specified in the Statement of Work, and that such failure may significantly hinder or delay TCS’ performance in accordance with the Statement of Work, TCS shall notify the Nielsen Project Manager in writing of the following: 

(A) which Deliverable (or subpart thereof) that TCS may not be able to completed in accordance with the applicable Milestone due to
Nielsen’s failure to complete its assigned activity; 
  

 A-6 

 (B) the nature of the activity that Nielsen has not completed; and 

(C) the date from which Nielsen’s failure to complete its tasks will have a material effect on TCS’ ability complete and
deliver all or any subpart of the affected Deliverable. 
 (ii) The Parties will promptly meet and attempt to agree on whether
and to what extent Nielsen has failed to perform such activity, the steps necessary for Nielsen to complete the activity and the date by which Nielsen must complete the activity before the Statement of Work or any Milestones thereunder will be
significantly impacted. If Nielsen does not, in TCS’ reasonable view, complete the activity on or before the agreed date, then TCS will give Nielsen notice of such view and the Parties will agree on whether the activity is not complete, the
steps necessary to complete the activity, an estimate of when Nielsen will complete the activity, the impact, if any, of such delay on the Statement of Work, and an appropriate adjustment to the Statement of Work (including to any Milestones
thereunder) to take account of the impact of the delay activity. 
 (iii) If the Parties cannot agree on: (i) whether or to
what extent Nielsen has not completed an activity, (ii) the steps necessary to complete the activity, (iii) the date for the completion of the activity, (iv) the impact, if any, of the delay in completion of the activity on the
Statement of Work, or (v) the adjustments which are appropriate to account for the delay in completion of such activity, then the issue shall be treated as a dispute pursuant to Section 25 of the Agreement. 

(c) Delay by TCS – Acceleration. At all times during the course of performing Services for Nielsen, TCS shall promptly notify
Nielsen upon becoming aware of any circumstances that may reasonably be expected to jeopardize the timely and successful completion of any Deliverables or tasks on the scheduled due dates provided in the latest Nielsen-approved delivery schedule
and, in such event, shall inform Nielsen of the projected actual delivery date. If, other than because of a reason specified in Section 2.6(b) of this Schedule A, TCS fails to provide a Deliverable by the relevant Milestone (as such Milestone
may be adjusted pursuant to Sections 2.5 or 2.6 of this Schedule A), TCS will accelerate work under the Statement of Work at no additional charge to Nielsen (including through the provision of additional Resources if necessary) in order to ensure
the completion of such delayed Deliverable and to avoid any consequential impact to the timing of any other Deliverables or Milestones, whether or not any such other Deliverable or Milestone is dependent on the delayed Deliverable. 

 

 A-7 

	Section 3.	DELIVERABLES 

 3.1
Acceptance and Testing 
 (a) Provision of Deliverables. 

(i) TCS shall provide to Nielsen, and Nielsen shall acquire from TCS, the software, Documentation, goods, services, materials or other
agreed upon Deliverables specified in the applicable Statement of Work. 
 (ii) TCS shall deliver each Deliverable in accordance
with the delivery date, if any, specified for such Deliverable (each a “Milestone” and collectively, the “Milestones”) in the applicable Statement of Work. 

(b) Acceptance Criteria. 
 (i) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Statement of Work, each Deliverable shall be subject to testing, review and acceptance by Nielsen, as provided in this Section 3.1, to verify that the
Deliverable satisfies the applicable Acceptance Criteria for each such Deliverable. The Acceptance Criteria so established shall, to the maximum extent practicable, require the demonstration of results that are objective, measurable and repeatable.
Nielsen reserves the right at any time to suggest modifications to the Acceptance Criteria, which will not be unreasonably rejected by TCS. 
 (ii) As part of the design specifications for each Deliverable, TCS will propose Acceptance Criteria and an acceptance testing methodology (“Acceptance Testing”) designed to test all
possible interactions with the Deliverable to determine if the Deliverable (i) has been fully and properly installed, (ii) operates in conformity with the applicable Documentation, (iii) performs in accordance with the Acceptance
Criteria, and (iv) complies with specified performance levels and Service Levels. 
 (iii) Except for Statements of Work
under which the Parties agree do not require any Acceptance Criteria, the Acceptance Criteria shall be included in the applicable Statement of Work. To the extent that TCS is unable to develop Acceptance Criteria at the time the proposed Statement
of Work is drafted, the Acceptance Criteria shall be developed and agreed to in writing by Nielsen and TCS before TCS commences work for such Deliverable, but in no event later than a reasonable period prior to the initial Milestone for such
Deliverable. 
 (c) Acceptance Testing. Except as otherwise specified by Nielsen, Nielsen shall conduct the Acceptance
Testing of Deliverables with the participation and cooperation of TCS at no additional cost to Nielsen. If Nielsen requests that TCS conduct such Acceptance Testing, TCS shall conduct such Acceptance Testing only after providing Nielsen with
reasonable advance notice and the opportunity to observe or participate in such Acceptance Testing. TCS shall promptly provide Nielsen with any documentation or other record of the results of such Acceptance Testing in a format that permits Nielsen
to assess compliance with the Acceptance Criteria. In conducting Acceptance Testing, TCS will use testing tools as requested by Nielsen. 
  

 A-8 

 (d) Acceptance of Document Deliverables. In the case of components of a Deliverable
consisting of print products or Documentation, Nielsen shall review the Deliverable to confirm that the Deliverable conforms with applicable Acceptance Criteria (if any) and Nielsen shall make any comments, objections or responses relating to such
Deliverable prior to the expiration of the applicable review period (“Review Period”) for such Deliverable. If no Review Period has been specified in the applicable Statement of Work, Nielsen shall have thirty (30) days to
provide such comments, objections or responses. If Nielsen fails to affirmatively accept or reject each such Deliverable and its subparts within the Review Period, then TCS shall promptly notify Nielsen of such failure and the need for Nielsen to
complete its review as required. TCS shall, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving any comments, objections or responses from Nielsen with respect to a Deliverable, address each such comment, objection or response by modifying such
Deliverable as appropriate and resubmitting such Deliverable to Nielsen for review in accordance with this Section 3.1. After expiration of the agreed Review Period Nielsen will be considered to have accepted the Deliverable if Nielsen does not
provide TCS with any written notification of its objections with reasons after three (3) Business Days notice that a decision needs to be made. 
 (e) Acceptance Testing of Deliverables. 
 (i) Each Deliverable provided to
Nielsen for acceptance shall be accompanied by an acceptance request that will require Nielsen to affirmatively accept or reject the Deliverable (and to the extent that a Deliverable is divided into discrete subparts, to accept or reject each
subpart individually). Further, prior to delivering any Deliverable to Nielsen, TCS will first perform all required quality assurance activities, and System Testing as described in Section 3.1(e) of this Schedule A to verify that the
Deliverable is complete and in conformance with its specifications, and TCS shall also provide Nielsen with all testing results and associated testing data. When delivering a Deliverable to Nielsen, TCS shall certify in writing to Nielsen that
(1) it has performed such quality assurance activities; (2) it has performed all applicable testing (including System Testing); (3) it has corrected all material deficiencies discovered during such quality assurance activities and
testing; (4) it has assured that all material deficiencies no longer exist and has re-tested for all similar defects; and (5) the Deliverable is in a suitable state of readiness for Nielsen’s review and approval. After expiration of
the agreed Review Period Nielsen will be considered to have accepted the Deliverable if Nielsen does not provide TCS with any written notification of its objections with reasons after three (3) Business Days notice that a decision needs to be
made. In discharging its obligations under this Section 3.1(e)(i), TCS shall at all times implement quality assurance processes and procedures conforming to the best practices of the IT and BPO industries. 

(ii) TCS will be responsible for System Testing each Deliverable in TCS’ development environment prior to turning over the
Deliverable to Nielsen for User Acceptance Testing and approval and will provide Nielsen with all documented test results. TCS’ System Testing shall include the following, at a minimum, plus any other testing required by TCS’ system
development methodology: 
 (A) TCS will be responsible for performing unit testing (“Unit Testing”) and
incremental integration testing (“Integration Testing”) of the interoperability of the components of each Deliverable. As applicable, all code developed by TCS shall be 

 

 A-9 

 
accompanied by associated Unit Testing procedures, and such unit tests developed by TCS will be delivered to Nielsen concurrently with the target application code. The process of defect
resolution within such Unit Testing procedures will include the testing procedures that exercise the fix and detect any regressions in the Deliverable; 
 (B) TCS’ testing of the entire system or application (“System Testing”) will also include Integration Testing of each Deliverable to ensure proper inter-operation with all prior
Deliverables, interfaces and other components that are intended to inter-operate with such Deliverable, and will include regression testing (“Regression Testing”), volume and stress testing to ensure that the Deliverables are able
to meet Nielsen’s projected growth in the number and size of transactions to be processed by the application and number of users, as such projections are provided in the applicable Statement of Work; 

(C) TCS’ System Testing will also include Business Function Testing and Technical Testing of each application in a simulated
production environment with TCS being responsible for building any necessary external interface emulators to accomplish such testing in a simulated production environment. “Business Function Testing” will include testing of full
work streams that flow through the application as the application will be incorporated within Nielsen’s computing environment. “Technical Testing” will also include scale tests and failure handling tests. Nielsen shall
participate in and provide support for the Business Function Testing and Technical Testing to the extent reasonably requested by TCS. Within ten (10) days prior to the commencement of Business Function Testing or Technical Testing pursuant to
this Section 3.1(e)(ii), TCS shall provide Nielsen for Nielsen’s review and written approval TCS’ test plan for such Business Function Testing or Technical Testing; and 

(D) Within five (5) Business Days following the completion of System Testing pursuant to this Section 3.1(e)(ii), TCS shall
provide to Nielsen a testing matrix establishing that testing for each condition identified in the System Testing plans has been conducted and successfully concluded. To the extent that testing occurs on Nielsen’s premises, Nielsen shall be
entitled to observe or otherwise participate in testing under this Section 3.1(e)(ii) as Nielsen may elect. 
 (iii) Prior
to commencement of its review or testing of a Deliverable, Nielsen may inspect the Deliverable to confirm that all components of the Deliverable (e.g., software, associated documentation, and other materials) have been delivered. If Nielsen
determines that the Deliverable is incomplete, Nielsen may refuse delivery of the Deliverable without performing any further inspection or testing of the Deliverable. 
 (iv) The Nielsen Project Manager, or his or her designee, shall accept or reject Deliverables in accordance with this Section 3.1(e). The Review Period for a Deliverable shall commence upon the later
of the date upon which: (i) such Deliverable is delivered to Nielsen and certified by TCS as being “ready for Acceptance Testing” (for Deliverables for which Nielsen will conduct Acceptance Testing); (ii) such Deliverable has
successfully performed its standard installation tests (if any such tests are described in the Statement of Work); or (iii) such Deliverable is delivered to Nielsen along with the records and certifications of Acceptance Testing conducted by
TCS (for Deliverables for which TCS will conduct Acceptance Testing). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.1(e), TCS understands and agrees that 

 

 A-10 

 
Nielsen’s Review Period will not commence until a Deliverable or application is successfully deployed in Nielsen’s testing environment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if
Nielsen defers installation or testing without any fault of TCS after TCS has delivered the Deliverable, the Review Period shall be treated as having commenced on the date of delivery by TCS of the applicable Deliverable. 

(v) Nielsen’s user acceptance testing (“User Acceptance Testing” or “UAT”) will consist of
executing test scripts from the proposed testing submitted by TCS, but may also include any additional testing deemed appropriate by Nielsen. If Nielsen determines during the User Acceptance Testing that the Deliverable contains any deficiencies,
Nielsen will notify TCS of the deficiency by making an entry in an incident reporting system available to both TCS and Nielsen. TCS will promptly modify the Deliverable to correct the reported deficiencies, conduct appropriate System Testing
(including, where applicable, Regression Testing) to confirm the proper correction of the deficiencies and re-deliver the corrected version (including new test cases) to Nielsen for re-testing in User Acceptance Testing. TCS will coordinate the
re-delivery of corrected versions of Deliverables with Nielsen so as not to disrupt the Nielsen User Acceptance Testing process. Nielsen will promptly re-test the corrected version of the Deliverable after receiving it from TCS. Nielsen shall
complete its User Acceptance Testing on each Deliverable within the applicable Review Period; provided, however, if the applicable Review Period expires without Nielsen taking action as required by this Section 3.1(e)(v), then acceptance will
not be deemed to occur and Nielsen shall be able to reserve its right to reject a Deliverable following the expiration of such applicable Review Period. In such an event, TCS shall promptly notify Nielsen of such failure and the need for Nielsen to
complete its review as required. Prior to the expiration of the applicable Review Period for such Deliverable, Nielsen shall deliver to TCS either (1) Nielsen’s written acceptance of the entire Deliverable; (2) Nielsen’s
notification of rejection of the entire Deliverable (with an appropriately detailed explanation of the Deliverable’s failure to meet the Acceptance Criteria); or (3) Nielsen’s written acceptance or notification of rejection of the
subparts of the Deliverable, indicating required corrections for the rejected subparts, if such corrections are known to Nielsen. After expiration of the agreed Review Period Nielsen will be considered to have accepted the Deliverable if Nielsen
does not provide TCS with any written notification of its objections with reasons after three (3) Business Days notice that a decision needs to be made. 
 (vi) Approval in writing of a Deliverable by Nielsen shall not preclude Nielsen from later identifying deficiencies in, and declining to accept, a subsequent Deliverable based on or which incorporates or
inter-operates with an approved Deliverable so long as any applicable warranty period has not expired with respect to such subsequent Deliverable, to the extent that the results of subsequent review or testing indicate the existence of deficiencies
in the subsequent or approved Deliverable, or if the application of which the subsequent Deliverable is a component otherwise fails to be accepted pursuant to this Section 3.1(e). 

(f) Rejection of Deliverables. Acceptance will be facilitated by ongoing consultation between the Parties, visibility of interim
and intermediate Deliverables and collaboration on key decisions. Nielsen, at any time and in its own discretion, may halt the User Acceptance Testing or approval process if such process reveals deficiencies in or problems with a Deliverable in a
sufficient quantity or of a sufficient severity as to make the continuation of such process unproductive or unworkable. In such case, Nielsen may return the applicable Deliverable to TCS 

 

 A-11 

 
for correction and re-delivery prior to resuming the review or User Acceptance Testing process and, in that event, TCS will correct the deficiencies in such Deliverable in accordance with this
Section 3.1(f). If Nielsen rejects the entire Deliverable or any of its subparts because of deficiencies or errors within the control of TCS or reasonably related to TCS’ performance of the Services, then TCS shall timely remedy the entire
Deliverable or the rejected subparts and return it (including any documentation or other records of the results of additional Acceptance Testing, if applicable) to Nielsen for its review in accordance with this Section 3.1(f). If and to the
extent any unacceptable portions or deficiencies remain, the procedure described in this Section 3.1(f) shall be repeated as necessary until such Deliverable and its subparts, as applicable, meet the applicable Acceptance Criteria; provided,
however, that after a period of thirty (30) days from TCS’ receipt of Nielsen’s rejection of the Deliverable (or any subpart thereof) or two (2) attempts by TCS to correct a particular non-conformity in a Documentation or
Deliverable in accordance with this Section, Nielsen shall be entitled to: 
 (i) Extend the period of time for TCS to correct
the Deliverable; 
 (ii) After reasonable consultation with TCS, direct TCS to use a third party to make the necessary
corrections, at TCS’ sole cost and expense; 
 (iii) After reasonable consultation with TCS, directly or by use of a third
party make the necessary corrections to the Deliverable and charge to TCS an amount equal to the costs incurred by Nielsen in making such corrections (and TCS will, at no additional charge to Nielsen, provide all necessary cooperation and assistance
with Nielsen or any third party contractor engaged by Nielsen to make such corrections), in which case any amounts spent by Nielsen either internally or to a third party shall be credited to the Minimum Commitment Amount; 

(iv) After reasonable consultation with TCS, accept the Deliverable in its nonconforming condition and reduce TCS’ Charges by an
amount which Nielsen, in its reasonable judgment, determines reflects the reduced value of the Project; or 
 (v) If Nielsen
decides not to exercise its options under subsections (i) and (iv) above, and determines that its options under subsections (ii) and (iii) above are impracticable, Nielsen may terminate the applicable Statement of Work for cause,
in whole or in part, as of a date specified in the notice of termination, in accordance with Section 26 of the Agreement, except that Nielsen shall have no obligation to provide TCS with an opportunity to cure pursuant to such Section 26.

 3.2 Final Acceptance 
 “Final Acceptance” of a project or system shall be considered to occur when each Deliverable to be delivered during the project or as part of the system has been approved by Nielsen in
accordance with Section 3.1 of this Schedule A. After expiration of the agreed Review Period Nielsen will be considered to have accepted the Deliverable if Nielsen does not provide TCS with any written notification of its objections with
reasons after three (3) Business Days notice that a decision needs to be made. If Nielsen, for any reason, decides to delay moving into production all Deliverables produced during the project or as part of the system,

  

 A-12 

 
then any applicable warranty period shall commence 30 days after delivery of the applicable Deliverable or system. During the warranty period, if any, TCS will ensure that it is able to seek and
receive the assistance of any TCS Resource that provided Services with respect to the deliverables or system under warranty, so long as such TCS Resource remains employed by TCS as a bona fide employee or independent contractor. Where applicable,
final Deliverables provided to Nielsen shall include built-in testing capabilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Schedule A, TCS understands and agrees that the acceptance testing process is not complete until the particular
Deliverable or application is correctly installed, deployed and operating in both Nielsen’s testing and production environments. 
 3.3 Documentation; Delivery of Code 
 (a) The technical Documentation will
be written by TCS (with appropriate assistance from Nielsen) and provided to Nielsen in a form understandable by and in all material respects sufficient for reasonable IT personnel to maintain and support the Software and applications provided by
TCS. Such technical Documentation shall include, with respect to ADM, all necessary instructions and documentation for the operation and maintenance of the Software and applications in a production environment, including documentation related to job
scheduling, back-up and recovery, restart procedures, print routines, and the like. 
 (b) The User Documentation (including
training materials) will be written by TCS and will accurately describe, in all material respects and in terms understandable by a typical User, the functions and features of the Software and the procedures for exercising such functions and
features. 
 (c) As directed by Nielsen, TCS will either submit to Nielsen (or provide Nielsen with access via a knowledge
management portal): (i) the most current version of all code (including fully commented source code) with automatic build procedures suitable for test and production system deployment, which is developed or otherwise acquired by TCS in the
performance of the Services; and (ii) the current drafts of all Documentation. The code that is delivered to Nielsen on such basis shall be sufficient to enable Nielsen build and test iterations or finished components of the application in
Nielsen’s designated configuration management tool (including Microsoft SourceSafe, Code Saver and PVCS). TCS acknowledges that the primary objective of such delivery of code is for Nielsen to verify the proper incremental operation of the
application throughout the course of the Term. The TCS Project Manager shall be responsible for coordinating the delivery and review by Nielsen of all code and Documentation updates. 

 

	Section 4.	PROJECT MANAGEMENT SERVICES 

 4.1 Overview 
 As more fully described herein, TCS will provide project
management Services, including for Assigned Agreements. The actual processes and procedures for conducting these activities will be revised or developed, as applicable, during the Transition period as specified in the applicable SOW and Transition
Plan. TCS shall perform the project management Services in accordance with this Schedule A and the Agreement and relevant Schedules attached thereto. 
  

 A-13 

 4.2 Services Development, Maintenance and Enhancement 

(a) Services Planning. 
 (i) In order to efficiently manage the TCS Resources, the TCS Global Relationship Manager in coordination with the Nielsen Global Relationship Manager shall develop and update on a monthly basis, a
rolling twelve (12) month program plan, planning all work to be performed under the Agreement. The TCS Global Relationship Manager will assist the Nielsen Global Relationship Manager in the management of work prioritization, communications,
status, service objectives (including adherence to delivery schedules and costs) and risk strategies. 
 (b) As of the SOW
Effective Date, the TCS Global Relationship Manager will be responsible for balancing all assigned TCS resources involved in the provision of the Services in order to deliver on all approved work and optimize the deployment of TCS Resources.

 (c) Services Tracking Reporting. 
 (i) Each TCS Project Manager shall be responsible for the day-to-day delivery of the Services under the applicable SOW, including work requests, support, TCS staffing, budgets, work plans, and raising and
managing issues and risks. 
 (ii) Each TCS Project Manager or his or her delegates shall perform tracking and reporting tasks
under the applicable SOW as specified by Nielsen including: 
 (A) Tracking and reporting to Nielsen on a monthly basis or such
other frequency as agreed to in a particular SOW actual and forecasted utilization (in terms of both man-hours and charges) of all resources and reporting such information to Nielsen; 

(B) Tracking and reporting to Nielsen on a monthly basis or such other frequency as agreed to in a particular SOW the status of all
Projects, including hours expended against plan and percent completed against plan; 
 (C) Resolving deviations from Milestones
or schedules with the Nielsen Project Manager; 
 (D) Preparing and maintaining issues logs; 

(E) Conducting regularly scheduled Services status meetings with TCS Resources at the Global Delivery Centers and Other Service
Locations, as applicable; 
 (F) Communicating with TCS Resources located at the Global Delivery Centers or Other Service
Locations daily or as needed via the phone, email, Internet and meetings; and 
 (G) Reviewing Services progress and
performance with the Nielsen Project Manager on a regularly scheduled basis. 
  

 A-14 

 (d) Quality Assurance. As of the Agreement Effective Date, the TCS Global
Relationship Manager shall be responsible for the successful delivery of the Services, including the review of all Deliverables for quality, completeness and adherence to Nielsen requirements, Statement of Work specifications, Service Levels and
provisions of the Agreement. 
 (e) Code and Documentation. As of the Agreement Effective Date TCS shall assume
responsibility for managing and maintaining existing Documentation, including performing any preliminary work reasonably necessary to permit TCS to effectively and efficiently use such Documentation in providing the Services. Prior to deployment of
any correction or Deliverable, TCS shall update existing or create new Documentation to reflect such correction, as necessary. TCS shall also provide any required training at no additional cost to TCS and Nielsen staff with regard to such
corrections. 
  

	Section 5.	APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 

 5.1 General 
 (a) For any Statement of Work that includes Application
Development Services, TCS will provide the Services specified in the applicable Statement of Work and this Section. 
 (b)
Application Development Services may include the following, as requested by Nielsen: 
 (i) functionality enhancements or
modifications to existing applications; 
 (ii) the creation of new applications; 

(iii) the evaluation, procurement, installation and implementation of Third Party Software, and, subject to the restrictions of any
governing licenses with respect to such Third Party Software (which such restrictions TCS shall have the responsibility of assessing), making changes necessary for compatibility purposes and to accommodate the unique requirements of Nielsen; and

 (iv) updating and bringing into compliance with the requirements of TCS’ methodologies the Documentation for systems
existing as of the Agreement Effective Date as designated by Nielsen. 
 5.2 Application Development Services 

With respect to any Statement of Work that includes Application Development Services (divided into specific Projects and Deliverables),
TCS shall: 
 (a) Propose for Nielsen’s review and approval the best technical solution for each Project in light of the
then-current Nielsen information systems architecture, as provided to TCS by Nielsen; 
  

 A-15 

 (b) Develop each Project in accordance with Nielsen’s requirements, technical
specifications and the Project Plan, and regularly (as requested by Nielsen) test the Project against such requirements; 
 (c)
Comply with the Nielsen information security policies, including those polices provided in Schedule G (Nielsen Policies); 
 (d) Notify Nielsen in writing and with reasonable specificity as soon as reasonably possible of any adverse effects TCS is, or should reasonably be, aware of that the Project (including any Deliverables
thereunder) may have on Nielsen; and 
 (e) Promptly correct any errors or inaccuracies in Documentation, Nielsen Data or
reports during any warranty period upon becoming reasonably aware of such errors or inaccuracies. Unless an error is the direct result of factors beyond TCS’ reasonable control, such corrections shall be provided at no charge to Nielsen.
Corrections and reruns shall be reported in daily, weekly and monthly reports defined by Nielsen and produced by TCS. 
  

	Section 6.	APPLICATION MAINTENANCE AND ENHANCEMENT 

 6.1 General 
 (a) (a) For any Statement of Work pursuant to this Agreement
that includes application maintenance and enhancement Services, TCS will provide the Services specified in the applicable Statement of Work, and this Section 6. To the extent any warranty period is applicable to an application requiring
application maintenance and enhancement Services, TCS will perform such Services during the warranty period as specified in the relevant Statement of Work at no additional charge to Nielsen. 

(b) (b) Each application for which TCS provides application maintenance and enhancement Services pursuant to an executed Statement of
Work shall be a “TCS Maintained Application.” 
 6.2 Corrective Maintenance 

(a) Error Reporting. 
 (i) If TCS becomes aware of any problem with the Services through any means which TCS reasonably believes will impact the delivery of the Services, TCS shall promptly notify Nielsen of such problem and
work with Nielsen to correct it. Nielsen shall report any errors, defects or problems with the TCS Maintained Application to TCS, including the priority, as reasonably determined by Nielsen according to the problem resolution levels provided in the
applicable SOW (“Problem Resolution ”). 
 (ii) TCS will maintain an error and maintenance log containing
problem tickets from Nielsen Users. TCS and Nielsen will mutually agree to the format of the log but if the Parties cannot agree on the format or tool for such log then TCS shall integrate its logging practices into Nielsen’s then-current
format. The log will be the basis for the assignment and prioritization of problem reports. 
  

 A-16 

 (b) Error Correction. At Nielsen’s direction, TCS shall promptly correct any
errors, defects and problems relating to the TCS Maintained Applications, including repairing application code defects, performing catalog repairs, data fixes, root cause analysis, maintaining the application environment, responding to off-shift
support calls, supporting storm restoration activities and interfacing with Nielsen and third party vendors as appropriate. TCS shall promptly commence efforts to develop and perform a workaround or correction within the problem resolution timeframe
provided in the applicable SOW and in accordance with the applicable Service Levels so that the correction to the TCS Maintained Application: 
 (i) Conforms to Nielsen’s documented business requirements; 
 (ii) Operates
in accordance with its Documentation and specifications as well as applicable performance standards to the extent such operation is within the reasonable control of TCS; and 
 (iii) Does not have an adverse effect on the operation of other Hardware, tools or applications within or related to the TCS Maintained Applications. 

(c) Problem Resolution and Escalation. If TCS fails to correct any error, defect or problem within the appropriate problem
resolution time period specified in the applicable SOW, TCS shall notify the appropriate Nielsen Project Manager or their designee. 
 6.3 Maintenance Changes 
 TCS will maintain current release control,
install and maintain maintenance changes to the TCS Maintained Applications, TCS developed tools and any interfaces to any systems and applications specific to the TCS Maintained Applications or TCS developed tools, including coordinating the
scheduling and implementation of such maintenance changes. TCS will track changes to the TCS Maintained Applications, participate in control change review meetings with Nielsen and perform technical reviews of any proposed changes as requested by
Nielsen. 
 6.4 Production Support 
 TCS shall, as part of the application maintenance and enhancement Services, report on any errors, defects or problems, including performing daily batch checks. If Nielsen desires TCS to undertake
production monitoring of any applications, Nielsen shall request such monitoring in a Statement of Work. 
 6.5 Preventative
Maintenance 
 (a) In coordination with Nielsen, TCS shall identify and perform preventive and remedial maintenance for the
TCS Maintained Applications such that the operation of TCS Maintained Applications meets all applicable performance standards to the extent such operation is within the reasonable control of TCS. This responsibility includes application tuning, code
restructuring, and other efforts undertaken to improve the efficiency and reliability of the TCS Maintained Applications and to minimize on-going maintenance requirements. 

 

 A-17 

 (b) In the event that during TCS’ performance of preventative and remedial maintenance
Services, TCS identifies more than one (1) commercially reasonable method for resolving a problem, TCS shall promptly inform the Nielsen Project Manager of the various solutions, the amount of time required to implement each possible solution,
and the benefits of each, including identifying the solution that in TCS’ reasonable opinion is most likely to result in the highest level of efficiency and reliability for the TCS Maintained Applications. Nielsen shall have the opportunity to
select the solution to be implemented by TCS at TCS’ exclusive cost, and TCS shall inform Nielsen of the consequences of, including any potential risks (including potential Service Level Defaults) associated with, the solution selected by
Nielsen. 
 6.6 Other Maintenance and Support Services 

TCS shall perform the following additional activities in connection with its application maintenance and enhancement Services:

 (a) ensure that the TCS Maintained Applications comply at all times with Nielsen’s IT security policies, including those
Policies provided at Schedule G; 
 (b) support regulatory reviews, audits, compliance assessments, and related data gathering
in a responsive time frame; 
 (c) monitor the TCS Maintained Applications through appropriate tools selected by Nielsen to
ensure efficient performance in accordance with applicable specifications and Service Levels; 
 (d) set-up, monitor and report
from performance labs and benchmark activities results in conjunction with other Nielsen systems; 
 (e) in co-operation with
the relevant manager of the affected Hardware or other infrastructure (e.g., operating systems), and subject to the applicable Nielsen approval, recommend new releases of, and upgrades to, any third party tools so as to remain within the specified
number of generations of the then-current release or upgrade, and provide appropriate information, documentation and training materials, as defined by Nielsen, for such new release or upgrade; 

(f) continue to develop, for Nielsen’s approval, and maintain procedures to support business continuity and disaster recovery of the
TCS Maintained Applications as directed by Nielsen from time to time, including participation in disaster recovery training and testing at the TCS and Nielsen facilities; 
 (g) act as a resource with knowledge and information regarding the TCS Maintained Applications, as required by Nielsen. This includes providing information concerning system functionality, architecture,
data and other aspects of the TCS Maintained Applications and associated tools and methodologies, providing assistance with interfaces to other IT systems, file testing, designing appropriate test environments, performing system demonstrations, and
maintaining system documentation; 
  

 A-18 

 (h) design, develop, provide and maintain training, documentation and release materials for
Nielsen relating to the TCS Maintained Applications, as required by Nielsen; 
 (i) provide training with regard to the TCS
Maintained Applications to: 
 (i) Nielsen personnel who will be involved in assisting TCS with implementing or performing
applications development Services; and 
 (ii) Designated Nielsen Users who will receive “train-the-trainer” training
(and training materials) sufficient to enable Nielsen to provide training to its other Users. TCS shall provide such additional training as may be requested by Nielsen in an individual Statement of Work in accordance with the procedures set out in
this Schedule A; 
 (j) assist in analyzing Nielsen’s user requirements as required by Nielsen and developing user test
plans to test maintenance, development and enhancement work and delivering, where possible, all documented test results; and 

(k) provide, at Nielsen’s request, IT administrative support for non-production environments. 

6.7 Cooperation with Third Parties; Additional Assistance 

TCS is responsible for ensuring that the application becomes and remains operational in Nielsen’s production environment
notwithstanding the failure of TCS’ architecture or other hardware, systems or software to meet their specifications. In the event that problems with hardware, systems or software not within the scope of TCS’ work under this Agreement
affect the TCS Maintained Applications (e.g. network connectivity, hardware failure, operating system errors or other problems with third party components including third party portals and tools), upon Nielsen’s request, TCS shall work with
third parties to resolve such problems and minimize the effect of such problems on the TCS Maintained Applications. In the event of a critical problem relating to the TCS Maintained Applications, at Nielsen’s request, TCS shall provide Nielsen
with all reasonable assistance to correct and avoid the effects of such problem. TCS will provide such assistance at no additional charge to Nielsen provided that to do so TCS does not incur a material increase in its costs to provide the Services.
To the extent that TCS does incur an increase in its costs, the Parties shall mutually determine any change to TCS’ Charges. 
 6.8 Transition of Applications 
 (a) General. 

With respect to each Statement of Work, if any, requiring the transition of Services or applications from Nielsen to TCS
(“Transition”), such Transition will be completed in accordance with a Transition Plan and should be seamless to both Nielsen IT management and Nielsen business units. 

 

 A-19 

 (b) Transition Plan. 

(i) With respect to each Transition, TCS will provide a Transition Plan as part of the Statement of Work (with appropriate contingency
plans) describing the tasks, methods, procedures and timing of the steps TCS will take to transition the TCS Maintained Application pursuant to a Statement of Work from Nielsen to TCS and avoid interruptions and degradations of the Services during
the transition. Each Transition Plan will describe the overall transition and implementation process, including: (a) TCS’ overall approach; (b) major activities and schedules for the Transition; and (c) TCS’ description of
the Transition of each relevant in-scope function. Each Transition Plan must be approved by Nielsen. 
 (ii) As part of the
Transition Plan, TCS will identify tasks in the Transition that TCS proposes to be the responsibility of Nielsen and any anticipated disruption such Transition tasks will have on the normal work environment by class of service, including the
estimated time required of Nielsen personnel during the Transition. 
 6.9 Transition Project Team 

With respect to each Transition, TCS will identify the project team who will perform the Transition. TCS’ project team will have
experience in performing transitions, be acquainted with the human resource issues related to transitions and be well versed in transition procedures. TCS will, as part of the Transition Plan, identify the transition project team by name, provide a
profile of each team member’s qualifications and experience and indicate the period of time such Resource will be dedicated to the Nielsen account. 
  

 A-20 

 EXHIBIT A 
 Form of Statement of Work 
 The Services will fall into three broad categories: 

 

	 	•	 	 Staff Augmentation—TCS provides Resources who will be directed by Nielsen personnel; 

 

	 	•	 	 Project Management—TCS is responsible for developing Deliverables, implementing systems changes, etc.; and 

 

	 	•	 	 Process Management—TCS is responsible for managing ongoing operations, applications, etc. 

Following are three form Statements of Work tailored to the above situations. In requesting Services, the Nielsen Project Manager shall use the form
which best reflects the Services requested. 
 Instructions for filling out the Statements of Work are included in <carats and
italicized>. These instructions should be removed in all actual Statements of Work, but if they are not removed they shall not be given any contractual effect. All Statements of Work should be filled out by the Nielsen Project Manager or
their designee with all information available to them, then delivered to the TCS Global Relationship Manager for TCS’ response. Such response shall include the TCS Project Manager (once assigned) or their designee completing the Statement of
Work and returning it to the Nielsen Project Manager for execution. 

 EXHIBIT A-1 
 Form of Statement of Work 
 For Augmentation SOWs 

<To be used where Nielsen is requesting that TCS provide only Resources to augment Nielsen staff.> 

STATEMENT OF WORK No.          

This Statement of Work No.          (“Statement of Work”) is entered into
pursuant to the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of October 1, 2007, by and between ACNielsen (US), Inc. (“Nielsen”) and Tata America International Corporation and Tata
Consultancy Services Limited (collectively, “TCS”). The terms and conditions of the Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached thereto are incorporated herein by reference. Except as provided in Section 10 of this
Statement of Work, the terms and conditions provided in the Agreement and its accompanying Schedules and Exhibits shall govern performance of Services described in this Statement of Work. Any capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement
of Work shall have the definitions given in the Agreement. 
  

	Section	1. GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION 

  

							
	1.1	 	Contracting Parties	 	 <If the parties to this SOW are not Nielsen and
 TCS, please indicate their legal names and
 conform their signature
lines.>

			
	1.2	 	Short Description of SOW:	 	 <Describe the broad scope and high-level
 requirements for the Services to be
 performed.>

			
	1.3	 	Requesting Center of Excellence:	 	 <Designate which Nielsen COE will be
 responsible for this SOW.>

			
	1.4	 	SOW Requestor:	 	 <Designate who is requesting the SOW (and to
 whom TCS should address its response, if
 different).>

			
	1.5	 	Nielsen Project Manager	 	 The Nielsen Project Manager for this SOW is:

 
 <Designate the Nielsen Project Manager.>

				
		 	(a)	 	Nielsen Project Manager Contact Information:	 	 Phone:
 Fax:

Email:

			
	1.6	 	TCS Project Manager	 	 The TCS Project Manager for this SOW is:
  

<Designate the TCS Project Manager.>

				
		 	(a)	 	 TCS Project Manager Contact

Information:
	 	 Phone:

Fax:

		 		 		 	Email:

  

 A-1-1 

	Section 2.	TERM: 

  

					
	2.1	 	SOW Effective Date:	 	<Date work should begin.>
			
	2.2	 	SOW Termination Date:	 	<Date work should be completed.>
			
	2.3	 	Renewal	 	 <Describe the conditions under which this
 SOW may renew here and the terms of such
 renewal, if
applicable.>

  

	Section 3.	BASIS FOR CHARGES 

 3.1
Arrangement Type 
 <check appropriate box.> 

 

					
		 	Baseline Service Charges SOW	 	 ̈
			
		 	Fixed Price SOW	 	 ̈

3.2 Rate Type 
 <check appropriate box.> 
  

					
		 	BPO Services	 	 ̈
			
		 	IT Services	 	 ̈

  

	Section 4.	SCOPE 

 4.1 General

 TCS shall provide the Services described in this Section 4. Except as expressly provided in any Attachments to this SOW,
the Services provided shall be performed in accordance with the requirements provided in the Agreement and Schedule A. 
 4.2
Job Detail 
 <Describe the work to be performed by TCS, including, as applicable, those specific items addressed below. If
appropriate, a separate attachment can be used to describe the job and the responsibilities of the Parties, but this attachment should cover the topic headings described in this Section 4.2.> 

 

 A-1-2 

 (a) Job Description. 

(i) Business Objectives: 

<Detail the goals of the job for which Nielsen is requesting the Resources from TCS.> 

(ii) Background Information: 

<Provide any background information which will be useful in understanding the work the Resources will be performing, if applicable.>

 (b) Scope of Effort. 
 (i) Job Requirements: 
 <Detail what the Resources will be expected to produce/perform.>

 (ii) Implementation Strategy: 
 <Detail the methods which will be used to complete the work the Resources will produce/perform, as applicable and known.> 

 

	Section 5.	SERVICE LEVELS 

 <Detail the service
level expectations for work to be performed by TCS, including, as applicable, those specific items addressed below. If appropriate, a separate attachment can be used to describe the service level specifics, but this attachment should cover the topic
headings described in this Section 5.> 
 5.1 Performance Criteria 

TCS Resources will be expected to perform the Services in such a manner as to meet the following requirements and expectations. TCS shall
ensure that all Resources have sufficient training, experience and expertise to deliver the Services as specified: 
 <Detail the measures
which will be used to assess the performance of TCS Resources. Note that Critical Service Levels are not applicable to augmentation SOWs, but Resources who fail to meet the stated requirements may be replaced at Nielsen’s request.>

 5.2 Reports and Meetings 
 (a) Reports. TCS shall provide the Nielsen Project Manager with the following reports: 

<Fill in table, if applicable. Note that none of the Reports defined in Section 5.7(b) of the Agreement are applicable to augmentation
SOWs.> 
  

					
	 Report Name
	  	 Purpose/Description
	  	 Frequency

		  		  	

  

 A-1-3 

					
	 Report Name
	  	 Purpose/Description
	  	 Frequency

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 (b) Meetings. In addition to the meeting requirements provided in Schedule J of the
Agreement, the Parties agree to participate in the following meetings to ensure that the Services are delivered correctly: 
 <Fill in
table, if applicable.> 
  

									
	 Meeting Name
	  	 Purpose
	  	 Frequency
	  	 TCS Attendees
	  	 Nielsen Attendees

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

	Section 6.	NIELSEN RESPONSIBILITIES 

Nielsen shall be responsible for the following. 
 <Fill out whichever sections are applicable.> 
 6.1 Nielsen
Facilities and Locations 
 Services shall be performed at the following Nielsen facilities and/or locations: 

 

							
	 Facility/Location
	  	 Number of TCS

Resources Assigned
	  	 Work Description
	  	 Special

Requirements

(access restrictions, etc.)

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

 6.2 Nielsen Hardware 

Nielsen shall provide the following hardware to be used in performing the Services: 

 

 A-1-4 

					
	 Facility/Location
	  	 Hardware Description
	  	 Comments

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 6.3 Nielsen Software and Nielsen Third Party Software 

Nielsen shall provide the following software to be used in performing the Services: 

 

					
	 Nielsen Software

(Software owned by Nielsen but used/accessed by TCS in providing the Services.)

	 Software
	  	 Platform
	  	 Special Provisions

(TCS use restrictions, required non-disclosure agreements,
 etc.)

		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
	
	 Nielsen Third Party Software

(Software licensed by Nielsen from third Parties but used/accessed by TCS in providing the Services.)

	 Software
	  	 Platform
	  	 Special Provisions

(TCS access restrictions, required non-disclosure agreements,

etc.)

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 6.4 Additional Responsibilities 

In addition to the Nielsen responsibilities provided in the Agreement, Nielsen shall be responsible for the following: 

<Detail what other areas Nielsen shall be responsible for and any associated deadline, if applicable.> 

 

 A-1-5 

			
	 Nielsen Responsibility
	 	 Deadline

(If applicable)

		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	

  

	Section 7.	TCS RESPONSIBILITIES 

 TCS
shall be responsible for the following. 
 <Fill out whichever sections are applicable to the job.> 

7.1 TCS Global Delivery Centers and Other Service Locations 
 Services shall be performed at the following Global Delivery Centers and/or Other Service Locations: 
  

					
	 GDS / OSL
	  	 Number of TCS

Resources Assigned
	  	 Work Description

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 7.2 TCS Hardware 
 TCS shall provide the following hardware to be used in performing the Services: 
  

					
	 Facility/Location
	  	 Hardware Description
	  	 Comments

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 7.3 TCS Software and TCS Third Party Software 

TCS shall provide the following software to be used in performing the Services. NOTE: TCS Productivity Tools and TCS Project Tools
must be included in this list. 
  

 A-1-6 

									
	 TCS Software

	 Software
	  	 Platform
	  	 Proprietary

Y/N
	  	 Install

Location(s)
	  	 Function

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
	
	 TCS Third Party
Software

	 Software
	  	 Platform
	  	 Proprietary Y/N
	  	 Install Location(s)
	  	 Usage Restrictions /

Special Security
Requirements?

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

 7.4 Other Items 
 <TCS must list any software, documentation, item, form, process, methodology or the like TCS proposes to use to deliver the Services that Nielsen will not obtain a license to
pursuant to Section 13.6 of the Agreement in the table below. The Nielsen Project Manager must approve the use of the same by signing below. IF NIELSEN DOES NOT APPROVE THE POST-TERM LICENSE FEE, OR IF ITEMS ARE USED WHICH ARE NOT
LISTED HERE, NIELSEN SHALL BE GRANTED A LICENSE TO USE SUCH ITEMS AT NO CHARGE.> 
  

							
	 Other Items

	 Item
	  	 Function / Description
	  	 Alternatives
	  	 Post-Term License

Fee

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

  

 A-1-7 

	
	 Other Items

	  
	  
	  

 Acknowledgement by Nielsen Project Manager:
                                         
                
 NOTE: If TCS uses such item(s) without the
signature of the Nielsen Project Manager above, TCS will be deemed to have given Nielsen a perpetual, royalty-free worldwide right to use such item. 
  

	Section 8.	TCS STAFFING 

 8.1
Number of TCS Resources Assigned to SOW 
 <Indicate number of TCS Resources assigned to the SOW.> 

8.2 Resources 
 The following Resources shall perform the Services: 
 <Fill in table with information
requested. Nielsen shall designate Domain Experts or Key Resources as indicated. Add rows as needed.> 
  

							
	 Names
 (k) Indicates individual is a Key Resource.
 (d) Indicates individual is a Domain
Expert.
	  	 Role /
Position
	  	 Location
	  	Number
of
Resources
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
	Total Number of Resources:	  	

 8.3 Resource Competencies 

For each Role / Position indicated above, the Resources assigned to perform the Services must meet the following requirements:

 <Indicate any specific requirements for the individuals assigned to the various Roles / Positions in the table below.>

  

 A-1-8 

			
	 Role / Position
	  	 Requirements

		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	

 8.4 Off-Shore Leverage 

In performing the Services, TCS shall maintain the following allocation of Resources: 

<Designate the Off-Shore/on-site distribution in the table below.> 

 

					
	 Off-Shore Leverage

	 	  	 Off-Shore
	  	 On-Site

	 Leverage Percentage
	  		  	

  

	Section 9.	CHARGES 

 9.1 Baseline
Service Charges 
 (a) Fees. Fees for Services based on Baseline Service Charges shall be as provided in
Section 18.2 of the Agreement and Schedule C (Charges). 
  

					
	(i)	  	Monthly Baseline Service Charge:	  	 <To determine the monthly Baseline Service Charge, use the following formula: (# Resources x Project Card Rate x # of working
days in month x 8).>
  
 $
                                         
       

			
	(ii)	  	Estimated Duration of SOW:	  	 <Indicate start and finish dates as provided in Section 2. Express total in months.>

 

                        
Months

			
	(iii)	  	Estimated Total Charges Due Under SOW:	  	 <Multiply Monthly Baseline service Charge by total duration in months from (ii) above and adjust for rate increases and ramp
up/ramp down schedules as provided on the Project Rate Card in Schedule C.>
  
 $
                                         
       

  

 A-1-9 

 (b) Additional Fees. Baseline Service Charges are fully loaded as provided in
Section 18.2 of the Agreement. Any additional expenses must be approved by the Nielsen Project Manager, both in this SOW and on the actual invoices. 
 <Designate any approved categories of additional expenses beyond the Baseline Service Charges in the appropriate table below.> 
 Pass-Through Expenses 
  

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Incidental Expenses 
  

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Approval of Nielsen Project Manager:
                                         
                
 (c) Invoicing. TCS shall
invoice Nielsen for Baseline Service Charges as provided in Section 18.4 of the Agreement, unless otherwise agreed to and provided in Section 10 below. 
 <If the Parties agree to invoicing terms differing from those in the Agreement, indicate so here and detail the terms in Section 10.> 

(d) Term. Payment is due thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice by Nielsen as provided in Section 18.4 of the
Agreement, unless otherwise agreed to and provided in Section 10 below. 
 <If the Parties agree to invoicing terms differing from
those in the Agreement, indicate so here and detail the terms in Section 10.> 
 9.2 Fixed Price Charges

 (a) Total Fee. The total amount due under this SOW shall be $<specify> 

(i) Estimated Duration of SOW: 

<Indicate start and finish dates as provided in the Agreement. Express total in months.>  

(ii) Additional Fees. The following expenses are not included in the Total Fee: 
 <Designate any approved categories of additional expenses beyond the Total Fee in the appropriate table below.> 

 

 A-1-10 

 Pass-Through Expenses 

 

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Incidental Expenses 
  

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Approval of Nielsen Project Manager:
                                         
                
 (b) Invoicing and Terms.
If no terms are provided for below or in Section 10, TCS shall invoice Nielsen for a pro-rated portion of the Total Fee on a monthly basis and Nielsen shall pay such invoices within thirty (30) days after receipt. 

<Provide invoicing and payment terms for this SOW in detail.> 
 9.3 Currency Expectations 
 <Detail any requirements relating to currency—i.e.,
local currency invoicing—here.> 
  

	Section 10.	PROVISIONS VARYING FROM AGREEMENT 

 The following provisions shall either supersede or supplement, as indicated below, those provided in the Agreement. These provisions shall not be valid unless signed by authorized representatives of the
Nielsen and TCS departments indicated in the “Approvals” section below, as provided in Section 3.5(b) of the Agreement: 

<Use the middle column to add new language which either supersedes or supplements language in the Agreement. Indicate which Agreement provision is
affected in the left hand column. Indicate whether the Agreement provision is superseded or supplemented by the new provision in the right hand column.> 
  

					
	 Agreement Section # and

Title or Description
	  	 New Provision
	  	 Supersedes or

Supplements

Agreement Provision

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

 A-1-11 

									
	Approvals:	 		 		 	
			
	NIELSEN LEGAL	 		 	TCS LEGAL
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  
	 		 	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

			
	NIELSEN GBS	 		 	TCS FINANCE
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  
	 		 	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

 

 A-1-12 

 In Witness Whereof, the Parties have each caused this Statement of Work to be signed and delivered by its
duly authorized representative as of                     , 20    . 

 

									
	<Insert legal name of contracting Nielsen entity>	 		 	<Insert legal name of contracting Tata entity>
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  
	 		 	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

 

 A-1-13 

 EXHIBIT A-2 
 Form of Statement of Work 
 For Project SOWs 

<To be used where TCS oversees and executes a development or delivery Project.> 

STATEMENT OF WORK No.          

This Statement of Work No.          (“Statement of Work”) is entered into
pursuant to the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of October 1, 2007, by and between ACNielsen (US), Inc (“Nielsen”) and Tata America International Corporation and Tata
Consultancy Services Limited (collectively, “TCS”). The terms and conditions of the Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached thereto are incorporated herein by reference. Except as expressly provided in Section 11 of
this Statement of Work, the terms and conditions provided in the Agreement and its accompanying Schedules and Exhibits shall govern performance of Services described in this Statement of Work. Any capitalized terms used but not defined in this
Statement of Work shall have the definitions given in the Agreement. 
  

	Section 1.	GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION 

  

							
	1.1	 	Contracting Parties:	 	<If the parties to this SOW are not Nielsen and TCS, please indicate their legal names and conform their signature lines.>
			
	1.2	 	Short Description of SOW:	 	<Describe the broad scope and high-level requirements for the Services to be performed.>
			
	1.3	 	Requesting Center of Excellence:	 	<Designate which Nielsen COE will be responsible for this SOW.>
			
	1.4	 	SOW Requestor:	 	<Designate who is requesting the SOW (and to whom TCS should address its response, if different).>
			
	1.5	 	Nielsen Project Manager	 	The Nielsen Project Manager for this SOW is:
				
		 		 		 	<Designate the Nielsen Project Manager.>
				
		 	(a)	 	Nielsen Project Manager	 	Phone:
		 		 	Contact Information:	 	Fax:
		 		 		 	Email:
			
	1.6	 	TCS Project Manager	 	The TCS Project Manager for this SOW is:
				
		 		 		 	<Designate the TCS Project Manager.>
				
		 	(a)	 	TCS Project Manager Contact	 	Phone:
		 		 	Information:	 	Fax:
		 		 		 	Email:

  

 A-2-1 

	Section 2.	TERM: 

  

					
	2.1	 	SOW Effective Date:	 	<Date work should begin.>
			
	2.2	 	SOW Termination Date:	 	<Date work should be completed.>
			
	2.3	 	Renewal:	 	<Describe the conditions under which this SOW may renew here and the terms of such renewal, if
applicable.>

  

	Section 3.	BASIS FOR CHARGES 

 3.1
Arrangement Type 
 <check appropriate box.> 

 

					
		 	Baseline Service Charges SOW	 	 ̈
			
		 	Fixed Price SOW	 	 ̈

 3.2 Rate Type 
 <check appropriate box.> 

 

					
		 	BPO Services	 	 ̈
			
		 	IT Services	 	 ̈

Section 4. SCOPE 

4.1 General 
 TCS shall provide the Services described in this Section. Except as expressly provided in the Attachments to this Statement of Work , the Services provided shall be performed in accordance with the
requirements provided in the Agreement and Schedule A. 
 4.2 Project Detail 

<Describe the Project to be performed by TCS, including, as applicable, those specific items addressed below. If appropriate, a separate attachment
can be used to describe the Project and the responsibilities of the Parties, but this attachment should cover the topic headings described in this Section 4.2.> 

 

 A-2-2 

 (a) Project Description. 

(i) Business Objectives: 

<Detail the goals of the project TCS will be responsible for.> 
 (ii) Background Information: 
 <Provide any background information which will be useful in
understanding the work TCS will perform, if applicable.> 
 (b) TCS Responsibilities. 

(i) Project Requirements: 

<Detail what TCS will be expected to produce/perform, including what degree of responsibility TCS will assume with respect to management, oversight
of personnel, strategic decision making, etc.> 
 (ii) Implementation Strategy: 

<Detail the methods which will be used to complete the Services to be performed, as applicable and known.> 

(c) RACI Description. 

< TCS, with Nielsen’s support, shall provide a comprehensive RACI diagram showing the allocation of responsibility and communication for the
project.> 
 (d) TCS Requirements of Nielsen. 
 <TCS should indicate here, in detail, what it will require of Nielsen (above and beyond the provisions of Section 6 of this SOW) in order to fulfill its obligations (i.e., access to computer
systems and user passwords).> 
  

	Section 5.	SERVICE LEVELS 

 <Detail the service
level expectations for work to be performed by TCS, including, as applicable, those specific items addressed below. If appropriate, a separate attachment can be used to describe the service level specifics, but this attachment should cover the topic
headings described in this Section 5.> 
  

 A-2-3 

 5.1 Critical Service Levels 

TCS Resources will be expected to perform the Services in such a manner as to meet the following requirements and expectations. TCS shall
ensure that all Resources have sufficient training, experience and expertise to deliver the Services as specified below. TCS’ failure to meet these requirements may be grounds for termination of the SOW as provided in Section 8.3(a) of the
Agreement: 
 (a) Service Metrics 
 <In the table below, designate what service metrics will be tracked and reported during the course of performing the Services, including specifying the expected and minimum values for these
measures, if applicable.> 
  

							
	 Metric
	  	 Minimum

Level
	  	 Expected

Level
	  	 Comments

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

 (b) Milestones. 
 <Designate what Milestones must be met in performing the Services, including specifying the method of determining such Milestones, if applicable.> 

(c) Resources Deployment Timing. 
 <Nielsen and TCS should work together to determine how Resources will be deployed under the SOW and when a failure to do so will constitute a Critical Service Level failure.> 

(d) Nielsen Customer Commitments. 
 <Detail what commitments Nielsen has made to its customers which will be reliant on TCS’ performance of the Services, if applicable.>  

5.2 Reports and Meetings 
 (a) Reports. TCS shall provide the Nielsen Project Manager with the following reports: 

<Fill in table, if applicable.> 
  

					
	 Report Name
	  	 Purpose/Description
	  	 Frequency

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

 A-2-4 

 (b) Meetings. In addition to the meeting requirements provided in Schedule J of the
Agreement, the Parties agree to participate in the following meetings to ensure that the Services are delivered correctly: 
 <Fill in
table, if applicable.> 
  

									
	 Meeting Name
	  	 Purpose
	  	 Frequency
	  	 TCS Attendees
	  	 Nielsen Attendees

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

	Section 6.	NIELSEN RESPONSIBILITIES 

Nielsen shall be responsible for the following. 
 <Fill out whichever sections are applicable.> 
 6.1 Nielsen
Facilities and Locations 
 Services shall be performed at the following Nielsen facilities and/or locations: 

 

							
	 Facility/Location
	  	 Number of TCS

Resources Assigned
	  	 Work Description
	  	 Special

Requirements

(access restrictions, etc.)

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

 6.2 Nielsen Hardware 

Nielsen shall provide the following hardware to be used in performing the Services: 

 

					
	 Facility/Location
	  	 Hardware Description
	  	 Comments

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

 A-2-5 

 6.3 Nielsen Software and Nielsen Third Party Software 

Nielsen shall provide the following software to be used in performing the Services: 

 

					
	 Nielsen Software

(Software owned by Nielsen but used/accessed by TCS in providing the Services.)

	 Software
	  	 Platform
	  	 Special Provisions

(TCS use restrictions, required non-disclosure agreements,
 etc.)

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
	
	 Nielsen Third Party Software

(Software licensed by Nielsen from third Parties but used/accessed by TCS in providing the Services.)

	 Software
	  	 Platform
	  	 Special Provisions

(TCS access restrictions, required non-disclosure agreements,
 etc.)

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 6.4 Additional Responsibilities 

In addition to the Nielsen responsibilities provided in the Agreement, Nielsen shall be responsible for the following: 

<If applicable, detail what other areas Nielsen shall be responsible for and any associated deadline.> 

 

			
	 Nielsen Responsibility
	 	 Deadline
(if applicable)

		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	

  

 A-2-6 

	Section 7.	TCS RESPONSIBILITIES 

 TCS
shall be responsible for the following. 
 <Fill out whichever sections are applicable to the project.> 

7.1 TCS Global Delivery Centers and Other Service Locations 

Services shall be performed at the following Global Delivery Centers and/or Other Service Locations: 

 

					
	 GDS / OSL
	  	 Number of TCS

Resources Assigned
	  	 Work Description

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 7.2 TCS Hardware 
 TCS shall provide the following hardware to be used in performing the Services: 
  

					
	 Facility/Location
	  	 Hardware Description
	  	 Comments

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 7.3 TCS Software and TCS Third Party Software 

TCS shall provide the following software to be used in performing the Services. NOTE: TCS Productivity Tools and TCS Project Tools
must be included in this list. 
  

									
	 TCS Software

	 Software
	  	 Platform
	  	 Proprietary

Y/N
	  	 Install

Location(s)
	  	 Function

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

 A-2-7 

									
	 TCS Software

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
	
	 TCS Third Party
Software

	 Software
	  	 Platform
	  	 Proprietary

Y/N
	  	 Install Location(s)
	  	 Usage Restrictions /

Special Security
 Requirements?

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

 7.4 Other Items 
 <TCS must list any software, documentation, item, form, process, methodology or the like TCS proposes to use to deliver the Services that Nielsen will not obtain a license to
pursuant to Section 13.6 of the Agreement in the table below. The Nielsen Project Manager must approve the use of the same by signing below. IF NIELSEN DOES NOT APPROVE THE POST TERM LICENSE FEE, OR IF ITEMS ARE USED WHICH ARE NOT
LISTED HERE, NIELSEN SHALL BE GRANTED A LICENSE TO USE SUCH ITEMS AT NO CHARGE. > 
  

							
	 Other Items

	 Item
	  	 Function / Description
	  	 Alternatives
	  	 Post-Term License

Fee

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

 Acknowledgement by Nielsen Project
Manager:                                       
                      
  

 A-2-8 

 NOTE: If TCS uses such item(s) without the signature of the Nielsen Project Manager above, TCS will be
deemed to have given Nielsen a perpetual, royalty-free worldwide right to use such item. 
  

	Section 8.	TCS STAFFING 

 8.1
Number of TCS Resources Assigned to SOW 
 <Indicate number of TCS Resources assigned to the SOW.> 

Yes   ̈            
No   ̈ <Check appropriate box.> 
 8.2 Resources

 (a) Overall. The following Resources shall perform the Services: 

<Fill in table below with information requested. Nielsen shall designate the Domain Experts or Key Resources as indicated. Add rows as needed.>

  

							
	 Names
 (k) Indicates individual is a Key Resource.
 (d) Indicates individual is a Domain
Expert.
	  	 Role /Position
	  	 Location
	  	 Number
of
Resources

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
	Total Number of Resources:	  	

 (b) Resource Timing. The following table shows the allocation of Resources and/or
Roles/Projects over the course of the SOW: 
 <Fill in table, if applicable. Note Resource retention requirements of Section 10 of
the Agreement.> 
  

							
	 Name(s)
 If all Resources will have the same schedule, state “all”
	  	 Role / Position
	  	 Start Date
	  	 Exit Date

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

  

 A-2-9 

							
	 Name(s)
 If all Resources will have the same schedule, state “all”
	  	 Role /Position
	  	 Start Date
	  	 Exit Date

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
	 (k) Indicates individual is a Key Resource. (d) Indicates individual is a Domain Expert.
	  	

 8.3 Resource Competencies 

For each Role / Position indicated above, the Resources assigned to perform the Services must meet the following requirements:

 <Indicate any specific requirements for the individuals assigned to the various Roles / Positions in the table below.>

  

			
	 Role / Position
	  	 Requirements

		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	

 8.4 Additional Requirements 
 <If Nielsen has any further requirements of Resources performing the Services, describe them here.> 
 8.5 Off-Shore Leverage 
 In performing the Services, TCS shall maintain the
following allocation of Resources. 
 <Designate the Off-Shore/on-site distribution in the table below.> 

 

					
	 Off-Shore
Leverage

	 	  	 Off-Shore
	  	 On-Site

	Leverage Percentage	  		  	

  

 A-2-10 

 8.6 Productivity Improvement Expectations 

<As specified in Section 24.1(n) of the Agreement, indicate how TCS will deliver productivity improvements over the course of the SOW, as
applicable.> 
  

	Section 9.	CHARGES 

 9.1 Baseline
Service Charges 
 (a) Fees. Fees for Services based on Baseline Service Charges shall be as provided in
Section 18.2 of the Agreement and Schedule C (Charges). 
  

					
	(i)	  	Monthly Baseline Service
Charge:	  	<To determine the monthly Baseline Service Charge, use the following formula: (# Resources x Project Card Rate x # of working days in month x 8).>
			
		  		  	$            
			
	(ii)	  	Estimated Duration of
SOW:	  	<Indicate start and finish dates as provided in Section 2. Express total in months.>
			
		  		  	                     Months
			
	(iii)	  	Estimated Total Charges
Due Under SOW:	  	<Multiply Monthly Baseline service Charge by total duration in months from (ii) above and adjust for rate increases and ramp up/ramp down schedules as provided on the
Project Rate Card in Schedule C.>
			
		  		  	$            

 (b) Additional Fees. Baseline Service Charges are fully loaded as provided in Section 18.2 of the Agreement. Any additional expenses must be approved by the Nielsen Project Manager, both in this
SOW and on the actual invoices. 
 <Designate any approved categories of additional expenses beyond the Baseline Services Charges in the
appropriate table below.> 
 Pass-Through Expenses 

 

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

  

 A-2-11 

 Incidental Expenses 
  

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Signature of Nielsen Project Manager:
                                 

(c) Invoicing. TCS shall invoice Nielsen for Baseline Service Charges as provided in Section 18.4 of the Agreement, unless
otherwise agreed to and provided in Section 11 below. 
 <If the Parties agree to invoicing terms differing from those in the
Agreement, indicate so here and detail the terms in Section 11> 
 (d) Term. Payment is due thirty
(30) days after receipt of an invoice by Nielsen as provided in Section 18.4 of the Agreement, unless otherwise agreed to and provided in Section 11 below. 
 <If the Parties agree to invoicing terms differing from those in the Agreement, indicate so here and detail the terms in Section 11.> 

9.2 Fixed Price Charges 
 (a) Total Fee. The total amount due under this SOW shall be $<specify> 
 (i) Estimated Duration of SOW: 
 <Indicate start and finish dates as provided in the
Agreement. Express total in months.> 
 (ii) Additional Fees. The following expenses are not included in the Total Fee
above: 
 <Designate any approved categories of additional expenses beyond the Total Fee in the appropriate table below.>

 Pass-Through Expenses 
  

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Incidental Expenses 
  

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Signature of Nielsen Project Manager:
                                 

 

 A-2-12 

 (b) Invoicing and Terms. If no terms are provided for below or in Section 11,
TCS shall invoice Nielsen for a pro-rated portion of the Total Fee on a monthly basis and Nielsen shall pay such invoices within thirty (30) days after receipt. 
 <Provide invoicing and payment terms for this SOW in detail.> 
 9.3
Currency Expectations 
 <Detail any requirements relating to currency—i.e., local currency invoicing—here.>

  

	Section 10.	DELIVERABLES 

 10.1
Description 
 <Describe in full the Deliverable(s) to be produced.> 

10.2 Documentation Requirements 
 <List all Documentation (user’s guides, technical guides, test plans, etc.) that TCS is required to provide along with the Deliverable(s).> 

10.3 Acceptance Criteria 

<Fill out the table below as required, stating in detail the specific criteria for acceptance of each Deliverable, any Milestone to which such
Deliverable is linked (if applicable) and the time period that Nielsen will have to review the Deliverable before accepting or rejecting.> 
  

							
	 ACCEPTANCE
CRITERIA

	 Deliverable
 <From 10.1>
	  	Associated
Milestone	  	 Acceptance Criteria
	  	Review
Period
		  		  		  	<     days>
		  		  		  	<     days>
		  		  		  	<     days>

 10.4 Post-Acceptance 
 (a) Ongoing Management. 

<Specify whether Nielsen, TCS or both will be responsible for implementing and overseeing the Deliverable once it has been accepted. If TCS is to
be involved, detail their exact role and responsibilities here.> 
 (b) Transition. 

<If the Deliverable is to be handed over from TCS to Nielsen after acceptance, in full or in part, detail exactly how the transition will occur
here, or, if needed, in a separate Transition Plan developed and approved by both Parties.> 
  

 A-2-13 

 10.5 Warranty. 

TCS represents and warrants that each Deliverable for which TCS is responsible for shall not, after final acceptance of the Deliverable
by Nielsen, deviate from the specifications and requirements for such Deliverable provided or referred to above. 
 <Detail any additional
Deliverable warranty requirements.> 
  

	Section 11.	PROVISIONS VARYING FROM AGREEMENT 

 The following provisions shall either supersede or supplement, as indicated below, those provided in the Agreement. These provisions shall not be valid unless signed by authorized representatives of the
Nielsen and TCS departments indicated in the “Approvals” section below, as provided in Section 3.5(b) of the Agreement: 
 <Use the middle column to add new language which either supersedes or supplements language in the Agreement. Indicate which Agreement provision is affected in the left hand column. Indicate whether
the Agreement provision is superseded or supplemented by the new provision in the right hand column.> 
  

					
	 Agreement Section # and Title or Description
	  	 New Provision
	  	 Supersedes or

Supplements

Agreement Provision

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

									
	Approvals:	  		  		  	
			
	NIELSEN LEGAL	  		  	TCS LEGAL
					
	By:	  	  
	  		  	By:	  	  

					
	Name:	  	  
	  		  	Name:	  	  

					
	Title:	  	  
	  		  	Title:	  	  

			
	NIELSEN GBS	  		  	TCS FINANCE
					
	By:	  	  
	  		  	By:	  	  

					
	Name:	  	  
	  		  	Name:	  	  

					
	Title:	  	  
	  		  	Title:	  	  

 

 A-2-14 

 In Witness Whereof, the Parties have each caused this Statement of Work to be signed and delivered by its
duly authorized representative as of                                 ,
20    . 
  

									
	<Insert legal name of contracting Nielsen entity>	 		  	<Insert legal name of contracting Tata entity>
					
	By:	 	  
	 		  	By:	  	  

					
	Name:	 	  
	 		  	Name:	  	  

					
	Title:	 	  
	 		  	Title:	  	  

 

 A-2-15 

 EXHIBIT A-3 
 Form of Statement of Work 
 For Process SOWs 

<To be used where TCS is taking over management of a business process, application, suite of applications or similar situations.>

 STATEMENT OF WORK No.      

This Statement of Work No.      (“Statement of Work”) is entered into pursuant to the Amended
and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of October 1, 2007, by and between ACNielsen (US), Inc (“Nielsen”) and Tata America International Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services
Limited (collectively, “TCS”). The terms and conditions of the Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached thereto are incorporated herein by reference. Except as expressly provided in Section 12 of this Statement of
Work, the terms and conditions provided in the Agreement and its accompanying Schedules and Exhibits shall govern performance of Services described in this Statement of Work. Any capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Work shall
have the definitions given in the Agreement. 
  

	Section 1.	GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION 

  

					
	1.1	  	Contracting Parties:	  	<If the parties to this SOW are not Nielsen and TCS, please indicate their legal names and conform their signature lines.>
			
	1.2	  	Short Description of SOW:	  	<Describe the broad scope and high-level requirements for the Services to be performed.>
			
	1.3	  	Requesting Center of Excellence:	  	<Designate which Nielsen COE will be responsible for this SOW.>
			
	1.4	  	SOW Requestor:	  	<Designate who is requesting the SOW (and to whom TCS should address its response, if different).>
			
	1.5	  	Nielsen Project Manager:	  	The Nielsen Project Manager for this SOW is: <Designate the Nielsen Project Manager.>
			
		  	 (a) Nielsen Project Manager
Contact Information:
	  	 Phone:
 Fax:

Email:

  

 A-3-1 

					
	1.6	  	TCS Project Manager:	  	The TCS Project Manager for this SOW is: <Designate the TCS Project Manager.>
			
		  	 (a) TCS Project Manager Contact
Information:
	  	 Phone:
 Fax:

Email:

  

	Section 2.	TERM: 

  

					
	2.1	  	SOW Effective Date:	  	<Date work should begin.>
			
	2.2	  	 SOW Termination Date (if no date is specified, this SOW will
remain in effect until the Agreement is terminated or
 expired):
	  	<Date work should be completed. Note that Process SOWs should run to the end of the Term of the Agreement in most situations.>
			
	2.3	  	Renewal:	  	<Describe the conditions under which this SOW may renew here and the terms of such renewal, if
applicable.>

  

	Section 3.	BASIS FOR CHARGES 

  

					
			
	3.1	  	Arrangement Type	  	

 <check appropriate box.> 

 

					
			
		  	Baseline Service Charges SOW	  	 ̈
			
		  	Fixed Price SOW	  	 ̈
			
	3.2	  	Rate Type	  	

 <check appropriate box.> 

 

					
			
		  	BPO Services	  	 ̈
			
		  	IT Services	  	 ̈

  

	Section 4.	SCOPE 

 4.1 General

 TCS shall provide the Services described in this Section 4. Except as expressly provided in the Attachments to this
Statement of Work, the Services provided shall be performed in accordance with the requirements provided in the Agreement and Schedule A. 
  

 A-3-2 

 4.2 Process Detail 
 <Detail the work to be performed by TCS, including, as applicable, those specific items addressed below. If appropriate, a separate attachment can be used to describe the business process and the
responsibilities of the Parties, but this attachment should cover the topic headings described in this Section 4.2.> 
 (a) Process Description 
 (i) Business Objectives: 

<Detail the goals of the process for which TCS is assuming responsibility.> 

(ii) Background Information: 

<Provide any background information which will be useful in understanding the work TCS will perform, if applicable.> 

(b) TCS Responsibilities 
 (i) Process Requirements 
 <Detail what TCS will be expected to produce/perform, including
what degree of responsibility TCS will assume with respect to management, oversight of personnel, strategic decision making, etc.> 
 (ii) Implementation Strategy 
 <Detail the methods which will be used to complete the work,
as applicable and known.> 
 (c) Processes Map. 
 <TCS, with Nielsen’s assistance, shall provide a detailed diagram showing the progression and interrelationships among the process components.> 

(d) RACI Description. 

< TCS, with Nielsen’s assistance, shall provide a comprehensive RACI diagram showing the allocation of responsibility and communication for
the process.> 
 (e) TCS Requirements of Nielsen. 
 <TCS should indicate here, in detail, what it will require of Nielsen (above and beyond the provisions of Section 7 of this SOW) in order to fulfill its obligations (i.e., access to computer
systems and user passwords).> 
  

 A-3-3 

	Section 5.	SERVICE LEVELS 

 <Detail the service
level expectations for work to be performed by TCS, including, as applicable, those specific items addressed below. If appropriate, a separate attachment can be used to describe the service level specifics, but this attachment should cover the topic
headings described in this Section 5.> 
 5.1 Critical Service Levels 

TCS Resources will be expected to perform the Services in such a manner as to meet the following requirements and expectations. TCS shall
ensure that all Resources have sufficient training, experience and expertise to deliver the Services as specified below. TCS’ failure to meet these requirements may be grounds for termination of the SOW as provided in Section 8.3(a) of the
Agreement: 
 (a) Service Metrics. 
 <In the table below, designate what service metrics will be tracked and reported during the course of performing the Services, including specifying the expected and minimum values for these
measures, if applicable.> 
  

							
	 Metric
	  	 Minimum Level
	  	 Expected Level
	  	 Comments

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

 (b) Milestones. 
 <Designate what Milestones must be met during the course of performing the Services, including specifying the method of determining such Milestones, if applicable.> 

(c) Resources Deployment Timing. 
 <Nielsen and TCS should work together to determine how Resources will be deployed under the SOW and when a failure to do so will constitute a Critical Service Level failure.> 

(d) Nielsen Customer Commitments. 
 <Detail what commitments Nielsen has made to its customers which will be reliant on TCS’ performance of the Services, if applicable.> 

 

 A-3-4 

 5.2 Reports and Meetings 

(a) Reports. TCS shall provide the Nielsen Project Manager with the following reports: 

<Fill in table, if applicable.> 
  

					
	 Report Name
	  	 Purpose/Description
	  	 Frequency

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 (b) Meetings. In addition to the meeting requirements provided in Schedule J of the
Agreement, the Parties agree to participate in the following meetings to ensure that the Services are delivered correctly: 
 <Fill in
table, if applicable.> 
  

									
	 Meeting Name
	  	 Purpose
	  	 Frequency
	  	 TCS Attendees
	  	 Nielsen Attendees

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

 5.3 Incremental BCP / DR Requirements 

<Detail any BCP / DR requirements in addition to or distinct from those provided in the Agreement or Exhibit N associated with the transfer of the
process to TCS.> 
  

	Section 6.	TRANSITION 

 6.1
Transition Plan 
 Note: All Transition activities are subject to the provisions of Section 4 of the
Agreement. 
 <Detail here or in an attachment to this SOW the Transition Plan outlining how the process will be moved from Nielsen to
TCS. As the parties agree, all the elements of this Section 6 can be incorporated into such Plan.> 
 6.2
Transitioned Employees 
 <This section 6.2 is only required for engagements where Nielsen personnel may be transitioned from
Nielsen to TCS. Involve legal and HR when completing this section.> 
 (a) Non-ARD Transitioned Employees.
<Check relevant boxes and supply additional information as needed> 
  

 A-3-5 

 (i) Required Hires: 

[    ] TCS is not obligated to hire any Non-ARD Transitioned Employees; 

[    ] TCS is obligated to offer employment to      Non-ARD Transitioned Employees;

 [    ] TCS is obligated to offer employment to the individuals listed below [and
     additional individuals]. 
 <List the specific individuals here.> 

(ii) The Non-ARD Transitioned Employees [    ] will or [    ] will
not be required to be offered Comparable Positions. <Note there are potentially in between positions, which should be described as Comparable Positions but not necessarily equivalent.> 

(iii) The Non-ARD Transitioned Employees [    ] may or [    ] may
not be required to relocate. <Note if some are and some are not, describe below.>  
 (iv)
Additional Provisions: 
 <Describe any special provisions regarding employee benefit alignments and transfers.> 

<Describe what access, if any, TCS is permitted to have to Nielsen’s personnel files as part of the hiring process – NOTE:
consult with Legal before agreeing to this.> 
 (b) ARD Transitioned Employees: 

(i) Required Hires. <Check relevant boxes and supply additional information as needed.>  

[    ] TCS is not obligated to hire any ARD Transitioned Employees (i.e., all ARD Employees will be Unintended
ARD Transitioned Employees); 
 [    ] TCS is obligated to offer employment to
     Non-ARD Transitioned Employees; all other ARD Employees will be Unintended ARD Transitioned Employees; 
 [    ] TCS is obligated to offer employment to the individuals listed below [and      additional individuals]. All other ARD Employees will be
Unintended ARD Transitioned Employees. 
 <List the specific individuals here.> 

(ii) Economic Risk of Unintended ARD Employees 
 [    ] Nielsen [    ] TCS bears the economic risk of Unintended ARD Transitioned Employees. 
  

 A-3-6 

 (c) Employment with TCSL or a Controlled Subsidiary. 

All offers of employment are to be with TCSL or a Controlled Subsidiary except as noted below. 

<Detail whatever exceptions are relevant for subcontractor employment.> 

6.3 Transferred Hardware and Software 
 <Provide a list of all hardware and software to be transferred from Nielsen to TCS, as applicable. Table below is illustrative only.> 

 

							
	 Hardware / Software
	  	 Location
	  	 Effective

Date
	  	 Comments

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

  

	Section 7.	NIELSEN RESPONSIBILITIES 

Nielsen shall be responsible for the following. 
 <Fill out whichever sections are applicable.> 
 7.1 Nielsen
Facilities and Locations 
 Services shall be performed at the following Nielsen facilities and/or locations: 

 

							
	 Facility/Location
	  	 Number of TCS

Resources Assigned
	  	 Work Description
	  	 Special

Requirements

(access restrictions, etc.)

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

 7.2 Nielsen Hardware 

Nielsen shall provide the following hardware to be used in performing the Services: 

 

					
	 Facility/Location
	  	 Hardware Description
	  	
Comments

  

 A-3-7 

					
	 Facility/Location
	  	 Hardware Description
	  	 Comments

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 7.3 Nielsen Software and Nielsen Third Party Software 

Nielsen shall provide the following software to be used in performing the Services: 

 

					
	 Nielsen Software

(Software owned by Nielsen but used/accessed by TCS in providing the Services.)

	 Software
	  	Platform	  	 Special Provisions

(TCS use restrictions, required non-disclosure agreements,
 etc.)

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

					
	 Nielsen Third Party
Software
 (Software licensed by Nielsen from third Parties but used/accessed by TCS in providing the
Services.)

	 Software
	  	Platform	  	 Special Provisions

(TCS access restrictions, required non-disclosure agreements,
 etc.)

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

 A-3-8 

 7.4 Additional Responsibilities 

In addition to the Nielsen responsibilities provided in the Agreement, Nielsen shall be responsible for the following: 

<Detail what other areas Neilsen shall be responsible for and any associated deadline, if applicable.> 

 

			
	 Nielsen Responsibility
	 	 Deadline
(if applicable)

		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	

  

	Section 8.	TCS RESPONSIBILITIES 

 TCS
shall be responsible for the following. 
 <Fill out whichever sections are applicable to the process.> 

8.1 TCS Global Delivery Centers and Other Service Locations 

Services shall be performed at the following Global Delivery Centers and/or Other Service Locations: 

 

					
	 GDS / OSL
	  	 Number of TCS

Resources Assigned
	  	 Work Description

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

 8.2 TCS Hardware 
 TCS shall provide the following hardware to be used in performing the Services: 
  

					
	 Facility/Location
	  	 Hardware Description
	  	 Comments

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

 A-3-9 

 8.3 TCS Software and TCS Third Party Software 

TCS shall provide the following software to be used in performing the Services. NOTE: TCS Productivity Tools and TCS Project Tools
must be included in this list. 
  

									
	 TCS Software

	 Software
	  	Platform	  	Proprietary
Y/N	  	Install
Location(s)	  	Function
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

									
	 TCS Third Party Software

	 Software
	  	Platform	  	Proprietary
Y/N	  	Install Location(s)	  	Usage Restrictions /
Special 
Security
Requirements?
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

 8.4 Other Items 
 <TCS must list any software, documentation, item, form, process, methodology or the like TCS proposes to use to deliver the Services that Nielsen will not obtain a license to
pursuant to Section 13.6 of the Agreement in the table below. The Nielsen Project Manager must approve the use of the same by signing below. IF NIELSEN DOES NOT APPROVE THE POST-TERM LICENSE FEE, OR IF ITEMS ARE USED WHICH ARE NOT
LISTED HERE, NIELSEN SHALL BE GRANTED A LICENSE TO USE SUCH ITEMS AT NO CHARGE.> 
  

							
	 Other Items

	 Item
	  	Function / Description	  	Alternatives	  	Post-Term 
License
Fee
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

  

 A-3-10 

							
	 Other Items

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	

 Acknowledgement by Nielsen Project
Manager:                                       
          
 NOTE: If TCS uses such item(s) without the signature of the Nielsen Project
Manager above, TCS will be deemed to have given Nielsen a perpetual, royalty-free worldwide right to use such item. 
  

	Section 9.	TCS STAFFING 

 9.1
Number of TCS Resources Assigned to SOW 
 <Indicate number of TCS Resources assigned to the SOW.> 

9.2 Resources 
 (a) Overall. The following Resources shall perform the Services: 
 <Fill in table
with information requested. Nielsen shall designate Domain Experts or Key Resources as indicated Below Add rows as needed.> 
  

							
	 Names
 (k) Indicates individual is a Key Resource.
 (d) Indicates individual is a Domain
Expert
	  	Role / Position	  	Location	  	Number
of
Resources
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
	Total Number of Resources:	  	

  

 A-3-11 

 (b) Resource Timing. The following table shows the allocation of Resources and/or
Roles/Projects over the course of the SOW: 
 <Fill in if applicable. Note the Resource retention requirements of Section 10 of the
Agreement.> 
  

							
	 Name(s)
 If all Resources will have the same schedule, state “all”
	  	Role / Position	  	Start Date	  	Exit Date
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	
	 (k) Indicates individual is a Key Resource. (d) Indicates individual is a Domain Expert

9.3 Resource Competencies 
 For each Role / Position indicated above, the Resources assigned to perform the Services must meet the following requirements. 
 <Indicate any specific requirements for the individuals assigned to the various Roles / Positions in the table below.> 

 

			
	 Role / Position
	  	 Requirements

		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	
		  	

 9.4 Additional Requirements 
 <If Nielsen has any further requirements of Resources performing the Services, describe them here.> 
 9.5 Off-Shore Leverage 
 In performing the Services, TCS shall maintain the
following allocation of Resources. 
 <Designate the Off-Shore/on-site distribution in the table below.> 

 

			
	 Off-Shore
Leverage

		 	
		 	

  

 A-3-12 

					
	 Off-Shore
Leverage

	 	  	 Off-Shore
	  	 On-Site

	 Leverage Percentage
	  		  	

 9.6 Productivity Improvement Expectations 

<As specified in Section 24.1(n) of the Agreement, indicate how TCS will deliver productivity improvements over the course of the SOW, if
applicable.> 
  

	Section 10.	CHARGES 

 10.1 Baseline
Service Charges 
 (a) Fees. Fees for Services based on Baseline Service Charges shall be as provided in
Section 18.2 of the Agreement and Schedule C (Charges). 
  

					
	(i)	  	Monthly Baseline Service Charge:	  	<To determine the monthly Baseline Service Charge, use the following formula: (# Resources x Project Card Rate x # of working days in month x 8).>
			
		  		  	$            
			
	(ii)	  	Estimated Duration of SOW:	  	<Indicate start and finish dates as provided in Section 2. Express total in months.>
			
		  		  	                     Months
			
	(iii)	  	Estimated Total Charges Due Under SOW:	  	<Multiply Monthly Baseline service Charge by total duration in months from (ii) above and adjust for rate increases and ramp up/ramp down schedules as provided on the
Project Rate Card in Schedule C.>
			
		  		  	$            

 (b) Additional Fees. Baseline Service Charges are fully loaded as provided in Section 18.2 of the Agreement. Any additional expenses must be approved by the Nielsen Project Manager, both in
this SOW and on the actual invoices. 
 <Designate any approved categories of additional expenses beyond the Baseline Services Charges in
the appropriate table below.> 
  

 A-3-13 

 Pass-Through Expenses 

 

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Incidental Expenses 
  

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Approval of Nielsen Project Manager:
                                         
        
 (c) Invoicing. TCS shall invoice Nielsen for Baseline Service Charges as
provided in Section 18.4 of the Agreement, unless otherwise agreed to and provided in Section 12 below. 
 <If the Parties agree
to invoicing terms differing from those in the Agreement, indicate so here and detail the terms in Section 12.> 

(d) Term. Payment is due thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice by Nielsen as provided in Section 18.4 of the
Agreement, unless otherwise agreed to and provided in Section 12 below. 
 <If the Parties agree to invoicing terms differing from
those in the Agreement, indicate so here and detail the terms in Section 12.> 
 10.2 Fixed Price Charges

 (a) Total Fee. The total amount due under this SOW shall be $<specify>. 

(i) Estimated Duration of SOW: 
 <Indicate start and finish dates as provided in Section 2. Express total in months.> 
 (ii) Additional Fees. The following expenses are not included in the Total Fee above: 

<Designate any approved categories of additional expenses beyond the Total Fee in the appropriate table below.> 

Pass-Through Expenses 
  

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Incidental Expenses 
  

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

  

 A-3-14 

			
	 Category
	  	 Not to Exceed

		  	
		  	

 Approval of Nielsen Project Manager:
                                         
        
 (b) Invoicing and Terms. If no terms are provided for below or in
Section 12, TCS shall invoice Nielsen for a pro-rated portion of the Total Fee on a monthly basis and Nielsen shall pay such invoices within thirty (30) days after receipt. 
 <Provide invoicing and payment terms for this SOW in detail.> 
 10.3
Currency Expectations 
 <Detail any requirements relating to currency—i.e., local currency invoicing—here.>

  

	Section 11.	DELIVERABLES 

 11.1
Description 
 <Describe in full any Deliverable(s) to be produced.> 

11.2 Documentation Requirements 
 <List all Documentation (user’s guides, technical guides, test plans, etc.) that TCS is required to provide along with the Deliverable(s).> 

11.3 Acceptance Criteria 

<Fill out the table below as required, stating in detail the specific criteria for acceptance of each Deliverable, any Milestone to which such
Deliverable is linked (if applicable) and the time period that Nielsen will have to review the Deliverable before accepting or rejecting.> 
  

							
	 ACCEPTANCE
CRITERIA

	 Deliverable

<From 11.1>
	  	Associated
Milestone	  	 Acceptance Criteria
	  	Review
Period
		  		  		  	<     days>
		  		  		  	<     days>
		  		  		  	<     days>

 11.4 Warranty 
 TCS represents and warrants that each Deliverable for which
TCS is responsible shall not, after final acceptance of the Deliverable by Nielsen, deviate from the specifications and requirements for such Deliverable provided or referred to above. 
  

 A-3-15 

 <Specify any additional Deliverable warranty requirements here.> 

11.5 Termination 

<Detail any expectations that Nielsen has with respect to termination of this SOW (i.e., retransfer of employees, particular termination assistance
requirements, transfer of licenses).> 
  

	Section 12.	PROVISIONS VARYING FROM AGREEMENT 

 The following provisions shall either supersede or supplement, as indicated below, those provided in the Agreement. These provisions shall not be valid unless signed by authorized representatives of the
Nielsen and TCS departments indicated in the “Approvals” section below, as provided in Section 3.5(b) of the Agreement: 

<Use the middle column to add new language which either supersedes or supplements language in the Agreement. Indicate which Agreement provision is
affected in the left hand column. Indicate whether the Agreement provision is superseded or supplemented by the new provision in the right hand column.> 
  

					
	 Agreement Section # and Title or
Description
	  	 New Provision
	  	 Supersedes or

Supplements

Agreement Provision

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

									
	Approvals:	 		 		 	
			
	NIELSEN LEGAL	 		 	TCS LEGAL
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

					
	Name:	 	  
	 		 	Name:	 	  

					
	Title:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

			
	NIELSEN GBS	 		 	TCS FINANCE
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

					
	Name:	 	  
	 		 	Name:	 	  

					
	Title:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

 

 A-3-16 

 In Witness Whereof, the Parties have each caused this Statement of Work to be signed and delivered by its
duly authorized representative as of                     , 20    . 

 

									
	<Insert legal name of contracting Nielsen entity>	 		 	<Insert legal name of contracting Tata entity>
					
	By:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

					
	Name:	 	  
	 		 	Name:	 	  

					
	Title:	 	  
	 		 	Title:	 	  

 

 A-3-1 

 EXHIBIT A-4 
 Project Change Request Form 
  

							
	 NIELSEN PROJECT CHANGE
REQUEST
  

	 PROJECT
DETAILS
	  	 
	Product Name	 	 	  	Product/Build Version	  	 
	Requested By	 	 	  	Date of Request	  	 
	Project Name	 	 	  	Change Control No.	  	 
	Module Name	 	 	  	Priority (H/M/L)	  	 
	Program Manager Program PM	 	 	  	Design Project Leader	  	 
	 SUMMARY DESCRIPTION / CLASSIFICATION OF PROPOSED CHANGE
  

	Reason
	 
	     Change In Business Requirements        New Feature
     Change in System Specifications          Requirement missing from Baseline

 
     Oversight    Question

    Environment Problem    Discrepancy

 
     Dependency on External
Systems    Database Change
     Change in Nielsen Standards    Other

 

	Detailed Description of
Proposed Change
	 			 
	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
	Proposed by (name / signature)	 	 	  	Date	  	 

  

	
	 CHANGE IMPACT ANALYSIS

 

	 Description of the impact (Attach annexure if required)

	 
	 
	 Programs / Documents Affected (attach List if necessary)

	     Project Requirements    Technology Architecture / Design

    Functional Design    User Interface
     Database Scripts    Documentation

    Others
  

 

 A-4-1 

							
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 ESTIMATES (Hours)
  

	Design	 	 	  	Development	  	 
	Quality	 	 	  	Others	  	 
	Estimates made by (name / signature)	 	 	  	Date	  	 
	Verified by (name / signature)	 	 	  	Date	  	 
	 DECISION ON CHANGE
  

	Approved	 		  		  	 
	Enhancement	 		  		  	 
	Will be Considered in Next Iteration	  		  	 
	 Abandoned

 
	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE ACTIONS PERFORMED
  

	 			 
	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
	 Change Request
Closed by
 (name / signature)
	 	 	  	Date	  	 

  

 A-4-2 

 EXHIBIT A-5 
 Form of Transition Plan 
 NOTE: The form on the following pages is intended for illustrative
purposes only, and contains information typically contained in a Transition Plan for services similar to the Services to be provided under the Agreement. The Parties may use any Transition Plan which Nielsen approves. 

***Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank*** 
  

 A-5-1 

																	
	BPO-DM
	ID	  	WBS	  	Task Name	  	Duration	  	Start	  	Finish	  	Predeces	  	Completion Date	  	Primary Responsibility
	1	  	1	  	*	  	25 days	  	Mon 4/16/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  		  	NA	  	
	2	  	1.1	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 4/16/07	  	Fri 4/27/07	  		  	Mon 5/21/07	  	
	3	  	1.1.1	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 4/16/07	  	Fri 4/20/07	  		  	Mon 5/21/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	4	  	1.1.2	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 4/27/07	  	3	  	Mon 5/21/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	5	  	1.2	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  		  	Mon 5/21/07	  	
	6	  	1.2.1	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 5/4/07	  	3	  	Mon 5/21/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	7	  	1.2.2	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 5/7/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  	6	  	Mon 5/21/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	8	  	2	  		  	75 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 9/14/07	  		  	NA	  	
	9	  	2.1	  		  	15 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 6/22/07	  	3	  	Mon 6/25/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	10	  	2.2	  		  	40 days	  	Mon 7/23/07	  	Fri 9/14/07	  	3	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	11	  	3	  		  	25 days	  	Mon 5/7/07	  	Fri 6/8/07	  		  	Tue 8/21/07	  	
	12	  	3.1	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 5/7/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  	6	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	Nielsen,Aude,Venacd
	13	  	3.2	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 5/21/07	  	Fri 5/25/07	  	12	  	Fri 5/25/07	  	Nielsen,Aude,Alexand
	14	  	3.3	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 5/28/07	  	Fri 6/1/07	  	13	  	Tue 8/21/07	  	Nielsen,Aude,Venacd
	15	  	3.4	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 6/8/07	  	14	  	Tue 8/21/07	  	Nielsen,Aude,Venacd
	16	  	4	  		  	40 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 6/15/07	  		  	Thu 6/21/07	  	
	17	  	4.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  		  	Thu 6/21/07	  	
	18	  	4.1.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  	3	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	19	  	4.1.2	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  	3	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	20	  	4.2	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  	3	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	21	  	4.3	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  	3	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	22	  	4.4	  		  	40 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 6/15/07	  	3	  	Thu 6/21/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	23	  	4.5	  		  	30 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 6/1/07	  	3	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	TCS,Stanton,Burt
	24	  	4.6	  		  	30 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 6/1/07	  	3	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	TCS,Stanton,Burt
	25	  	5	  		  	15 days	  	Mon 4/30/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  		  	Mon 6/11/07	  	
	26	  	5.1	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 4/30/07	  	Fri 5/11/07	  	4	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	27	  	5.2	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 5/14/07	  	Fri 5/18/07	  	26	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	28	  	6	  		  	50 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 6/29/07	  		  	NA	  	
	29	  	6.1	  		  	30 days	  	Mon 4/23/07	  	Fri 6/1/07	  	3	  	NA	  	TCS
	30	  	6.2	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 6/15/07	  	29	  	NA	  	TCS
	31	  	6.3	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 6/18/07	  	Fri 6/22/07	  	30	  	NA	  	TCS,Brand,Burt
	32	  	6.4	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 6/25/07	  	Fri 6/29/07	  	31	  	NA	  	TCS,Brand,Burt
	33	  	7	  		  	39 days	  	Mon 4/30/07	  	Thu 6/21/07	  		  	Wed 7/18/07	  	
	34	  	7.1	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 4/30/07	  	Fri 5/11/07	  		  	Wed 7/18/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	35	  	7.2	  		  	12 days	  	Mon 5/14/07	  	Tue 5/29/07	  	34	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	36	  	7.3	  		  	17 days	  	Wed 5/30/07	  	Thu 6/21/07	  	35	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
									
		  		  		  	Page 1	  		  		  		  		  	Mon 9/10/07

  

 A-5-2 

																	
	BPO-DM
	ID	  	WBS	  	Task Name	  	Duration	  	Start	  	Finish	  	Predeces	  	Completion Date	  	Primary Responsibility
	37	  	8	  	*	  	125 days	  	Mon 8/20/07	  	Fri 2/8/08	  		  	NA	  	
	38	  	8.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 8/20/07	  	Fri 9/14/07	  	9	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	39	  	8.2	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 9/17/07	  	Fri 9/21/07	  	38	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	40	  	8.3	  		  	2 days	  	Mon 9/24/07	  	Tue 9/25/07	  	39	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	41	  	8.4	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 11/5/07	  	Fri 11/16/07	  	87	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	42	  	8.5	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 12/3/07	  	Fri 12/14/07	  	89	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	43	  	8.6	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 1/28/08	  	Fri 2/8/08	  	95	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	44	  	9	  		  	180 days	  	Mon 5/21/07	  	Fri 1/25/08	  		  	NA	  	
	45	  	9.1	  		  	140 days	  	Mon 5/21/07	  	Fri 11/30/07	  	7	  	NA	  	Aude
	46	  	9.2	  		  	140 days	  	Mon 5/21/07	  	Fri 11/30/07	  	7	  	NA	  	Aude
	47	  	9.3	  		  	60 days	  	Mon 11/5/07	  	Fri 1/25/08	  	87	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	48	  	10	  		  	30 days	  	Mon 4/30/07	  	Fri 6/8/07	  		  	Fri 7/20/07	  	
	49	  	10.1	  		  	30 days	  	Mon 4/30/07	  	Fri 6/8/07	  		  	Fri 7/20/07	  	
	50	  	10.1.1	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 4/30/07	  	Fri 5/11/07	  	4	  	Mon 6/11/07	  	Nielsen
	51	  	10.1.2	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 5/14/07	  	Fri 6/8/07	  	50	  	Fri 6/8/07	  	Nielsen
	52	  	10.1.3	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 5/14/07	  	Fri 5/25/07	  	50	  	Fri 7/13/07	  	Nielsen
	53	  	10.1.4	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 5/28/07	  	Fri 6/1/07	  	52	  	Fri 7/20/07	  	Nielsen
	54	  	11	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 6/29/07	  		  	Mon 7/23/07	  	
	55	  	11.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 6/29/07	  		  	Mon 7/23/07	  	
	56	  	11.1.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 6/29/07	  	14	  	Fri 7/27/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	57	  	11.1.2	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 6/29/07	  	14	  	Wed 8/1/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	58	  	11.1.3	  		  	15 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 6/22/07	  	14	  	Mon 7/23/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	59	  	11.1.4	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 6/18/07	  	Fri 6/22/07	  		  	Mon 7/23/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	60	  	11.1.5	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 6/18/07	  	Fri 6/22/07	  		  	Mon 7/23/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	61	  	12	  		  	90 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 10/5/07	  		  	NA	  	
	62	  	12.1	  		  	90 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 10/5/07	  		  	NA	  	
	63	  	12.1.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 6/29/07	  	14	  	Mon 7/23/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	64	  	12.1.2	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 6/4/07	  	Fri 6/29/07	  	14	  	Tue 8/21/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	65	  	12.1.3	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 10/1/07	  	Fri 10/5/07	  	83	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	66	  	12.1.4	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 10/1/07	  	Fri 10/5/07	  	83	  	NA	  	TCS
	67	  	12.1.5	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 10/1/07	  	Fri 10/5/07	  	83	  	NA	  	TCS
	68	  	13	  		  	50 days	  	Mon 8/6/07	  	Fri 10/12/07	  		  	NA	  	
	69	  	13.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 8/6/07	  	Fri 8/31/07	  	3	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	70	  	13.2	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 9/3/07	  	Fri 9/7/07	  	69	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	71	  	13.3	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 9/3/07	  	Fri 9/7/07	  	69	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	72	  	13.4	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 9/10/07	  	Fri 9/14/07	  	71	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
									
		  		  		  	Page 2	  		  		  		  		  	Mon 9/10/07

  

 A-5-3 

																	
	BPO-DM
	ID	  	WBS	  	Task Name	  	Duration	  	Start	  	Finish	  	Predeces	  	Completion Date	  	Primary Responsibility
	73	  	13.5	  	*	  	30 days	  	Mon 9/3/07	  	Fri 10/12/07	  	69	  	NA	  	Nielsen,TCS
	74	  	14	  		  	15 days	  	Mon 6/18/07	  	Fri 7/6/07	  		  	Fri 7/6/07	  	
	75	  	14.1	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 6/18/07	  	Fri 6/22/07	  		  	Fri 6/22/07	  	TCS
	76	  	14.2	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 6/25/07	  	Fri 7/6/07	  		  	Fri 7/6/07	  	
	77	  	14.2.1	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 6/25/07	  	Fri 7/6/07	  	75	  	Fri 7/6/07	  	Nielsen,TCS
	78	  	15	  		  	136 days	  	Mon 7/23/07	  	Mon 1/28/08	  		  	NA	  	
	79	  	15.1	  		  	136 days	  	Mon 7/23/07	  	Mon 1/28/08	  		  	NA	  	
	80	  	15.1.1	  		  	50 days	  	Mon 7/23/07	  	Fri 9/28/07	  		  	NA	  	
	81	  	15.1.1.1	  		  	10 days	  	Mon 7/23/07	  	Fri 8/3/07	  		  	Fri 8/3/07	  	Nielsen
	82	  	15.1.1.2	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 8/6/07	  	Fri 8/31/07	  	81	  	Fri 8/31/07	  	Nielsen
	83	  	15.1.1.3	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 9/3/07	  	Fri 9/28/07	  	82	  	NA	  	TCS
	84	  	15.1.2	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 10/1/07	  	Fri 10/5/07	  		  	NA	  	
	85	  	15.1.2.1	  		  	5 days	  	Mon 10/1/07	  	Fri 10/5/07	  	83	  	NA	  	TCS
	86	  	15.1.3	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 10/8/07	  	Fri 11/2/07	  		  	NA	  	
	87	  	15.1.3.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 10/8/07	  	Fri 11/2/07	  	85	  	NA	  	TCS
	88	  	15.1.4	  		  	21 days	  	Mon 11/5/07	  	Mon 12/3/07	  		  	NA	  	
	89	  	15.1.4.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 11/5/07	  	Fri 11/30/07	  	87	  	NA	  	TCS
	90	  	15.1.4.2	  		  	1 day	  	Mon 12/3/07	  	Mon 12/3/07	  	89	  	NA	  	Nielsen
	91	  	15.1.5	  		  	21 days	  	Mon 12/3/07	  	Mon 12/31/07	  		  	NA	  	
	92	  	15.1.5.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 12/3/07	  	Fri 12/28/07	  	89	  	NA	  	TCS
	93	  	15.1.5.2	  		  	1 day	  	Mon 12/31/07	  	Mon 12/31/07	  	92	  	NA	  	Nielsen
	94	  	15.1.6	  		  	21 days	  	Mon 12/31/07	  	Mon 1/28/08	  		  	NA	  	
	95	  	15.1.6.1	  		  	20 days	  	Mon 12/31/07	  	Fri 1/25/08	  	92	  	NA	  	TCS
	96	  	15.1.6.2	  		  	1 day	  	Mon 1/28/08	  	Mon 1/28/08	  	95	  	NA	  	Nielsen
	97	  	15.1.7	  		  	1 day	  	Mon 1/28/08	  	Mon 1/28/08	  		  	NA	  	
	98	  	15.1.7.1	  		  	1 day	  	Mon 1/28/08	  	Mon 1/28/08	  	95	  	NA	  	TCS
									
		  		  		  	Page 3	  		  		  		  		  	Mon 9/10/07

  

 A-5-4 

 SCHEDULE B 
 SERVICE LEVELS 
  

	Section 1.	GENERAL 

 (a) As of the
Services Commencement Date (or as otherwise specified in a Statement of Work or this Schedule and the Attachments to this Schedule), TCS will provide the Services to the performance levels and commitments described in this Schedule and its
Attachments. 
 (b) Tier One Quality of Service Metrics apply to all Services under the Agreement and shall be measured at the
Agreement level. Critical Service Levels are established and measured at SOW level. Critical Service Levels apply to individual Statements of Work only if the Statement of Work specifies Critical Service Levels. As applicable, Critical Service
Levels shall be identified and provided in each SOW and the applicable metrics for each Critical Service Level shall be developed and agreed by the Parties in accordance with the Service Level methodology described in this Schedule B. Minimum and
Expected Service Levels as defined in Section 4 below may be adopted by the Parties as Critical Service Levels for IT and BPO Services as specified in individual SOWs. Tier One Quality of Service Metrics shall be absolute standards that TCS
must meet. 
 (c) In order to achieve a fair, accurate and consistent measurement of TCS’ performance of the Services in
SOWs that have Critical Service Levels, additional Critical Service Levels may be added or substituted by Nielsen as specified in this Schedule, in SOWs, or in compliance with Section 3 of the MSA. For example, such additions or substitutions
may occur in conjunction with changes to the environment and the introduction of new Hardware or Software or means of Service delivery; provided, however, that where such Hardware or Software or such means of Service delivery is a replacement or
upgrade of existing technology, there shall be a presumption of equivalent or improved performance. 
  

	Section 2.	ATTACHMENTS 

 The
following Attachments attached hereto to this Schedule B are hereby incorporated by reference: 
  

	 	(a)	Attachment B-1: Tier One Quality of Service Metrics 

  

	 	(b)	Attachment B-2: Critical Service Levels 

 These Attachments sets forth the quantitative measurements associated with Tier One Quality of Service Metrics and Critical Service Levels. TCS shall perform the Services at or above the levels of
performance indicated in this Schedule B and the SOW as applicable. 
  

	Section 3.	REPORTING 

 (a) Unless
otherwise specified in this Schedule B, each Tier One Quality of Service Metric and Critical Service Level shall be measured on a monthly basis. TCS shall provide to Nielsen, as part of TCS’ monthly performance reports, a set of hard- and
soft-copy reports to verify TCS’ performance and compliance with the Tier One Quality of Service Metrics and Critical Service Levels. 
  

 B-1-1 

 (b) In accordance with Section 5.7 of the Agreement, TCS shall provide detailed
supporting information for each report to Nielsen in the format specified by Nielsen at a level of detail sufficient to verify compliance with the Service Levels. Such supporting information shall be subject to audit by Nielsen. TCS shall provide
Nielsen with information and access to such tools and procedures upon request for purposes of verification. The data and detailed supporting information shall be Nielsen’s Confidential Information, and shall be maintained by TCS such that
Nielsen may access such information online and in real-time, where feasible, at any time during the Term. 
  

	Section 4.	ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS OF SERVICE LEVELS 

 4 .1 Initial Service Levels 
 (a) If Nielsen or TCS is currently measuring
the performance and nine (9) consecutive months of service measurements exist for a particular Service (the “Nine-Month Measurement Period”), the Parties agree that TCS shall be expected to deliver Services at the average of
such service measurements for the Nine-Month Measurement Period (the “Expected Service Level”) and shall at a minimum deliver Services at the level of the lowest service measurement achieved during the Nine-Month Measurement Period
(the “Minimum Service Level.”); 
 (b) If Nielsen is currently measuring the performance and the history
supports the metric, but the full Nine-Month Measurement Period history is not available, Nielsen will continue to measure the metric through the Transition Period, and if nine (9) months history will be available before Service Commencement
Date, TCS will accept the Critical Service Level; 
 (c) For Critical Service Levels for which limited or no metric data is
available, Nielsen will either continue or begin benchmarking the metric and TCS will continue to do so after the relevant Service Commencement Date and until the Nine-Month Measurement Period is complete, at which time both Parties shall agree to
the resulting Critical Service Levels; and 
 (d) For Critical Service Levels where it is agreed by the Parties that the
Nine-Month Measurement Period will begin after the TCS Service Commencement Date, the methods and processes defined in Section 4.2 for additions will apply. 
 4.2 Additions 
 Nielsen may add Critical Service Levels in accordance with
this Section 4.2 of this Schedule B by providing written notice in accordance with Section 4.4 of this Schedule. Expected Service Levels and Minimum Service Level commitments associated with added Critical Service Levels will be computed
as follows: 
 (a) When the Nine Month Measurement Period exists, the Parties agree that the Expected Service Level shall be
defined as the average of such service measurements for the Nine-Month Measurement Period and that the Minimum Service Level shall be defined as the lowest service measurement achieved during the Nine-Month Measurement Period; or 

 

 B-1-2 

 (b) When no measurements or less than nine months of measurements exist for a particular
Service, the Parties shall attempt in good faith to agree on an Expected Service Level and a Minimum Service Level commitment using industry standard measures or Third Party advisory services (for example, Gartner Group, Yankee Group, etc.); or

 (c) When no measurements exist for a particular Service, and the Parties fail to agree on an Expected Service Level and a
Minimum Service Level commitment using Section 4.2(b) above, with respect to measurements provided by another party or industry standard measures as described in such Section 4.2(b), the Parties shall do the following: 

(i) The Nine-Month Measurement Period for the applicable Service shall begin within sixty (60) days after TCS’ receipt of
Nielsen’s written request, subject to agreement on such measurements in accordance with the Change Control Procedures provided in Section 12.2 of the Agreement. TCS shall be responsible for timely and accurately calculating each monthly
measurement during the Nine-Month Measurement Period; and 
 (ii) After nine (9) monthly measurements have been calculated
(or should have been measured in accordance with Section 4.2(a) above and if not so measured; determined as described in Section 4.2(c)(ii)(A) below), Nielsen may at any time request in writing that the provisions of Section 4.2(b)
above be used to establish the Expected Service Level and Minimum Service Level commitments. 
 (A) If TCS fails to provide one
(1) or more measurements during the Nine-Month Measurement Period such that nine (9) consecutive measurements are not available, the missing measurement(s) shall be set according to the following process: (i) if one measurement is
missing, the missing measurement shall be constructed by using the highest of the eight (8) actual measurements, or (ii) if two (2) or more measurements are missing, the first missing measurement shall be constructed by using the
highest of the actual measurements and adding to that measurement twenty percent (20%) of the difference between that measurement and one hundred percent (100%) and each of the remaining missing measurements shall be constructed by using
the highest of the actual measurements and adding to that measurement thirty five percent (35%) of the difference between that measurement and one hundred percent (100%). 

 

	 	(1)	For example, if during the Nine-Month Measurement Period seven (7) measurements were calculated for a particular Service, and the highest of the seven measurements
were 95%, then the measurements for the missing two (2) months would be deemed to be 96% (representing 95% plus (20% of 5%)) and 96.75% (representing 95% plus 35% of 5%)), respectively. 

4.3 Deletions of Critical Service Levels 
 Nielsen may delete Critical Service Levels by sending written notice to TCS in accordance with Section 4.4. 
 4.4 Notice Requirements 
 Nielsen will send written notice to TCS at least
sixty (60) days prior to the date that additions or deletions to Critical Service Levels are to be effective, provided that Nielsen may send only one (1) such notice (which notice may contain multiple changes) each calendar quarter.

  

 B-1-3 

	Section 5.	COMMENCEMENT OF OBLIGATIONS 

 The obligations set forth herein for the Tier One Quality of Service Metrics shall commence four (4) months after the Agreement Effective Date. For purposes of measuring compliance with the Tier One
Quality of Service Metrics relating to IT and BPO service quality and delivery, each additional SOW executed after the Agreement Effective Date will not be included for the first four (4) months (or such other period as the Parties agree) after
such SOW becomes effective. The Critical Service Levels shall commence as provided in the relevant SOWs. 
  

	Section 6.	COOPERATION 

 The
achievement of the Tier One Quality of Service Metrics and Critical Service Levels by TCS may require the coordinated, collaborative effort of TCS with third parties. TCS will provide a single point of contact for the prompt resolution of any
failure on the part of TCS to meet a Tier One Quality of Service Metric or Critical Service Level other than due to exceptional circumstances described in Section 8.7 of the Agreement (“Service Level Defaults”) and all failures
to provide high quality Services to Customer, regardless of whether the reason for such Service Level Defaults, or failure to provide high quality Services to Nielsen, was caused by TCS. 

 

	Section 7.	CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT – SERVICE LEVELS 

 The Parties agree to the concept of continuous improvement and that the Critical Service Levels should be modified during this Agreement to reflect this concept. To accomplish this, Critical Service
Levels will be modified each twelve (12) month period following the commencement of obligations date specific to each Critical Service Level as described in Section 6 and below: 

(a) Each Expected Service Level will be reset to the average of the four highest monthly actual results at or above the Expected Service
Levels achieved during the previous year; provided that, if fewer than four (4) monthly actual results exceeded the Expected Service Level, the Expected Service Level will be reset by taking the four (4) highest monthly actual results,
replacing each such actual result that is below the Expected Service Level with the Expected Service Level, and dividing the sum of the resulting four (4) numbers by four (4). 

(i) For example, if the Expected Service Level being adjusted were 99.6%, and there were three actual results that were higher and none
equal (e.g., 99.9%, 99.8%, and 99.7%), the calculation would be ((99.9% + 99.8% + 99.7% + 99.6%) / 4) = 99.75% with the subsequent reset governed by Section 8(2) below. 
 (b) Notwithstanding Section 7(a)(i) above, in no event shall any single increase in an Expected Service Level pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) above exceed ten percent (10%) of the difference
between one hundred percent (100%) and the then-current Expected Service Level. 
 (i) For example, if the Expected Service
Level being adjusted were 99.6%, the maximum increase for that reset would be 0.04% (i.e., from 99.6% to 99.64%). 
  

 B-1-4 

 (c) Each Minimum Service Level will be reset by adding to the Minimum Service Level being
adjusted a sum equal to five percent (5%) of the difference between one-hundred percent (100%) and the then-current Minimum Service Level. 
 (i) For example, if the Minimum Service Level that is being adjusted was 99.4%, the increase would be 0.03% (i.e., from 99.4% to 99.43%). 

(d) For ease of administration, beginning with the second anniversary of the Agreement Effective Date and continuing with every
anniversary of the Agreement Effective Date thereafter , the process described in this Section 7 will be performed as of the anniversary of the Agreement Effective Date, utilizing the previous twelve months’ data, replacing the dates that
were based upon the commencement of obligations specific to each Critical Service Level. 
 (e) TCS commits to the additional
commitments to Continuous Improvement and Best Practice performance as outlined in Section 8.9 of the MSA. 
  

	Section 8.	ROOT CAUSE ANALYSIS AND IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR CRITICAL MEASUREMENTS 

 If TCS fails to satisfy any Tier One Quality of Service Metric or Critical Service Level, TCS shall provide Nielsen with a root cause analysis and written plan for improving TCS’ performance to
satisfy the Tier One Quality of Service Metric or Critical Service Level within the timeframes defined in Section 8.6(b) of the MSA. Performance improvement plans shall be subject to Nielsen’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld. TCS
shall promptly implement such plan once it has been approved by Nielsen. 
  

	Section 9.	TIMES 

 Unless otherwise
set forth herein, all references in this Schedule to times shall refer to Greenwich Mean Time. 
  

	Section 10.	EXCLUSIONS 

 TCS shall be
relieved of failures to comply with Tier One Quality of Service Metrics or Critical Service Levels to the extent and only to the extent that such failure is due to the breaches of Section 8.7 of the MSA. 

 

 B-1-5 

 EXHIBIT B-1 
 Tier One Quality of Service Metrics 
 *[Eight pages have been omitted in accordance with a
request for confidential treatment.] 
  

 B-1-1 

 EXHIBIT B-2 
 Critical Service Levels 
 NOTE: Critical Service Levels will be detailed in each Statement
of Work. The following template is intended to serve as a guideline for the types of functions and measurements. This list is illustrative, not exhaustive, and the inclusion of Service Levels not provided here in Statements of Work is expected. To
be effective, Critical Service Levels must be provided in the relevant SOW; the levels provided in this Exhibit B-2 shall not function as default Critical Service Levels. 
 *[Five pages have been omitted in accordance with a request for confidential treatment.] 
  

 B-2-1 

 SCHEDULE C 
 CHARGES 
  

	Section 1.	MINIMUM COMMITMENT AMOUNT 

(a) The Minimum Commitment Amount shall be One Billion Dollars ($1,000,000,000). 

(b) In accordance with Section 5.7 of the Agreement, within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter TCS shall
provide Nielsen with a detailed reconciliation of the amount remaining in the Minimum Commitment Amount, showing the amount remaining from the prior calculation and all events occurring during the quarter reported upon (or which should have been
reflected in prior statements) which have reduced the Minimum Commitment Amount and the amount of each such reduction, including all adjustments pursuant to Section 17 of the MSA. Although Nielsen’s obligations shall not actually be
reduced until Nielsen pays the applicable Charges, for the convenience of the Parties the reported reductions in the Minimum Commitment Amount for Services provided shall be calculated on the basis of amounts invoiced or accrued by TCS. 

 

	Section 2.	PROJECT RATE CARD 

 2.1
Rates 
 The Rates below apply for all Services performed by TCS under the Agreement, except for Fixed Fee SOWs or
Projects (i.e., all Services will be billed at either the IT or the BPO Rate) and are firm and fixed during the Term and Extension Period, and there will be no charge for overtime. These Rates (all in U.S. Dollars) are as follows per hour:

 [Superseded by Amendment Number 3 to the Master Services Agreement, dated May 11, 2009] 

2.2 Applicability of Rates 
 (a) The foregoing Rates shall apply to Services delivered from all Service Locations. 
  

 C-1 

	Section 3.	PASS-THROUGH EXPENSES 

(a) Nielsen will reimburse TCS for all Pass-Through Expenses mutually agreed by the Parties as provided in the Agreement. Pass-Through
Expenses must be reasonable, warranted and cost effective, and have been approved in advance by Nielsen’s Project Manager. Pass-Through Expenses are to be billed to Nielsen at TCS’ cost (without mark up of any kind, including
administrative fees, and net of all rebates and credits). 
 (b) TCS shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to minimize the
amount of Pass-Through Expenses. With respect to services or materials paid for on a Pass-Through Expense basis, Nielsen may: 
 (i) obtain such services or materials directly from one or more third parties; 
 (ii) designate the third party source for such services or materials; 
 (iii) designate the particular services or materials (e.g., equipment make and model) TCS shall obtain (although if TCS demonstrates to Nielsen that such designation will have an adverse impact on
TCS’ ability to meet the Service Levels, such designation shall be subject to TCS’ approval); 
 (iv)
designate the terms for obtaining such services or materials (e.g., purchase or lease and lump sum payment or payment over time); 
 (v) require TCS to identify and consider multiple sources for such services or materials or to conduct a competitive procurement; and 

(vi) review and approve the applicable Pass-Through Expenses before entering into a contract for particular services or
materials. 
  

	Section 4.	SERVICE CREDITS 

 4.1
Initial Credit 
 Nielsen shall be entitled to five million U.S. Dollars ($5,000,000) in service credit to be used
against Charges at Nielsen’s discretion. 
 4.2 Non-Renewal Credit 

If Nielsen has provided the notice required by Section 2.2(a) of the Agreement but for whatever reason the Parties do not agree on a
Renewal Period in accordance with Section 2.2(a) of the Agreement prior to the end of the Initial Term, the MCA will be reduced by one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000). 

 

	Section 5.	LOCAL COUNTRY BILLING 

 If
requested by Nielsen, TCS shall invoice Nielsen Affiliates outside of the United States for charges in the currency specified for local billing in the applicable SOW. The exchange rates 

 

 C-2 

 
to be used to convert from the U.S. Dollar based charges in this Agreement to the relevant local currency shall be based on the average of the exchange rates shown in the Wall Street
Journal for each Business Day in the December prior to the year in which the Services are provided (e.g., January’s bill for December’s services will use the prior year’s exchange rate but February’s bill for January’s
services will use the new rates); except that for the period from October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007 the exchange rates from September, 2007 shall be used. If the actual exchange rate of any applicable local currency varies more
than twenty percent (20%) against the U.S. Dollar in the course of any calendar year, upon the request of either Party, the Parties shall reset the exchange rates for the remainder of such calendar year based on the average exchange rates
for the calendar month prior to such readjustment date. Such readjustment may occur only once per year. 
  

	Section 6.	CHARGES FOR TERMINATION-EXPIRATION SERVICES 

 Termination Expiration Services provided during the Term (including the Extension Period) shall be charged at the rates for the relevant year provided in Section 2 of this Schedule C. If any
such Services extend beyond the Term (including the Extension Period), the Charges shall be as mutually agreed but shall not be increased beyond the Extension Period Rates by more than 10% per calendar year after the Extension Period.

  

 C-3 

 SCHEDULE D 
 NIELSEN SATISFACTION SURVEYS 
  

	Section 1.	INTRODUCTION 

 This
Schedule identifies the customer satisfaction strategy that TCS will use to determine the level of the Users’ satisfaction with the Services and to help TCS identify performance areas that can be improved to achieve a “satisfied
customer” status. The targets for the Customer Satisfaction Surveys may include the internal Users of Nielsen designated by Nielsen and the Nielsen management team. TCS shall not be required to include any external users of Nielsen services
such as Nielsen Clients. 
 The customer satisfaction process will provide Nielsen management with an objective view of the
Service Levels achieved by TCS and the processes being used to manage and provide Services to Nielsen. This process enables the identification, documentation and reporting of processes that can be targeted for improvement of the provision of the
services. The overriding aim of the customer satisfaction process is to ensure consistent levels of quality Service across Nielsen’s entire User base. 
 Customer satisfaction may be measured in BPO and IT by using different surveys; however the overall approach to the survey development, approval and execution will be similar. Nielsen will have overall
review and approval of the Customer Satisfaction Surveys, to include input and approval of the survey recipients, the survey methodology, and the survey questions. 
 Several different approaches may be used to gauge customer satisfaction. These approaches may include web-based and paper surveys, meetings with key personnel, and open forums. By using different
techniques, personnel at different levels and across a variety of business areas will be surveyed. The frequency and breadth of the surveying will allow Nielsen and TCS to recognize and proactively improve service/satisfaction issues before they
become major problems. 
  

	Section 2.	GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

TCS’ responsibilities include: 
 (a) Conducting two (2) types of Customer Satisfaction Surveys: 
 (i) Annual
Customer Satisfaction Surveys; and 
 (ii) Project Customer Satisfaction Surveys. 

(b) Measuring customer satisfaction in all surveys for the following general attributes: 

(i) Responsiveness; 
  

 D-1 

 (ii) Performance; 
 (iii) Service-related Knowledge; and 
 (iv) Overall Satisfaction. 

(c) Measuring customer satisfaction for each unique Service provided. 

(d) Measuring customer satisfaction with the value of the Services. 

(e) Developing the materials and methodology for each survey. 
 (f) Submitting the materials and methodology to Nielsen for approval at least thirty (30) working days prior to the scheduled start date for each survey. 

(g) Tracking survey response rates. 
 (h) Communicating with Users on a proactive basis to achieve or exceed the minimum response rate specified for each survey. 
 (i) Receiving completed surveys from Users and tabulating results from the surveys. 
 (j) Reporting the results to: 
 (i) The Nielsen Relationship Manager and
the applicable Project Manager. 
 (ii) The User group that was asked to respond to the survey. 

(iii) Other Users of the Services as directed by the Nielsen Global Relationship Manager or the applicable Project Manager. 

(k) Using the survey results to propose for Nielsen review and approval measurable improvement programs for areas requiring attention.

  

	Section 3.	ANNUAL AND PROJECT CUSTOMER SATISFACTION SURVEYS – BPO & IT 

 TCS will describe in appropriate detail how it will meet the annual and SOW Customer Satisfaction Survey requirements contained in this Schedule, including a proposed methodology, typical staff
participating in each survey, and sample survey questions. 
 3.1 TCS Responsibilities 

TCS’ responsibilities include: 
 (a) Conducting an annual survey sent to all Users of the Services designated by Nielsen. The actual list of Users for each Service will be determined by Nielsen. 

 

 D-2 

 (b) Initiating the first Annual Customer Satisfaction Survey within seven (7) months
after the Agreement Effective Date, or at a later time if approved by the Nielsen Global Relationship Manager. 
 (c) Conducting
ongoing Annual Customer Satisfaction Surveys annually thereafter. 
 (d) Reporting the results of the annual and SOW surveys to
the Nielsen Global Relationship Manager and relevant Project Managers within four (4) weeks after survey completion. 
 (e)
Reporting the results to the survey respondents and Nielsen executives as requested by the Nielsen Global Relationship Manager. 

(f) Developing and implementing action plans as warranted to improve delivery and Users’ perception of Services. 

 

	Section 4.	SURVEY INSTRUMENT 

 TCS
will use the survey attached to this Schedule as Exhibit D-1 or similar surveys as agreed by Nielsen as the basis for conducting annual and Project point of service satisfaction measurements. Customer satisfaction may be measured in BPO and
IT by using different surveys; however the overall approach to the survey development, approval and execution will be similar. Nielsen will have overall review and approval of the customer satisfaction surveys, to include input and approval of the
survey recipients, the survey methodology, and the survey questions. 
  

 D-3 

 Exhibit D-1 
 Form of Survey 
 ****See following page*** 

					
	Service Assessment and Feedback Questionnaire
	 	 
	 Section A: Project
Details
  
	 	 
	 Customer Name

 
	 	 
	
Project
  
	 	 
	 Customer
Representative’s Name
  
	 	 
	
Designation
  
	 	 
	 Project
Location
  
	 	 
	
Date
  
	 	 
	 Feedback for
the duration (mm/yyyy - mm/yyyy)
  
	 	Jan 06 through Dec 06
	 Project Type
and Feedback type
  
	 	Annual
	 
	 Please Read instructions in the Readme worksheet for help in filling the below
  

	 
	 Section B: Customer Ratings [To be filled in by the Customer Representative]
  

	
Attributes - Deliver related issues
  
	 	 Importance

Rating/ Weight
  
	 	 TCS’ Performance
Rating
  

	 1. Quality of
Deliverables
	 	 	 	 
	 Ability
to understand Business requirements
	 	3	 	4
	 Ability to develop technical
specifications
	 	4	 	4
	 Delivery
meets specifications
	 	5	 	4
	 2. Project
Management
	 	 	 	 
	 Ability
to meet agreed schedules
	 	5	 	4
	
Coordination and Effectiveness of project team
	 	5	 	3
	 3. Production Support
Services
	 	 	 	 
	 Ability
to timely respond and resolve high severity incidents
	 	4	 	5
	
Transition planning and execution
	 	4	 	5
	 4. Documentation
	 	 	 	 
	
Completeness and Correctness of the documentation
	 	3	 	4
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	
Attributes relating to other Issues - Non-delivery related
  
	 	 Importance

Rating/ Weight
  
	 	 TCS’ performance
Rating
  

	 5. Responsiveness
	 	 	 	 
	
Complaint resolution
	 	4	 	4
	 The
accessibility of key personnel
	 	5	 	5
	 Timely
allocation of resources
	 	5	 	5
	
Providing adequate visibility to delivery activities, associate movement
	 	3	 	4
	 6. Communication
	 	 	 	 
	 Clarity
and content
	 	4	 	4
	
Openness
	 	3	 	3
	
Promptness
	 	5	 	4
	 7. Security and
confidentiality
	 	 	 	 
	
Adherence to your organization’s policies and procedures
	 	3	 	4
	 8. General
	 	 	 	 
	
Proactiveness
	 	4	 	5
	 Overall
comfort level on service delivery
	 	3	 	5

 Are there any other aspects of the project not covered in the above questionnaire? If so, please elaborate. 

					
	 Other aspects

 
	 	
Importance

Rating/ Weight
  
	 	
TCS’ performance Rating
  

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	If the degree of Satisfaction for any of the above questions
is less than 3, please elaborate.
	 	 
	Item Number /
Description	 	COMMENTS
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 

 Thank
you for the time and effort you have put in to fill this form. 
 Your feedback is greatly appreciated. 

 

 D-1-1 

 SCHEDULE E 
 HUMAN RESOURCES 
  

	Section 1.	INTRODUCTION 

 1.1 The
Parties contemplate that the treatment of human resources matters will differ from SOW to SOW. This Schedule E describes the implications of the various options to be elected by the Parties in each SOW. Each SOW shall indicate which provisions of
this Schedule E are applicable to that SOW. The form of SOW contained in Exhibit A-3 provides a sample format which can be inserted in other forms of SOW if appropriate. 
 1.2 This Schedule E provides the provision regarding the transfer and hiring of the In-Scope Employees by TCS. Certain provisions provided in this Schedule E are applicable only to those In-Scope
Employees to whom the Acquired Rights Directive does not apply (the “Non-ARD In-Scope Employees”), certain provisions are applicable only to those In-Scope Employees to whom the Acquired Rights Directive does apply (the “ARD
In-Scope Employees”), and certain provisions are applicable to all In-Scope Employees. Provisions specific to In-Scope Employees in a particular country are provided in Section 13 of this Schedule or the relevant SOW. 

 

	Section 2.	DEFINITIONS. 

 (a)
“ARD In-Scope Employees” means those In-Scope Employees to whom the ARD applies. 
 (b) “Core
Personnel” means those TCS Personnel who are described in Section 31.14(c)(iii) of the MSA and (i) are engaged wholly or in part in providing the Services on the date that notice to terminate the relevant SOW is given by either
Party, or during the six (6) months prior to expiration of the Term, and who if not engaged wholly in providing the Services are, in Nielsen’s opinion, involved sufficiently in the provision of the Services or have detailed knowledge of
the Services and Nielsen’s business. 
 (c) “Employment Effective Date” shall have the meaning provided in
Section 3.2. 
 (d) “In-Scope Employee” means an employee of Nielsen or its Affiliates whose employment
with Nielsen or Nielsen Affiliate(s) is displaced as result of the transaction contemplated by the relevant SOW (and, in the case of jurisdictions where ARD applies, any individual whose employment is subject to transfer to TCS pursuant to ARD).

 (e) “Key Transitioned Employee” means a Transitioned Employee who is assigned to perform a role/function
designated in the SOW as critical to TCS in providing the Services. 
 (f) “Non-ARD In-Scope Employees” means
an In-Scope Employee to whom the ARD does not apply. 

 (g) “Non-ARD Transitioned Employee” means a Non-ARD In-Scope Employee who
becomes a TCS Personnel upon acceptance of the offer of employment from TCS made pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Schedule. 

(h) “Successor Supplier” means a third party designated by Nielsen to provide any of the Services in lieu of TCS
following the termination, expiration, or reduction in scope of the relevant SOW. 
 (i) “Transitioned
Employee” means (i) an In-Scope Employee who upon acceptance of TCS’ offer of employment becomes an employee of TCS, its Affiliate, or Approved Subcontractor and (ii) an Unintended ARD Employee. 

(j) “Unintended ARD Employee” has the meaning provided in Section 4.3. 

 

	Section 3.	NON-ARD IN-SCOPE EMPLOYEES 

3.1 SOW Specific Provisions 
 Each SOW shall designate whether TCS is required to offer employment to Non-ARD In-Scope Employees and, if so, whether TCS’ obligation is as to specific indicated individuals or as to a specific
number of individuals or some combination of the two. If an SOW does not indicate whether TCS is required to hire In-Scope Employees then TCS shall not be obligated to offer employment to any In-Scope Employees. 

3.2 Offers of Employment 
 At such time as the Parties provide in the relevant SOW, TCS will offer employment, in writing, to each Non-ARD In-Scope Employee, such employment to commence on the date specified in the offer letter
subject to acceptance of the offer by the applicable Non-ARD In-Scope Employee (the “Employment Effective Date”). If a Non-ARD In-Scope Employee is on leave that qualifies under the United States Family and Medical Leave Act
(“FMLA”) or applicable state or local family and/or medical leave law, or any other applicable federal, state or local leave law, including military leave law, is on disability leave (short or long term), or is otherwise on a leave
of absence approved by Nielsen (collectively, “LOA Leave”), on or before the date TCS makes employment offers to other eligible Non-ARD In-Scope Employees at such employee’s work location, such employee shall receive an
employment offer from TCS at or about the same time as such other Non-ARD In-Scope Employees. If a Non-ARD In-Scope Employee is on LOA Leave, or if a Non-ARD In-Scope Employee takes LOA Leave after TCS offers employment but before the Employment
Effective Date, TCS shall honor the employment offer made to such Non-ARD In-Scope Employee provided that the Non-ARD In-Scope Employee returns to active service prior to the earlier of the end of the Term of this Agreement and the expiration of his
or her LOA Leave. A Non-ARD In-Scope Employee who is on LOA Leave who accepts an offer from TCS will remain a Nielsen employee until he or she becomes a TCS employee upon joining TCS employment at the end of his or her leave, at which time TCS will
hire such Non-ARD In-Scope Employee. 
  

 E-2 

 3.3 Comparable Positions 

TCS’ offer shall be for a position that is comparable to the type of position held by the applicable Non-ARD In-Scope Employee prior
to the date of the SOW (except that unless otherwise provided in the relevant SOW if in the twelve (12) months prior to the date of the SOW if Nielsen has made any changes in the individual’s terms and conditions of employment outside of
the ordinary course TCS need only meet the terms and conditions prior to the non-ordinary course change). Unless otherwise consented to by the Non-ARD In-Scope Employee TCS shall keep the Non-ARD In-Scope Employee in such comparable position for a
period of at least twelve (12) months from the Employment Effective Date. For purposes hereof, a “comparable position” shall mean a position (a) commensurate with the Non-ARD In-Scope Employee’s education, skill and relevant
experience; (b) (unless otherwise provided in the SOW) with a work location of less than thirty five (35) miles from the Non-ARD In-Scope Employee’s then current work location; and (c) providing a level of compensation and
benefits which, when taken as a whole, are at least as favorable as those enjoyed by the Non-ARD In-Scope Employee immediately prior to the date of the SOW (with base salary no lower than previously provided). If the SOW provides that the offer may
be contingent on relocation and at the time of the offer TCS contemplates that the applicable Non-ARD In-Scope Employee is likely to be required to relocate within twelve (12) months after the Employment Effective Date to a location which is
more than thirty five (35) miles from the Non-ARD In-Scope Employee’s then current work location, TCS shall clearly inform such Non-ARD In-Scope Employee of the possibility of relocation as part of the offer process so that the Non-ARD
In-Scope Employee is able to make an informed decision about whether to accept TCS’ offer of employment. 
 3.4
Pre-Employment Screening 
 TCS offer of employment may require that the offer is subject to the applicable Non-ARD
In-Scope Employee successfully completing TCS’ normal and customary pre-employment background screening processes, including drug testing, background checks, or any other pre-background employment screening not prohibited by law. If a Non-ARD
In-Scope Employee was previously employed or contracted by TCS, TCS may not consider such In-Scope Employee’s prior performance with TCS as part of TCS’ screening process. Except as expressly provided in this Schedule E, the terms and
conditions of TCS employment offer extended to In-Scope Employees will be in accordance with TCS’ normal and customary practices and policies with respect to requirements for recruitment of full time staff. 

3.5 Retention of Certain Employees 
 TCS will not hinder Nielsen in Nielsen retaining in Nielsen’s employment such employees (other than ARD In-Scope Employees) as Nielsen shall have notified TCS prior to execution of the SOW that
Nielsen wishes to retain. 
 3.6 Disclosure of Relevant Information by Nielsen 

(a) With respect to each Non-ARD In-Scope Employee to whom TCS may be required to make an offer of employment in accordance with this
Schedule E, if the applicable SOW provides that TCS shall have access to employee files and to the extent not restricted by 

 

 E-3 

 
applicable law, Nielsen shall provide TCS with access to copies of all relevant employment records of the Non-ARD In-Scope Employee available with Nielsen or its Affiliates and all relevant
information relating to such individual’s employment with Nielsen or Nielsen Affiliates, including position and role, length of service in such position and role, compensation details, performance evaluations. All such information shall be
deemed Nielsen Confidential Information. 
 (b) Nielsen agrees that when delivered to TCS in accordance with this Schedule E,
all Data disclosed pursuant to Section 2.5 and 3.2 below will be, to the best of Nielsen’s knowledge, compliant with the requirement of this Schedule E, and accurate in all respects and will have disclosed all material terms and conditions
of employment of the applicable In scope Employees and Intended ARD Transitioning Employees who will become TCS Personnel in accordance with this Schedule E and the applicable SOW; and Nielsen will have satisfied all of its obligations by the
applicable In-Scope Employees and Intended ARD Transitioning Employees as of the Employment Effective Date or the employment transfer date with respect to all outgoing and accrued liabilities in respect of the Non-ARD Transitioning Employees and
Intended ARD Transitioning Employees who transfer to TCS or Approved Subcontractors, including wages, contractual bonuses, commission, holiday remuneration, payments of PAYE, tax, social security and national insurance contributions or other
relevant national statutory deductions governed by the laws of any jurisdiction governing the employment of such individuals. 
  

	Section 4.	ARD IN SCOPE EMPLOYEES 

4.1 Generally 
 The Acquired Rights Directive and/or any national laws and regulations implementing the provisions of or similar to Acquired Rights Directive (“ARD Regulations”) may apply to the ARD
In-Scope Employees. 
 4.2 Intended ARD In-Scope Employees 

At least thirty (30) days prior to the applicable SOW Effective Date, Nielsen and TCS will prepare and agree upon a final list of
ARD In-Scope Employees who will transfer to TCS (“Intended ARD Transitioned Employees”). All other individuals who were performing work in-connection with the Services outsourced to TCS under the relevant SOW prior to the Effective Date of
SOW, whether or not they could be considered as ARD In-Scope Employees, shall be considered “Unintended ARD Employees”. 
 4.3 Unintended ARC In-Scope Employees 
 (a) Unless the applicable SOW
provides that TCS bears the risk of Unintended ARD Employees, Nielsen retains the responsibility of relocating, retaining or terminating the employment of all Unintended ARD Employees. In such event TCS shall be responsible to transition the
employment of each Intended ARD Transitioned Employee as TCS Personnel consistent with the ARD Regulations. 
  

 E-4 

 (b) Unless the applicable SOW provides that TCS bears the risk of Unintended ARD Employees,
if an Unintended ARD Employee is found or alleged to have become an employee of TCS or TCS Group or Approved Subcontractor as a result of the ARD Regulations (instead of remaining an employee of Nielsen or applicable Affiliate of Nielsen as provided
in Section 3.2), then (unless TCS desires to retain such individual): 
 (i) TCS will, upon becoming aware of any such
transfer of employment, or claim therefore, notify Nielsen in writing and may, following consultation with Nielsen, request Nielsen to make or cause to be made to such individual an offer in writing to employ him or her under a new contract of
employment. Upon such request being made, Nielsen may within seven (7) days after such request, make or cause to be made the offer of employment, such offer of employment to be on terms which, when taken as a whole, do not materially differ
from the terms and conditions of employment of that person immediately before that person’s alleged transfer to TCS. If such offer of employment is accepted by that individual in writing then Nielsen shall inform TCS in writing within two
(2) Business Days after such acceptance; 
 (ii) If Nielsen fails to make the offer contemplated under clause
(ii) above or the offer as above is rejected by the applicable individual or is not accepted within ten (10) Business Days, then, unless prohibited by applicable law TCS may terminate the individual’s contract of employment. Nielsen
shall indemnify TCS of all amounts incurred by TCS or TCS group or applicable Approved Subcontractor arising out of such transfer of employment and/or termination of contract of employment, including: 

(A) the notice pay and contractual or statutory redundancy payments paid by TCS to such Unintended ARD Employees to the extent that such
payments would have been required to be made by Nielsen under the terms of the employees' contracts of employment had the redundancies been implemented by Nielsen immediately prior to their transfer to TCS 

(B) any salary and contractual benefits incurred by TCS to such Unintended ARD Employees during the period of time from their transfer
to TCS to the date on which such redundancy takes effect, provided that TCS uses reasonable commercial efforts to minimize such period or 
 (C) the Parties may agree to a one-time payment or increase to the Charges to compensate TCS for the continued employment by TCS of such Unintended ARD Employees. 

4.4 Benefits to Intended ARD Transitioning Employees 
 The Parties agree that with respect to each Intended ARD Transitioning Employees on the applicable Service Commencement Date: 
 (a) The contract of employment of each of the Intended ARD Transitioning Employees shall have effect on and after the applicable Service Commencement Date as if originally made with TCS instead of
Nielsen. With effect from the applicable Service Commencement Date, all wages, salaries and entitlement to other benefits, pensions and pension-related benefits of the Intended ARD Transitioning Employees, as well as all the employer’s
contractual and statutory liabilities including in respect of PAYE, social security 
  

 E-5 

 
payments and national insurance contributions, or other relevant national statutory deductions governed by the laws of any jurisdiction governing the employer of such ARD Transitioned Employees
relating to the period on or after the Service Commencement Date, will be discharged by TCS. Nielsen will be and shall remain liable for the payment of all such amounts relating to the period prior to and up to the Service Commencement Date.

 (b) Subject to the provisions of this Schedule E, each Party agrees to comply fully with its legal obligations under the
Acquired Rights Directive and any applicable local country laws, including its obligations regarding consultation and the giving of information. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Nielsen may retain certain ARD In-Scope Employees if the ARD In-Scope Employees are offered, and have accepted, an offer of employment with Nielsen to perform functions
outside the scope services set forth in Schedule [A] (Services). Such offers of employment shall not in any way reduce TCS’ obligations under this Section 4.1 with respect to any such ARD In-Scope Employees unless and until such ARD
In-Scope Employees has accepted such an offer of employment from Nielsen 
 4.5 Personnel Data 

At the request of TCS, Nielsen will deliver or make available to TCS, as soon as practicable following the Effective Date of the
applicable SOW or on receipt of such request, and subject to any applicable legislation governing the use or processing of personal data which may be in effect from time to time, copies of all tax, PAYE, social security and national insurance
records and copies of any other documents or records (agreed by Nielsen and TCS) which, in the reasonable opinion of Nielsen, are relevant to the Intended ARD Transitioning Employees and as applicable to any Unintended ARD Employees, provided that:

 (a) Nielsen will preserve the originals of such records or documents for a period of at least three (3) years (or such
longer period as may be required by any relevant laws) after the Effective Date and will allow TCS access to the same at all reasonable times to the extent necessary to enable TCS to deal with any matters relating to the Intended ARD Transitioning
Employees and Unintended ARD Employees and will, as and when requested by TCS to do so, produce the same to the relevant authorities; and 
 (b) If Nielsen wishes to dispose of or destroy any such records or documents prior to the expiration of three (3) years after the Effective Date of the SOW, it will not do so without informing TCS of
its intention to do so and, if TCS so requests, Nielsen will deliver to TCS such of the records or documents as TCS may request. 
  

 E-6 

	Section 5.	BENEFITS AND PERFORMANCE REVIEWS FOR TRANSITIONED EMPLOYEES 

 5.1 TCS Benefits and Performance Obligations 
 Except as applicable local
laws require otherwise or as expressly provided below, following the Employment Effective Date for each Transitioned Employee , TCS will: 
 (a) Provide a package of compensation benefits which benefits when taken as a whole, will be comparable, or no less favorable in the aggregate than, those enjoyed by the Transitioned Employees immediately
prior to the Effective Date and, in the case of Intended ARD Transitioned Employees , such package of compensation benefits are sufficient to avoid any claims for breach of the ARD regulations. In particular, TCS will, to the extent such obligations
are greater than those imposed by applicable law: 
 (i) Ensure that Transitioned Employees are given the same employment
opportunities as are available to other existing employees of TCS, TCS Group or Approved Subcontractor, as applicable; 
 (ii)
Maintain and recognize each Transitioned Employee’s total relevant service time with Nielsen (including any time with a previous employer where Nielsen has recognized continuity of such employment), in each case documented by the Parties prior
to the Employment Effective Date and ensure that this applies to all benefit qualifications, vesting and any other requirements (other than pension benefit accrual); 
 (iii) Treat each Transitioned Employee into the same Fair Labor Standards Act Category (i.e., exempt or non-exempt) as with Nielsen (and, unless there is a change in the Transitioned Employee’s
position or if required by a change in applicable law), not change such classification during the Transitioned Employee’s employment with TCS for at least one year after the Employment Effective Date); 

(iv) Employ all Transitioned Employees through TCS, or if provided in the relevant SOW either an Affiliate of TCS or an Approved
Subcontractor ; 
 (v) Arrange for no waiting periods or limitations as to pre-existing conditions and exclusions for
medical/hospitalization insurance coverage, prescription drugs, dental, vision, life insurance, long term disability and short term disability for each Transitioned Employee and his/her eligible dependents; 

(vi) Credit towards any deductible or copayment requirement of TCS’ medical, dental and vision plans for calendar year 2007 any
deductibles or copayments paid during calendar year 2007 prior to the Effective Date by the Transitioned Employees and their respective dependents under Nielsen’s medical, dental and vision plans; 

(vii) Assume, if requested, financial responsibility for any unfinished training courses and associated tuition reimbursement costs to
the extent such programs are available under corresponding TCS programs and policies; and 
 (viii) Take full responsibility for
all travel and relocation requirements and costs of the Transitioned Employees caused by any travel or relocation approved or required by TCS after they become TCS Personnel. 
 (b) Retain in Nielsen account those Key Transitioned Employees listed in the relevant SOW (“Non-Transferable Key Transitioned Employees”) during the first twenty-four (24) months
after the Employment Effective Date, unless Nielsen consents to a termination (other than for cause) or reassignment. For purposes of this Section 5, “cause” shall include 
  

 E-7 

 
misconduct, unsatisfactory performance that continues after notification to the employee of the manner in which performance is deficient, and misappropriation of Confidential Information. For
this purpose “cause” shall not include job elimination or redundancy. 
 5.2 Retention and Re-Assignment of Non-ARD
Transitioned Employees 
 (a) Prior to terminating the employment of any Non-ARD Transitioned Employee, other than for
cause, TCS shall use reasonable efforts to redeploy such employee within TCS. 
 (b) TCS shall retain and not reassign without
Nielsen’s prior written approval, (except where termination is for cause), all Non-ARD Transitioned Employees for the first twelve (12) months following the Employment Effective Date (unless the SOW is terminated by Nielsen and the
provisions of Section 5.9 of this Schedule E apply). The exclusive liability of TCS for breach of this provision shall be for TCS to pay the applicable severance amount to such individual at the rate at which he/she would have been entitled if
his/her employment had been continued with Nielsen until the date of such termination. 
 (c) Unless otherwise provided in the
relevant SOW, during the first twelve (12) months after the Employment Effective Date, TCS will review with Nielsen any proposed reassignment of any Non-ARD Transitioned Employees to an account other than Nielsen and obtain Nielsen’s
consent to the reassignment. 
 5.3 Bonuses and Salary Increases 

(a) If so provided in the relevant SOW, TCS will provide Non-ARD Transitioned Employees with a pro-rata initial salary increase necessary
to reflect any difference in the time of salary review cycles between the Parties. 
 (b) With regard to accrued bonuses for
Non-ARD Transitioned Employees, Nielsen will either (at its option) pay accrued bonuses at time of transfer or when other Nielsen employees are paid. If the latter, Nielsen may elect to pay the gross amount to TCS and have TCS pay the Non-ARD
Transitioned Employees. 
 5.4 Vacation 
 TCS shall provide to each Non-ARD Transitioned Employee with full credit for the amount of any unused paid time off accrued by the employee for the relevant calendar year immediately prior to the
Employment Effective Date. Thereafter, such Non-ARD Transitioned Employees will be eligible for paid time off in accordance with TCS’ standard policies, based upon the employee’s combined years of Nielsen and TCS service. 

5.5 Orientation 
 TCS will provide sufficient orientation and on-the-job and formal training to each Transitioned Employee to facilitate the employee’s expeditious integration into TCS’ workforce, and
familiarization with TCS’ policies and procedures. 
  

 E-8 

 5.6 In-Scope Employees Availability on Effective Date 

If there are any In-Scope Employees who are subject to the hiring requirement as agreed by Nielsen and TCS and are not available for work
commencing on the Employment Effective Date, Nielsen will, on or before the Effective Date of the SOW, provide TCS with a list of such In-Scope Employees who may not immediately be available because such persons are on other temporary assignments or
long-term leave. An preliminary version of such list will be attached to the applicable SOW as an Exhibit. 
 5.7 401(k)
Plan 
 (a) Eligibility. Provided he or she has sufficient service with Nielsen to be eligible for participation, for
employer contribution, and for vesting, in Nielsen’s 401(k) plan (the “Nielsen 401(k) Plan”), each United States Transitioned Employee shall receive immediate eligibility for participation, for employer contributions, and for
vesting, in TCS’ 401(k) plan (the “TCS 401(k) Plan”) in accordance with the TCS 401(k) plan. 
 (b)
Loans. Each United States Transitioned Employee shall have the right to rollover existing loans outstanding under its Nielsen 401(k) plan account to his or her TCS 401(k) Plan account. Each Party shall cooperate with one another to administer
the collection and accounting of any outstanding plan loans (up to (2) loans) under the Nielsen 401(k) plan until the effective date of transfer of assets from the Nielsen 401(k) plan to the TCS 401(k) Plan. 

5.8 Section 125 
 For United States Non-ARD Transitioned Employees who participate in Nielsen’s Dependent Care or Medical Expenses Plans established pursuant to IRC §125, TCS shall assume Nielsen’s
obligations with respect thereto as of the Employment Effective Date and Nielsen shall transfer to TCS the aggregate amount contributed prior to the Employment Effective Date by all such Transitioned Employees for the relevant calendar year less the
aggregate amount paid out with respect thereto. 
 5.9 Severance for Non-ARD Transitioned Employees 

Each Non-ARD Transitioned Employee shall be given service credit for severance benefits for prior experience with Nielsen, to the same
extent that Nielsen gave credit to that employee’s years of service prior to the Employment Effective Date. Without in any way diminishing TCS’ obligation pursuant to Section 4.2, if during the first twelve (12) months after the
Employment Effective Date (i) TCS terminates a Non-ARD Transitioned Employee’s employment other than for cause and (ii) under the rules of Nielsen’s severance plan in effect immediately prior to the Employment Effective Date such
Non-ARD Transitioned Employee would have been entitled to greater severance benefits (using the aggregate of service recognized by Nielsen and the period of service with TCS), then TCS shall provide such Non-ARD Transitioned Employee with such
additional amounts of severance benefits payments over and above those payable under TCS’ severance plan that are necessary in the aggregate to cause the total severance benefits to be equal to the benefits available under Nielsen’s plan.
If the SOW or the Agreement is terminated by Nielsen for any reasons other than material breach by TCS or 
  

 E-9 

 
change of control of TCSL within the first twelve (12) months after the Employment Effective Date, Nielsen will reimburse TCS for any severance benefits or other amounts incurred by TCS to
such Non-ARD Transitioned Employees if TCS terminates such employees within ninety (90) days thereafter. 
  

	Section 6.	IMMIGRATION 

 6.1 Work
Permits and Visas 
 TCS will make commercially reasonable efforts (including financial responsibility where Nielsen had
financial responsibility prior to the Effective Date) for managing the process of obtaining and completing any applications for work permits or visas required by any Transitioned Employees in connection with their employment with TCS or following
the Employment Effective Date and/or maintaining work permits or visas in effect as of the Employment Effective Date. TCS also shall be responsible for completion of Forms I-9 for Transitioned Employees in the United States. TCS’ offer of
employment may be subject to the availability of transfer of such individual’s visa (or an appropriate replacement thereof) and the continued availability of such visa. 
 6.2 Transitioned Employees With H1-B Or L-1 Visas 
 (a) Nielsen will
continue to employ any Transitioned Employee working on an H1-B or L-1 visa (the “Working Paper Employees”) until TCS can obtain an H-1B for such employee or until Nielsen determines that continued employment of any such individual
is inappropriate. TCS shall apply, and pay the expedite fee, to obtain an H-1B visa for the Working Paper Employees as soon as possible after the issuance of the offer of employment. 

(b) With respect to the Working Paper Employees, except as otherwise specified herein, references to the Effective Date in this Schedule
shall be deemed to be references to the date the Working Paper Employees are transitioned to TCS pursuant to paragraph (a) above. 
 (c) TCS shall reimburse Nielsen for all compensation (i.e., salary plus benefits) that Nielsen provides the Working Paper Employees after the Employment Effective Date [NOTE TO TCS – the concept here
is that it is economically neutral – you charge us for their time but reimburse Nielsen for their costs.] 
  

	Section 7.	INDEMNITIES ON TRANSFER 

7.1 Nielsen Indemnities 
 Without limiting Nielsen’s obligations under Section 3.3, Nielsen will defend, indemnify and keep TCS indemnified against all Losses howsoever arising out of or relating to any Claim:

 (a) By any employee or employee representative of either Party arising out of a failure by Nielsen to comply with its legal
obligations under the ARD Regulations, including its obligations regarding consultation and the giving of information; 
  

 E-10 

 (b) By any Non-ARD Transitioned Employees to the extent such Claim relates to a period up to
the Employment Effective Date (other than any claims against TCS completely independent from TCS’ relationship with Nielsen); 
 (c) By any other employee or contractors of Nielsen including Nielsen Contractor Personnel which arises or is alleged to arise as a result of any act or omission by Nielsen relating to their employment or
engagement by Nielsen at any time. For clarity, this Section 7.1(c) shall not apply to Claims of TCS Personnel, including Non-ARD Transitioned Employees, which arises or is alleged to arise as a result of any act or omission by TCS relating to
their employment or engagement by TCS at any time; or 
 (d) By any Intended ARD Transitioning Employees as they relate to a
period up to the date of their employment transfers to TCS pursuant to Section 4.1; 
 7.2 TCS Indemnities

 TCS will defend, indemnify and keep indemnified Nielsen against all Losses arising out of or relating to any Claim:

 (a) By any employee or employee representative of either Party arising out of a failure by TCS to comply with its legal
obligations under the ARD Regulations, including its obligations regarding consultation and the giving of information; 
 (b) By
any Non-ARD Transitioned Employees to the extent such Claim relates to a period on or after the Employment Effective Date or affirmative acts of TCS prior to the Employment Effective Date related to TCS’ interview, screening, selection, or
offer and acceptance process; or 
 (c) By any Intended ARD Transitioning Employees which is related to the period on and after
the date of transfer of their employment to TCS. 
 7.3 Indemnification Procedures 

The provisions relating to indemnities provided in Section 29.4 of the Agreement will also apply with respect to the indemnities
given in Section 7. 
  

	Section 8.	NIELSEN CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL 

 The contracts for any contractors of Nielsen and its Affiliates (“Nielsen Contractor Personnel”) will be terminated or, if so provided in the relevant SOW, subject to receipt of any
Consents in the manner provided in Section 15 (Consents) of the Agreement, assigned to TCS. Actions to terminate or assign such contracts will be in accordance with a plan prepared by TCS and approved by Nielsen. 

 

 E-11 

	Section 9.	SUPPLY OF TCS PERSONNEL INFORMATION 

 9.1 Transitioned Employee Personnel Information 
 Following the service of
notice of termination of the Agreement or the date six (6) months prior to expiration of the Agreement (a “Disengagement Event”), TCS will, subject to the appropriate confidentiality undertakings being given by Nielsen and any
potential Successor Supplier, and subject to any applicable law governing the use or processing of personal data, within fourteen (14) days of Nielsen’s request for the same, provide Nielsen (which Nielsen may, subject to aforesaid
confidentiality, share with any potential Successor Supplier notified to TCS), with such information and copies of appropriate records concerning all Key Transitioned Employees, all TCS employees who the ARD Regulations may require be transferred to
Nielsen or a Successor Supplier, and any other Transitioned Employee who remain in Nielsen account (“Transitioned Employee Personnel Information”). Such Transitioned Employee Personnel Information shall include the number and
breakdown of such Key Transitioned Employees, all TCS employees who the ARD Regulations may require be transferred to Nielsen, and other Transitioned Employees by function, remuneration and benefits packages, and dates of commencement of employment,
contractual periods of notice and any outstanding or potential liabilities in respect of such TCS employees, but excludes any (i) career planning files regarding the such TCS Employees, and (ii) information regarding formal complaints
filed by such TCS Employees. 
 9.2 Changes to Transitioned Employee Personnel Information 

Where Transition Employee Personnel Information has been provided, TCS will as soon as practicable (but in any event within fourteen
(14) days): 
 (a) Inform Nielsen of any material change to the same; 

(b) Use its reasonable efforts to clarify any matter on which clarification is reasonably requested by Nielsen; and 

(c) Use its reasonable efforts to co-operate with any other reasonable requests made by Nielsen concerning Transition Employee Personnel
Information. 
  

	Section 10.	CHANGE TO A SUCCESSOR SUPPLIER AND RE-TRANSFER PROVISIONS 

 10.1 Core Personnel 
 Prior to the effective date of any Disengagement
Event, Nielsen will compile, and TCS agrees to provide all such assistance as Nielsen reasonably requires in facilitating such compilation, a list of all Core Personnel. 
 10.2 Re-Transfer Employees 
 Nielsen and TCS acknowledge and accept that
where Nielsen or a Successor Supplier provides services in replacement of the Services on or after the effective date of any 

 

 E-12 

 
Disengagement Event and any Core Personnel transfer to Nielsen or the Successor Supplier (the such Core Personnel, the “Re-Transfer Employees”, and such transfer shall be
considered a “Re-Transfer”), such transfer (so far as it relates to Transitioned Employees or other personnel who TCS intends to make redundant employed in a member state of the European Union) may (depending on the precise facts in
the case), constitute a relevant transfer for the purposes of the Acquired Rights Directive or other applicable legislation. The date of the Re-Transfer is deemed the “Re-Transfer Date”. Each Party undertakes in such circumstances
to comply fully, and to provide all reasonable assistance to the other Party and any potential Successor Supplier to comply fully, with all its/their respective obligations under the ARD Regulations or other applicable laws including (without
limitation) its/their obligations regarding consultation and the giving of information. 
 10.3 TCS Obligations on
Re-Transfer 
 Whether or not the Acquired Rights Directive applies to any Core Personnel, on a Re-Transfer, TCS will:

 (a) Cooperate with and not hinder Nielsen or any Successor Supplier in offering employment to, or entering into a contract
with, any Core Personnel; 
 (b) As directed by Nielsen, give Nielsen or any Successor Supplier all reasonable assistance to
employ, or contract with, such Core Personnel, including, by providing to Nielsen or any Successor Supplier: 
 (i) Reasonable
access to such Core Personnel for interviews and recruitment; 
 (ii) An organizational chart showing the roles,
responsibilities, authority and salaries or resource values of all such Core Personnel; and 
 (iii) Waive, and ensure that each
of its Subcontractors waives, any post-termination restrictions of any nature applicable to such Core Personnel where TCS or such Subcontractor enjoys the benefit of such restriction. 

(c) All activities by Nielsen and Successor Supplier relating to Re-Transfer shall be completed within three (3) months after the
Disengagement Date and unless such date is extended by the Parties, Nielsen’s rights with respect to Re-Transfer contemplated under this Schedule E shall terminate (other than with regard to transfer of files and indemnification). 

10.4 TCS Disengagement Procedures 
 (a) TCS will not (and will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to procure that Affiliates of TCS or Approved Subcontractors will not) without the prior written consent of Nielsen, terminate or vary the
terms of employment of any Core Personnel in connection with any Disengagement Event other than changes in the ordinary course of employment. Specifically, TCS, TCS’ Affiliates, and its Approved Subcontractors shall not: 

(i) Vary, or purport or promise to vary, the terms or conditions of employment, engagement, or service of any Core Personnel (including
promises to make any 
  

 E-13 

 
additional payment or provide any additional benefit, except in accordance with such normal variations as are made in respect of other employees of TCS in equivalent positions pursuant to
TCS’ normal business practices); 
 (ii) Reduce or vary the involvement of any Core Personnel from the provision of the
Services; 
 (iii) Terminate (or give notice to terminate) the employment or engagement of any of Core Personnel other than
lawfully for cause; 
 (iv) Recruit any employee, contractor, Subcontractor or consultant to provide the Services or assign any
additional individuals to the provision of the Services (other than as reasonably required to ensure TCS’ ability to comply with its obligations under the Agreement); 
 (v) Transfer any Core Personnel away from the provision of the Services; or 
 (vi)
Prevent, restrict or hinder any Core Personnel from working for Nielsen or a Successor Supplier. 
 (b) The foregoing
prohibitions shall apply only where such variation, reduction, termination, recruitment, transfer, prevention or other activity specified in Section 10.4(a): 
 (i) Is instituted at any time after a notice of termination of the Agreement, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms of the Agreement has been issued by either Party; 

(ii) Is instituted at any time within six (6) months prior to the Disengagement Event; or 

(iii) Is designed first to take effect in whole or in part after a Disengagement Event. 

10.5 Re-Transfer Employee Data and Obligations 
 TCS agrees that: 
 (a) When delivered to Nielsen in accordance with this Schedule
E, Data disclosed pursuant to Section 9 above will be, to the best of TCS’ knowledge, compliant with the requirements of this Schedule E, and accurate in all respects and will have disclosed all material terms and conditions of employment
of the Re-Transfer Employees who transfer to Nielsen or a Successor Supplier in accordance with Section 10.2; and 
 (b)
TCS will have satisfied all of its obligations by the Re-Transfer Date with respect to all outgoing and accrued liabilities in respect of the Re-Transfer Employees who transfer to Nielsen or a Successor Supplier in accordance with Section 10.2,
including wages, contractual bonuses, commission, holiday remuneration, payments of PAYE, tax, social security and national insurance contributions or other relevant national statutory deductions governed by the laws of any jurisdiction governing
the employment of such Re-Transfer Employees. 
  

 E-14 

 10.6 Personnel Disengagement Assistance 

(a) Without prejudice to the foregoing provisions of this Agreement but subject to the provisions of Section 27 of the Agreement and
Schedule O (Disengagement Assistance), TCS will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to comply with all reasonable requests from Nielsen with regard to arrangements contemplated under this Schedule E connected with termination or
expiration of the Agreement. TCS further agrees that it will fully and promptly co-operate in good faith with all reasonable requests of Nielsen to procure the smooth and lawful transfer to the Successor Supplier of the Re-Transfer Employees who
transfer to Nielsen or a Successor Supplier in accordance with Section 10.3. Subject to any restrictions under applicable law, no later than twenty-eight (28) days following any Disengagement Event, where there is a Re-Transfer, TCS will
provide to Nielsen or the Successor Supplier updated payroll information following the final payroll run and relevant tax and statutory details in relation to any Re-Transfer Employees. 

(b) TCS agrees that, in the period of six (6) months after the effective date of any Disengagement Event, it will not solicit to
hire or employ any Re-Transfer Employee from Nielsen or a Successor Supplier to which the relevant Re-Transfer Employee’s employment has transferred on or following such Disengagement Event without Nielsen’s or the Successor
Supplier’s prior written consent. 
  

	Section 11.	INDEMNITIES ON RE-TRANSFER 

11.1 TCS Indemnities on Re-Transfer 
 TCS shall indemnify Nielsen and keep Nielsen indemnified against all Losses arising (directly or indirectly) out of or relating to any Claim: 

(a) By any Re-Transfer Employee or Re-Transfer Employee’s representative arising out of a failure by TCS to comply with its legal
obligations under the Acquired Rights Directive and local country law, including its obligations regarding consultation and the giving of information; 
 (b) By or on behalf of any Re-Transfer Employee arising from TCS’ failure to perform its legal or contractual obligations as they relate to the period up to the Transfer Date; or 

(c) By or on behalf of any Re-Transfer Employee which arises or is alleged to arise as a result of any act or omission of TCS relating to
such Re-Transfer Employee’s employment prior to the Re-Transfer Date. 
 11.2 Nielsen Indemnities on Re-Transfer

 Nielsen shall indemnify and keep TCS indemnified against all Losses arising out of or relating to any Claim: 

(a) By any Re-Transfer Employee or Re-Transfer Employee’s representative arising out of a failure by Nielsen or Successor Supplier
to comply with its legal obligations under the Acquired Rights Directive, including its obligations regarding consultation and the giving of information; and 
  

 E-15 

 (b) By any Re-Transfer Employee which arises or is alleged to arise as a result of any act
or omission by Nielsen or any Successor Supplier relating to such Re-Transfer Employee’s employment by Nielsen or any Successor Supplier as they relate to a period on or after the Re-Transfer Date. 

11.3 Indemnification Procedures 
 The provisions relating to indemnities set out in Section 29.4 of the Agreement will also apply with respect to the indemnities given in this Section 11. 

 

	Section 12.	Compliance and Insurance 

12.1 WARN Act 
 If such termination could be aggregated with employment terminations undertaken by Nielsen of other Nielsen employees, without Nielsen’s consent TCS may not terminate the employment of any
Transitioned Employees in the United States during the twelve (12) months after the Employment Effective Date if such termination is attributable to Nielsen under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification (“WARN”) Act.

 12.2 Worker’s Compensation 
 Nielsen shall be responsible for providing workers’ compensation insurance coverage for the Transitioned Employees through the day before the Agreement Effective Date, and TCS shall be responsible
for providing workers’ compensation insurance coverage for the Transitioned Employees from and after the Agreement Effective Date. 
  

	Section 13.	COUNTRY SPECIFIC TERMS 

Any additional terms that are country specific shall be provided in the applicable SOW. 

 

 E-16 

 EXHIBIT E-1 
 Nielsen Preemption Right Employees 
  

																			
	O11296	  	Field Operations Management	  	 *
	  	15-Mar-94	  	13.6	  	11.3	  	27	  	B.Com	  	Senior Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O12203	  	Field	  	 *
	  	1-Sep-97	  	10.1	  	8.3	  	21	  	B Com, MBA	  	Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O11393	  	Field	  	 *
	  	1-Sep-97	  	10.1	  	7.6	  	30	  	LLB	  	Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O28239	  	Field	  	 *
	  	1-Jul-92	  	15.3	  	13.5	  	21	  	B.Sc.	  	Senior Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O11286	  	Field	  	 *
	  	12-Aug-96	  	11.1	  	9.4	  	21	  	B.Com	  	Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O28361	  	Field	  	 *
	  	26-Nov-96	  	10.8	  	9.1	  	21	  	B.Com	  	Senior Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O32231	  	Field	  	 *
	  	1-Sep-97	  	10.1	  	8.3	  	21	  	B.Com	  	Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O20157	  	Field	  	 *
	  	1-Dec-97	  	9.8	  	7.3	  	30	  	B.Com	  	Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O29238	  	Operations	  	 *
	  	1-Jan-98	  	9.8	  	8.8	  	12	  	B. Com	  	Operations Coordinator	  	Associate
	O14241	  	Administration	  	 *
	  	28-Oct-99	  	7.9	  	6.2	  	21	  	B.Com	  	Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O17104	  	Field	  	 *
	  	22-May-95	  	12.4	  	9.9	  	30	  	B.Sc.	  	Senior Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O14186	  	Field	  	 *
	  	1-Mar-96	  	11.6	  	9.8	  	21	  	M.Sc.	  	Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O29020	  	Field	  	 *
	  	26-Jul-95	  	12.2	  	10.4	  	21	  	B.Com	  	Senior Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O29185	  	Field	  	 *
	  	1-Dec-97	  	9.8	  	8.1	  	21	  	M.Sc.	  	Operations Executive	  	Associate

																			
	O24242	  	Field	  	 *
	  	1-Dec-99	  	7.8	  	6.1	  	21	  	B.Com	  	Operations Executive	  	Associate
	O18089	  	Operations	  	 *
	  	15-Sep-98	  	9.0	  	6.5	  	30	  	MBA	  	Senior Manager, Operations	  	Country Manager
	O24178	  	Field	  	 *
	  	06-Dec-95	  	11.8	  	9.3	  	30	  	B.Com	  	Manager, Operations	  	Process Manager
	O11003	  	Field	  	 *
	  	26-Jul-95	  	12.2	  	9.7	  	30	  	B.Com	  	Senior Operations Executive	  	Team Leader
	O26245	  	Field	  	 *
	  	26-Jul-95	  	12.2	  	9.7	  	30	  	MBA	  	Senior Operations Executive	  	Group Leader
	O21220	  	Field	  	 *
	  	01-Oct- 95	  	12.0	  	9.5	  	30	  	B.Com	  	Senior Operations Executive	  	Group Leader
	O23288	  	Field	  	 *
	  	01-Aug-97	  	10.2	  	7.7	  	30	  	B.Sc.	  	Senior Operations Executive	  	Team Leader
	O20141	  	Field	  	 *
	  	12-Aug-96	  	11.1	  	8.6	  	30	  	B.Sc.	  	Senior Operations Executive	  	Team Leader
	O12262	  	Operations	  	 *
	  	26-Aug-05	  	2.1	  	0.4	  	21	  	BE, MBA	  	HR Manager	  	HR Partner

  

 E-2 

 SCHEDULE F 
 OFF-SHORE LEVERAGE 
 TCS TARGET HEADCOUNT 

SERVICE LOCATIONS 
  

	Section 1.	OFF SHORE LEVERAGE 

 In
providing the Services, TCS shall deploy its Resources to meet the percentages provided in Exhibit F-1, Off-Shore Leverage. 
  

	Section 2.	TCS TOTAL HEADCOUNT 

 2.1
Number of Resources 
 In providing the Services, TCS shall use the number of Resources provided in Exhibit F-2, TCS
Target Headcount. 
 2.2 IT Services Staffing 
 As provided in Section 10.2(e) of the Agreement, where TCS has difficulty meeting Critical Service Levels or other requirements of an IT Statement of Work, Nielsen may require TCS to meet the
following staffing pyramid: 

 

 

  

 F-1 

	Section 3.	SERVICE LOCATIONS 

 3.1
Nielsen Service Locations 
 Allentown, PA 
 Fon-du-Lac, WI
 Green Bay, WI
 Hollywood, CA 
 New York, NY
 Oldsmar, FL
 Omaha, NE
 Sandy, UT
 Schaumberg, IL
 Syosset, NY
 White Plains, NY
 Wilton, CT 
 Markham, Ontario, Canada 
 Oxford, United Kingdom 
 Sydney, Australia
 Toronto, Canada 
 3.2 TCS Service Locations 

(a) Initial Global Delivery Centers. Services will initially be performed in TCS’ Global Delivery Centers in Hungary, and
Chennai, Baroda, and Mumbai, India. 
 (b) Other Service Locations. TCS may add Other Service Locations or relocate the
Services as provided in Section 6.2 of the Agreement. 
  

 F-2 

 EXHIBIT F-1 
 Off-Shore Leverage Percentages 
  

																																		
	OFF-SHORE LEVERAGE	  			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 		
	IT Services	  			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 		
	Off-Shore Percentage	  			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 		
												
	  	  	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	 	2015	 	 	2016	 	 	2017	 
	 End Q1
	  			 	65	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 
	 End Q2
	  			 	65	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 
	 End Q3
	  	60	% 	 	65	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 
	 End Q4
	  	65	% 	 	65	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 
												
	 Average Off-Shore
	  			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 		
	 Leverage
	  	63	% 	 	65	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 	 	70	% 
												
	 Onsite Percentage
	  			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 		
	  	  	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	 	2015	 	 	2016	 	 	2017	 
	 End Q1
	  			 	35	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 
	 End Q2
	  			 	35	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 
	 End Q3
	  	40	% 	 	35	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 
	 End Q4
	  	35	% 	 	35	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 
												
	 Average Onsite
	  			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 		
	 Percentage
	  	38	% 	 	35	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 	 	30	% 

  

 F-1-1 

																																		
	BPO Services	  			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 		
	Off-Shore Percentage	  			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 		
												
	  	  	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	 	2015	 	 	2016	 	 	2017	 
	 End Q1
	  			 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 
	 End Q2
	  			 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 
	 End Q3
	  	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 
	 End Q4
	  	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 
												
	 Average Off-Shore
	  			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 		
	 Leverage
	  	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 	 	95	% 
												
	 Onsite Percentage
	  			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 			 		
												
	  	  	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	 	2015	 	 	2016	 	 	2017	 
	 End Q1
	  			 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 
	 End Q2
	  			 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 
	 End Q3
	  	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 
	 End Q4
	  	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 
												
	 Average Onsite
	  	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 	 	5	% 

  

 F-1-2 

 EXHIBIT F-2 
 TCS Target Headcount 
  

																							
	RESOURCE STAFFING PLAN	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
	IT Services	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
	  	  	2007	  	2008	  	2009	  	2010	  	2011	  	2012	  	2013	  	2014	  	2015	  	2016	  	2017
	 End Q1
	  		  	900	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1045
	 End Q2
	  		  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1045
	 End Q3
	  	425	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1045
	 End Q4
	  	585	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1045
												
	 Avg. Person Years Effort
	  	522	  	1050	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1100	  	1045
												
	 BPO Services
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
	  	  	2007	  	2008	  	2009	  	2010	  	2011	  	2012	  	2013	  	2014	  	2015	  	2016	  	2017
	 End Q1
	  		  	1110	  	2000	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200
	 End Q2
	  		  	1444	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200
	 End Q3
	  	400	  	1722	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200
	 End Q4
	  	795	  	1973	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200
												
	 Avg. Person Years Effort
	  	743	  	1562	  	2150	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200	  	2200
												
	 Totals
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
	  	  	2007	  	2008	  	2009	  	2010	  	2011	  	2012	  	2013	  	2014	  	2015	  	2016	  	2017
	 End Q1
	  		  	2010	  	3100	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3245
	 End Q2
	  		  	2544	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3245
	 End Q3
	  	825	  	2822	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3245
	 End Q4
	  	1380	  	3073	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3245
												
	 Avg. Person Years Effort
	  	1103	  	2612	  	3250	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3300	  	3245

  

 F-2-1 

 SCHEDULE G 
 NIELSEN POLICIES AND STANDARDS 
  

	Section 1.	PURPOSE 

 This Schedule
incorporates Nielsen’s Travel, Network Security, Connectivity and Data Security, and Physical Security Policies. These policies are currently in force at Nielsen. As these policies are amended during the Term of the Agreement, the amended
policies will be incorporated automatically into this Schedule G upon delivery of the revised policy to TCS. Note that all policies are reproduced here as provided by Nielsen, without formatting or other changes. 

1.1 Exhibits 
 The Nielsen policies and standards are set forth in the following exhibits: 

Exhibit G-1 – Travel Policies
 Exhibit G-2 – Network Connectivity and Security Policies
 Exhibit
G-3 – Data Security Policies
 Exhibit G-4 – Physical Security Policies 

 

 G-1-1 

 EXHIBIT G-1 
 TRAVEL POLICIES 
 This Exhibit G-1 details the current Nielsen travel
policies for U.S. employees. The purpose of this policy is to outline policies and procedures used by Nielsen employees when traveling at Nielsen’s request for business purposes. The policy became effective in October 1, 2006. It is
expected that TCS will adhere to the travel policies in place for each Nielsen location, as described in that location’s policies. 
 NIELSEN US BUSINESS TRAVEL & ENTERTAINMENT POLICY 
 Scope and Purpose

 It is Nielsen’s policy to reimburse employees for all reasonable and necessary expenses made in the course of
conducting authorized business on behalf of Nielsen. While traveling on behalf of Nielsen and its affiliated companies, all employees are considered representatives of Nielsen and are expected to conduct themselves in a professional, businesslike
manner, and to use all company sponsored travel aids (calling and credit cards, cellular phones, discounts, etc.) responsibly. 

This policy applies to all employees of Nielsen and its subsidiary companies, and provides guidelines for those employees incurring
business travel and entertainment expenses. Where appropriate, business units may elect to use more restrictive guidelines than those contained in this policy; guidelines specific to a business unit are contained in a separate addendum. 

Travel Policy Objectives 
  

	 	•	 	 Ensure all employees have a clear and consistent understanding of policies and procedures for business travel and entertainment.

  

	 	•	 	 Provide business travelers with an appropriate level of service at the lowest attainable cost, in the safest environment possible.

  

	 	•	 	 Maximize Nielsen’s ability to negotiate discounted rates with preferred suppliers and reduce travel expenses. 

Key Components of Policy 
  

	 	•	 	 Use of the Nielsen online booking system for all business travel arrangements. See Exhibit A for website and primary contacts.

  

 G-1-1 

	 	•	 	 Use of a single vendor for the corporate card for all business travel expenses. 

 

	 	•	 	 Use of preferred travel suppliers including airlines, hotels, and car rental agencies. 

The preferred travel services vendor, preferred corporate card, and preferred travel suppliers may change from time to time. A current
list of these vendors may be found as Exhibit B to this policy. 
 Use of the preferred booking system and preferred
vendors is important for several reasons. Booking through the online system and/or travel services provider (Expedia Corporate Travel Services) ensures that the company knows how to contact employees in the event of an emergency. In addition, these
systems/providers gather and generate information on usage that allows the company to negotiate better rates. Often, discounts that have been negotiated are based on volume, so it’s important to always use the preferred vendors in order to
maximize the savings to the company. Since volume discounts are not always applied upfront, the full effect of such discounts is not always evident when booking an individual trip! 

Failure to use the preferred vendors and corporate card will be noted on monthly management exception reports, and will be reported to the
employee’s manager. Reimbursement may be denied. 
 Responsibility and Enforcement 

The employee is responsible for complying with this policy. The employee is responsible for submitting expense reports in accordance with
the policies and procedures established by senior management. Failure to submit expense reports in a timely fashion will impact reimbursement back to the employee. 
 The employee’s manager is responsible for accurately reviewing and approving expense reports for compliance, prior to submission for reimbursement. 

All business travel and entertainment expenses are subject to audit by the IRS; therefore, strict compliance with these guidelines is
imperative. 
 The company assumes no obligation to reimburse employees for expenses that are not in compliance with this
policy, and in such cases, the employee will be held personally liable for expenses that are not in compliance. 
  

 G-1-2 

 Use of Video/Teleconferencing and WebEx in Lieu of Travel 

Employees should always consider whether a videoconference or WebEx call could satisfy the objectives of an off-site meeting prior to
making travel arrangements. 
 Videoconferencing and WebEx are popular alternatives to travel and represent an opportunity to
control travel costs. Please refer to Exhibit C for further information about videoconferencing locations and capabilities. 
 AIR TRAVEL 
 Air travel reservations (for all domestic flights and simple
international trips) should be made through the Nielsen online booking system, using the preferred corporate card. (Complicated, multi-destination trips should be booked through the preferred travel services vendor instead.) Employees are not
permitted to book travel via internet travel web sites at their own discretion, since the Nielsen online booking system already performs a thorough search that includes such sites. 

Utilizing the preferred system and travel services vendor ensures that Nielsen has access to each employee traveling on company business,
and can activate any required emergency plans in the event of a national disaster. 
 Pre Trip Authorization 

Employees should always inform their managers about potential upcoming trips, to ensure the expense is permitted within the budget.

 Airline Class of Service 
 Employees must use Economy class for all domestic travel, and all international travel, when total flying is less than 6 hours, excluding layover time at connecting points. 

Employees may use Business class for international travel, when total flying exceeds 6 hours, excluding layover time at connecting points.

 Upgrades at the expense of the company are not permitted. 

 

 G-1-3 

 Lowest Logical Airfare 

Employees are expected to use Economy class, and book the lowest logical airfare based on the best possible business decision. Failure to
use the lowest logical airfare will be noted on monthly management exception reports and will be reported to the employee’s manager. 
 Employees must book trips 14 days or more in advance of the required travel date, to take advantage of lower airfares. 
 Travelers must accept non-refundable tickets. These can be applied toward future travel, if plans change. 
 Electronic ticketing should be utilized whenever possible, as this decreases the overall process cost of travel for Nielsen. 
 Preferred Airlines 
 Nielsen has negotiated special rates with
several airlines. Preferred airlines must be used when possible and are identified in the online booking system, as well as Exhibit B of this policy. Failure to use preferred vendors will be noted on monthly management exception reports and
will be reported to the employee’s manager. 
 Airline Frequent Flyer Programs 

Employees may retain frequent flyer program benefits. However, participation in these programs must not influence flight selection or a
fare purchase, which would result in incremental cost to the company beyond the lowest logical airfare. 
 Personal Use of Corporate
Airline Agreements 
 Nielsen participates in airline-negotiated agreements that enable the company’s employees to
travel at discounted rates. These agreements include a clause indicating that the applicable discounts are exclusively for the benefit of employees traveling on company business, clients or consultants traveling on related company business, or
spousal travel for company-sponsored events. Non-employees accompanying an employee who is traveling on business will not be able to obtain the corporate discounts. 

 

 G-1-4 

 Personal Aircraft Transportation 

Employees are prohibited from using personal or rental aircraft in connection with company business since neither the associate nor the
company would be adequately insured for an accident while using private aircraft. 
 Number of Employees per Flight 

Every effort should be made to ensure that no more than ten employees are on any one flight. 

LODGING 

Hotel reservations should be made through the Nielsen online booking system, using the preferred corporate card. 

Hotels 
 Employees
are required to use properties where there are company-negotiated rates. These properties are identified in the online booking system, and at http://www.prolodgic.com/strength.dll?task=ProLodgicLogin&login=Nielsen&password =hotels. If
a preferred hotel property is not available, the cost of an alternate hotel should approximate the preferred rates generally offered in the area. 
 Employees may accept room upgrades to suites or executive floor rooms if the upgrade is at no additional cost to the company. Nielsen does not reimburse for any expenses incurred by an employee choosing
to travel with a personal companion, including, but not limited to, the upgrade of a single hotel room to a double hotel room. 

Employees staying a week or longer should inquire about weekly or long-term discounts. In most cases, a long-term discount would be
applicable to stays of 30+ days. Booking long-term stays directly is permitted, if a savings of at least 15% is obtained. 
 Room
Guarantee 
 Unless otherwise instructed, the preferred travel services vendor will book all rooms for guaranteed, late
arrival with the employee’s preferred corporate card. 
  

 G-1-5 

 Hotel Cancellation Procedures 

Employees are responsible for canceling hotel rooms and should contact the preferred travel services vendor or the hotel directly.

 Hotel Frequent Guest Programs 
 Employees may retain frequent guest program benefits. However, participation in these programs must not influence a hotel selection, which would result in incremental cost to the company beyond the lowest
negotiated rates available with a preferred vendor. 
 Hotel Expenses 

Charges for laundry and dry cleaning are not normally reimbursable. However, if the duration of a business trip is four (4) nights or
longer, reasonable laundry/dry cleaning/valet costs will be reimbursed. 
 RENTAL CAR 

Rental car reservations should be made through the Nielsen online booking system, using the preferred corporate card. 

Preferred Rental Car Suppliers 
 Nielsen has negotiated rates with preferred vendors; a list of preferred vendors is included as Exhibit B of this policy. 
 Rental Car Guidelines 
 Employees may rent a car at their destination
when entertaining customers or when it is less expensive than other modes of transportation such as taxis, limos or car services and airport shuttles. 
 The preferred vendor will offer the “best rate available” at the time of rental (be it Corporate, Promotional, or Weekend rate), provided the Corporate Contract ID Number appears on the rental
agreement. 
 At the time of rental, the car should be inspected and any damage found should be noted on the contract before the
vehicle is accepted. 
  

 G-1-6 

 Fines for traffic violations, including parking tickets, are not reimbursable expenses.

 Rental Car Categories 
 Employees should book Midsize/Intermediate cars unless: 
  

	 	•	 	 three or more company employees or customers are traveling together 

 

	 	•	 	 cars in authorized category are not available 

  

	 	•	 	 the employee can be upgraded at no extra cost 

  

	 	•	 	 transporting excess baggage such as booth displays 

 Rental Car Cancellation Procedures 
 Employees are responsible for
canceling rental car reservations and should contact the preferred travel services vendor or the car rental company directly. 
 Returning
Rental Cars 
 Rental cars should be returned in the most cost-effective manner, i.e. refueled or fuel pre-purchase.

 Rental Car Insurance 
 In the USA, all rental cars contracted with our preferred suppliers under the Nielsen Corporate Contract ID numbers include Loss Damage Waiver/Collision Damage Waiver coverage. Because this insurance is
already included in our negotiated rate, travelers should decline the Loss Damage Waiver/Collision Damage Waiver coverage when renting cars from our preferred supplier in the USA. Except when combined with an authorized business trip, personal
rentals are not eligible for Loss Damage Waiver/Collision Damage Waiver coverage and such coverage is not included in the rental rate. 
 Additional registered drivers who are employees and who are traveling together on business are also covered under the Loss Damage Waiver/Collision Damage Waiver. Non-employees are not covered. 

Outside of the USA, coverage varies greatly from country to country. Therefore, as recommended by the travel services provider, insurance
coverage for the Loss Damage Waiver/Collision Damage Waiver should always be purchased when traveling out of the country. 
  

 G-1-7 

 Coverage for other risks such as Liability, Fire, or Theft and Personal Accident insurance
is provided by Nielsen. Lost or stolen luggage and personal effects are the responsibility of the employee. 
 Rental Car Accidents

 If a rental car accident occurs, employees should immediately contact: 

 

	 	•	 	 the rental car company 

  

	 	•	 	 the local authorities, as required 

  

	 	•	 	 the employee’s manager 

Rental Car Club Memberships 
 The preferred vendors provide Nielsen employees free membership in their rental car club programs. You may apply for these memberships via the Nielsen online booking system. 

OTHER TRANSPORTATION 

Ground Transportation To and From Air Terminals 
 Employees traveling to the same location should share ground transportation to and from the airport whenever possible. 
 The most economical mode of transportation, when reasonable based on time, distance, and convenience, should be used at all times when the employee is not accompanying a customer. 

In major metropolitan areas in which parking at the airport is not a viable option, a car service may be used. 

Rail Travel 
 All
rail travel should be booked through the preferred travel services vendor, using the preferred corporate card. Technical limitations do not permit arranging rail travel through the online booking system; employees need to call Expedia Corporate
Travel to make rail reservations. 
  

 G-1-8 

 Employees must use Economy class for all Rail travel. 

Personal Car Usage Guidelines 
 Employees may use their personal car for business purposes. For purposes of this policy, business travel does not include driving to or from your regular place of business. 

It is the responsibility of the employee using a personal vehicle for business purposes to carry adequate insurance coverage for their
protection, and for the protection of any passengers. 
 Reimbursement for Personal Car Usage 

To the extent that use of a personal vehicle is the most logical mode of travel, employees will be reimbursed for business usage of
personal cars based on the current mileage rate allowed by the IRS, plus tolls and parking. 
 Employees with company-sponsored
automobiles or automobile allowances (either stated or as part of compensation) are not eligible for this reimbursement. 

Employees will not be reimbursed for any repairs to their personal car, even if these costs result from business travel. 

Personal Automobile Insurance 
 Nielsen does not provide insurance that covers the use of personal vehicles for business. However, if an employee, or the driver of an employee’s car, is on a business trip and is involved in an
accident, Nielsen will reimburse the amount of the personal insurance deductible, not to exceed a maximum of $1,000. Reimbursement will be handled through the standard T&E process, and will be charged to the cost center with budget
responsibility for the business travel. Use Code 0050 (Other) for the expense type. For purposes of this policy, business travel does not include driving to or from the regular workplace. 
  

 G-1-9 

 MEALS AND ENTERTAINMENT 
 Meal Expenses (Associates) 
 Employees will be reimbursed for normal
and customary expenses for breakfast, lunch, and dinner (including tax and gratuities) when traveling on company business. More detailed guidelines for tips/gratuities are contained on page 16. 

When two or more Nielsen employees dine together, the most senior Nielsen member present must report the entire expense. The employee
paying the entire meal expenditure must report the number of attendees, each person’s name, the business purpose, and matter discussed. 
 When employees are required to work late (after 8:00 p.m. or beyond 3 hours past their normal finishing time) or on weekends / holidays, or if a manager needs to “work through a meal,” employees
may be reimbursed for such reasonable meal expenses. Each manager is responsible for justifying such staff meals. The T&E must include the business issue or project that justifies the expense. 

Below are some general meal limits (including local taxes or tips): 

 

				
	 MEAL
	  		
	 Breakfast
	  	$	15
	 Lunch
	  	$	20
	 Dinner
	  	$	40

 Note that the limits are
on a per-person, per-meal basis. In addition, Nielsen business units may adopt stricter limits. Compliance with the business units’ established guidelines will be monitored; noncompliance or unreasonable expenses will be reported to management
and may be disallowed. 
 Meal expenses for associates traveling on company business should be assigned to Code 0010 (Breakfast),
0020 (Lunch) or 0030 (Dinner), as appropriate. 
 Associate Events / Team Meetings 

Team meetings or other outings for associates may include entertainment, provided that the meeting / outing is for a business purpose.
Entertainment at such associate events does not include lavish, excessive, or inappropriate entertainment, and the expense must be pre-approved by the senior manager who has budget authority for the event. 

 

 G-1-10 

 The costs for group meals and entertainment for Associate Events should be assigned to Code
0170 (Employee Entertainment). 
 Customer Meals and Entertainment 

The purpose of all customer meals and entertainment should be to advance a business relationship between Nielsen and its customers. The
expenditure qualifies as a cost of entertaining customers if a business discussion takes place during, immediately before or immediately after the event. 
 Meals taken with clients or prospects during which a specific business discussion takes place will be reimbursed according to reasonable and actual cost. Costs for such meals should be assigned to Code
0130 (Customer Entertainment – Meals). 
 In addition to meals taken with clients, customer entertainment expenses include
theater and sporting events, golf course greens fees, entertainment in an employee’s home and other similar events approved by the employee’s manager. The cost of such customer entertainment, in or out of town, should be within reasonable
limits and does not include lavish, excessive, or inappropriate entertainment. These types of expenses should be assigned to Code 0140 (Customer Entertainment – Non Meals). 

No more than two Nielsen associates per single client associate should participate in client meal and entertainment events. 

TELEPHONE & WIRELESS USAGE 
 Business Phone Calls 
 If an employee has a company-provided cell
phone, then that should be used when making business phone calls from home or while traveling. Telephone calling cards should be used where cell service is not available, or when making calls from international countries. (Telephone calling cards
are issued to employees at the discretion of their manager.) For more information on ordering calling cards and cell phones, please go to the Telecommunication Intranet Web Site (http://telecom.it.Nielseninc.org). 

Employees with a company-provided cell phone or telephone calling card must use those when making business phone calls from home, or such
calls will not be reimbursed. If an employee does not have a company-provided cell phone or telephone calling card, then they will be reimbursed for calls from their hotel or home phones, provided the calls are reasonable and necessary for
conducting business. 
  

 G-1-11 

 Personal Phone Calls While Traveling 

Employees should exercise good business judgment as to the number and length of personal telephone calls. 

Online Access / Remote Connections 
 Employees will be reimbursed for the cost of phone or other access charges that are necessary for working online and checking work email while traveling on business. 

Airphone/Railphone Usage 
 Employees will not be reimbursed for the use of airphones or railphones. 
 Cellular Phone
Reimbursement 
 Employees eligible for a company-reimbursed cellular phone will be advised by their manager, and their
phone must be enrolled as a Nielsen Corporate Account using one of our preferred suppliers. 
 All charges will be direct-billed
to the employee’s American Express Corporate Card, and will be reimbursed through the regular T&E process. For complete details of the Nielsen Wireless Communications policy, please refer to Nielsen links
(http://cell.telecom.it.Nielseninc.org/). 
 MISCELLANEOUS 

Personal Expenses 

If personal travel coincides with business travel, the employee’s manager must approve the travel plans to avoid any conflicts with
business objectives. If the combination of a personal trip with a business trip results in higher airfare, hotel rate, or any other additional costs, the additional expense is not reimbursable. 

Tips/Gratuities 

Reasonable tipping will be reimbursed, based on the following guidelines: 15% for meals and limos or taxis; $1 – $5 for hotel
personnel, valets and travel services staff. If a 15% tip would amount to less than $1 (as would happen when the total bill is 

 

 G-1-12 

 
less than about $7), a reasonable tip beyond the 15% guideline is allowed. In addition, if a gratuity is automatically added to a restaurant bill, then a tip of up to 20% will be reimbursed.

 Gifts - Client 
 Gifts for a client generally are not reimbursable. However, if circumstances exist which merit such an expense, it will require the pre-approval of the appropriate business unit senior level manager.

 EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT 
 Travel Advances 
 In general, travel advances (as well as cash
advances on the Corporate American Express card) are not permitted. Travel expenses will be reimbursed on a timely basis following a trip, once an expense report with proper supporting documentation and approval is submitted. 

However, some Nielsen business units, based on specific business need, may allow travel advances. Where travel advances are permitted, the
business unit will communicate that and provide more details. 
 Documentation and Taxing Authority Requirements 

Reimbursement will be made only for travel and entertainment expenses that are in compliance with this policy. Actual receipts are
required to be submitted with expense reports for all hotel folios, all foreign currency expenses, and expenses $25 and over. (Note: fewer receipts may be required if using Electronic T&E to submit expense reports; see Exhibit D and the
online T&E cover sheet for further details.) Employees should retain all receipts, including expenses under $25, for accurate accounting of expenses and presentation upon request by their manager or Accounts Payable. 

Non-Reimbursable Expenses 
 Employees will not be reimbursed for the following miscellaneous expenses: 
  

	 	•	 	 Upgrades (airline, hotel room or rental car) 

  

 G-1-13 

	 	•	 	 Membership dues (airline clubs (unless pre-approved), country clubs, health clubs) 

 

	 	•	 	 Annual fees for personal charge or credit cards (there is no annual fee for the preferred corporate card) 

 

	 	•	 	 Late fees/finance charges incurred through use of the corporate card 

 

	 	•	 	 ATM fees 

  

	 	•	 	 “No show” charges for hotel or car service 

  

	 	•	 	 Parking or traffic tickets 

  

	 	•	 	 Routine maintenance/tune-ups 

  

	 	•	 	 Car washes 

  

	 	•	 	 Transportation to/from home and normal office 

  

	 	•	 	 Helicopter services for airport transfers 

  

	 	•	 	 In-flight telephone charges 

  

	 	•	 	 Expenses for travel companions, unless pre-approved by manager for events requiring spouse participation 

 

	 	•	 	 Expenses related to vacation or personal days while on a business trip 

 

	 	•	 	 Baby-sitting, unless pre-approved by manager for events requiring spouse participation 

 

	 	•	 	 Pet care, unless pre-approved by manager for events requiring spouse participation 

 

	 	•	 	 Clothing 

  

	 	•	 	 Laundry/valet services, unless the trip is 4 or more consecutive nights 

 

	 	•	 	 Shoeshine 

  

	 	•	 	 Barbers and hairdressers 

  

	 	•	 	 Personal toiletries 

  

	 	•	 	 Medical expenses incurred during travel 

  

	 	•	 	 Personal postage costs & postcards 

  

	 	•	 	 Souvenirs/personal gifts 

  

	 	•	 	 Magazines, books, newspapers 

  

	 	•	 	 Candy, gum, or tobacco products 

  

	 	•	 	 Personal telegrams 

  

	 	•	 	 Personal entertainment, including sports events and movies 

 

	 	•	 	 Golf fees, sporting event tickets, or theater tickets, when not part of customer entertainment or a company event 

 

 G-1-14 

	 	•	 	 Excess baggage charges, unless transporting company materials 

 

	 	•	 	 Lost baggage 

  

	 	•	 	 Luggage and briefcases 

  

	 	•	 	 Loss/theft of personal funds or property 

  

	 	•	 	 Capital or fixed assets, such as personal computers, fax machines, furniture or any other equipment which would normally be depreciated

  

	 	•	 	 Non-compulsory insurance coverage 

  

	 	•	 	 Optional travel or baggage insurance 

  

	 	•	 	 Personal accident or property insurance 

 Please note that this list is not intended to be comprehensive. 
 PREFERRED
CORPORATE CARD 
 Corporate Card Use and Distribution 
 All business travel expenses including air travel, lodging, car rental, rail travel, meals, entertainment, and miscellaneous travel expenses will be charged to the preferred corporate card. Exceptions may
be made for meals and miscellaneous expense, if the preferred corporate card is not accepted. 
 Any employee who regularly
travels and/or entertains as part of their job function, and who spends an average of $100 per month or $1,200 annually may be eligible to receive a Nielsen American Express Corporate Credit Card. 

Applications for the issuance of a corporate charge card must be approved by the employee’s local manager or business unit manager,
and forwarded to the appropriate department for processing. Cardholder lists are periodically checked against payroll lists. To prevent accidental cancellation, the application should be completed using the same full legal name as set up in payroll.

 The Nielsen American Express Corporate Credit card itself and monthly bills thereafter, should be sent to the employee’s
home address. The employee is responsible for maintaining an up-to-date mailing address with American Express. 
 The employee is
responsible for the timely filing of T&E expense forms and for making timely payment to American Express. Signing and using the card will 
  

 G-1-15 

 
constitute your agreement with American Express and the card sponsor, Nielsen Inc. Late fees or finance charges related to the use of a corporate card will not be reimbursed. Also, the preferred
corporate card does not charge an annual fee; annual fees for any other credit cards will not be reimbursed. 
 Enrollment in the
American Express Membership Rewards program is at the discretion and expense of the cardholder, and is non-reimbursable. The annual fee for enrolling in the Corporate Membership Rewards Program is $75. If the cardholder already has a personal
American Express credit card enrolled in the Membership Rewards Program, the full $75 enrollment fee for the corporate card is not charged; instead, the cardholder is charged a $35 linkage fee. For further information, call 1-800-AXP-EARN. Of
course, Frequent Flier mileage will continue to accrue in airline Frequent Flier accounts as long as the preferred travel agency can provide the travelers’ account numbers to the airlines. 

Capital or Fixed Asset Purchases 
 The preferred corporate card may not be used for the purchase of fixed assets such as personal computers, PDAs, fax machines, furniture and other business equipment. Use of the preferred corporate card
for such purposes will be noted on monthly management exception reports and reported to the employee’s manager. 
 Personal Use of
Corporate Card 
 The preferred corporate card is a business tool, intended for business use only. Personal use of the
preferred corporate card is not permitted. Employees will be held personally liable for any non-business charges made to the preferred corporate card. Personal use of the preferred corporate card will be noted on periodic management exception
reports and reported to the employee’s manager. 
 Termination of Employee Cardholders 

Upon termination of employment, all corporate cardholders must return the card to Human Resources and promptly reconcile, account for, and
pay any remaining balances. 
 TRAVEL INSURANCE 
 Coverage through third-party providers 
 (A) Business Travel Accident
Insurance Coverage 
  

 G-1-16 

 Under the terms of the company’s agreement with the preferred corporate card vendor,
all employees charging tickets on the preferred corporate card automatically receive travel accident insurance in the amount of $350,000. This includes “door to door” coverage for up to 30 days once the trip commences. 

(B) Baggage Insurance 
 On wholly domestic travel, airlines are responsible for lost or damaged checked baggage for the fair market value up to a maximum of $2,500, excluding wheelchairs and other assistive devices. 

In addition, when airline or rail tickets are charged to the Nielsen American Express Corporate Credit Card, there is additional coverage,
in excess of the carrier’s coverage, up to $1,250 for carry-on luggage and $500 for checked luggage. Reimbursement for high-risk items such as computers is more limited. You must still file a report with the airline for checked baggage claims
and with local authorities for carry-on baggage claims. 
 Coverage through Nielsen 

(C) Business Travel Insurance 
 Nielsen provides insurance for all Nielsen employees traveling abroad for business. Partners traveling with the employee are also covered. Coverage is granted throughout the trip abroad, and includes
traveling to/from the airport; normal commuting is not covered. 
 Secondary coverage is provided for the following: Accidental
Death Insurance in the amount of two times annual salary; Permanent Disability (as a result of an accident) Insurance in the amount of four times annual salary; Medical expenses. Accidental Death and Permanent Disability coverage is capped at
1,000,000 euros; medical expense coverage is capped at 250,000 euros. 
 Other coverage includes: loss and/or theft of personal
luggage (up to 10,000 euros), loss and/or theft of money (up to 500 euros) and loss/theft of mobile phones (up to 500 euros). 

(D) Business Travel Assistance 
 Nielsen insurance coverage provides additional services for those employees (and their partners) traveling abroad on behalf of the company. Brochures outlining this program in full can be obtained by
contacting your local HR representative. In general, this program provides the following services: 
  

	 	•	 	 transportation to medical center 

  

 G-1-17 

	 	•	 	 repatriation to domicile 

  

	 	•	 	 return of mortal remains 

  

	 	•	 	 premature return in case of a parent’s death 

  

	 	•	 	 transportation for friend or relative 

  

 G-1-18 

 EXHIBIT A TO EXHIBIT G-1 — IMPORTANT NIELSEN TRAVEL CONTACTS AND INFORMATION 

Travel Reservations 
 (E) Nielsen Expedia Corporate Travel Reservations 
  

			
	Nielsen Expedia Corporate Travel:	  	www.expediacorporate.com
	Hours of Operation:	  	24 hours x 7 days (365 days/year)
	Inside US Phone:	  	 *

	Outside US Phone:	  	

 Important Note: Although travelers will not see a transaction fee at the time of booking, Nielsen will be
charged a fee, via central bill account, for reservations made over the phone by Expedia Corporate Travel. Please book all reservations online when possible. For information or assistance with the site, there is no fee when calling
Expedia Corporate Travel. 
 American Express Corporate Card 

Any employee traveling 2 or more times annually should apply for a card. To apply for, or cancel, an American Express Corporate Card, please contact:

 *, Nielsen Shared Services / Corporate Card Administrator 

Phone: * Email: * 
  

	 	•	 	 American Express Corporate Site: www.americanexpress.com/corporateservices Manage Your Account Access, Membership Rewards Account Access,
American Express Products and Services Information. 

  

	 	•	 	 Corporate Card Customer Service         * 

Overseas
Collect                                       *

 (For lost or stolen cards, emergency replacements, billing questions, address changes, disputed charges, Travel Service Office
locations, questions pertaining to Business Travel Accident Insurance and Baggage Insurance. Customer Service can also connect you with any of the numbers/departments listed below)  

 

	 	•	 	 Membership
Rewards                             * 

(Membership Rewards program enrollment or questions regarding point balances.) 
  

 G-1-19 

	 	•	 	 Global
Assist                                 * 

 

	 	•	 	 Overseas Collect                     *

 (Emergency assistance when traveling abroad.) 

 

	 	•	 	 Express
Cash                                 * 

(Only for enrolled card members, ATM locations and PIN requests.) 
 Nielsen Corporate Travel Group 
 Please visit the Nielsen Corporate Travel website
at http://purchasing.Nielsenlinks.org/box/Travel.html for comprehensive information about our travel program and policies. This site is updated on a regular basis to provide you with the most current Nielsen travel information. 

*, Director Global Travel 
 Phone: * Email: * 
 *, Manager Global Travel/OnLine Travel Site
Administrator 
 Phone: * Email: * 
 Hints/Tips: 
  

	 	•	 	 For technical assistance or navigational support with Nielsen Expedia Corporate Travel call *. 

 

	 	•	 	 If ECT cannot assist with your online question, please contact * at *. 

 

	 	•	 	 To apply for, or cancel, an American Express Corporate Card, please contact * or * in our Allentown office. Any employee traveling 2 or more times
annually should apply for a card. 

  

	 	•	 	 Use the online booking tool first, whenever possible. Extremely complex domestic trips (more than 4 cities), and multi city international trips, should
be booked directly with ECT at 800-544-2615, rather than the online system. 

  

	 	•	 	 When possible, call ECT during off peak times (Tuesday – Thursday) to avoid long response delays. Monday mornings and Friday afternoons are
traditionally the busiest call periods. 

  

	 	•	 	 Nielsen preferred suppliers should always be used first, even when pricing is similar, to ensure corporate contractual obligations are met and
discounts are maintained. 

  

 G-1-20 

 EXHIBIT B TO EXHIBIT G-1 — T&E PREFERRED VENDORS 

 

			
	Corporate Card:	  	American Express (globally)
		
	Travel Services	  	
	 US:
	  	Expedia Corporate Travel
	 Canada:
	  	Carlson Wagonlit & Navigant International
	 Europe:
	  	Carlson Wagonlit, Navigant International, & TQ3
		
	Airlines:	  	American (primary)
		  	America West
		  	Continental
		  	USAir
		  	Air Canada
	Car Rental:	  	Avis (globally)
		
	Hotels:	  	Club Quarters (primary)
		  	Global Hotel Directory at www.vunlinks.org

  

 G-1-21 

 EXHIBIT C TO EXHIBIT G-1 — VIDEOCONFERENCING 

Benefits of Videoconferencing 
  

	•	 	 Increased productivity by eliminating travel time as well as trip preparation 

 

	•	 	 Meetings can be scheduled as often as necessary, with minimal notice 

 

	•	 	 Increased accessibility results in accelerated decision making, and meetings can include key people who normally do not travel

  

	•	 	 Enhanced flow of communication 

 Suggestions for Videoconferencing 
  

	•	 	 Set clear-cut goals for the meeting and establish an agenda 

 

	•	 	 Structure and facilitate the meeting to the best advantage of the time scheduled 

 

	•	 	 Contact site leaders to decide who will place the call 

 

	•	 	 Wear solid colors to ensure a high quality picture 

 

 G-1-22 

 EXHIBIT C 
 Video Conference Locations 
  

									
	 City, State, Zip
	 	 Contact Name
	 	 Bus. Address
	 	 Phone Number
	 	 Email Address

	 Arlington, VA 22209
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Aukland 9, New Zealand
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Buenos Aires, Argentina 1049
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Cergy-Pontoise, France 95007
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Cherry Hill, NJ
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Chicago, IL
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Chicago, IL 60603
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Copenhagen, Denmark 2100
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Corsico (Milan), Italy 20094
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Covington, KY 41011
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Dunedin, FL 34698
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Frankfurt, Germany 60486(Hamburg Room)
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Frankfurt, Germany 60486 (Leipzig Room)
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Frankfurt, Germany 60486 (Mailand Room)
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Frankfurt, Germany 60486 (Paris Room)
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Frankfurt, Germany 60486 (Wien Room)
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Green Bay, WI 54304
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Glenview, IL
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Haarlem, The Netherlands 2037 AA
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Ithaca, NY 14850
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Johannesburg, South Africa, 2000
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 London, UK
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

					
	 Los Angeles, CA 90064
	 	 * 
	 	 *
	 	 *
	 	 *

  

 G-1-23 

									
	 Los Angeles, CA
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Madison, WI
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Mandaluyong, Philippines
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Markham, Ontario L3R 4B8
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Milan, Italy 20094
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Nashville, TN
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 New York, NY 10171
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 New York, NY 10003
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Nicosia, Cyprus 1647
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Omaha, NE
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Oxford, England OX3 9RX
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Paramus, NJ
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Parsippany, NJ 07054
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Petaling Jaya, Selangor 46200
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Quarry Bay, Hong Kong
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Roppongi, Minato-ku, Tokoyo 106-0032
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 San Diego, CA 92121
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Schaumburg, IL 60173
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Sydney, NSW 2113
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Syosset, NY
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Taipei – Taiwan
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Wanchai, Hong Kong, China
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Westport, CT 06880
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Wavre, Belgium
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Wavre, Belgium
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

					
	 Wilton, CT
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *
	  	 *

  

 G-1-24 

 EXHIBIT D TO EXHIBIT G-1 — EXPENSE REPORTS ON-LINE 

Employees should fill out and submit Travel & Expense Reports (T&E) online via Nielsen Personalized Services. This new feature offers
significant advantages: 
  

	 	1.	A quick and automated way to fill out your expense report, submit it to your manager for approval, and send it on to Accounts Payable for processing.

  

	 	2.	The system will automatically enter into your online T&E account whatever business expenses you charge on your Nielsen Corporate American Express Card. All you have
to do is review your AmEx charge information using the tools provided in the online form, validate it, and then “import” it into your expense report. Once you add in your other cash expenses, you’re ready to submit the report online.

 You will need to submit a cover sheet and any required receipts (as specified on the cover sheet) to Accounts Payable in order
for your T&E report to be processed. Hotel folios and foreign currency receipts are always required; other receipts ($25 and over) may be required, based on the type of expenditure and whether or not they were submitted via the AmEx
download feature in the online T&E tool. 
 You automatically qualify for online Expense Reporting if you have a Nielsen Corporate American
Express Card. All you have to do is log on to Nielsen Personalized Services to get started (see below). If you don’t have a Corporate Card, you can still use this new feature — click here to request access:
http://www.Nielseninc.org/Nielsen/tetraining.nsf/IDRequest?OpenForm 
 To get started with Online T&E, click on — 

http://www.Nielsenlinks.org/index_PS_TE.html. Here you will find a comprehensive instruction manual and a “screen cam” tutorial to guide
you through this new application. 
 If you haven’t done so already, log on to Nielsen Personalized Services (go to
http://www.Nielsenlinks.org/index.html and click on the Personalized Services button on the left hand side of the page). If you’ve already visited Nielsen Personalized Services to view your online pay statements, you’re all set to
go. Simply log on as a “Return Visitor.” 
 If you have any questions or need help, call 646-654-4700 and choose option 3 for online
T&E or e-mail tesupport@Nielseninc.com. 
  

 G-1-25 

													
	Cover Sheet	  		  		  		  		  		  	      
    
  
  

							
	Name	  	:	  	Bob Benton	  		  	Personnel Number	  	:	  	00011216
	Report Number	  	:	  	0000000950	  		  	Company Code	  	:	  	0010
	Start Date	  	:	  	03/01/2005	  		  	Cost Center	  	:	  	600277
	End Date	  	:	  	03/10/2005	  		  	Total Amount	  	:	  	1,531.97 USD

																	
					
	PLEASE SUBMIT RECEIPTS FOR THESE ITEMS	  		  	NO RECEIPTS ARE NEEDED FOR THESE ITEMS	  		  	
									
	 Rec
	  	 Amount
	  	 Description
	  	 	  	 Rec
	  	 Amount
	  	 Description
	  	 	  	 
	005	  	300.00	  	0090 Hotel	  		  	004	  	366.50	  	0070 Airfare	  		  	
	015	  	30.00	  	0160 Dues and Subscriptions	  		  	006	  	175.29	  	0110 Rental car	  		  	
	016	  	40.00	  	0210 PC Supplies	  		  	007	  	20.00	  	0010 Breakfast	  		  	
	017	  	32.00	  	0230 Postage	  		  	008	  	20.00	  	0020 Lunch	  		  	
		  	402.00	  	Total	  		  	009	  	20.00	  	0030 Dinner	  		  	
		  		  		  		  	010	  	20.00	  	0130 Customer Ent.-Meals	  		  	
		  		  		  		  	011	  	28.00	  	0020 Lunch	  		  	
		  		  		  		  	012	  	209.88	  	0170 Employee Entertainment	  		  	
		  		  		  		  	013	  	28.00	  	0130 Customer Ent.-Meals	  		  	
		  		  		  		  	014	  	209.88	  	0170 Employee Entertainment	  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  	32.42	  	Mileage Reimbursement	  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  	1,129.97	  	Total	  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
	 In signing this cover sheet I certify that the
	  		  	Please submit to AP Shared Service Center	  		  	

  

 G-1-26 

					
	expenses are accurate and complete.	  	by Interoffice mail :	  	or by US Mail :
			
	 Signature :
                                         
           
  

Date :
                                         
                   
	  	 Accounts Payable
 Allentown,
PA
	  	 Nielsen
 Accounts
Payable
 881 Marcon Boulevard

Allentown, PA 18109

  

 G-1-27 

 EXHIBIT G-2 
 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY AND SECURITY POLICY 
 This Exhibit G-2 incorporates
current Nielsen policies relating to (i) network connectivity for a third party and (ii) the Network Security Policy. The purpose of these policies is to (i) outline the technical requirements for connecting Nielsen facilities to
network attachments to domestic nodes from remote services providers, and (ii) to detail Nielsen’s network security requirements. These policies are incorporated with formatting retained. 

1.0 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY REQUIREMENTS 

The purpose of this section is to outline those technical requirements associated with connecting a Nielsen facility to a network attachment to a domestic
node from a remote services provider. 
 1.1 TCS Requirements 
 Nielsen will be responsible for and manage the network connectivity to the TCS locations utilized. This will include the network bandwidth and the termination equipment associated with this connectivity.
These connections will be implemented and managed in accordance with the Nielsen Internet and Remote Connection Security Policy. 
 The WAN
technology and speed will be managed by Nielsen. 
 1.2 Overview 
 This document will focus on a two key connectivity areas, those are 
  

	 	•	 	 Secure – If a VPN connection is used, these connections will be made through gateway to gateway tunnels utilizing 3DES encryption.(further
detailed below) 

  

	 	•	 	 Connectivity Requirements 

  

	 	•	 	 Firewall configuration and management 

 1.3 Connectivity Requirements 
 It is of the utmost importance that connectivity to an
external site be secure, reliable, redundant and flexible. Any connection must satisfy these requirements. Nielsen will utilize both private MPLS connections and internet based VPN’s for connectivity to provide connectivity into the Nielsen
Enterprise Network. 
  

	 	•	 	 Secure – If a VPN connection is used, these connections will be made through gateway to gateway tunnels utilizing 3DES encryption.(further
detailed below) 

  

 G-2-1 

	 	•	 	 Reliable – The bandwidth for these connections will be provided by a tier one organization.(i.e. AT&T, Equant, MCI..)

  

	 	•	 	 Redundant – In providing this connection, Nielsen will do so in an alternate route redundant manner to two locations on the Nielsen network: (i.e.
Oldsmar and Schaumburg). 

  

	 	•	 	 Flexible – This bandwidth must also be flexible in nature which can readily be upgraded upon request. 

 

	 	•	 	 If an alternate transport is required then the handoff into the Nielsen Network will be provided on the outside of the Nielsen firewall.

 The management of the local provider and the bandwidth utilizations will be performed by TCS and not the Nielsen
organization. The following is a high level diagram of the connectivity from the Nielsen Network to TCS. 
 * 

Nielsen / TCS Connectivity diagram 
  

 G-2-2 

 1.4 Firewall Configuration 
 * 
 VPN connections will be enabled to Nielsen offices according to the business requirements.

 1.5 Summary 
 This document
outlines the basic requirements associated with enabling the connectivity of an external Vendor network to the Nielsen Enterprise Network. If there are any questions associated with these requirements, contact the Nielsen Enterprise Security Team or
Mr. Scott Alexander, scott.alexander@Nielsen.com. 
  

 G-2-3 

 2.0 NIELSEN NETWORK SECURITY POLICY 
 NETWORK SECURITY POLICY 
  
 The Network Security Policy describes network security controls that will be established to ensure the security of data on the Nielsen private network as well as any public networks used by the Nielsen
Company. 
 Scope 
  

This scope of this policy encompasses: 
  

	 	•	 	 All employees, contractors, consultants, temporary employees, volunteers, and other personnel at Nielsen, including personnel affiliated with third
parties who access Nielsen computer networks. 

  

	 	•	 	 All computer and data communication systems owned by or administered by Nielsen. 

 

	 	•	 	 All information assets (Information travelling over the Nielsen computer Networks that has not been specifically identified as the property of other
parties, or, information belonging to third parties that has been entrusted to Nielsen).  

 Objectives / Goals

  
 The purpose of this policy is to
establish management direction, procedural requirements, and technical guidance to ensure the appropriate protection of Nielsen information handled by computer networks. 
 Policy 
  
 The following two statements are core principles of The Nielsen Company. 
  

	 	•	 	 It is the principle of The Nielsen Company to prohibit unauthorized access, disclosure, duplication, modification, diversion, destruction, loss,
misuse, or theft of information assets. 

  

	 	•	 	 It is the principle of The Nielsen Company to protect information belonging to third parties that has been entrusted to it in a manner consistent with
its sensitivity, and in accordance with all applicable agreements. 

 In order to uphold these principles, all personnel, and
systems must operate in accordance to the Network Security Policy and it’s standards. 
 The standards of the Network Security Policy are
grouped into seven categories: 
  

	 	•	 	 Information Asset Standards 

  

	 	•	 	 Documentation Standards 

  

	 	•	 	 Network Device Standards 

  

	 	•	 	 Monitoring Standards 

  

	 	•	 	 Backup Standards 

  

	 	•	 	 Misuse of Information Standards 

  

	 	•	 	 Privacy Standards 

  

 G-2-4 

 Details and documentation on the standards of these controls are located in: Network Standards

 Note: 
  

	 	•	 	 The word “approved” – implies approval by the Director of Information Security, INFRASTRUCTURE. 

 

	 	•	 	 Even when together with it’s standards, the Network Security Policy is not a comprehensive listing. However, Nielsen considers consistency with
these requirements as the basis for other practices which are not specifically addressed. Exceptions to this policy and it’s standards will be permitted only if approved in writing. 

Information Asset Standards 
 Access Control 
 Authorization for access to information assets must be
provided based on the classification of the information and limited to the level of access required to meet an approved business need or perform prescribed responsibilities. 
 Further details are outlined in the Access Control Policy. 

Remote Access 
 Authorization for remote access to information assets must be provided only to meet an approved business need or perform prescribed job responsibilities. 

Remote access must be facilitated using Nielsen-approved methods and programs. 

Further details are outlined in the Remote Access Policy. 

Encryption 
 Encryption must be used to protect the storage of restricted and confidential information assets as well as when they are transmitted over non-secure or public networks. 

Only Nielsen-approved encryption algorithms and products may be used to protect this information. 

Anti-malware 
 Information assets must be protected from destructive software elements such as viruses and malicious code that impair normal operations. 

Nielsen-approved virus detection programs must be installed, enabled, and updated on all systems susceptible to viruses and malicious
code. 
 Further details are outlined in the Anti-Malware Policy. 

Extranet Connectivity 
 Connections between third parties that require access to non-public Nielsen resources must be closely controlled. 
 Exceptions to this include connectivity to third parties such as the Internet Service Providers (ISPs) that provide Internet access for Nielsen or to the Public Switched Telephone Network. 

 

 G-2-5 

 Wireless Communication 

Wireless communication must be facilitated by Nielsen-approved methods in order to avoid interference with other network users and to
mitigate serious security risks. 
 Analog Lines 
 Analog and ISDN lines must be provisioned and managed securely in order to prevent unauthorized or malicious use. 
 Virtual Private Networks (VPN) 
 Only approved VPNs are permissible
on Nielsen networks, since they combine extended user authentication functionality with communications encryption. 
 All inbound
information (network traffic), with the exception of Internet mail, approved news services, and push broadcasts, that access Nielsen networks must be encrypted with approved products and encryption. 

Documentation Standards 
 Network Administrators
must maintain the network infrastructure documents listed in this section, ensure that the documentation is up to date at all times, and that it is readily accessible to authorized staff. 

Network architecture diagrams 
 Documentation on the following areas is required: 
  

	 	•	 	 WAN 

  

	 	•	 	 Internet 

  

	 	•	 	 LAN architecture 

 Network device configuration documentation 
 Documentation on the following
areas is required: 
  

	 	•	 	 Configuration of switches and routers 

  

	 	•	 	 Configuration of communication devices 

  

	 	•	 	 Configuration of network security devices 

  

	 	•	 	 Complete inventory of all devices that form a part of the network infrastructure 

Network Device Standards 
 All network
administrators must configure network devices accurately according to their intended function, while insuring that unauthorized or incorrect updates are guarded against, and such that the devices do not compromise the security of the network.

 Firewalls 
 This section defines the essential controls regarding the management and maintenance of firewalls (whether they are real firewalls, or other systems that function as firewalls, though not 

 

 G-2-6 

 formally known as such) at Nielsen, whether they are owned, rented, leased, or otherwise
controlled by Nielsen personnel or related third parties. 
 Required Documentation – Prior to the deployment of
every Nielsen production firewall, the firewall policy and services enabled must be diagrammed, described, and justified, and approved.  
 Default to Denial – Every connectivity path and service not permitted by this policy and it’s supporting documents must be blocked by Nielsen firewalls. 

Regular Testing – Testing of firewall strength and configuration must be tested on a regular basis. 

Logs – All changes to firewall configuration parameters, enabled services and permitted connectivity paths must be logged. All
suspicious activity that might indicate unauthorized usage, or breach of security measures must also be logged. 
 Intrusion
Detection and Prevention – All Nielsen firewalls must include approved intrusion detection and prevention systems, which are configured according to the specifications defined by the Director of Information Security. 

External Connections – All in-bound real-time Internet connections to Nielsen external networks or multi-user computer systems
must pass through a firewall before accessing the network. Aside from personal computers that access the Internet on an outbound single-user session-by-session dial-up basis, no Nielsen computer system may be attached to the Internet unless it is
protected by a firewall. 
 Extended User Authentication – Inbound traffic that accesses Nielsen networks through a
firewall, must involve (if possible) extended user authentication measures, with the exception of Internet electronic mail, regular news distributions, and push broadcasts. 
 Virtual Private Networks – All inbound traffic that accesses Nielsen networks must be encrypted with approved products, excepting Internet mail, approved news services, and push broadcasts.
 
 Firewall Access Mechanisms – Nielsen firewalls must employ unique passwords or other access control
mechanisms, and where possible extended user authentication must be employed. 
 Firewall Access Privileges –
Privileges to modify the functionality, connectivity, and services supported by firewalls must be restricted to as few technically-trained individuals as possible. These privileges may only be granted only to full-time permanent employees of
Nielsen, and not to temporaries, contractors, consultants, or outsourcing personnel . Exceptions from this rule are permitted with approval in writing from the Director of Information Security. 

DeMilitarized Zones (DMZs) – All externally available servers must be located in a DMZ, and protected by one or more
firewalls. Internal networks must be protected from the DMZ by one or more firewalls. 
 Network Management Systems –
Firewalls must be configured such that they are visible to internal network management systems, and they permit the use of remote automatic auditing tools to be used by authorized Nielsen staff members. 

Disclosure of Internal Network Information – The internal system addresses, configurations, products deployed, and related
system design information for Nielsen networked computer systems must be restricted such that systems and users outside the Nielsen internal network cannot access this. 
 Secure Backup – Current back-ups of firewall configurations, connectivity permissions, firewall systems administration procedural documentation etc. must be readily accessible and close to the
firewall at all times. 
 Firewall Dedicated Functionality – Firewalls must run on dedicated machines, and must have
only the bare minimum of operating systems software resident and enabled on them. Outsourcing organization-provided shared routers, switches, modems, and other network components are permitted. 

 

 G-2-7 

 Software Updates – Nielsen firewalls must run the latest release of software to
repel attacks. Unless approved in advance, staff responsible for managing firewalls must install software updates within two weeks of their receipt. 
 Firewall Physical Security – All Nielsen firewalls must be situated in locked rooms or areas. Approved access must be limited to those who perform authorized firewall management and
maintenance tasks. These rooms/areas must be equipped with alarms and an automated log of all persons who gain entry. 

Routers & Switches 
 This section describes a required minimal security controls for all routers and switches connecting to a Nielsen production network or used in a production capacity at or on behalf of Nielsen. Exceptions
to this are routers and switches in internal, secured labs. 
 User Authentication – Approved methods of user
authentication must be used on the devide. Local user accounts are not permitted. 
 Enable Password – Must be kept
in a secure encrypted form. 
 Services not permitted – IP directed broadcasts, TCP small services, UDP small
services, source routing, web services running on router. 
 SNMP Community Strings – Only Nielsen standardized SNMP
community strings are permitted.  
 Access Rules – Only added as business needs arise and after receiving
approval from the Director of Information Security. 
 Nielsen Asset Management System – Routers and switches must be
included, with a designated point of contact. 
 Router and Switch Access Security – Each device must have this
statement posted in clear view: 
 “UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS TO THIS NETWORK DEVICE IS PROHIBITED. You must have explicit
permission to access or configure this device. All activities performed on this device may be logged, and violations of the Network Security Policy may result in disciplinary action, and may be reported to law enforcement. There is no right to
privacy on this device.” 
 Router and Switch Access Mechanisms – Telnet may not be used across any network
to manage a router or switch, unless there is a secure tunnel protecting the entire communication path. SSH is the preferred management protocol. 
 Routing control security – All network devices that perform routing must be configured to prevent unauthorized or incorrect updates by: 

 

	 	•	 	 Verifying the source of routing updates 

  

	 	•	 	 Verifying the destination of routing updates (e.g. by transmitting updates only to specific routers) 

 

	 	•	 	 Protecting the exchange of routing information (e.g. by using passwords). If required, encrypting the routing information being exchanged.

  

 G-2-8 

 Proxy Server 
 This section describes the security controls that must be used on Proxy Servers or Content Monitoring sub-systems with regars to limiting access by intranet users to to outside internet web sites.

 Internet access is controlled by the Nielsen Identity Management group. Use of the internet by inside users will be strictly
limited 
 Monitoring Standards 
 Device Performance 
 The network administrator must monitor device
performance using monitoring tools to help detect or predict performance degradation in the network device. 
 Network
administrators must provide monthly performance review reports of network devices to the Director of Information Security. 

Bandwidth utilization 
 The network administrator must enable and monitor bandwidth utilization of WAN, Internet, and other point to point links. 
 Monitoring tools must be used to help detect or predict performance degradation or bottlenecks of all links. 
 Network administrators must provide network utilization charts, as requested, to the Director of Information Security. 
 Identifying network throughput bottlenecks 
 Network administrators must
identify network throughput information at the following junctures or links. A report on this must be provided, as requested, to the Director of Information Security. 
  

	 	•	 	 LAN fiber backbone 

  

	 	•	 	 All Internet links 

  

	 	•	 	 Devices : Firewall, routers, core switch, proxy servers, web content filtering servers 

 

	 	•	 	 Point to point links between Nielsen and clients and vendors 

Logging 

The network administrator must enable auditing and logging on the network devices to log all security related incidents. 

The logs generated of the network devices must be backed up periodically. 

The network administrator must conduct regular security reviews. 
 The network administrator must conduct regular audits of the logs of the network devices, assess activities performed through the network devices, as well as identify and address any lapses in security. A
report of these activities must be sent to the Director of Information Security on request. 
 The network administrator must log
overload or exception conditions. These events must be in a form suitable for review, and written to a separate system. 
  

 G-2-9 

 Network Security Monitoring 

Monitoring of activity on the network environment must be performed in order to detect any abnormalities in network functioning and take
remedial action before any damage is caused. The network administrator is required to monitor the logs regularly, and report/escalate all exceptional incidents to the Director of Information Security. 

Network Device Configuration Tables – Changes to network device configuration tables must be monitored. (e.g. address
filtering of network traffic by the router) 
 Network Device Configurations and Access – Changes to network device
configurations and access such as changes in password, shutdown or abnormal reboot, and intrusion detections must be set as alerts in the network monitoring system. 
 Network Device Availability – Logging must be done on network device availability loss, to aid resolution of denial of service issues. 
 Backup Standards 
 Network Administrators must maintain back-up copies of all configurations, log
data, and software images. 
 These backups must include: 
 Network Device Configurations 
 All network device configurations must be
backed up weekly, or when configuration changes are made. 
 Software Images 

Software images of all network devices and the documents mentioned in the Documentation Controls section must be backed up weekly.

 Version Control 
 Version control for all network devices switch, router, and firewall must formatted consistently. 

Misuse Reporting 
 The Nielsen Company reserves
the right to monitor, record, or periodically audit use of any of its information, network systems and equipment. Use of these systems and equipment constitutes consent by those covered by the scope of this policy to such monitoring, recording, and
auditing. Actual or suspected misuse of these systems will be reported to the appropriate Nielsen management representative in a timely manner. 

Privacy 
 Unless contractual agreements dictate
otherwise, messages sent over Nielsen computer and communications systems are the property of Nielsen. Management reserves the right to examine all data stored in or transmitted by these systems. Nielsen users must have no expectation of privacy
associated with the information stored or sent through these systems. 
  

 G-2-10 

 When providing computer-networking services, Nielsen does not provide default message protection services
such as encryption. No responsibility is assumed for the disclosure of information sent over Nielsen networks, and no assurances are made about the privacy of information handled by Nielsen internal networks. In those instances where session
encryption or other special controls are required, it is the user’s responsibility to ensure that adequate security precautions have been taken. Nothing in this paragraph must be construed to imply that Nielsen policy does not support the
controls dictated by agreements with third parties, such as organizations that have entrusted Nielsen with confidential information. 

Compliance Requirement 
  

Failure to comply with the policy will result in management notification and may be followed with disciplinary action. Legal action may also be taken for
violations of applicable regulations and laws. 
 Critical Success Factors (CSFs) 

 
 The following table outlines the CSFs associated
to this policy: 
 CSFs 
  

	 	1.	All personnel and all systems will operate in accordance to the Network Security Policy, as well as adhere to its controls and standards. 

 

	 	2.	All changes to systems and devices will be facilitated using Change Management 

 

	 	3.	All modification to Configuration Items will be reflected using Configuration Management 

 

	 	4.	Access to information assets will be facilitated in accordance to the Access Control Policy.  

 

	 	5.	Remote Access will be facilitate in accordance to the Remote Access Policy.  

 

	 	6.	Information assets will be protected against destructive software in accordance to the Anti-Malware Policy.  

 

 G-2-11 

 EXHIBIT G-3 
 DATA SECURITY POLICIES 
 The Data Security Policy, System Security
Standards, and System Security Administration Procedures policies are currently in force at Nielsen. This policy is incorporated with its outline numbering retained. This version is dated September 20, 2007. 

ENTERPRISE INFORMATION SECURITY 

 
 Background 

 
 This document presents the philosophy of
information security within The Nielsen Company and represents the endorsement of Nielsen’s executive management team. It identifies the motivation for security, describes information security principles, and defines the scope of information
security policies and responsibilities of the various security functions. 
 Information is a product that The Nielsen Company offers.
Information is a critical and integral part of all the products and services that The Nielsen Company provides. The centrality of information necessitates the establishment of roles and responsibilities to properly manage and protect it. To this
end, this policy also defines the information security roles and responsibilities of Owners, Custodians, and End Users as well as the related information security policies. Information security is the responsibility of every Nielsen employee who
comes into contact with Nielsen information or information systems. 
 The Nielsen Company’s overall set of IT Information Security
policies is contained in a series of documents. This policy is intended to make clear Nielsen’s management commitment that all Nielsen networked computing systems will be covered by an information security process. 

Scope 
  

Information Security Policy is to be implemented in all areas of The Nielsen Company as a basic requirement and adhered to by any third party contracted
to do work on behalf of The Nielsen Company. This policy applies to all staff present at The Nielsen Company and anyone managing or using Nielsen facilities or resources. 
 Objectives 
  
 Nielsen recognizes that information and IT assets are critical business assets. It is the responsibility of all users to ensure the safeguarding of business assets. Nielsen implements, maintains and
monitors a comprehensive enterprise information security policy and compliance program appropriate to: 
  

	•	 	 The risks of the business 

  

	•	 	 Generally accepted information security practices 

  

	•	 	 Applicable legal and regulatory requirements 

  

 G-3-1 

 Motivation 

 
 Nielsen values the ability to openly communicate
and share information. Nielsen information (whether belonging to Nielsen or held in trust on behalf of its clients and business partners) is an important asset that shall be protected according to its value and the degree of damage that could result
from its misuse, unavailability, destruction, unauthorized disclosure or modification. 
 Improper disclosure or destruction of these assets may
result in harm to the business. Information assets are identified, valued, assessed for risk and protected as appropriate to the needs and risks of the business. Users are required to abide by this Nielsen Enterprise Information Security Policy and
subsequent policies and procedures. 
 Affected Personnel 

 
 This policy directly affects all Nielsen
Personnel and Contracted Third Parties fulfilling work on behalf of Nielsen. 
 Principle Goals 

 
 Information security is a risk management
discipline addressing the preservation of information confidentiality, integrity, availability, usability, authenticity and possession. The information security effort is established via a hierarchical set of policies and procedures that help users
and administrators to define and mitigate risks, maintaining a trade-off between information value and cost of risk mitigation. Policies are high-level documents used to put information security principles into practice. Procedures are a series of
related activities aimed at achieving a set of objectives in a measurable and repeatable manner. 
 Principle 1 

Information security policies, standards, guidelines and procedures are developed to communicate security requirements and guide the selection and
implementation of security control measures. 
 Principle 2 
 Personal accountability and responsibility for information security are incorporated in roles and responsibilities that ensure that every individual applies the applicable information security policies,
principles, procedures and practices in their daily work-related activities. 
 Principle 3 

Information security education, training and awareness programs ensure that users are aware of security threats and concerns and are equipped to apply
organizational security policies and principles. 
 Principle 4 
 Information assets are classified according to their criticality to the organization enabling an appropriate level of protection. The Nielsen Information Classification Guide is used to classify
information assets. 
  

 G-3-2 

 Principle 5 
 Information assets are to be used for the intended business purpose. 
 Principle 6 

Legal, regulatory and contractual requirements are identified, documented and followed. 
 Information Ownership 
  
 Information Owners 
 Information Owners are senior business unit managers with the authority for
acquiring, creating, and maintaining information and information systems within their assigned area of control. Owners are responsible for: 
  

	 	•	 	 Categorizing the information for which they have been designated an Owner using the classifications defined in the Data Classification Policy

  

	 	•	 	 Assisting with contingency planning efforts 

  

	 	•	 	 Authorizing user access to information based on the need to know 

 

	 	•	 	 Specifying limitations on the use of this information by those to whom access has been granted 

 

	 	•	 	 The consequences associated with improper disclosure, insufficient maintenance, inaccurate classification labeling, and other security-related control
deficiencies pertaining to the information for which they are the designated Owner 

  

			
	 Information Owner
	  	 Information Owned

	 SVP(s) Marketing
	  	Consumer Content
	 Chief Financial Office
	  	Financials
	 Chief Legal Office
	  	Contracts, Litigation, M&A
	 SVP Human Resources
	  	Employee Information
	 Chief Security Office
	  	Security and Continuity Plans

 Information
Custodians 
 Information Custodians are Nielsen staff within Systems and Infrastructure in physical or logical possession of information from
Owners. Custodians are charged with the provision of information systems services consistent with the instructions of Owners, including information security measures such as encryption. Using physical and logical access control systems, Custodians
must protect the information in their possession from unauthorized distribution, access, alteration, destruction, or usage. Custodians also are responsible for providing and administering general controls such as backup and recovery systems
consistent with the policies and standards issued by the Information Security department. 
 Custodians are responsible for: 

 

	 	•	 	 Establishing, monitoring, and operating information systems in a manner consistent with policies and standards issued by the Information Security
department. 

  

	 	•	 	 Providing Owners with regular reports about the resources consumed on their behalf. 

 

	 	•	 	 Adherence to Nielsen Change Control Policies and Processes. 

 

 G-3-3 

 Information Custodians are divided into three categories: 

 

	 	•	 	 Systems Administration Personnel. Systems administrators are responsible for the installation and overall welfare of the operating systems and
operating system level software connected with Nielsen computer environments. 

  

	 	•	 	 System administrators are restricted to the systems and technical infrastructure they are directly responsible for supporting. System administrators
must never be allowed permanent privileged access to production systems and databases they do not support in their daily roles. This restriction ensures that appropriate checks and balances are in place. 

 

	 	•	 	 Temporary privileged access for system administrators may be granted with approval from the Data Owner <link to Data Classification Policy> and
the Information Security office facilitated via the ID and Access management process. The request must include the justification for the access and the length of time needed. 

 

	 	•	 	 Application Development Personnel. Developers are responsible for creating and testing applications that will run on Nielsen computer environments.

  

	 	•	 	 Application development personnel are restricted to test and development environments only. Application development personnel must never be allowed
permanent privileged access to production systems and databases. This restriction ensures that application developers do not compete with end users for database resources, and that they cannot detrimentally affect production databases.

  

	 	•	 	 Temporary privileged access for applications development personnel must be granted with approval from the Data Owner <link to Data Classification
Policy> and the Information Security office facilitated via the ID and Access management process. The request must include the justification for the access and the length of time needed. 

 

	 	•	 	 Support Personnel. Support staff are those individuals responsible for the implementation and maintenance of Nielsen support systems. Networking,
telecom, service desk and desktop support are examples of this category of custodians. 

  

	 	•	 	 Support personnel are restricted to the systems and technical infrastructure they are directly responsible for supporting. Support personnel must never
be allowed permanent privileged access to production systems and databases they do not support in their daily roles. This restriction ensures that appropriate checks and balances are in place. 

 

	 	•	 	 Temporary privileged access for support personnel may be granted with approval from the Data Owner <link to Data Classification Policy> and the
Information Security office facilitated via the ID and Access management process. The request must include the justification for the access and the length of time needed. 

 Information Users 
 Information users are individuals who have been granted explicit authorization
to access, modify, delete, or utilize information by the relevant Owner. Users must use the information only for the purposes specifically approved by the Owner. Users are not permitted to make additional copies of, or otherwise reproduce or
disseminate sensitive information unless the Owner has expressly agreed. Users also must 
  

 G-3-4 

 comply with all security measures defined by the Owner, implemented by the Custodian, or defined by the
Information Security department. Users must additionally refrain from disclosing information in their possession, unless it has been designated as Public, without obtaining permission from the Owner. Users must report to the Information Security
department all situations where they believe an information security vulnerability or violation may exist. 
 Information users may, at times,
also be Nielsen clients. Contracts should specificy appropriate use of information directly related to the clients business requirements and access is to be granted based upon these contractual specifications. However, as Nielsen Information Users,
they are also held to the same security requirements and standards as addressed in this and other policies and are considered a part of this group noted as “Information Users” in all other policies. 

Compliance Requirement 
  

Failure to comply with the policy will result in management notification, followed by disciplinary action which may lead to termination of employment or
contract. 
 Critical Success Factors (CSFs) 

 
 The following table outlines the CSFs associated
to this policy: 
 CSFs 
  

	 	7.	The critical success factors listed in the related Information Security Policies are achieved. 

 

	 	8.	Procedures are established in a way that supports the core principles of Nielsen Information Security. 

APPENDIX 
  

Related Policies 
  

IT ACCEPTABLE USE POLICY 
  

The IT Acceptable Use Policy has been prepared and implemented to ensure that individuals leveraging or managing Nielsen information are aware of their
responsibilities with respect to Nielsen IT Resources. 
 Scope 

 
 This policy applies to all Nielsen personnel, and
outlines the appropriate use of all Nielsen networked and non-networked computing systems. This includes vendor-supplied systems, and all other information technology resources. 
 Objectives / Goals 
  
 The goal of this policy is to ensure that all Nielsen IT resources are used for company business only. All employees must recognize that Nielsen’s investment in IT resources is for the purpose of
furthering the company’s position in the industry, and that non business usage of these resources hampers the ability to be competitive in the current market place. 

 

 G-3-5 

 It is also an objective of this policy to ensure that any access to information resources at The Nielsen
Company, for the purpose of an internal investigation or monitoring employee activity is sanctioned in writing by the proper Nielsen authority. 

Privacy 
  

General Privacy Statement 
 Unless contractual
agreements dictate otherwise, messages sent over Nielsen computer and communications systems are the property of The Nielsen Company. Management reserves the right to examine all data stored in or transmitted by these systems. Nielsen information
systems end users have no expectation of privacy associated with the information stored in or sent through Nielsen information systems. 
 When
providing computer and networking services, Nielsen does not provide default message protection services such as encryption. No responsibility is assumed for the disclosure of information sent over Nielsen networks, and no assurances are made about
the privacy of information handled by Nielsen internal networks. In those instances where session encryption or other special controls are required, it is the user’s responsibility to ensure that adequate security precautions have been taken.
Nothing in this section must be construed to imply that Nielsen policy does not support the controls dictated by agreements with third parties, such as organizations that have entrusted Nielsen with confidential information. 

Examination and Monitoring of Nielsen Information and Information Systems 
 A written request to review an employee(s) computer activity must be authorized by the following people: 
  

	1)	A senior level manager within the functional area where the employee(s) resides 

 

	2)	The Human Relations representative responsible for the functional area where the employee(s) resides 

 

	3)	The Director of Information Security, information security office 

 The level of detail provided to these individuals is at the discretion of the Human Relations department. The Legal Department will also oversee the content of the final report. Put in more detail around
the ‘who’ is allowed to do it.... 
 Any access to Nielsen information systems for the purpose of monitoring an associate’s
activity that does not go through the written request process described above is strictly prohibited. If such unauthorized access is discovered it must be reported to the Directory of Information Security immediately. 

Policy 
  

All Nielsen computing resources must be used for Nielsen business use only. 
 The controls of this policy are grouped into three categories: 
  

	 	•	 	 Internet Service Controls 

  

	 	•	 	 Desktop Service Controls 

  

	 	•	 	 Messaging Service Controls 

Internet Service Controls 
 Business Use

  

	 	1.	Nielsen Internet Resources are provided primarily for official and authorized Nielsen business use and purposes. 

 

 G-3-6 

	 	2.	Limited personal use of Nielsen Internet Resources is acceptable as long as it does not conflict with Nielsen business and interests. This allowance is also at the
manager’s discretion. 

  

	 	3.	The use of Nielsen Internet Resources shall be in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. 

 

	 	4.	Personnel shall be accountable for all Internet activity associated with their accounts. 

 Improper Use 
 All personnel at Nielsen must not use the Internet for purposes that are
unrelated to Nielsen’s business or are illegal, unethical, or harmful to the company or its reputation, or nonproductive. The following rules must be followed — 

 

	 	1.	Any use of Nielsen Internet Resources must not be illegal, must not be perceived as a conflict of Nielsen interest, and must not interfere with normal business
activities and operations. 

  

	 	2.	Personnel shall not violate any laws or regulations through the use of Nielsen Internet Resources. 

 

	 	3.	Nielsen Internet Resources shall not be used to link, bookmark, access, download, transmit, or store objectionable material, images, or content.

  

	 	4.	Nielsen Internet Resources shall not be used to conduct personal or non-Nielsen solicitations. 

 

	 	5.	Participation in any chat groups, electronic bulletin boards, or forums is permitted only when conducting official and authorized Nielsen business. Personal use of
Nielsen Internet Resources to participate in any chat groups, electronic bulletin boards, or forums is prohibited. 

  

	 	6.	Personnel must not allow others to access the Internet by using their accounts. 

 Browser Software 
  

	 	1.	Personnel must utilize Nielsen-approved versions and configurations of browser software when using Nielsen Internet Resources. 

 

	 	2.	Personnel must not adjust the browser security settings to be less restrictive than the Nielsen-approved configuration. 

 

	 	3.	exception or specific policy — QA and development 

 Downloaded materials 
  

	 	1.	Nielsen Internet Resources shall not be used to access, download, transmit, or operate any unauthorized commercial software, shareware, or freeware

  

	 	2.	All material and content that has been downloaded using Nielsen Internet Resources must be reviewed for malicious code and viruses in accordance with Anti-malware
Policy.  

 Internet chat 
 Instant Messaging is to be leveraged only after approval of an associate’s manager and must leverage the standardized tool provided by Nielsen. No other Internet chat or point to point software or
protocols will be allowed. 
 Web content filtering for Internet traffic 
 Nielsen shall enforce safe web browsing policies for effectively controlling and stripping malicious content, unsafe scripts, Active X tags, P2P, IM, and streaming content. Web content security server
policy controls shall include deep content inspection or native proxy functionality for the web protocols. 
  

	 	•	 	 URL filtering shall be enforced to block the access to non-business links. 

 

	 	•	 	 Blocking public mail server access. 

  

	 	•	 	 Blocking spyware and malware. 

  

 G-3-7 

 Based upon proven business needs, exceptions to this policy will be permitted. Based upon the level of risk,
additional safety tools may be leveraged for these exceptions. As with all Security Policy exceptions, they will be documented, tracked and reviewed in accordance with the policy exception procedures. 

Intellectual Property Rights 
 Personnel
and staff at Nielsen who have access to the Internet are not permitted to copy, transfer, rename, add or delete information or programs belonging to others unless given necessary permission to do so by the owner. Failure to observe copyright or
license agreements may cause severe damages to Nielsen and shall, in addition to any other remedies available to the company, result in disciplinary action by the company and/or legal action by the copyright owner. 

Right to Monitor 
  

	 	1.	Nielsen reserves the right to monitor and review all activities and messages using Nielsen Internet Resources. 

 

	 	2.	Nielsen reserves the right to disclose the nature and content of any Personnel’s activities involving Nielsen Internet Resources to law enforcement officials or
other third parties without any prior notice to the Personnel. 

  

	 	i.	Nielsen will follow the proper legal requirements regarding privacy laws specific to the personnel’s current country of residence. 

Desktop Service Controls 
  

	 	1.	A computer will be provided to Nielsen personnel by Infrastructure Desktop support based on the function that employee performs for the Nielsen Company. Nielsen
personnel must not access any computer, or other resources unless authorized to do so by authorized Infrastructure personnel. 

  

	 	2.	Nielsen personnel are not allowed to connect their personal resources to the Nielsen network. Exceptions to this include where there is a compelling need to connect a
personal device to the Nielsen network, that need is verified by Nielsen Management, and the Nielsen Information Security Team is notified in advance. All of these connections will be recorded and logged along with their location and
justification.  

  

	 	3.	Computer installation, troubleshooting and maintenance is to be facilitated by Infrastructure personnel or an agency appointed by Infrastructure only.

  

	 	4.	The Nielsen personnel who are assigned computing resources must ensure that the anti-malware systems are active (running) on their systems. If anti-malware software is
not running, they must inform the appropriate Infrastructure Department immediately. 

  

	 	5.	All data on a computer or any other IT resource is the sole property of The Nielsen Company. Nielsen personnel must not copy, store or transmit personal data on Nielsen
computer resources. 

  

	 	6.	Nielsen personnel must not copy, store or transmit (in any form) software installed on any IT Resource outside of Nielsen, unless specifically authorized to do so.

  

	 	7.	Only Infrastructure is permitted to move IT resources across office locations. 

 

	 	8.	Non Infrastructure personnel must not install software on Nielsen computing resources. All software to be installed on a Nielsen computing resource must be requested
through, and installed by Infrastructure. The only exception to this policy is third parties under contract by The Nielsen Company, and this must be facilitated with the supervision of Infrastructure personnel. 

 

 G-3-8 

	 	9.	Nielsen computing resources must not be used for personal gain including commercial, social, or cultural purposes without specific written permission from Nielsen
management 

  

	 	10.	Nielsen computing resources must not be used to copy, store or transmit any objectionable material, or any other content which is not related to Nielsen business
activities. 

  

	 	11.	All Nielsen issued computing resources must be surrendered to Infrastructure Desktop Support upon termination of contract/employment. A clearance sheet
from Infrastructure Desktop support is a required document by the Nielsen HR Department to clear an employee terminating employment. Link to HR department and checklist signoffs prior to personnel leaving or receiving final paycheck.....

 Messaging Service Controls 
  

	 	1.	Nielsen personnel must not use Nielsen messaging services to send, store, or transmit email which is objectionable. If such email is received, personnel should
refrain from opening it, delete it immediately, and report it to their local Infrastructure support representative. 

  

	 	2.	Nielsen email must not be auto-forwarded to external email addresses. 

  

	 	3.	Nielsen email must not be used to send greeting cards unless this is for business purposes. 

 

	 	4.	Nielsen email must not used for sending unsolicited bulk email (spam). 

  

	 	5.	Nielsen email must not be used to post content to news groups or email groups. 

 

	 	6.	Nielsen email must not be used to harass individuals. This prohibits threatening, libelous or obscene messages. 

 

	 	7.	Nielsen email must not be used for any e-commerce transactions such as sales or purchases of items. 

 

	 	8.	Nielsen personnel must not access another person’s mail files or directories without explicit permission from said person. — rewrite so it doesn’t
conflict..... 

  

	 	9.	Nielsen email is the sole property of The Nielsen Company. As such it is subject to monitoring at discretion of Nielsen management without notifying the Nielsen
employee being monitored. 

  

	 	10.	     

 Critical Success
Factors (CSFs) 
  
 The following table
outlines the CSFs associated to this policy: 
 CSFs 

 

	 	9.	Usage of Nielsen computing resources is tracked, audited, and acted up to ensure compliance to this policy. 

 

	 	10.	Compliance with the Nielsen Email Security Policy is mandatory in order for this policy to succeed. 

ACCESS CONTROLS POLICY 
  

The Access Controls Policy describes access controls to Nielsen systems and networks. 
  

 G-3-9 

 Background 

 
 Access controls are the mechanisms to ensure that
authorized personnel have access to the information and information processing resources that are assigned to them. Access controls also help track end user accountability. 
 Scope 
  
 This policy applies to all Nielsen staff and third-party associates using Nielsen IT systems and resources. 
 Objectives / Goals 
  
 The objective of this policy is to ensure that access controls on Nielsen information technology is consistent. 
 Policy 
  
 Logical Access Controls 
 User ID 
 User ID Creation 
 A unique User ID must be created for every individual who
is given access to Nielsen information systems. Only Nielsen authorized Identity Management personnel will create new user-ids and provide the rights as requested by the end user’s department head. 

User ID privilege modification 
 User ID privilege levels (what an individual has access to) are modified with the permission of the Data Owner (reference Information Security Policy). This is accomplished by requiring management
authority for any change in standard privilege levels. 
 User ID Deletion 

Identity management personnel must notified immediately by human relations personnel when an employee has resigned / been suspended or
been terminated from The Nielsen Company. User IDs must be suspended immediately upon such notification and must be deleted withint 30 days of suspension. Explicit, written requests from Human Relations can be made to extend the 30 day deletion or
to re-enable a user ID belonging to a terminated employee. 
 Deactivation of user-ids 

A User ID will be disabled if the employee assigned that User ID has not logged in for more than 45 days. 

Reactivation of User Accounts 
 Identity management personnel will reactivate User IDs only with the authorization of the employees current management. 

 

 G-3-10 

 Shared User-IDs 
 Employees must not share their Nielsen issued User IDs. If there is a business requirement or need to provide a shared User ID, this must be authorized by the Director of Information Security. The
requesting manager will keep documentation describing which employees are using the shared User ID, and the purpose for sharing the User ID. 
 Per the Password Security Policy, the password for any authorized shared User ID will be changed any time an employee, who has knowledge of the password, terminates employment with The Nielsen Company.

 Access to Electronic Files and File systems 
 Identity management personnel have primary responsibility for granting access to electronic files. The criteria for granting access to electronic files and file systems is based on the individual’s
job function at The Nielsen Company and never based on who the individual is. All access to electronic files and file system must be granted under the authority of an individual’s management. 

Systems administrative personnel, with administrative and root access, may also be needed to grant access to electronic files system. The
same criteria for granting access, as written in 3.1.1.2 of this policy, apply to access provided by a systems administrator. 
 Network access
for third party laptops 
 Third party (non Nielsen) laptops must not be connected to the Nielsen network without prior written
consent of the Directory of Networking and the Director of Information Security. 
 Desktop support personnel will ensure third
party laptop is free from malware before allowing it to be connected to the Nielsen network. 
 Unattended systems 

Unattended systems must be logged-off or locked so that no unauthorized person can gain access to the them. All Nielsen owned systems, or
systems electronically connected to Nielsen, must automatically lock, via a screen saver or by reverting to a logon prompt, after a maximum of 15 minutes of inactivity. 
 All enduser workstations, desktops and laptops electronically connected to Nielsen with Network inactivity greater than 3 hours must be disconnected from the network. 

Critical Success Factors (CSFs) 
  

The following table outlines the CSFs associated to this policy: 
 CSFs 
  

	 	1.	All personnel and all systems will operate in accordance to the Access Control Policy 

 

	 	2.	All changes to systems and devices will be facilitated using Change Management 

 

	 	3.	All modification to Configuration Items will be reflected using Configuration Management 

 

	 	4.	Access controls to networked assets will be facilitated in accordance to the Network Security Policy.  

 

	 	5.	Information assets will be protected against destructive software in accordance to the Anti-Malware Policy.  

 

	 	6.	Access controls to the physical system will be facilitated in accordance to the Physical Security Policy.  

 

 G-3-11 

 ANTI-MALWARE POLICY 

 
 The Anti-Malware Policy describes malware
detection and prevention measures, as appropriate, need to be implemented on all systems vulnerable to malware. 
 Configuration of the
Anti-Malware Software 
 Anti-malware software may be configured with the following parameters: 

 

	 	•	 	 Online Access Scan — Enabled 

  

	 	•	 	 Scan all fixed disks — Weekly 

  

	 	•	 	 Buffer over flow protection — Enabled 

 The Scan must cover: 
  

	 	•	 	 Computer memory, executable files (including macro files in desktop software), protected files (e.g. compressed or password protected files) and
removable storage media. 

  

	 	•	 	 Incoming and outgoing traffic (including downloads from the Internet). 

 The Scan must provide: 
  

	 	•	 	 An alert when a suspected malware program is identified. 

 

	 	•	 	 The ability to clean the infected file or (if this fails) the ability to quarantine the infected file. 

Anti-malware software must be protected on critical systems to ensure that unauthorized users cannot: 

 

	 	•	 	 Uninstall the anti-virus software. 

  

	 	•	 	 Disable the anti-virus software. 

 If, for any reason, anti-malware software is disabled, Information Security personnel must be notified in writing immediately. Notification must include the reason the software is being disabled and the
projected timeframe for re-enabling the software. 
 Updating Anti-Malware software 
 Anti-malware Systems Administrators must ensure that: 
  

	 	•	 	 The anti-malware server is updated with the latest virus profile definitions. 

 

	 	•	 	 These malware definitions are distributed to all client systems on a “push out” basis. 

 

	 	•	 	 In cases where a system is “stand-alone” (including laptops or systems which are not connected to the Nielsen network), the antivirus
software will be updated automatically from the client. When automatic updates are not possible manual methods must be used and documented. 

 Malware Scanning Schedule 
 The anti-malware scanning software installed on Windows-based servers
utilizes aNielsen centralized scanning process. 
 Server scans are performed nightly for viruses, Trojans, and worms, while workstations must
be scanned weekly during a non-production time period. 
  

 G-3-12 

 Malware Cleaning 
 If an infected system is not cleaned or the infected file cannot be deleted, the system administrator must immediately take that system off the network and manually clean the infection in accordance with
the guidelines provided by the anti-malware software vendor. 
 If an infected system has malware or a variant of malware with an age of <2
days, the machine is to be completely reformatted and rebuilt. 
 Gateway Anti-Malware 
 Where appropriate Nielsen personnel may install and maintain a gateway level anti-malware device (and IPS and IDS software) to ensure that all traffic entering a networked system of computers is protected
from malware. 
 The system administrator must ensure that the gateway anti-malware appliance is updated to the same standards as above.

 Log Reviews and Reporting 
 The
system administrator must ensure log creation for the following actions: 
  

	 	1.	Systems infected and the action taken (sortable by the type of malware and by system). 

 

	 	2.	Systems status with regards to the definition updates. 

  

	 	3.	Changes to the configuration of the anti-malware software. 

 All identified security issues related to malware are handled utilizing the standard incident management procedures. 
 Critical Success Factors (CSFs) 
  
 The following table outlines the CSFs associated to this policy: 
 CSFs

  

	 	11.	All personnel and all systems will operate in accordance to the Anti-Malware Policy. 

 

	 	12.	All Nielsen computers and servers running the Microsoft Windows Operating Systems will run anti-malware programs. 

 

	 	13.	All Anti-Malware systems are updated with current signature files, if available, on a daily basis via an automated update method. If the anti-malware system does not
have an automated update capability the software will be updated manually on a regular schedule. 

 PASSWORD SECURITY POLICY

  
 The Password Security Policy
describes appropriate controls for the selection, usage, and recycling of passwords for Nielsen Information assets. All Nielsen computing resources will comply with minimum password standards as specified in this document. 

Objectives / Goals 
  

The object of this policy is to ensure that passwords are managed effectively and are not misused by Nielsen personnel. All passwords used by Nielsen
personnel must conform to this policy. 
  

 G-3-13 

 Policy 

 
 All passwords must be managed effectively, and
not misused by Nielsen personnel. Therefore, all Nielsen personnel must operate in accordance to the Password Policy, as outlined below. 
 The
standards of the Password Policy are grouped into three categories: 
  

	 	•	 	 One time / Initial Passwords 

  

	 	•	 	 Password Settings 

  

	 	•	 	 Password Management 

 One
time / Initial passwords 
 When a new user ID is created, the issuer will provide a secure initial password and communicate
that password to the recipient. This password will expire after 3 days. Upon receipt of password, the recipient will: 
  

	 	1.	Change their initial password as soon as they access the system. 

  

	 	2.	Not share passwords, nor make them available or known to others — including system administrators and technicians. 

Password settings 
 Password
Length and Composition 
 Passwords must be at least 8 characters in length, and composed of complex alphanumeric characters.
Users must not choose passwords which can be easily guessed. 
 E.g. Password types not to use: names or parts of names,
dictionary words, phone numbers, dates or common words. 
 Password History 

Password history must be set to 7. This means that it will not be possible to re-use the previous seven passwords. This should be
automated and system driven whenever technically possible. 
 Personnel Password Expiry 

Passwords will expire after a maximum period of 90 days and the minimum password age will be 7 days, unless it is the password for initial
setup. 
 A reminder must be issued to the user 10 days prior to password expiry. 

Failure to change the passwords before expiry will result in the account being locked, in which case the user must contact the Helpdesk.

 Account Lockout 
 Account lockout will be set to five attempts. This means that user ids will be locked, and access prohibited after the incorrect password is entered five times. The user id will be unlocked automatically
after 30 minutes or with the intervention of an Identity Management associate via a Helpdesk request. 
  

 G-3-14 

 Password Management 
 Group Logins 
 Group passwords for general access to Nielsen systems is
prohibited unless information in that area is classified as public. 
 If a group login is needed due to system requirement or
legacy application issue, all personnel who require the use of the group password must be listed in documentation maintained by the team lead or people manager, approved by the information owner and must be reviewed and approved annually by the
Information Security Department. 
 The password for group logins must be changed every 180 days. 

Administrator, root and sa Passwords (herein referred to as “administrator”) 

Administrator passwords must be kept strictly confidential and must be known only to the administrators responsible for the affected
systems. 
 Administrator passwords must comply with the complexity rules as presented in this policy). 

All administrator passwords will be kept in a protected list (encrypted if in soft copy or locked away if on hard copy) and must be in
the safe custody of the team lead or director of the systems admin group and information security group only. 
 Administrator
passwords must be changed when an employee who has knowledge of the password leaves the Nielsen Company or at least every 180 days. 
 Password resets 
 Password resets are done by authorized Identity Management
personnel or systems administration personnel and documented with a Help Desk Ticket. 
 User ids associated to an
employee’s Nielsen system password will be reset to a temporary password which must be changed in accordance to the Nielsen standards. 
 The system administrator or identity management associate may issue an interim password only after due authorization and establishment of the user’s identity. 

Compromised and Potentially Compromised Administrator Passwords 

If there is a compromise or security breach (or suspected compromise or security breach) of an administrator password it will be changed
immediately and information security personnel will be informed. 
 The old password, which is saved in a secured copy, will be
replaced with the new password. 
  

 G-3-15 

 Default Passwords 

All default passwords must be changed. 
 Passwords for Network Devices 
 Passwords for network devices such as
firewalls, routers and switches (to name a few devices) must be kept confidential and conform to this policy. 
 Automated
Log-on 
 Use of passwords in automated logon processes is prohibited. 

Storage and Transmission of Passwords 
 Passwords must never be displayed on the screen. 
 Any password being communicated
via e-mail or any form of network transmission must be protected by encryption. 
 Passwords must never be stored on any
electronic media without protection, including encryption. 
 Critical Success Factors (CSFs) 

 
 The following table outlines the CSFs associated
to this policy: 
 CSFs 
  

	 	14.	All personnel operate in accordance with the Password Policy 

  

	 	15.	All passwords conform to the Password Policy. 

DATA CLASSIFICATION POLICY 
  

The Data Classification Policy describes data classification systems for The Nielsen Company. The level of security assigned to Nielsen information will
depend directly on the classification of the data. All employees, especially those who may come into contact with “sensitive” information are expected to familiarise themselves with this data classification policy and to consistently use
it in their business activities. 
 Background 

 
 The information of The Nielsen Company must be
consistently protected throughout its life cycle, from its origination to its destruction. Information must be protected in a manner commensurate with its sensitivity; no matter where it resides, what form it takes, what technology was used to
handle it, and what purpose it serves. Although this data classification scheme provides overall guidance to achieve consistent information protection, employees of The Nielsen Company must apply and extend these concepts to fit the needs of
day-to-day operations. 
 Information assets must receive the appropriate levels of classification by the data owner before any reasonable
amount of security or controls can be applied. It is the classification of the information asset that dictates what level of security will be applied as well as how to maintain and eventually dispose of the information asset. 

 

 G-3-16 

 Scope 

 
 This policy applies to all information assets
created, generated, purchased or stored by The Nielsen Company. This policy is not limited to information assets in electronic form but applies to information assets regardless of the form in which they are contained. Examples of “form”
can be (but are not limited to) electronic forms, paper files, or magnetic media. 
 Objectives / Goals 

 
 The objective of this policy is to provide a
system for classifying of information assets as to the level of value or criticality that asset represents for The Nielsen Company. 
 Policy
Roles and Responsibilities 
  
  

			
	Role	  	Is Responsible for...
	 Data Owner
	  	 •   Responsible for information management

•   Responsible for data access and Policy implementation issues

		
	 Data Custodian
	  	 Responsible for providing a secure infrastructure in support of the data, including, but not limited to, providing physical security, backup and
recovery processes, granting access privileges to the data and implementing and administering controls over the data / information

		
	 End User
	  	 •   Adherence to this policy Reporting discrepancies when discovered.

Policy 
  

Classification of Information 
 Classification
and associated protective controls should take into account business needs for sharing or restricting information and the business impact associated with such needs. 
 Information received from systems that handle classified data must be labeled in terms of its value and sensitivity to The Nielsen Company. 
 If any information is considered to be sensitive for a particular period, the information must be identified so that the information can be de-classified as per business needs. 

The originator of the information or an identified information owner must define the classification of the information. 

 

 G-3-17 

 Classification Levels 

 

	 	•	 	 Nielsen Restricted: An information asset that is very critical or sensitive in nature and must be available only to identified individuals.
Typically this would be information that, if lost, damaged or disclosed to unauthorised persons, could lead to financial loss or may injure the company in light of competition. 

 

	 	•	 	 Nielsen Confidential: An information asset which is of importance within The Nielsen Company and cannot be shared with individuals not connected
to The Nielsen Company. The unauthorized disclosure, modification, destruction or use of this information will adversely impact The Nielsen Company or hamper company operations. Any information not labeled is to be considered Nielsen Confidential.

  

	 	•	 	 Nielsen Sensitive: An information asset which must be confined only to The Nielsen Company staff or individuals with specific non-disclosure
agreement (NDA) and not to be disclosed to outside individuals or the public at large (to include clients). 

  

	 	•	 	 Public: Data / Information that is available to the general public and intended for distribution outside The Nielsen Company. This information
may be freely disseminated without potential harm. 

 Information Labeling and Handling 

Labeling 

All information assets must be labeled clearly as to the sensitivity and criticality of that asset to The Nielsen Company. 

Handling 

Procedures must be established for the handling and storage of classified information assets. The procedures established must protect the
information against unauthorized disclosure and misuse and be consistent with the classification levels of the information. 
  

									
	 	 	 Rules for

	 Category
	 	 Labeling
	  	 Transmission
	  	 Storage
	  	 Disposal

	 Nielsen Restricted
	 	 Paper: Watermark or Header, files to read: Nielsen Restricted
 Electronic: Mark as Nielsen Restricted in e-mail header, document header/footer, folder names.
	  	 Paper: Provide numbered copies only to authorized recipients
 Electronic: Must be encrypted for any transmission. Mail only to authorized recipients. Maintain a record of all recipients.
	  	 Paper: Keep in locked cupboards and account for copies in physical register.

Electronic: Must be stored in encrypted form. Do not keep in common areas, i.e. store only in specific folders. ACL must reflect only authorized
recipients.
	  	 Paper: shredder

Electronic: All media must be wiped with an “eraser utility”.

					
	 Nielsen Confidential
	 	 Paper: Watermark or Header, files to read: Nielsen Confidential
 Electronic: Mark
	  	 Paper: Provide copies to only authorized recipients
 Electronic: Must
	  	 Paper: Keep in locked enclosures.
 Electronic: ACL must reflect only
	  	 Paper: Shredder

Electronic: All media must be wiped with an “eraser utility”.

 

 G-3-18 

									
	 	  	 Rules for

	 Category
	  	 Labeling
	  	 Transmission
	  	 Storage
	  	 Disposal

		  	as Nielsen Confidential in e-mail and document header/footer.	  	be encrypted for any transmission. Mail only to authorized recipients	  	authorized recipients.	  	
					
	 Nielsen Sensitive
	  	 Paper: Watermark or Header, files to read: Nielsen Sensitive
 Electronic: Mark as Nielsen Sensitive in e-mail and document header/footer.
	  	 Paper: May be sent within The Nielsen Company or related group.
 Electronic: May be sent within or related group.
	  	 Paper: Keep inside drawers or locked cupboards
 Electronic: Can be available on internal network
	  	 Paper: Shredder.

Electronic: All media must be wiped with an “eraser utility”.

					
	 Public
	  	 Paper: Unmarked

Electronic: Unmarked
	  	 Paper: May be shared with outsiders
 Electronic: May be shared with outsiders
	  	 Paper: No special requirements
 Electronic: No special requirements
	  	Paper: No special requirements.

Storage and Disposal 
 Storage 
 Procedures must be defined for the storage of classified
information. Equipment holding or processing information assets must be sited to minimize unauthorised access into work areas. 
  

	 	•	 	 Information processing and storage facilities handling sensitive data should be positioned to reduce the risk of overlooking during their use.

  

	 	•	 	 Items requiring special protection should be isolated to reduce the general level of protection required. 

Disposal 

Media containing Nielsen classified information must be disposed of securely and safely when no longer required. A formal process for the
secure disposal of media must be established to minimize the risk of disclosure of sensitive information to unauthorized individuals. 
 Classification Review 
 Data Owners should review the classification levels
applied to information once a year for validity. Based on the review the data owner may decide to either increase or decrease the level of classification. 
 Declassification of information 
 The designated information owner may, at
any time after proper review, declassify or downgrade the classification of information. The following are guidelines to be followed if information is to be declassified. 

 

 G-3-19 

	 	•	 	 The data owner must change the classification label appearing on the original media and notify all known recipients. 

 

	 	•	 	 The data owner may, at any time prior to scheduled declassification, extend the period for which information is to remain at a certain classification
level. 

  

	 	•	 	 Any changes made to the classification levels must conveyed to the data custodians. 

Critical Success Factors (CSFs) 
  

The following table outlines the CSFs associated to this policy: 
 CSFs 
  

	 	16.	All personnel operate in accordance with the Data Classification Policy 

  

	 	17.	All Nielsen information conforms to the Data Classification Policy 

 SYSTEM SOFTWARE PATCH MANAGEMENT POLICY 
  

Scope 
  

This policy covers all core IT Services that are maintained or managed by Nielsen and applies to all Nielsen locations. 

Objectives / Goals 
  

The purpose of this policy is to establish standards for the maintenance of configurations and software of all computing platforms that are owned and/or
operated by The Nielsen Company. 
 The goal of this policy is to provide a stable and secure network environment for Nielsen business
applications, by: 
 Ensuring that computer devices (including servers and desktops) have: 

 

	 	•	 	 Proper virus-protection software. 

  

	 	•	 	 Current virus-definition libraries. 

  

	 	•	 	 The most recent operating systems and security related patches installed. 

All Nielsen groups within Infrastructure will: 
  

	 	•	 	 Establish or implement a system of patch management for all IT systems, devices and appliances, regardless of operating system or platform.

  

	 	•	 	 Clearly assigned specific responsibilities for the System Administrator(s) or other authorized personnel. 

 

	 	•	 	 Train all authorized personnel in systems administration to include patch management techniques. 

 

	 	•	 	 Use patch management in conjunction with vulnerability assessment scanning efforts. 

 

	 	•	 	 Use a department recommended tool or other approved automated patch management software. 

 

 G-3-20 

 Policy 

 
 Information technology patch management programs
are paramount to maintaining the operational availability, confidentiality, and integrity of Nielsen’s IT systems and Nielsen’s overall business operations. Along with patch management, well communicated and understood security policies
and procedures are a major factor in assuring a strong and secure competitive business advantage. 
 The scope of this policy covers all core IT
Services that are maintained or managed by Nielsen and applies to all Nielsen locations. The purpose of this policy is to establish controls for the maintenance of configurations and software of all computing platforms that are owned and/or operated
by The Nielsen Company so that a stable and secure network environment for Nielsen business applications is ensured. 
 The controls of the
Systems Software Patch Management Policy are grouped into six categories: 
  

	 	•	 	 Evidence of Decisions/Testing/Remediation 

  

	 	•	 	 Configuration and change management 

  

	 	•	 	 Training and tools 

  

	 	•	 	 Core patching job functions 

  

	 	•	 	 High security threats and critical patches 

  

	 	•	 	 Systems that cannot be patched 

 Evidence of Decisions/Testing/Remediation 
  

	 	•	 	 Persons responsible for patching must document ALL decisions, testing, and remediation, as well as notify the Directors of Server Administration and
the Computer Information Security Office of all exceptions, and exceptional events. 

  

	 	•	 	 Each Nielsen operational organization will track information on patches required and deployed on the systems and applications within their area of
responsibility. 

 Configuration and Change Management 

 

	 	•	 	 Configuration Management information will be used to identify which hardware equipment, operating systems, and software applications exist
within the organization in order to ensure that all systems may be fully patched. 

  

	 	•	 	 Change Management must be used to facilitate the patching of all systems and provide an effective procedure for backout of unsuccessful software
updates and upgrades. 

 Training and Tools 
  

	 	•	 	 All personnel responsible for patching must be trained in, and utilize system administration, including patch management techniques:

  

	 	•	 	 Vulnerability monitoring. 

  

	 	•	 	 Remediation techniques. 

  

 G-3-21 

	 	•	 	 Automated patch management tools must be used wherever possible in order to expedite the distribution of patches to systems. Manual methods can be used
for: 

  

	 	•	 	 Operating systems and applications which are not supported by automated patching tools. 

 

	 	•	 	 Computers with unusual configurations. 

  

	 	•	 	 Computers with non-standard configurations 

 Core Patching Job Functions 
 Personnel responsible for patching must: 

 

	 	•	 	 Plan for and schedule infrastructure software patches and upgrades in a manner that anticipates required hardware upgrades needed to support the
software upgrades to be installed and avoids unanticipated system outages and effectively recovers from those that do occur. 

  

	 	•	 	 Monitor security sources weekly for vulnerability announcements, patch remediation, and emerging threats that correspond to the software within
their system inventory. 

  

	 	•	 	 Evaluate and document the impact of anticipated patches on the systems, the organization, and the network as well as the impact if the
vulnerability is not removed or the patch is not applied. 

  

	 	•	 	 Communicate emerging threats to the Information Security Team (mailto: NielsenInformationSecurityTeam@nielsen.com) as they become aware
of the threat. 

  

	 	•	 	 Test and document the testing of patches on non-production systems prior to installation on all production systems, except where immediate
security remediation is needed. This must include: 

  

	 	•	 	 Patch and non-patch remediation must be conducted on IT devices that use standardized configurations 

 

	 	•	 	 A virus scan must be run on all patches before installation. 

 

	 	•	 	 Prioritize and document the order for applying patches in order to efficiently address vulnerabilities within the systems.

  

	 	•	 	 Assess and document the risks involved when applying the patch or non-patch remediation. 

High Security Threats and Critical Patches 
  

	 	•	 	 Patches to address high risk security threats may be applied immediately based on an assessment of severity and risk by the Directory of Information
Security. 

  

	 	•	 	 Operating System (OS) Patches deemed critical by the software vendor will always be considered critical by Nielsen. Critical will be tested and
installed on applicable systems within 14 calendar days of general release from vendors. 

 Systems That Cannot be Patched

  

	 	•	 	 Systems that cannot be patched will have approved work around controls that are: 

 

	 	•	 	 Suggested by the manufacturer 

  

	 	•	 	 Approved by the Director of Information Security. 

 In the event a manufacturer recommended work around cannot be used the Information Security Team will work with the affected operational unit to design a satisfactory control. 

 

 G-3-22 

 Critical Success Factors (CSFs) 

 
 The following table outlines the CSFs associated
to this policy: 
 CSFs 
  

	
	 18.    Systems will be patched in accordance to the Infrastructure Software Patch Management
Policy

	
	 19.    In order for this policy to succeed, the Configuration Management must be adhered to by all
INFRASTRUCTURE personnel.

	
	 20.    Systems will be patched in accordance to Change Management.

EMAIL POLICY 
  

Scope 
  

This scope of this policy encompasses: 
  

	•	 	 All employees, contractors, consultants, temporary employees, volunteers, and other personnel at Nielsen, including personnel affiliated with third
parties who access Nielsen computer messaging systems. 

  

	•	 	 All messaging systems owned by or administered by Nielsen. 

 

	•	 	 All information assets (Information travelling over the Nielsen computer Networks that has not been specifically identified as the property of other
parties, or, information belonging to third parties that has been entrusted to Nielsen). 

 Objectives / Goals 

 
 The purpose of this policy is to establish
management direction, procedural requirements, and technical guidance to ensure the appropriate protection of the Nielsen email network and limit access by non-Nielsen Personnel. 
 Policy 
  
 General Policy 
 Limited to Nielsen usage 

Nielsen’s e-mail system is intended for business purposes only. 
 Monitoring 
 The e-mail system is a Nielsen resource, and as such, Nielsen reserves the
right to inspect, monitor, record or delete any electronic communications. E-mail may be retained after an employee departs from the organization. 
 In order to protect the interests of Nielsen and maintain the effectiveness, integrity and security of the e-mail system, Nielsen will undertake regular audits of e-mail communication usage. This will
include the 
  

 G-3-23 

 
use of e-mail monitoring and blocking software to perform regular routine e-mail audits to target files over a certain size or type, to screen for key words or images, or to monitor extended
usage. The audit may extend to stored or archived e-mails. 
 Monitoring personal E-mail 

Personnel should be aware that personal e-mails may be intercepted and read and are not private. Nielsen may retrieve the content of messages or records
of personnel’ access to the e-mail system for certain purposes, including, but not limited to the following: 
  

	 	•	 	 Monitoring whether e-mail conforms to Nielsen policy. 

 

	 	•	 	 Finding lost messages or retrieving messages lost due to a computer failure. 

 

	 	•	 	 Assisting in the investigation of wrongful acts. 

  

	 	•	 	 Complying with any legal obligations or defending any legal action brought against Nielsen. 

These actions will be taken only by authorized personnel and in accordance to Information Security policies and procedures. 

Email and Legal requirements 
 The e-mail
systems and electronic communications may be subject to subpoena or other legal process. Personnel should not communicate anything on e-mail that they would not want read by anyone other than the addressed recipients, nor that they would not
otherwise put in writing. 
 Personnel may be required from time-to-time to retain and archive e-mails and their attachments that could become
subject of a court action. They may be requested to make and file hard copies if necessary. Personnel must comply with such requests and adopt a responsible approach to the content of their e-mails. 

Using Email over the Internet 

Nielsen’s e-mail system allows personnel to send and receive communications over the Internet and, therefore, other external systems. With the
exception of temporary members of staff who have an Internet address in the consultmail.net domain, Internet messages sent from Nielsen’s e-mail system are identified, as being from a Nielsen company, and therefore nothing should be
communicated over the Internet that you would not want attributed to Nielsen. Furthermore, in the event you participate in any forums or discussion groups on the Internet, you must make it clear that you are not representing the opinions of Nielsen,
but your own individual views. 
  

	 	•	 	 When communicating with a client over an unsecured Nielsen connection all confidential file attachments must be compressed and secured with a password
utilizing the Nielsen approved toolset. If the email content contains personally identifiable information, then encryption must also be utilized. Only Nielsen-approved compression and encryption methods will be used. 

 

	 	•	 	 Passwords are to be presented to recipient via phone or a separate email message. If sent via email the password, or the fact that a password is in the
content, must not be identified in subject line. 

  

	 	•	 	 Delivery (and elapsed time for delivery) of messages over the Internet is NOT guaranteed because there is no way of tracing the path, therefore,
Nielsen’s e-mail system is not to be used as a data collection or data delivery system. 

  

 G-3-24 

 One Mailbox per person 
 All personnel will have only one mailbox in the messaging system. Tools are now available within Exchange to facilitate the migration of a mailbox from one server to another, worldwide. When circumstances
warrant exceptions will also be made for Team mailboxes. 
 Acceptable methods to access Email 

All personnel will access E-mail using only Nielsen-approved methods and programs. 
 Improper use of E-mail 
 Unsuitable Content 

Personnel must not send messages, which are abusive, malicious, discriminatory in any sense (i.e. sex, sexual orientation, race, religion, gender, age or
disability), or defamatory about or to any other person or organization. If personnel receive any such messages, they should delete them immediately and inform their manager. E-mail must not be used for the expression of ill will or bias against
individuals or groups, and must not contain illegal or offensive material or foul language. 
 Confidential Material 

Confidential or sensitive information should not be sent externally without express authority, as it can be easily intercepted or misdirected. If
personnel are unsure as to the confidential or sensitive nature of any information, they should contact their manager. Any attachments which contain important or confidential material should be password protected and the sender should seek
confirmation of receipt. 
 Contracts 
 Personnel should always remember that contracts could be entered into by e-mail or on the Internet in the same way as they are by letter. Personnel should therefore take care that they do not
inadvertently enter into contracts which bind Nielsen by e-mail or on the Internet and they should be aware that contracts must only be entered into in accordance with normal authorization and purchasing procedures. If personnel are in any doubt as
to whether they may be entering into a contract, which binds Nielsen by e-mail or Internet, they should speak to their manager or the Legal Department. 
 Legal Action against The Nielsen Company 
 Messages sent via e-mail can give rise to legal
action against Nielsen and/or an individual employee for inappropriate use of the e-mail system. Claims of defamation, breach of copyright, breach of confidentiality, breach of contract or discrimination could arise. Misuse of the e-mail system
which results in any of these, or similar actions, may be treated as a serious disciplinary issue and could result in dismissal for gross misconduct. 
 Excessive Personal use of Email 
 Nielsen allows limited personal use of its e-mail systems
provided that all messages are kept short and excessive time is not spent in such activity and is approved by manager. 
 Nielsen reserves the
right to rescind this usage if the privilege is abused. 
  

 G-3-25 

 If excessive personal use of e-mail has a detrimental effect on an employee’s performance or impact on
the business use of the system, Nielsen will regard the matter as a disciplinary issue. 
 Mobile Devices 

Only Nielsen approved and purchased devices will be allowed access to the corporate environment. Nielsen has the right at any time to remove company data
from these devices. Only Nielsen supported and approved redirection software will be allowed. 
 Employee Separation and access to emails

 At no time will mail be forwarded to another email address from the default mailbox, after an employee is no longer with the company A
mailbox will be retained for at least 30 days after an employee is no longer with the company, upon request by the employees manager with approval from HR or Legal, access to the mailbox will be granted to a designee for review. 

No employee will be entitled to a copy of their mailbox unless otherwise approved by HR or Legal. 

Email Addresses 
 All mailboxes will be
given an address in the format of givenname.surname@Nielsen.com. By default the primary address will be for the Nielsen.com domain, if the user is part of a business unit excluded from the domain standard they will be assigned the
appropriate address. Regardless of the identity to the right of the @ the format of givenname.surname applies to all. Only mailboxes created prior to Feb 1, 2007 are exempt from this format standard. 

Access to Mailboxes other then your own 

Access to a mailbox other than your primary one must be requested by either the owner of the mailbox or one of the following; owner’s manager, HR or
Legal. 
 Bulk E-mail 
 Nielsen
email systems must not be used to send bulk emails. Bulk email will only be sent by authorized Nielsen personnel. Bulk email send to recipients outside of Nielsen is only to be sent utilizing methods and systems approved by Nielsen.

 The sending of Unsolicited bulk email, or Spam, is strictly prohibited. 
 Disclaimer Statements 
 Only approved statements are to be appended to outbound email
messages. To obtain approval submit your request via email to Help – Infrastructure Service Desk. It will be redirected to the Information Security Offices and Legal for review and approval. 

Non-Nielsen E-mail ID Request 
 Non-Nielsen
personnel should not have access to the messaging network. Exceptions will be authorized if proven necessary and following appropriate exception process. 
  

 G-3-26 

 Misuse Reporting 

 
 The Nielsen Company reserves the right to
monitor, record, or periodically audit use of any of its information and network systems and equipment. Use of these systems and equipment constitutes expressed consent by those covered by the scope of this policy to such monitoring, recording, and
auditing. Actual or suspected misuse of these systems will be reported to the appropriate Nielsen management representative in a timely manner. 

Privacy 
  

Unless contractual agreements dictate otherwise, messages sent over Nielsen computer and communications systems are the property of Nielsen. Management
reserves the right to examine all data stored in or transmitted by these systems. Nielsen users must have no expectation of privacy associated with the information they store in or send through these systems. These privacy expectations apply to all
information contained within, or traveling through, Nielsen messaging networks, including messages designated as “private”. 
 When
providing computer-networking services, Nielsen does not provide default message protection services such as encryption. No responsibility is assumed for the disclosure of information sent over Nielsen networks, and no assurances are made about the
privacy of information handled by Nielsen internal networks. In those instances where session encryption or other special controls are required, it is the user’s responsibility to ensure that adequate security precautions have been taken.
Nothing in this paragraph must be construed to imply that Nielsen policy does not support the controls dictated by agreements with third parties, such as organizations that have entrusted Nielsen with confidential information. 

Compliance Requirement 
  

Failure to comply with the E-mail Policy and associated guidelines and procedures can result in disciplinary actions, up to and including termination of
employment for Personnel or termination of contracts for contractors, partners, consultants, and other entities. Legal actions also may be taken for violations of applicable regulations and laws. 

Critical Success Factors (CSFs) 
  

The following table outlines the CSFs associated to this policy: 
 CSFs 
  

	 	21.	All Systems are deployed in accordance to the E-mail Policy 

  

	 	22.	The E-mail Policy is adhered to by all Nielsen personnel. 

  

 G-3-27 

 EXHIBIT G-4 
 PHYSICAL SECURITY POLICIES 
  

	Section 1.	NIELSEN PHYSICAL SECURITY POLICIES 

 1.1 Uniform Polices in Development 
 As of the Agreement Effective Date,
Nielsen does not have uniform physical security policies in place for the Nielsen Service Locations. Nielsen will provide copies of the policies to TCS as they are developed at which time they shall become Nielsen Standards. 

1.2 Current Nielsen Policies 
 Where TCS is already providing Services as of the Agreement Effective Date from Nielsen Service Locations, or if TCS begins to provide Services under the Agreement from Nielsen Service Locations where it
does not have a presence as of the Agreement Effective Date, TCS shall adhere to Nielsen physical security policies for such Service Locations in place and as amended for as long as TCS provides Services from such Service Locations. 

 

	Section 2.	TCS POLICIES 

 Until
Nielsen develops uniform policies as provided in Section 1 of this Exhibit G-4, TCS shall, in delivering the Services from Global Delivery Centers and Other Service Locations, follow TCS’ internal physical security procedures, a copy of
which shall be provided to Nielsen upon request. TCS shall ensure that such policies are tested, proven and are no less rigorous than those policies in place in all facilities from which TCS delivers services similar to the Services to Nielsen as of
the Agreement Effective Date. 
  

 G-4-1 

 SCHEDULE H 
 APPROVED SUBCONTRACTORS 
  

	Section 1.	GENERAL 

 This Schedule H
lists the TCS Affiliates and Subcontractors that may be used to provide Services to Nielsen under the Agreement. 
 1.1 Tata
Group Subcontractors 
 * 
 1.2 Non Tata Group Subcontractors 
 * 

 

 H-1 

 SCHEDULE I 
 THIRD PARTY CONTRACTS 
 As of the Agreement Effective date, there are no
Third Party Contracts which will be assigned. 
  

 I-1 

 SCHEDULE J 
 GOVERNANCE AND PERSONNEL 
  

	Section 1.	INTRODUCTION 

 This
Schedule J sets out the governance structure for the Agreement, including the management structure, committee membership, and the roles and responsibilities of both Parties to review relationship objectives on a periodic basis. The Parties agree
that this Schedule J is a work in progress and will be finalized after the Agreement Effective Date. 
  

	Section 2.	ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF KEY GOVERNANCE TEAM MEMBERS 

 2.1 Nielsen Governance Team 
 (a) Nielsen Account Executive. The
Nielsen Account Executive shall have the following responsibilities: 
 (i) Setting the vision and objectives for the
relationship; 
 (ii) Providing leadership and guidance to the Nielsen governance organization 

(iii) Working with the TCS Account Executive to review the Agreement’s goals and objectives; 

(iv) Resolving escalated issues in accordance with the Agreement; 

(v) Providing liaison activities and guidance with TCS’ executive leadership regarding Nielsen’s strategic needs; and

 (vi) Managing the overall relationship with TCS. 
 (b) Nielsen Global Relationship Manager. The Nielsen Global Relationship Manager shall have the following responsibilities: 
 (i) Providing leadership and guidance to the Nielsen governance organization; 

(ii) Working with the TCS Account Executive and TCS Global Relationship Manager to achieve the Agreement’s goals and objectives;

 (iii) Monitoring TCS’ and Nielsen’s compliance with Agreement obligations; 

(iv) Monitoring TCS contract level Deliverable commitments; 
 (v) Resolving escalated issues in accordance with the Agreement; and 
  

 J-1 

 (vi) Approving, authorizing and overseeing all Agreement-related policies and procedures.

 (c) Nielsen Project Management Office Head. The Nielsen Project Management Office Head shall have primary
responsibility for the Agreement, including the management of all reporting and updates to the Agreement. Primary responsibilities include: 
 (i) Ensuring receipt and review of all TCS reports required per the Agreement; 

(ii) Developing standard reporting and communication requirements between TCS and various staff and organizations within Nielsen;

 (iii) Developing and assisting with negotiations related to all SOWs, amendments and updates to the Agreement that are
required during the Term; and 
 (iv) Assisting with interpretation and intent of the Parties in regard to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement. 
 (d) Nielsen Project Managers. The Nielsen Project Managers have the overall
responsibility for fulfilling Nielsen’s obligations under SOWs. Primary responsibilities include: 
 (i) Approving the SOW
and any related transition or project plans; 
 (ii) Managing Nielsen’s internal expectations related to the SOW and
supporting Nielsen business units regarding questions and issues arising from the delivery of Services; 
 (iii) Managing
Nielsen’s obligations under the SOW; 
 (iv) Monitoring project progress and performance; 

(v) Resolving any Service delivery issues related to the SOW; 
 (vi) Reviewing the Services and Service Levels; and 
 (vii) Coordinating Resource
forecasting by TCS and Nielsen. 
 2.2 TCS Governance Team 

(a) TCS Account Executive. The TCS Account Executive shall have the authority to make any decision required for the proper
functioning of the Agreement. Primary responsibilities include: 
 (i) Ensuring that the process, structure and methodology is
in place to meet TCS’ commitments under the Agreement; 
 (ii) Ensuring that TCS fulfills all of its obligations under the
Agreement; and 
  

 J-2 

 (iii) Working with the Nielsen governance team to establish, manage, and meet commitments,
requirements, and expectations. 
 (b) TCS Global Relationship Manager. The TCS Global Relationship Manager shall have
the following responsibilities: 
 (i) Working with Nielsen tower heads and executives to align Service delivery with
Nielsen’s strategic needs; 
 (ii) Informing Nielsen about new capabilities and developments within TCS and proposing ideas
and solutions that will provide ongoing benefits to Nielsen; 
 (iii) Ensuring that all Service Levels are met; 

(iv) Assuring operational compliance with the Agreement, including all obligations relating to Deliverables; and 

(v) Coordinating the delivery of new Services to Nielsen. 
 (c) TCS SOW Project Managers. TCS Project Managers shall have the overall responsibility for fulfilling TCS’ obligations under SOWs. Primary responsibilities include: 

(i) Meeting all Service Levels and contractual commitments for the applicable SOW; 

(ii) Ensuring that appropriately skilled and trained Resources are assigned to the SOW; 

(iii) Forecasting and managing Resource requirements; 
 (iv) Resolving any Service delivery issues under the SOW; 
 (v) Implementing
TCS’ development methodology as tailored to meet Nielsen development standards; and 
 (vi) Providing all Service Level
reporting to the service control function. 
 (d) TCS Project Management Office Head. The TCS Project Management Office
Head shall have the following responsibilities: 
 (i) Monitoring TCS’ compliance with its obligations under the Agreement;

 (ii) Planning, collecting information for and producing reports in accordance with Section 5.7 of the Agreement;

 (iii) Working with the Nielsen governance team to establish, manage, and meet commitments, requirements, and expectations
Managing TCS relationships; 
  

 J-3 

 (iv) Implementing and managing the TCS financial system (including time recording, labor
reporting, billing, budgeting, forecasting, and annual planning and managing overall Resource levels) in accordance with Nielsen requirements; 
 (v) Overseeing TCS’ delivery of Services; and 
 (vi) Conducting Satisfaction
Surveys as provided in Section 8.10 of the Agreement. 
  

	Section 3.	COMMITTEES 

 Committees
with members from both Parties will be established to periodically review the TCS - Nielsen relationship and ensure TCS continues to meet Service delivery expectations. Unless otherwise agreed to, the committees will meet according to the following
schedule: 

 

 

 3.1 Executive Steering Committee 

The Executive Steering Committee will have executive management responsibility for the Agreement and the relationship between the
Parties. 
 (a) Members. The Executive Steering Committee shall be chaired by the Nielsen Global Business Systems highest
level executive and will have the following members: 
 (i) Nielsen SVP Global Business Systems, COO; 

 

 J-4 

 (ii) Nielsen Account Executive; 

(iii) TCS COO and Top Management Representatives; 
 (iv) TCS Account Executive; 
 (v) TCS Global Relationship Head; and

 (vi) Other Nielsen and TCS personnel as required. 
 (b) Key Responsibilities. The responsibilities of the Executive Steering Committee shall include: 
 (i) Ensuring business alignment between the Parties, analysis of Nielsen and TCS business plans, and oversight of Services; 
 (ii) Approving strategic requirements and plans associated with the Services during the Term; and 
 (iii) Identifying opportunities to enhance the benefits from the TCS – Nielsen relationship. 
 (c) Frequency. The Executive Steering Committee shall meet a minimum of twice yearly, or as agreed to by the Parties. 
 3.2 Strategic Relationship Review Committee 
 (a) Members. The
Strategic Relationship Review Committee shall be chaired by the COE Heads and will have the following members: 
 (i) Nielsen
COE heads; 
 (ii) Nielsen Global Relationship Manager; 

(iii) TCS Account Executive; 
 (iv) TCS Global Relationship Manager; 
 (v) TCS COE heads; and 

(vi) Other Nielsen and TCS personnel as required 
 (b) Key Responsibilities. The Strategic Relationship Review Committee shall be responsible for the following: 
 (i) Developing strategic requirements and plans associated with the Services; 

(ii) Monitoring Service delivery and Tier 1 Quality of Service Metrics; 
  

 J-5 

 (iii) Considering and approving, where possible, changes to the Agreement and to the
Services in accordance with the Change Control procedures to be approved by Nielsen; 
 (iv) Reviewing continuous improvement
and quality assurance measures and Customer Satisfaction surveys; 
 (v) Initiating, as appropriate, the recommendations and
suggestions made by the Executive Steering Committee relating to the Services and/or the Agreement; and 
 (vi) Recommending new
proposals to the Executive Steering Committee. 
 (c) Frequency. The Strategic Relationship Review Committee will meet on
a quarterly basis. 
 3.3 Delivery Excellence Review Committee 

(a) Members. The Delivery Excellence Review Committee will have the following members: 

(i) Nielsen COE Head; 
 (ii) Nielsen Global PMO Head; 
 (iii) Nielsen Project Managers; 

(iv) TCS COE Head; 
 (v) TCS Global PMO Head; 
 (vi) TCS Project Managers; and 

(vii) Other Nielsen and TCS personnel as required. 
 (b) Key Responsibilities. The Delivery Excellence Review Committee shall be responsible for the following: 
 (i) Implementing any active Transition Plans and monitoring Service delivery; 

(ii) Monitoring Critical Service Levels and other operational Service delivery metrics; 

(iii) Reviewing and escalating operational problems and issues; 
 (iv) Submitting issues to the Strategic Relationship Review Committee for its guidance and recommendations; 
 (v) Implementing and monitoring continuous improvement and quality assurance measures; and 
  

 J-6 

 (vi) Reviewing Customer Satisfaction surveys. 

(c) Frequency. The delivery Excellence Review Committee will meet monthly. 

3.4 Execution Interaction Committee 
 (a) Members. The Execution Interaction Committee will have the following members: 
 (i) Nielsen Project Managers; 
 (ii) TCS Project Managers; and 

(iii) TCS Domain Experts, as required. 
 (b) Key Responsibilities. The Execution Interaction Committee shall be responsible for the following: 
 (i) Reviewing SOWs at the project level for progress, performance and roadblocks; 

(ii) Identifying strategies to clear any roadblocks; 
 (iii) Reviewing Service delivery metrics and identifying any potential Service Level impact points; 
 (iv) Reviewing staffing levels and planning future Resource requirements; 

(v) Monitoring and reviewing transition status and progress; 

(vi) Ensuring process and procedure adherence; 
 (vii) Implementing continuous improvement opportunities; and 
 (viii) Identifying
areas requiring attention and improvement initiatives that need financial approvals and informing the Delivery Excellence committee. 
 (c) Frequency. The Delivery Excellence Review Committee will meet weekly. 
  

 J-7 

 SCHEDULE K 
 This Schedule K describes the TCS Proprietary Software (including TCS Project Tools and TCS Productivity Tools) and TCS Third Party Software that TCS may use in the performance of Services. License rights
granted to Nielsen with respect to any TCS Software that are incorporated or embedded in any Deliverables or Developed Software are described in the Agreement. This Schedule also identifies the availability to Nielsen of licenses and the terms
thereof during the Term and thereafter and Nielsen’s consent for TCS to use TCS Proprietary Software and TCS Third Party Software without such rights and licenses in the performance of Services (but not with respect to TCS Proprietary Software
and TCS Third Party Software that are embedded or incorporated in Deliverables or Developed Software provided to Nielsen under the Agreement). This Schedule also sets forth TCS Productivity Tools which, if used in connection with the Services, shall
be subject to additional Charges. 
  

	Section 1.	IT SERVICES 

 1.1 TCS
Third Party Software Provided as part of Core Desktop Build at TCS Offshore Development Center for IT Services. 
  

					
	 TCS Third Party Software / Tool name
	  	
Applicability of Nielsen
Consent/waiver for unavailability of
assignment to Nielsen during the
Term or
thereafter
	  	 Usage fee
charged to
Nielsen

	 Windows XP with service pack 2
	  	Yes	  	Nil
	 MS Office
	  	Yes	  	Nil
	 Symantec Antivirus
	  	Yes	  	Nil
	 Lotus Notes Client
	  	Yes	  	Nil
	 Winzip
	  	Yes	  	Nil
		
	 1.2 TCS Project Tools for IT Services
	  	
			
	 Software/Tool Name
	  	 Applicability of Nielsen Consent/waiver
for unavailability of assignment to
Nielsen
during the Term or thereafter
	  	 Usage fee/License Fee
charged to Nielsen

	 Integrated Project Management System (IPMS)
	  	Yes	  	No usage fee or access fee during the Term in connection with Services. License fee for licensing after the Term will be subject to MFC
provisions
			
	 EZMetrics
	  	Yes	  	No usage fee or access fee during the Term in connection with Services. License fee for licensing after the Term will be subject to MFC provisions

 

 K-1 

 1.3 TCS Productivity Tools for IT Services 

The following table describes certain TCS Productivity Tools that have the potential for use in connection with IT Services under the
Agreement. The use of these Productivity Tools is not included in the current pricing as it is not necessary for TCS to use these Tools in substitution of other commercially available tools in the market. If and as and when opportunity arises for
use of these or any other TCS proprietary software tools, TCS will offer Nielsen most favored customer pricing or licensing terms, to be negotiated on a case by case basis. 

 

			
	 Software/Tool name
	  	 Description

	 Assent
	  	Enables automated inspection of code
	 Consult
	  	Fosters reuse of enterprise business knowledge
	 Infrex
	  	Captures and deploys “business rules”
	 Mastercraft
	  	Accelerates application development up to 50%
	 DataClean
	  	Helps in getting a unified view of Customer Data obtained from different sources.
	 Adex
	  	Allows creation of user-defined models and notations
	 Revine
	  	Generates program logic, program flow by analyzing source code for re-engineering projects.
	 @Test
	  	Tool generates test data automatically from test specifications leading to high % coverage.
	 Digital Cockpit
	  	SLA Dashboard

  

	Section 2.	BPO SERVICES 

 2.1 TCS
Third Party Software Provided as part of Core Desktop Build at TCS Offshore Development Center for BPO Services 
  

					
	 Software / Tool name
	  	 Applicability of Nielsen
Consent/waiver for unavailability
of assignment to Nielsen
during
the Term or thereafter Fee
	  	Usage fee
charged to
Nielsen
	 Windows XP with service pack 2
	  	Yes	  	Nil
	 MS Office
	  	Yes	  	Nil
	 Symantec Antivirus
	  	Yes	  	Nil
	 Lotus Notes Client
	  	Yes	  	Nil
	 Winzip
	  	Yes	  	Nil

  

 K-2 

	 	2.2	TCS Proprietary Software / Productivity Tools 

  

					
	 Software / Tool name
	  	 Applicability of Nielsen Consent/waiver
for unavailability of assignment to
Nielsen
during the Term or thereafter
	  	 Usage fee/License Fee charged to Nielsen

	 Integrated Project

Management System (IPMS)
	  	Yes	  	 *

			
	 Process Support Tool
	  	Yes	  	
			
	 IM Auto QC Tool
	  	Yes	  	
			
	 RS Adhoc Order Generator
	  	Yes	  	
			
	 PR Value Search Tool
	  	Yes	  	

  

	 	2.3	TCS Productivity Tools 

The following table describes certain TCS Productivity Tools that have the potential for use in connection with BPO Services under the
Agreement. The use of these Productivity Tools is not included in the current pricing as it is not necessary for TCS to use these Tools in substitution of other commercially available tools in the market. If and as and when opportunity arises for
use of these or any other TCS proprietary software tools, TCS will offer Nielsen most favored customer pricing or licensing terms, to be negotiated on a case by case basis. 

 

 K-3 

			
	 Software / Tool name
	  	 Description

	 DataClean
	  	Productivity Tool - Helps in getting a unified view of Customer Data obtained from different sources.
		
	 HORSE
	  	Grid Computing Tool for faster Report Processing
		
	 Digital Cockpit
	  	SLA Dashboard

  

	 	2.4	Additional Charges 

 TCS
shall not use any Productivity Tool or other Software which will cause Nielsen to incur additional Charges, either during or after the Term, unless Nielsen has expressly approved the use of such Productivity Tool or Software in the relevant
Statement of Work. If TCS uses any such Productivity Tool or Software without obtaining Nielsen’s approval in the relevant Statement of Work, Nielsen will not be charged for the use of such Productivity Tool or Software and TCS shall grant
Nielsen a perpetual, worldwide, royalty free right to use the same in connection with the provision of the Services. 
  

 K-4 

 SCHEDULE L 
 TCS STANDARD HARDWARE 
 This schedule describes the standard Hardware that
TCS will provide pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the Agreement, at no additional Charge to Nielsen, as part of the infrastructure of each Global Delivery Center. 
 Standard Desktop Configuration or Equivalent configuration 
 Monitor: 

IBM Lenovo 17” inches 
 System:

 Model: IBM Lenovo - A77 
 Type:
9632 
 Processor: Intel Pentium D - 2.8 GHz 
 Memory: 2 GB 
 Hard Disk: 80 GB 
 Telephone 
 One phone for every four (4) seats 

Printers 
 Shared Network printer @ one
per Nielsen Module in the Global Delivery Center. 
  

 L-1 

 SCHEDULE M 
 RESTRICTED COMPANIES 
  

	Section 1.	TIER ONE RESTRICTED COMPANIES 

 * 

	Section 2.	TIER TWO RESTRICTED COMPANIES 

 * 
  

 M-1 

	Section 3.	RESTRICTED BUSINESSES 

TCS and its Controlled Subsidiaries may not engage in any of the following lines of business, as provided in Section 9 of the
Agreement. 
 Consumer services 
 Our Consumer Services segment provides essential market research and analysis primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. Our Consumer Services segment provides an array of services
including retail measurement services (ACNielsen ScanTrack), household consumer panels (ACNielsen Homescan), new product testing (BASES), consumer segmentation and targeting (Spectra) and marketing optimization
(ACNielsen Analytical Consulting). We believe these products and services give our customers a competitive advantage in making informed decisions in today’s fast-moving and complex marketplace. Our Consumer Services segment operates in
more than 100 countries. We believe one of our primary strengths in our global presence, which is increasingly important in today’s environment as our largest customers operate globally and continue to expand and invest in developing markets.

 Consumer Services’ customer base is comprised of the world’s leading consumer packaged goods companies including
the Colgate-Palmolive, Nestlé S.A., The Procter & Gamble Company and the Unilever Group as well as leading retail chains such as Carrefour, Kroger, Safeway, Tesco and Walgreens. With a broad global customer base and long-standing
customer relationships, Consumer Services’ revenues are stable, predictable and highly diversified. In 2006, the average length of our relationships with Consumer Services’ top ten customers was 30 years. These long-term relationships are
strengthened by our ability to integrate products and services into customers’ workflow and provide a wide range of comparable and consistent data and analyses. This comparability of information over time enhances our customers ability to use
our information in their decision-making and management processes. In addition, our customer service professionals are often located on-site at our customers’ offices, where they assist in analyzing information by providing industry context for
better decision-making and in developing strategic and tactical recommendations. Consumer Services’ strength of customer relationships is exemplified by average customer renewal rates in excess of 90% in the U.S. and Europe from 2003 to 2006,
which results in high revenue visibility. At the beginning of each fiscal year, more than 50% of the segment’s revenue base for the upcoming year is typically committed under existing agreements. For the fiscal year ended December 31,
2006, Consumer Services generated approximately 57% of our pro forma revenue. 
 Our Consumer Services segment is comprised of
two divisions, ACNielsen and Nielsen Advisory Services. These divisions provide the following services on a global basis: Retail Measurement Services, Consumer Panel Services, Customized Research Services and various other advisory
services including new product launch services and consumer targeting and segmentation. While each of these products and services provides significant value on a stand alone basis, they can be combined to provide clients with more enhanced and
in-depth analyses. 
  

 M-2 

 Retail Measurement Services (“RMS”) 

RMS provides customers with information and analytics across 98 countries on competitive sales volumes, market shares, distribution,
pricing, merchandising and promotional activities. By combining this detailed information with our in-house expertise and professional assistance we enable our customers to improve their key marketing decisions. We offer these services under our
ACNielsen ScanTrack and ACNielsen Market Audit brands. 
 RMS collects retail sales information from stores using
electronic point-of-sale technology and teams of local field auditors. These stores include grocery, drug and discount retailers who, through various cooperation arrangements, share their sales data with us. The method of collection depends upon the
sophistication of the retailers’ systems. RMS downloads electronic retail sales information collected by stores through checkout scanners to our servers on a regular basis. Where electronic retail sales information in unavailable, such as in
certain developing markets, we collect retail sales information through in-store inventory and price checks conducted by field auditors. Across all of our markets, field auditors collect data regarding product placement in sores, including the
facing and positioning on store shelves as well as other information. 
 RMS quality control systems validate, confirm and
correct the collected data. It is then processed into databases and reports by product, brand and category. Customers access RMS databases using proprietary software such as NITRO and WorkstationPlus which allow them to query the
databases, conduct customized analysis and generate customized reports and alerts. For example, clients can view and analyze information by specific product categories, geography or retail channel. Information can be accessed through ACNielsen
i-Sights which can provide a suite of reports linked to the key business issues of the user. Information can also be accessed online through and extranet web portal, ACNielsen Answers.  

Consumer Panel Services (“CPS”) 
 CPS provides clients with consumer purchasing information, including demographics, based upon individual household consumption. Clients use this information to more precisely target and better segment
their consumers. In addition, we are able to use CPS information to augment our retail measurement information in circumstances where we do not collect retail data from certain retailers. CPS primarily offers its services through our ACNielsen
Homescan and ACNielsen Homepanel brands. 
 CPS collects date from household panelists who use in-home scanners to
record purchases from each shopping trip. In the U.S., over 100,000 selected households, constituting a demographically balanced sample of U.S. households, participate in the household panel. Data received from CPS household panels undergoes a
quality control process, including UPC verification and validation before it is processed into databases and reports. CPS clients may access these databases and perform analysis using our Panelfact proprietary software. In addition, CPS
provides clients with templated alerts, dashboards and reports which can be accessed over the Internet or through a desktop application. 
  

 M-3 

 Customized Research Services (“CRS”) 

CRS provides clients with a suite of customized research services as well as consumer and industry studies. CRS clients are able to use
these services and studies to derive information and insights into consumer attitudes and purchasing behavior, to evaluate and understand why marketing campaigns succeed or fail, and to address issues such as promotions, pricing, consumer targeting
and marketing mix. CRS is offered through brands such as Winning Brands and ShopperTrends.  
 CRS collects
information through surveys, personal interviews, focus groups, online evaluations, from panels maintained by CRS and third party panel providers. Once information is collected, it is subject to CRS quality control standards and is then processed
into databases and reports. CRS provides customized research services and consumer and industry studies to clients through presentations and reports. 
 New Product Launch Services (BASES) 
 BASES provide sales
forecasts for new products and product restages across a number of industries, particularly in the consumer packaged goods field. Clients use this information to evaluate the sales potential of new products, identify potential customers, forecast
sales volume and refine concept design and communication. 
 BASES maintain panels in several countries and uses third
party panel providers to survey consumers. Panelists are exposed to new product ideas and prototypes in order to gauge their interest. BASES quality control systems organize and validate the information it collects. Using this information
BASES delivers marketing recommendations and additional diagnostics to help customers refine the product, price and/or their marketing plan. 
 Consumer Targeting and Segmentation (Spectra) 
 Spectra
provides customers in the consumer packaged goods industry with consumer targeting and segmentation analytics, integrating information about households, geographies and retail shopping locations. Customers use Spectra services, including its
proprietary consumer segmentation grid (the Spectra Grid), for category management and media and marketing planning. Spectra uses multiple database sources, including those from ACNielsen, Scarborough and third parties, to
develop the Spectra Grid. The Spectra Grid is typically accessed through and extranet web portal, InfiNet.  
 Analytical Consulting Services (ACNielsen Analytic Consulting or “AAC”) 
 AAC provides software tools and analysis to help clients make decisions with respect to marketing, marketing investment and pricing and promotion. AAC’s proprietary Decisionsmart software tool
enables clients to develop trade planning and promotion schedules and forecasts, interpret outputs of applications and provide recommendations to better drive trade planning and promotions. In addition, AAC consultants with industry expertise assist
clients with their marketing decisions. 
  

 M-4 

 Site Selection and Consumer Targeting (Claritas) 

Claritas provides recommendations on site selection for new retail stores and information for consumer targeting for direct mail
campaigns, in each case primarily outside of the consumer packaged goods industry. Clients use Claritas to determine certain characteristics of their potential and existing customers such as where they live and shop, what they buy and how to
best reach them. This information contributes to customers’ strategies regarding direct mailing activities at household and individual levels, as well as mass-marketing activities. 
 Media 
 Our Media segment is a leading provider of media and entertainment
measurement information. The segment measures audiences for U.S. television (Nielsen Media Research), international television (50% ownership of AGB Nielsen Media Research), motion pictures (Nielsen EDI), the Internet
(Nielsen BuzzMetrics and Nielsen//NetRatings), outdoor (Nielsen Outdoor) and other media, and tracks sales of music (Nielsen SoundScan) and provides competitive advertising information (Nielsen Monitor-Plus). Using
our critical measurement information, media owners, advertising agencies, advertisers and retailers plan and optimize their marketing strategies. Media is particularly strong in the U.S. television audience measurement market where our
Nielsen ratings are widely accepted as the “currency” for both buyers and sellers of U.S. television advertising, an industry that had over $64 billion of annual expenditures in 2006 according to the PricewaterhouseCoopers Global
Entertainment & Media Outlook. Nielsen Media Research measures television usage both nationally and across all the 210 local television markets in the U.S. Our leading market position in measuring the U.S. television audience has
been achieved as a result of continued investment and over 50 years of experience providing customers with accurate measurement 
 Media has a diversified customer base, consisting of over 25,000 individual customers including leading broadcast and cable companies such as CBS, Comcast, Disney/ABC, NBC/Universal, News Corp., Time
Warner and Univision; leading advertising agencies such as IPG, Omnicom and WPP; leading film studios such as
20th Century Fox, Disney, Paramount and Warner Bros.; and
other leading media companies. Media’s business model allows for both high revenue visibility and consistent, predictable growth as a result of multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates (over 95% in Nielsen Media Research).
The average length of Media’s relationships with its top ten customers in 2006 was 32 years. Our customers value the high quality service offerings and technology, which we maintain and improve through continuous innovation and protect via over
100 existing and pending patents in the U.S. alone. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, Media generated approximately 32% of our pro forma revenue. 
 Our Media segment is comprised of three divisions, Media, Internet Measurement and Entertainment. These divisions provide many different services including television audience measurement, Internet usage
measurement and move box office measurement. 
  

 M-5 

 Media 
 Nielsen Media Research and AGB Nielsen Media Research collectively measure the size the demographic composition of television audiences in 42 countries worldwide. Advertisers use this
information to plan television advertising campaigns, evaluate the effectiveness of their commercial messages and negotiate advertising rates. Television broadcasters and cable networks use this information as a tool to establish the value of their
airtime and more effectively schedule and promote their programming. 
 Nielsen Media Research in the U.S. and AGB
Nielsen Media Research in countries outside the U.S. collect audience data from demographically balanced samples of randomly selected households. In the U.S., Nielsen Media Research provides three principal ratings services: Measurement
of national television audiences (“National Ratings Services”), measurement of local television audiences in each of the 210 designated television markets (“Local Ratings Services”), and measurement of national and local
television audiences among Hispanic households (“Hispanic Ratings Services”). 
 Both Nielsen Media Research and
AGB Nielsen Media Research use various methods to collect the data from households including electronic meters and written diaries. Our electronic meters include our standard Set Meter, and Active/Passive Meters. A Set Meter is connected to a
television and captures household-level viewing data by monitoring the channel to which the television is tuned. A People Meter is an attachment to a Set Meter which adds functionality to the Set Meter by not only collecting television set tuning
data (which channel the set is tuned to) but also the demographics of the audience (who is the household is watching). In 2005, we introduced into our U.S. samples electronic meters based on our next-generation Active/Passive metering technology,
which is designed to measure television tuning in a digital environment and has enabled us to reflect time-shifted viewing on digital video recorders in our ratings. 
 Our National Ratings Services is based on a sample of approximately 12,800 households using People Meters. Approximately 50% of such households are measured using Active/Passive Meters. Our Local Ratings
Services use People Meters in the top ten local television markets, a combination of Set Meters and written diaries in the next 46 local television markets, and only written diaries in the remaining 154 local television markets. Three markets will
be converting from a combination of Set Meters and written diaries to People Meters in the fourth quarter of 2007. The local television markets in the U.S. where Nielsen uses electronic meters represent approximately 70% of the television
households in the U.S. 
 Information is downloaded from the electronic meters to our servers where it is subject to quality
control including digital coding. We then process the information into databases and reports which is then distributed overnight to customers. In addition, our customers can license Nielsen Media Research software which enables them to
access, manipulate and customize varying levels of information directly from the Nielsen Media Research database. 
 In
response to the transformation of the television industry into a multi-platform business, in June of 2006, Nielsen Media Research announced the launching of its Anytime Anywhere Media Measurement research and testing program, known as
“A2/M2.” This program will develop and deploy technology to measure new ways consumers are watching television, such as on the Internet, outside the home and via cell phones, iPods and other personal mobile devices. Nielsen will continue
its focus on providing the most accurate measurement of in-home 
  

 M-6 

 
television viewing through its Active/Passive Meters, but through the A2/M2 initiative will also pursue the measurement of online streaming video and Internet measurement in Nielsen’s People
Meter samples, the addition of out-of-home measurement in Nielsen’s People Meter samples, the introduction of electronic measurement in local markets, the development of new meters to measure video viewed on portable media devices and the
creation of new methods for measuring viewer “engagement” in television programming. 
 Advertising Information
Services (“AIS”). AIS provides commercial occurrence data and tracks the proportion of all advertising within a product category attributable to a particular brand or advertiser. We measure advertising expenditures, placements and
creative content in 22 countries by company, by brand, and by product category across monitored media. Such media include print, outdoor advertising, radio and freestanding inserts as well as television. Customers use this service to manage their
media spend by benchmarking their own performance against that of their competitors. We provide Advertising Information Services in the U.S. under our Monitor-Plus brand. 

Other Media Services. Our media division also provides a number of other products and services. Standard Rate & Data
Service (“SRDS”) collects information on media advertising rates, publishing dates and contact data on media outlets in the U.S. Interactive Market Systems (“IMS”) provides media planning and analysis software to
analyze both industry and proprietary research data. The software is used by advertising agencies, advertisers, publishers, broadcasters, other media owners and researchers. IMS software can be sued for television, press, radio, outdoor and Internet
planning. Nielsen Outdoor measures both consumer exposure to outdoor advertising and outdoor advertising audience demographics. It uses a randomly selected demographically balanced panel of individuals. Using GPS technology, Nielsen
Outdoor measures the frequency with which panelists have the opportunity to view certain billboards and other forms of outdoor advertising. Scarborough Research, a joint venture between Nielsen and Arbitron, Inc. (“Arbitron”),
measures the lifestyle and shopping patterns, media behaviors, and demographics of consumers in the U.S. A total of 80 local markets are measured at regular intervals through telephone surveys, product booklets and diaries. 

Ventures. Nielsen Ventures provides measurement and analysis of sports sponsorship data, product placement and consumer generated
word-of-mouth. Nielsen Ventures introduced “Fanlinks” in 2005, a service developed with ACNielsen to link consumers’ sports media consumption to product purchasing. ACNielsen Homescan panelists are surveyed to
identify sports fans and their degree of sports entertainment consumptions. Survey results are cross-tabulated against purchasing behavior to provide a view of today’s sports fan and how consumption of sports entertainment translates to
purchasing behavior. Nielsen Ventures also continues to develop and expand sales of services such as “Placeviews,” which is a software product that enables clients to measure the impact of product placement on television and
in movies by identifying which brands are featured, what type of placement is used, when and where the placement occurred and the audience exposure at the time of the placement. 

Internet Measurement 
 Nielsen//NetRatings. On February 5, 2007, Nielsen Media Research, Inc. entered into a merger agreement with NetRatings, Inc. by which Nielsen Media Research would acquire all the 

 

 M-7 

 
NetRatings, Inc. shares of common stock not currently owned by it. On June 22, 2007, the transaction was completed. NetRatings, Inc. gathers data and tracks global online activity.
Nielsen//NetRatings’ customers use this data to make informed business decisions regarding their Internet marketing strategies. Nielsen//NetRatings’ services include: Internet audience measurement services (NetView,
SiteCensus and Market Intelligence); advertisement measurement services (AdRelevance, Adintelligence and WebRF); and Internet market research services (Homescan Online, which provides integrated views of
consumers’ online behavior and offline purchasing patterns, Webintercept and MegaPanel). 

Nielsen//NetRatings collects information through panels in locations around the world to measure both at-home and at-work
activity. Panelists are recruited through a variety of methods, including random digit dialing and online surveys, as well as through partnerships with local market research providers. Our Megapanel service, for example, tracks Internet usage
and buying behavior among more than a million people in countries including the U.S., the United Kingdom, France and Germany. The information Nielsen//NetRatings gathers in used to produce syndicated and custom reports and is made available
to clients on a weekly or monthly basis. 
 Nielsen BuzzMetrics. Recognizing the growing importance of online dialogue
and word-of-mouth behavior in consumer decision-making, we acquired 58% of the shares of BuzzMetrics, Inc. in early 2006. On June 4, 2007, we acquired the remaining outstanding shares of BuzzMetrics, Inc. This company tracks, measures and
analyzes consumer-generated media on the Internet, including opinions, advice, consumer-to-consumer discussions, reviews, shared personal experiences, photos, images, videos and podcasts, to provide market intelligence to its customers. Internet
sources include online forums, boards, blogs and Usenet newsgroups. Consumer-generated media plays an influential role in driving consumer perceptions, awareness and purchase behavior. Consumers often encounter consumer-generated media while
researching products during the buying cycle which can help build brand loyalty or, if negative, can lead to brand deterioration. 
 Entertainment 
 Nielsen EDI. Nielsen EDI captures box-office
results from more than 50,000 movie screens across 14 countries, including, among others, the U.S., Canada and Mexico. Clients use this information in deciding where and for how long a movie will play, as well as the allocation of advertising and
promotional dollars. Nielsen EDI tracks movie theater box-office receipts provided by major cinema chains in the U.S. such as AMC, Regal Entertainment Group and National Amusements. 

Nielsen SoundScan, Nielsen BookScan and Nielsen VideoScan. Through these brands, we track and report in-store and online retail
sales of audio products, books and view entertainment products. Clients use these services to monitor their market share. Each of these businesses compiles point-of-sale data from retailers on a weekly basis and prepares reports which are delivered
to clients regularly through an Internet portal. 
 Nielsen National Research Group (“NRG”). NRG tests movie
promotional materials, predicts the gross box office receipts of upcoming and recently released movies and compiles film awareness studies in the U.S. Clients use NRG’s research to develop, or make changes to, their marketing plans. NRG’s
clients include major film studios in the U.S. We also offer similar services in Europe, Australia and Japan. 
  

 M-8 

 Nielsen Broadcast Data Systems (“BDS”). BDS monitors radio airplay on a
continuous basis from 1,600 radio stations in the U.S. This data is used by music labels, radio stations and performing rights organizations to adjust station playlists and to determine marketing spend for various titles. Using patented computer
technology, BDS provides daily reporting, and in certain cases real-time reporting, to its client base through the Internet. In certain countries in Europe, Nielsen Music Control provides similar radio airplay monitoring services. 

Business Media 
 Our
Business Media segment is one of the largest providers of integrated business-to-business information in the world. The segment has more than 100 trade shows, approximately 100 websites and over 100 print publications and online newsletters, each
targeted to specific industry groups. Through 2006, our Business Media segment was comprised of two divisions: Nielsen Business Media U.S. and Nielsen Business Media Europe (“BME”), each with its own trade shows, online media assets and
publications. On February 8, 2007, we completed the sale of BME to 3i, a European private equity and venture capital firm. The Company’s financial statements reflect BME’s business as a discontinued operation. 

Our Business Media segment is anchored by the U.S. trade show business, which is characterized by high margins, diversified end markets
and strong free cash flow. The trade show business operates leading trade shows across a wide range of industries, such as jewelry, general merchandise and kitchen & bath design. In addition, our publications, such as Billboard and
The Hollywood Reporter, benefit from leading brand name recognition and established audiences. Customers include professionals and advertisers from a variety of industries including marketing, media, advertising, entertainment, informational
technology, career management and finance. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, Business Media generated approximately 11% of our pro forma revenue. 
 Trade Shows. Each year, we produce approximately 60 trade shows in the U.S., with a total audience of approximately 475,000 and a total booth space of over six million square feet for attendees
principally comprised of retailers, distributors and business professionals. Industry leaders use these events to sell existing products and to promote the launch of new products in order to reach decision-makers in their respective industries. Our
U.S. trade shows were ranked first in terms of show square footage and first in number of top 200 shows, respectively, in the annual Tradeshow Week rankings of the top 200 U.S. trade shows for 2006. Our portfolio is diversified across a large number
of end markets. Leading events include the Hospitality Design Conference and Expo, the Kitchen/Bath Industry Show and Conference, Associated Surplus Dealers/Associated Merchandise Dealers shows, the Interbike International Bike Show and Expo and the
JA International Jewelry Summer and Winter Shows. 
 Online Media & Publications. In the U.S., we publish trade
publications and maintain related online sites across various segments including marketing and media, retail trade, 
  

 M-9 

 
construction, real estate, travel, entertainment, health, jewelry and gifts, among others. These publications are distributed to approximately 1.2 million readers. Titles include
Billboard, The Hollywood Reporter, Adweek Brandweeik Film Journal International, Commercial Property News and National Jeweler. Billboard covers leading music artists and the marketing plans for their upcoming releases, including music
videos. The Hollywood Reporter is a leading film and entertainment magazine which keeps industry professionals abreast of films that are in production and development. Brandweek and Adweek are leading sources for the latest
brand management strategies and tools. The websites related to these titles provide further information on their respective industry groups and developments. Our online media offerings and publications attract brand managers who we then help to
build an integrated, business-to-business marketing campaign that reaches retailers through many of the same online and print media. 
 Trade Show Joint Ventures Outside U.S. We organize over 50 trade shows in the Netherlands and elsewhere in Europe as well as in China and elsewhere in Asia through our joint venture with Jaarbeurs.

  

 M-10 

 SCHEDULE N 
 NIELSEN BUSINESS CONTINUITY AND 
 DISASTER RECOVERY REQUIREMENTS

 The Business Continuity / Disaster Recovery Policy describes the plans to be developed, implemented and regularly tested
to protect critical information assets and processes from the effects of major failures or disasters. Information Owners and Information Custodians will determine the business criticality of information and systems which house and process that
information and then develop appropriate measures to ensure the required availability. 
  

	Section 1.	SCOPE 

 Business
Continuity Planning applies to all corporate locations, personnel, assets, functions and processes. A well communicated, tested and maintained Business Continuity Plan provides the business with a competitive advantage. Therefore, this policy covers
all Nielsen locations and vendors responsible for management of Nielsen information. 
  

	Section 2.	OBJECTIVES / GOALS 

 The
primary objective of the Business Continuity Policy is to protect business functions and resources from accidental, intentional or natural disaster by requiring that all business units have a current, documented and tested continuity plan.

  

	Section 3.	POLICIES 

 The following
standards of this policy must be adhered to. 
 3.1 Level of Risk 

The Nielsen Executive Committee (“NEC”) must determine the level of risk the business will accept. 

3.2 Funding 
 (a) The level of funding for Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery must be based on the Recovery Standards for Nielsen applications as approved by the Nielsen Executive Committee. 

(b) Each location is responsible for funding its respective Business Continuity Plan. 

(c) All new business initiatives must include costs and procedures to incorporate Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Planning in
their projects. This must also be included in the Total Cost of Ownership of the project. 
  

 N-1 

 (d) The SVP of Infrastructure will be responsible for budgeting Disaster Recovery Plans.

 3.3 Business Continuity and Technical Recovery Plans 

All Nielsen locations must have a Business Continuity Plan that addresses: 

(a) The critical requirements defined by the Nielsen Executive Committee. 

(b) All applicable regulatory compliance standards mandated for their location(s). 

(c) All applications must have a technical recovery plan based on agreed to Service Levels with the Business, as defined in the Recovery
Standards. (To be negotiated by Service Management for each Service.) 
 (d) Every plan must be current, documented and tested
within the previous year. 
 (e) All business processes must be identified, prioritized and dependencies documented in order to
develop a comprehensive Nielsen Business Continuity Plan. 
 (f) All business processes must be reviewed, updated and tested
annually to ensure that all dependencies are addressed by all the location plans by the business and presented to the Nielsen Executive Committee (including COEs). 
 3.4 Business Continuity Personnel 
 (a) Every site must have a designated
Business Continuity coordinator. 
 (b) Every business unit within a location must designate an individual to work with the
local coordinator. 
 3.5 Infrastructure Responsibilities 

(a) Infrastructure is responsible for maintaining technical recovery plans related to Shared Infrastructure Site locations. 

(b) A copy of all plans must be forward to the Information Security Office to be maintained in a central document repository. 

3.6 Compliance Requirement 
 (a) All efforts will be made to work with local offices to create viable Business Continuity plans. However, if a reasonable plan cannot be implemented, non-compliance to this policy will be reviewed by
the Director of Security and presented to the Nielsen Executive Committee for approval. 
 (b) Failure to comply with the policy
will result in management notification which may be followed by disciplinary action. 
  

 N-2 

 3.7 Critical Success Factors (CSFs) 

The following table outlines the CSFs associated with this policy: 

 

	
	 CSFs

	 All locations have a Business Continuity Plan that is reviewed and tested annually.

All applications have a Disaster Recovery Plan based on agreed to Service Levels.

All plans are maintained in a central repository.

***Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank*** 
  

 N-3 

 Disaster Recovery Standards for Nielsen Applications 

 

											
	 Application
Classification
	  	 Description
	  	 Baseline Criteria
for
Classification1
	  	 Continuity
Guidelines
	  	 RPO
(Amount of
Data Loss)
	  	 RTO
(Duration
of Outage)

	Vital	  	The loss of information and activities within this classification would have an immediate influence on production or certain vital business functions. The loss of this information
would prevent Nielsen from properly conducting key business functions.	  	 •   Vital to operations as determined by NEC.

•   Data collection system where data loss is imminent if not collected within 7
days.
 •   Proven minimum 5% annual corporate revenue.

•   Contractual commitments require recovery time of less than 72 hours.

•   Demonstrated high risk of client loss.
	  	 •   Annual recovery costs may not exceed 1% of total annual revenue
generated by system or $1MM.
 •   Recovery capabilities are to be built into these
systems as they are designed and will be part of the implementation.

•   Technical, Application and Disaster Recovery documentation to be completed prior to
implementation.
 •   Full Disaster Recovery Test required twice a
year.
	  	<24 hours	  	12 – 48 hours at backup hosting site
						
	Critical	  	The loss of information and activities within this classification would adversely affect critical business functions. The loss of this information would delay Nielsen’s ability
to conduct external business functions.	  	 •   Critical to operations as determined by NEC.

•   Data collection system where data loss is imminent if not collected within 14
days.
 •   Proven minimum 1% annual corporate revenue.

•   Contractual commitments require recovery time of less than 7 days.

•   Demonstrated risk of client loss.

•   Client deliverables whose value/shelf life is still viable revenue for Nielsen and
revenue is a minimum of .5% total Nielsen revenue.
	  	 •   Annual recovery costs may not exceed 1% of total revenue generated by
system or $500K.
 •   Recovery contracts are to be in place at the time of
implementation.
 •   Technical, Application and Disaster Recovery documentation to
be completed prior to implementation.
 •   Full Disaster Recovery Test required
annually.
	  	24-72 hours	  	3 – 7 days at contracted recovery facility

 

	1	 These are ‘or’ statements: any
single criteria shall be sufficient to justify such classification. 

  

 N-4 

											
	 Application
Classification
	  	 Description
	  	 Baseline Criteria
for
Classification1
	  	 Continuity
Guidelines
	  	 RPO
(Amount of
Data Loss)
	  	 RTO
(Duration
of Outage)

	Important	  	The loss of information and activities within this classification would adversely affect internal business functions. The loss of this information would delay Nielsen’s ability
to conduct internal business functions.	  	 •   Important to operations as determined by NEC.

•   Data collection system where data loss is imminent if not collected within
30 days.
 •   Proven minimum .5% annual corporate revenue.

•   Contractual commitments require recovery time of less than 14 days.

•   Low risk of client loss.

•   Client deliverables whose value/shelf life is still viable revenue for Nielsen and
revenue is a minimum of .25% total Nielsen revenue.
	  	 •   Annual recovery costs may not exceed 1% of total revenue generated by
system or $250K.
 •   Recovery contracts are to be in place within 1 month after
implementation.
 •   Technical, Application and Disaster Recovery documentation to
be completed within 1 month after implementation.
 •   Full Disaster Recovery Test
required every other year with a walk through of test on other years.
	  	7 days	  	7 – 10 days at contracted recovery facility
						
	Deferrable	  	The loss of information and activities within this classification would adversely affect business support functions. The loss of this information would delay Nielsen’s ability
to provide business.	  	 •   Not a data collection system.

•   Proven annual corporate revenue is less than .5%.

•   No contractual recovery commitments.

•   Low risk of client loss.
	  	 •   No contracted recovery costs.

•   Technical, Application and Disaster Recovery documentation to be completed within 3
months after implementation.
 •   Disaster Recovery Test walkthrough required
annually.
	  	30 days	  	30 – 45 days & at new facility

  

 N-5 

 SCHEDULE O 
 TERMINATION-EXPIRATION ASSISTANCE 
 Termination-Expiration Assistance shall
include the assistance described in this Schedule O, to the extent such assistance is requested by Nielsen. 
  

	Section 1.	GENERAL PROVISIONS 

 1.1
Turnover Plan 
 Within thirty (30) days of receipt of a notice of termination, TCS will provide a complete plan for
operational turnover that enables a smooth transition of the functions performed by TCS under this Agreement to Nielsen or a successor to TCS (the “Turnover Plan”). The Turnover Plan will be provided to Nielsen in both hardcopy and an
electronic format capable of being utilized by Nielsen. Upon Nielsen’s approval of the Turnover Plan, TCS will provide Termination-Expiration Assistance in accordance with such Turnover Plan. Provision of Termination-Expiration Assistance will
not be complete until Nielsen’s Relationship Manager agrees that all tasks and Deliverables set forth in the Turnover Plan have been completed. 
 1.2 Transition Meetings 
 TCS will attend periodic review meetings called
by Nielsen, during which the Parties at a minimum will review TCS’ performance of Termination-Expiration Assistance, including the completion of tasks and Deliverables set forth in the Turnover Plan. 

1.3 Personnel 
 TCS will provide sufficient personnel with current knowledge of the Services to work with the appropriate staff of Nielsen and, if applicable, the successor vendor to define the specifications for
conversion in a manner consistent with the completeness of the turnover tasks defined in the Turnover Plan. TCS will cooperate with Nielsen and any successor vendors in transitioning the functions performed by TCS under this Agreement in the same
manner as described in Section 3.3(a) of the Agreement for third parties performing the Services. 
 1.4 Knowledge
Transfer 
 (a) TCS will promptly cooperate and provide any information that is necessary to effectuate a smooth transfer of
the functions performed by TCS under this Agreement to Nielsen or a successor to TCS, including as necessary for Nielsen to prepare a request for proposal. 
 (b) TCS will provide a detailed written description of all Services performed by TCS, including a description of: 
 (i) staffing levels and TCS’ structure/organization used to provide the Services; 
  

 O-1 

 (ii) a complete listing of all support and development tools used in performing the
Services; and 
 (iii) TCS Personnel job descriptions and experience levels. 

1.5 Replacement Hardware and Software 
 As necessary, TCS shall identify and assist Nielsen in procuring suitable functionally equivalent replacements for any Hardware or Software then used by TCS in providing the Services. 

1.6 Third Party Services 
 At Nielsen’s expense, TCS will make Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain any necessary rights and thereafter make available to Nielsen or its designee, pursuant to reasonable terms and
conditions, any Third Party Services then being utilized by TCS primarily in the performance of the Services including services being provided through third party service or maintenance contracts. 

1.7 Software and Proprietary Rights 
 (a) Upon the latter of the expiration or termination of this Agreement and the last day of the Termination-Expiration Period, the rights granted to TCS in Section 13 shall immediately terminate and
TCS shall: 
 (i) deliver to Nielsen, at no cost to Nielsen, a current copy of all of the Nielsen Software in the form in use as
of that time; and 
 (ii) destroy or erase all other copies of the Nielsen Software in TCS’ care, custody or control.

 (b) Upon the latter of the expiration or termination of this Agreement and the last day of the Termination-Expiration Period,
TCS shall: 
 (i) deliver to Nielsen a copy of all of the Developed Software (including source code) and related Documentation
in the form in use by TCS in connection with the Services as of that time; and 
 (ii) destroy or erase all other copies of the
Developed Software and any related Documentation in TCS’ care, custody or control. 
 (c) Upon the latter of the expiration
or termination of this Agreement and the last day of the Termination-Expiration Period, at Nielsen’s request and cost, with respect to generally commercially available Third Party Software which TCS has licensed or purchased and is primarily
used to provide the Services to Nielsen as of that time, TCS shall, to the extent permitted by the applicable third party license agreements, transfer, assign or sublicense such TCS Third Party Software to Nielsen or its designee. 

 

 O-2 

 (d) Upon the latter of the expiration or termination of this Agreement and the last day of
the Termination-Expiration Period, at Nielsen’s request, with respect to any third party contracts applicable to services being provided to Nielsen for maintenance, disaster recovery, or other necessary third party services being used by TCS
primarily to perform the Services as of that time, TCS shall, to the extent permitted by the third party contracts, transfer or assign such contracts to Nielsen or their designee, on terms and conditions acceptable to all applicable Parties. Nielsen
shall be responsible for the payment of any transfer fee or non-recurring charge imposed by the applicable third party service providers. 
  

	Section 2.	OPERATIONAL TRANSITION. 

TCS shall perform reasonable activities required to effect a smooth transition of operational responsibility for the Services. These shall
include, as applicable: 
 2.1 Requests for Proposal 

TCS shall provide: 
 (a) Nielsen with information related to the Services that Nielsen reasonably requests to enable Nielsen to draft requests for proposal relating to the Services; and 

(b) at Nielsen’s request, due diligence information to recipients of such requests for proposal. TCS may or may not be a recipient
of any such requests for proposal. 
 2.2 Provision of Documentation 

TCS will provide Nielsen with all Documentation, policies, procedures and tools used to provide the Services to the extent that Nielsen
has rights to use such items as set forth in this Agreement, including: 
 (a) then-existing systems support profiles,
enhancement logs, problem tracking/resolution documentation reporting back at least one (1) year prior to the effective date of termination or expiration, and status reports; 

(b) provide work volumes, service levels, and information on historical performance; 

(c) identify and document the operational boundaries of each Parties’ responsibilities with respect to the Services; 

(d) identify work and projects expected to be in progress as of the effective date of termination or expiration. With respect to such
work, document current status, stabilizing for continuity during transition, and providing reasonable related information; and 

(e) provide Nielsen and its designee with the current listing of the storage media management inventory. 

 

 O-3 

	Section 3.	ORGANIZATIONAL TRANSFER. 

TCS shall provide assistance reasonably requested to adequately transfer the organizational procedures and related information developed
during the Term to support the delivery of the Services. This shall include, as applicable: 
 (a) documenting, updating, and
providing functional organization charts, operating level agreements with third-party contractors to the extent permitted by the terms of such third party agreements, Nielsen phone trees, applicable contact lists, and standard operating procedures;
and 
 (b) transferring physical and logical security processes and tools, including cataloging and tendering all badges and
keys, and access levels for all passwords, and instructing Nielsen and its designee in the use and operation of security controls. 
  

	Section 4.	BUSINESS CONTINUITY TRANSFER. 

 TCS shall provide reasonable assistance to support Nielsen’s requirements for Disaster Recovery during the transition and to transfer responsibility in such a fashion so as to increase to the extent
commercially practical the likelihood that there is business continuity after transition. This shall include: 
 (a) updating
and supplying documentation used by TCS to provide business continuity Services, 
 (b) supplying the Disaster Recovery Plan
(DRP), testing procedures and frequencies, redundancy diagrams and plans; and 
 (c) informing Nielsen or its designee of
then-current policies and procedures with regard to backup and business continuity other than TCS Confidential Information. 
  

	Section 5.	ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS 

5.1 Maintenance of Quality 
 The quality and level of the Services shall not be degraded during the Termination-Expiration Assistance Period. 
 5.2 Services after Termination-Expiration Assistance Period 
 After the
expiration of the Termination-Expiration Assistance Period, TCS shall for a reasonable period answer questions from Nielsen regarding the Services on an “as needed” basis at TCS’ then-standard commercial billing rates. 

5.3 Other Services 
 TCS shall provide additional services reasonably required to effect a transition to Nielsen and/or its designee without unreasonable interruption or degradation of the Services. 

 

 O-4Management Stockholder's Agreement

  
 Exhibit 10.22

 MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT 
 (David L. Calhoun) 
 This Management Stockholder’s Agreement (this
“Agreement”) is entered into as of November 22, 2006 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands
and having its registered office in Haarlem, The Netherlands (the “Company”), Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.á.r.l., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (“Luxco”),
and the undersigned person (the “Management Stockholder”) (the Company, Luxco and the Management Stockholder being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Parties”). All capitalized terms not immediately
defined are hereinafter defined in Section 5(b) hereof. 
 WHEREAS, the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Luxco,
which is controlled by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the
“Investors”); 
 WHEREAS, on March 8, 2006, Valcon Acquisition B.V., a private company with limited
liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (“Valcon Acquisition B.V.”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a merger protocol, as amended on May 4, 2006, to acquire VNU N.V., a public company
with limited liability organized under the laws of The Netherlands, and subsequently converted into VNU Group B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (“VNU”); 

WHEREAS, the Management Stockholder has been selected by the Company to acquire ordinary shares of the Company (the “Common
Stock”) and, in connection therewith, will receive options to acquire shares of Common Stock (together with any options to acquire shares of Common Stock granted to the Management Stockholder after the Effective Date, the
“Options”) pursuant to the terms set forth below and the terms of the 2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan for Key Employees of Valcon Acquisition Holding B.V. (the “Option Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement
dated as of the date hereof, entered into by and between the Company and the Management Stockholder (the “Stock Option Agreement”); and 
 WHEREAS, this Agreement is one of several other agreements (“Other Management Stockholders’ Agreements”) which have been, or which in the future will be, entered into between the
Company and other individuals who are or will be key employees of the Company or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Other Management Stockholders”). 
 NOW THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the grant of Options and of the mutual agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows: 

1. Issuance of Options; Purchased Stock; Purchases of Additional Common Stock. 

(a) The Management Stockholder hereby subscribes for, as of the Effective Date, and the Company shall issue to the Management Stockholder
as of the Effective Date, 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Option Plan, at a per share price of $10.00 (the “Base Price”), which price is equal to the fair market value of the shares of the

 
Company on the Effective Date as determined by the Board and supported by a valuation of the Company by an independent third party appraiser (all such shares acquired by the Management
Stockholder, the “Purchased Stock”). The aggregate price for all shares of the Purchased Stock is $20,000,000. 

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and as set forth in the Option Plan, as of the Effective Date, the Company
is issuing to the Management Stockholder Options to acquire shares of Common Stock at an initial Option Exercise Price equal to (i) the Base Price and (ii) the Base Price multiplied by two, and the Parties shall execute and deliver to each
other copies of the Stock Option Agreement concurrently with the issuance of the Options. 
 (c) The Company shall have no
obligation to issue any Purchased Stock or issue any Options to any person who (i) is a resident or citizen of a state or other jurisdiction in which the sale of the Common Stock to him or her would constitute a violation of the securities or
“blue sky” laws of such jurisdiction or (ii) is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries on the date hereof. 
 2. Management Stockholder’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements. 
 (a) In addition to agreeing to and acknowledging the restrictions on transfer of the Stock (as defined in Section 3(a) hereof) set forth in Section 3 hereof, if the Management Stockholder is a
Rule 405 Affiliate, the Management Stockholder also agrees and acknowledges that he will not transfer any shares of the Stock unless: 
 (i) the transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “Act”), and in
compliance with applicable provisions of state securities laws; or 
 (ii) if requested by the Company,
(A) counsel for the Management Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that no such registration is required
because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act and (B) if the Management Stockholder is a citizen or resident of any country other than the United States, or the Management Stockholder desires to effect any transfer
in any such country, counsel for the Management Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company
to the effect that such transfer will comply with the securities laws of such jurisdiction. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company
acknowledges and agrees that any of the following transfers are deemed to be in compliance with the Act and this Agreement (including without limitation any restrictions or prohibitions herein) and no opinion of counsel is required in connection
therewith: (x) a transfer permitted by or made pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 hereof, (y) a transfer upon the death or Permanent Disability of the Management Stockholder to the Management Stockholder’s Estate or a transfer to the
executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of a person who has become a holder of Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that it is expressly understood that any such transferee shall
be bound by the provisions of this 

  
 2 

 
Agreement, and (z) a transfer made after the Effective Date in compliance with applicable securities laws to a Management Stockholder’s Trust, provided that such transfer is made
expressly subject to this Agreement and that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof. 

(b) The Management Stockholder acknowledges that he has been advised that a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the
Company indicating that the Stock is subject to restrictions on transfer. If the Management Stockholder is a Rule 405 Affiliate, the Management Stockholder also acknowledges that (1) the Stock must be held indefinitely and the Management
Stockholder must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Stock unless it is subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available, (2) when and if shares of the Stock may be disposed of
without registration in reliance on Rule 144 of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Act, such disposition can be made only in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and (3) if the Rule 144
exemption is not available, public sale without registration will require compliance with some other exemption under the Act. 

(c) If any shares of the Stock are to be disposed of in accordance with an applicable resale exemption or otherwise, the Management
Stockholder shall promptly notify the Company of such intended disposition and shall deliver to the Company at, or prior to, the time of such disposition such documentation as the Company may reasonably request in connection with such sale and, in
the case of a disposition pursuant to Rule 144, shall deliver to the Company an executed copy of any notice on Form 144 required to be filed with the SEC. 
 (d) The Management Stockholder agrees that, if any shares of the Stock are offered to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (other than registration of securities issued
on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form), the Management Stockholder will not effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of the Stock (except pursuant to such registration statement) for the “Lock-Up Period,”
unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company. The “Lock-Up Period” is the period (i) beginning on the date of the receipt of a notice from the Company that the Company has filed, or imminently intends to file, such
registration statement and (ii) ending one hundred and eighty (180) days (or such shorter period as may be consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters) in the case of the initial Public Offering and ninety (90) days (or
such shorter period as may be consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any) in the case of any other Public Offering after the effective date of such registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the
last seventeen (17) days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it
will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then the restrictions imposed in this Section 2(d) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the
issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event, unless the Company waives such extension in writing. 
 (e) The Management Stockholder represents and warrants that (i) with respect to the Stock, he has received and reviewed the available information relating to the Stock, including having received and
reviewed the documents related thereto, certain of which documents set forth the rights, preferences and restrictions relating to the Options and the Stock underlying the Options and (ii) he has been given the opportunity to obtain any

  
 3 

 
additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information, the Company and the business and prospects of the Company which he deems necessary to evaluate
the merits and risks related to his investment in the Stock and to verify the information contained in the information received as indicated in this Section 2(e), and he has relied solely on such information. 

(f) The Management Stockholder further represents and warrants that (i) his financial condition is such that he can afford to bear
the economic risk of holding the Stock for an indefinite period of time and has adequate means for providing for his current needs and personal contingencies, (ii) he can afford to suffer a complete loss of his investment in the Stock,
(iii) he understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors related to the acquisition of the Stock, (iv) his knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks
of his acquisition of the Stock as contemplated by this Agreement, and (v) his participation in the acquisition of the Purchased Stock is voluntary. 
 (g) The Management Stockholder hereby grants to Luxco an irrevocable proxy coupled with an interest to vote his Stock at any meeting of stockholders of the Company, to consent to holding such meetings at
short notice and to exercise the voting rights attached to the Stock by way of unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting, which proxy shall be valid and remain in effect until the earliest to occur of (i) an initial Public Offering,
(ii) a Change in Control and (iii) the date on which the Investors’ beneficial ownership percentage (directly or indirectly) in the Company’s Common Stock is less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the amount of
such ownership percentage as of August 22, 2006. 
 3. Transferability of Stock. 

(a) The Management Stockholder agrees that he will not directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or
otherwise dispose of (any of the foregoing acts being referred to herein as a “transfer”) any shares of Purchased Stock, at the time of exercise, the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Options (“Option
Stock”) and any other Common Stock otherwise acquired and/or held by the Management Stockholder Entities (collectively referred to as “Stock”) at any time from and after the Effective Date; provided, however,
that the Management Stockholder may transfer shares of Stock during such time pursuant to one of the following exceptions: (i) transfers permitted by clauses (x), (y) and (z) of Section 2(a) hereof; (ii) a sale of
shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act filed by the Company (excluding any registration on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form) pursuant to Section 7 hereof; or (iii) transfers
permitted pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement (as defined in Section 5(b) hereof); and provided, further, that following an initial Public Offering, the Management Stockholder may transfer shares of Stock only at the time
of transfer by, and on the same terms as, the Investors and on a pro rata basis with the Investors (based on the percentage of Stock actually transferred by the Investors). In addition, on and after the later to occur of (A) the fifth
anniversary of the Effective Date and (B) the third anniversary of an initial Public Offering, the Management Stockholder may transfer shares of Purchased Stock (but not Option Stock) to the extent that the total amount of all gross proceeds
the Management Stockholder will receive upon such transfer, when aggregated with all prior gross proceeds received by the Management Stockholder upon any previous transfer of Purchased Stock together with the value of all dividends and other
distributions received by the Management Stockholder on his shares of Purchased Stock through the date of such transfer, does not exceed $20 million. 

  
 4 

  
 (b) If, following an
initial Public Offering, the Management Stockholder either (x) elects not to transfer shares of Stock that he would otherwise be permitted to transfer under this Agreement or (y) is unable to transfer shares of Stock due to restrictions on
transfer of the Stock other than as set forth in this Agreement or due to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof, then the restrictions on transfer of the Stock set forth in this Agreement shall terminate such that the Management Stockholder may
(i) effect a sale of Stock to the public that the Management Stockholder would have been able to sell pursuant to Section 7 hereof or pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement at a prior time had the Management Stockholder elected to
transfer shares of Stock or had such other restrictions on transfer of the Stock not been in effect, as applicable, and (ii) effect a sale of Option Stock to the public that the Management Stockholder would have been able to sell pursuant to
Section 7 hereof or pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement at a prior time had the Options through which such Option Stock was acquired been exercisable at such prior time, in each case at the time of a sale by the Investors pursuant to
Section 7 hereof or pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary, if, following an initial Public Offering, the Management Stockholder’s active employment with the Company (and/or, if applicable, its subsidiaries) is terminated as a result of the Management Stockholder’s death or Permanent
Disability, the Management Stockholder may transfer, without limitation under this Agreement (but subject to any applicable securities laws), all or any portion of his or her Purchased Stock on and after the expiration of any Lock-Up Period that may
be applicable. 
 (d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 3 shall terminate and be of
no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) the date on which the Investors’ beneficial ownership percentage (directly or indirectly) in the Company’s Common Stock is less than
thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the amount of such ownership percentage as of August 22, 2006. 
 4. The
Company’s Option to Purchase Stock and Options of Management Stockholder Upon Certain Terminations of Employment. 

(a) Termination for Cause by the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, if, prior to December 31, 2011, (i) the
Management Stockholder’s active employment with the Company (and/or, if applicable, its subsidiaries) is terminated by the Company (and/or, if applicable, its subsidiaries) for Cause, (ii) the beneficiaries of a Management
Stockholder’s Trust shall include any person or entity other than the Management Stockholder, his spouse (or ex-spouse) or his lineal descendants (including adopted children) or, if at any time after any such transfer there shall be no then
living spouse or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary or (iii) the Management Stockholder shall otherwise effect a transfer of any of the Stock other than as
permitted in this Agreement (other than as may be required by applicable law or an order of a court having competent jurisdiction) after notice from the Company of such impermissible transfer and a reasonable opportunity to cure such transfer (each,
a “Section 4(a) Call Event”): 
 (A) With respect to the Stock, the Company may purchase all or any portion of
the shares of the Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value Per Share on the applicable repurchase date and (y) the Base Price (or, with
respect to any Option Stock, the Option Exercise Price) (any such applicable repurchase price, the “Section 4(a) Repurchase Price”); and 

  
 5 

  
 (B) With respect to
the Options, all such Options (whether or not then exercisable) held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities will terminate immediately without payment in respect thereof. 

(b) Termination by the Management Stockholder without Good Reason. Except as otherwise provided herein, if, prior to
December 31, 2011, the Management Stockholder’s active employment with the Company (and/or, if applicable, its subsidiaries) is terminated by the Management Stockholder without Good Reason (a “Section 4(b) Call Event”):

 (A) With respect to the Stock, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the shares of the Stock then held by the
applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to (x) the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value Per Share on the applicable repurchase date and (ii) the Base Price (or, with respect to any Option Stock,
the Option Exercise Price), if the Section 4(b) Call Event is on or prior to December 31, 2009 or (y) the Fair Market Value Per Share, if the Section 4(b) Call Event is after December 31, 2009; and 

(B) With respect to the Options, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the exercisable Options held by the applicable
Management Stockholder Entities for an amount equal to the product of (x) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value Per Share over the Option Exercise Price if the Section 4(b) Call Event is between January 1, 2010 and
December 31, 2011, inclusive, and (y) the number of Exercisable Option Shares, which Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment. In the event the foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, all outstanding
exercisable Options granted to the Management Stockholder under the Option Plan shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof. In the event that the Company does not exercise the foregoing rights, all exercisable but
unexercised Options shall terminate pursuant to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. All unexercisable Options held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities shall terminate, without payment, immediately upon termination of employment or
on such later date as may otherwise be provided in the Stock Option Agreement. 
 (c) Termination for Death or
Disability. Except as otherwise provided herein, if the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company (and/or, if applicable, its subsidiaries) is terminated as a result of the death or Permanent Disability of the Management
Stockholder (each a “Section 4(c) Call Event”): 
 (A) With respect to the Stock, the Company may purchase all
or any portion of the shares of the Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share price equal to the Fair Market Value Per Share on the applicable repurchase date; and 

  
 6 

  
 (B) With respect to
the Options, the Company may purchase all or any portion of the exercisable Options held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities for an amount equal to the product of (x) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value Per Share over the
Option Exercise Price and (y) the number of Exercisable Option Shares, which Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment. In the event the foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, all outstanding exercisable
Options granted to the Management Stockholder under the Option Plan shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof. In the event that the Company does not exercise the foregoing rights, all exercisable but unexercised
Options shall terminate pursuant to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. All unexercisable Options held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities shall terminate without payment immediately upon termination of employment or on such later
date as may otherwise be provided in the Stock Option Agreement. 
 (d) Call Notice. The Company shall have a period (the
“Call Period”) of one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of any Call Event (or, if later, with respect to a Section 4(a) Call Event, from the date after discovery of, and the applicable cure period for, an
impermissible transfer constituting a Section 4(a) Call Event) in which to give notice in writing to the Management Stockholder of its election to exercise its rights and obligations pursuant to this Section 4 (“Call
Notice”). The completion of the purchases pursuant to the foregoing shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the tenth Business Day after the giving of the Call Notice. The applicable Repurchase Price (including any
payment with respect to the Options as described in this Section 4) shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the
applicable Management Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Management Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of an irrevocable power of attorney enabling
the Company to cause the transfer to it of the Stock so purchased and appropriate documents canceling the Options so terminated, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized
representative. 
 (e) Delay of Call. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4 to the contrary and
subject to Section 8(a) hereof, if there exists and is continuing a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company under any loan, guarantee or other agreement under which the Company or any
subsidiary of the Company has borrowed money or if a repurchase would not be permitted under, or would otherwise violate, applicable provisions of Dutch law (each such occurrence being an “Event”), the Company shall delay the
repurchase of any of the Stock or the Options (pursuant to a Call Notice timely given in accordance with Section 4(d) hereof) from the applicable Management Stockholder Entities until the first Business Day which is ten (10) calendar days
after all of the foregoing Events have ceased to exist (the “Repurchase Eligibility Date”); provided, however, that (i) the number of shares of Stock subject to repurchase under this Section 4 shall be that
number of shares of Stock, and (ii) in the case of a repurchase pursuant to Section 4(a), 4(b) or 4(c) hereof, the number of Exercisable Option Shares for purposes of calculating the Option Excess Price payable under this Section 4
shall be the number of Exercisable Option Shares, in each case held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at the time of delivery of (and as set forth in) a Call Notice in accordance with Section 4(d) hereof. All Options exercisable
as of the date of a Call Notice, in the case of a repurchase pursuant to Section 4(a), 4(b) or 4(c) hereof, shall continue to be 

  
 7 

 
exercisable until the repurchase of such Options pursuant to such Call Notice, provided that to the extent that any Options are exercised after the date of such Call Notice, the number of
Exercisable Option Shares for purposes of calculating the Option Excess Price shall be reduced accordingly. 
 (f)
Calculation of Option Excess Price. For the avoidance of doubt, in any instance where the Company purchases Options as set forth in this Section 4, the applicable Option Excess Price shall be calculated in tranches based on the
applicable Option Exercise Prices relative to the applicable Repurchase Price, and not on an aggregate net basis, such that the Option Excess Price of any Options having the same Option Exercise Price, where the Option Excess Price is greater than
zero, shall not be netted against the Option Excess Price of any Options having a different Option Exercise Price, where the Option Excess Price is less than or equal to zero. 

(g) Effect of Accounting Principles. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Section 4 to the contrary, in the event that
it is determined by the Company (in consultation with its auditors) that the provisions of this Section 4 would result in any of the Options being classified as a liability as contemplated by FASB Statement No. 123R, Share-Based Payment,
including any amendments and interpretations thereto, then the following terms shall apply in lieu of the corresponding provisions in Section 4(b) and Section 4(c) providing for the purchase by the Company of exercisable Options:

 With respect to any exercisable Options, upon the occurrence of the applicable event giving rise to the Section 4 Call
Event, the Management Stockholder Entities may be required by the Company to elect, in accordance with the terms of the relevant Stock Option Agreement, to receive from the Company, on one occasion, in exchange for all of the exercisable Options
then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, if any, a number of shares of Stock equal to the quotient of (x) the product of (A) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value over the Option Exercise Price and (B) the
number of shares then acquirable on exercise, divided by (y) the Fair Market Value, reduced by a number of shares of Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the minimum withholding tax obligation that would otherwise
be required to be paid by the Management Stockholder Entity to the Company; which Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment of shares of Stock (such shares of Stock, the “Net Settled Stock”). (In the event the
foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, all outstanding exercisable Options shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof.) Upon the occurrence of such net settlement of all exercisable Options, the
Call Period shall be deemed to be the period that is 30 days following the date that is six months after the receipt by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities of the Net Settled Stock, during which time the Company may, on delivery of Call
Notice, purchase all or any portion of the Net Settled Stock held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, at a per share price equal to the applicable Repurchase Price for Option Stock identified in Section 4(b) or Section 4(c),
as applicable. 
 (h) Termination without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason; No Call Rights after December 31,
2011. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not have any right to purchase all or any portion of Stock or Options held by the Management Stockholder Entities (i) upon a termination of the Management Stockholder’s employment by
the Company without Cause or by the Management Stockholder for Good Reason or (ii) on or after December 31, 2011. 

  
 8 

  
 (i) Effect of
Change in Control and Reduction in Investors’ Ownership. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) a Change in
Control and (ii) the date on which the Investors’ beneficial ownership percentage (directly or indirectly) in the Company’s Common Stock is less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the amount of such ownership
percentage as of August 22, 2006. 
 5. Adjustment of Repurchase Price; Definitions. 

(a) Adjustment of Repurchase Price. In determining the applicable repurchase price of the Stock and Options, as provided for in
Section 4 hereof, appropriate adjustments shall be made for any stock dividends, extraordinary cash dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or any other adjustment in the number of outstanding shares of Stock in order to maintain, as
nearly as practicable, the intended operation of the provisions of Section 4 hereof. 
 (b) Definitions. All
capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have such meaning as such terms are defined in the Option Plan. Terms used herein and as listed below shall be defined as follows: 

“Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof. 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph. 

“Base Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof. 

“Board” shall mean the Supervisory Board (raad van commissarissen) of VNU or, if and as when there exists a Supervisory
Board of the Company, the Supervisory Board of the Company. 
 “Business Day” shall mean a day on which banks are open
for business in Amsterdam, London, New York and Luxembourg (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays in any of these cities). 
 “Call Events” shall mean, collectively, Section 4(a) Call Events, Section 4(b) Call Events, and Section 4(c) Call Events. 

“Call Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(d) hereof. 

“Call Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(d) hereof. 

“Cause” shall mean “Cause” as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement. 

“Change in Control” shall mean: any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or sale of assets or
equity interests, or any acquisition of stock in the open market or otherwise) the result of which is that any Person or “group” (as defined within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act), other than any of the Investors
or their Rule 405 Affiliates, obtains (i) direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights attached to the entire issued share capital of Luxco, or any entity which is wholly-owned, directly or
indirectly, by Luxco and which has materially the same direct or indirect ownership of all direct and indirect subsidiaries of Luxco as does Luxco, or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of the Luxco and its direct and indirect

  
 9 

 
subsidiaries including VNU and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “VNU Group”) (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction or series of
transactions involving the sale of only (A) the assets of the entities comprising the Business Information division of the VNU Group, in combination with (B) the assets of either (x) the entities comprising the Marketing Information
division of the VNU Group or (y) the entities comprising the Media Measurement and Information division of the VNU Group, in each case as such applicable division is constituted from time to time). 

“Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph. 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph. 

“Confidential Information” shall mean “Confidential Information” as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement.

 “Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(f) hereof. 

“Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph. 

“Employment Agreement” shall mean that certain employment agreement, entered into as of August 22, 2006, by and among the
Management Stockholder, Luxco and VNU, Inc. 
 “Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(e) hereof.

 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor statute thereto).

 “Exercisable Option Shares” shall mean the shares of Common Stock that, at the Repurchase Calculation Date, could
be acquired by the Management Stockholder upon exercise of his outstanding and exercisable Options. 
 “Fair Market Value
Per Share” shall mean the Market Value Per Share, or, if there has been no Qualified Public Offering, the fair market value of the Common Stock as determined reasonably in the good faith discretion of the Board and without any minority
discount. 
 “Good Reason” shall mean “Good Reason” as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement.

 “Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(d) hereof. 

“Investors” shall have the meaning set forth in the first “whereas” paragraph. 

“Lock-Up Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof. 

“Luxco” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph. 

“Management Stockholder” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph. 

  
 10 

  
 “Management
Stockholder Entities” shall mean the Management Stockholder’s Trust, the Management Stockholder and the Management Stockholder’s Estate, collectively. 
 “Management Stockholder’s Estate” shall mean the conservators, guardians, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder.

 “Management Stockholder’s Trust” shall mean a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or
custodianship, the beneficiaries of which may include only the Management Stockholder, his spouse (or ex-spouse) or his lineal descendants (including adopted children) or, if at any time after any such transfer there shall be no then living spouse
or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary. 

“Market Value Per Share” shall mean, on the Repurchase Calculation Date, the price per share equal to (i) the last sale
price of the Common Stock on the Repurchase Calculation Date on the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock may at the time be listed or, (ii) if there shall have been no sales on such exchange on the Repurchase Calculation Date on
any given day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock on such exchange on the Repurchase Calculation Date or, (iii) if there is no such bid and asked price on the Repurchase Calculation Date, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock on the next preceding date when such bid and asked price occurred or, (iv) if the Common Stock shall not be so listed, the closing sales price of the Common Stock as reported by NASDAQ on the
Repurchase Calculation Date in the over-the-counter market. 
 “Maximum Repurchase Amount” shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 8(a) hereof. 
 “Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof.

 “Option Excess Price” shall mean, with respect to any Option, the aggregate amount paid or payable by the Company
in respect of Exercisable Option Shares pursuant to Section 4 hereof. 
 “Option Exercise Price” shall mean the
then-current exercise price of the shares of Common Stock covered by the applicable Option. 
 “Option Plan” shall
have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph. 
 “Options” shall have the meaning set forth
in the third “whereas” paragraph. 
 “Option Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)
hereof. 
 “Other Management Stockholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas”
paragraph. 
 “Other Management Stockholders’ Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth
“whereas” paragraph. 
 “Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

  
 11 

  
 “Permanent
Disability” shall mean “Disability” or “Permanent Disability” (as applicable) as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement. 
 “Person” shall mean “person,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act. 

“Piggyback Registration Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof. 

“Proposed Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof. 

“Public Offering” shall mean the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to a
registration statement under the Act which has been declared effective by the SEC (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any other similar form) or any transaction resulting in shares of Common Stock (or any securities
received by holders of Common Stock in such transaction) becoming publicly tradable. 
 “Purchased Stock” shall have
the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof. 
 “Qualified Public Offering” shall mean a Public Offering, which
results in an active trading market of 25% or more of the Common Stock. 
 “Repurchase Calculation Date” shall mean
the date on which the repurchase occurs. 
 “Repurchase Eligibility Date” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4(e) hereof. 
 “Repurchase Price” shall mean the amount to be paid in respect of the Stock and Options
to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4(a), 4(b), or 4(c) hereof, as applicable. 
 “Request” shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof. 
 “Restricted Group” shall mean, collectively, the Company,
its subsidiaries, the Investors and their respective Rule 405 Affiliates. 
 “Rule 405 Affiliate” shall mean
an affiliate of the Company as defined under Rule 405 of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Act and as interpreted in good faith by the Board. 
 “Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain sale participation agreement entered into by and between the Management Stockholder and Luxco on behalf of the Investors dated as of the
date hereof. 
 “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Section 4(a) Call Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 

“Section 4(a) Repurchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 

“Section 4(b) Call Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof. 

  
 12 

  
 “Section 4(c)
Call Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof. 
 “Shareholders’ Agreement” shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof. 
 “Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3(a) hereof. 
 “Stock Option Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the third
“whereas” paragraph. 
 “Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof. 

“Valcon Acquisition B.V.” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph. 

“VNU” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph. 

6. The Company’s Representations and Warranties. 
 (a) The Company represents and warrants to the Management Stockholder that (i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is enforceable against the Company in
accordance with its terms and (ii) the Stock, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and the other agreements contemplated hereby, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. 

(b) If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file the
reports required to be filed by it under the Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, to the extent required from time to time to enable the Management Stockholder to sell shares of Stock without
registration under the Exchange Act within the limitations of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 6(b), the Company may de-register under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it is then permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, in such
circumstances, shall not be required hereby to file any reports which may be necessary in order for Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation under the Act to be available. Nothing in this Section 6(b) shall be deemed to limit in any
manner the restrictions on sales of Stock contained in this Agreement. 
 7. “Piggyback” Registration Rights.
Effective upon the date of this Agreement and until the later of (i) the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering and (ii) December 31, 2011: 
 (a) The Management Stockholder hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms, conditions and obligations of the piggyback registration rights contained in the Shareholders’ Agreement (the
“Shareholders’ Agreement”) to be entered into by and among Luxco, Valcon Acquisition B.V., the Company and investors party thereto (the “Piggyback Registration Rights”), in the form provided to the Management
Stockholder on the date hereof (subject to any amendments thereto to which the Management Stockholder has agreed in writing to be bound), and, following the consummation of an initial Public Offering, if any one of the Investors are selling stock,
shall have all of the rights and privileges of the Piggyback Registration Rights (including, without limitation, the right to participate in one or 

  
 13 

 
more Public Offerings and any rights to indemnification and/or contribution from the Company and/or the Investors), in each case as if the Management Stockholder were an original party (other
than Luxco, Valcon Acquisition B.V. and the Company) to the Shareholders’ Agreement, subject to applicable and customary underwriter restrictions; provided, however, that at no time shall the Management Stockholder have any rights
to request registration under the Shareholders’ Agreement; and provided further, that the Management Stockholder shall not be bound by any amendments to the Shareholders’ Agreement unless the Management Stockholder consents
in writing thereto provided that such consent will not be unreasonably withheld. All Stock, whether acquired upon the exercise of an Option or not, acquired or held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Agreement
shall be deemed to be “Listed Shares” as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement. 
 (b) In the event of a
sale of Common Stock by the Investors in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Company will promptly notify the Management Stockholder in writing (a “Notice”) of any proposed registration (a
“Proposed Registration”). If within five (5) Business Days of the receipt by the Management Stockholder of such Notice, the Company receives from the applicable Management Stockholder Entities a written request (a
“Request”) to register shares of Stock held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (which Request will be irrevocable unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Management Stockholder and the Company), shares
of Stock will be so registered as provided in this Section 7; provided, however, that for each such registration statement only one Request, which shall be executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, may be
submitted for all Listed Shares held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities. 
 (c) The maximum number of shares of
Stock which will be registered pursuant to a Request will be the lowest of (i) the number of shares of Stock then held by the Management Stockholder Entities, including all shares of Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities are then
entitled to acquire under an unexercised Option to the extent then exercisable, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Stock being sold by the Investors and any affiliated or unaffiliated investment partnerships
and investment limited liability companies investing with the Investors and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Stock owned by the Investors and any investment partnerships and investment limited liability companies
investing with the Investors or (ii) the maximum number of shares of Stock which the Company can register in the Proposed Registration without adverse effect on the offering in the view of the managing underwriters (reduced pro rata as
more fully described in subsections (d) and (e) of this Section 7) or (iii) the maximum number of shares which the Management Stockholder (pro rata based upon the aggregate number of shares of Stock the Management
Stockholder and all Other Management Stockholders have requested to be registered) is permitted to register under the Piggyback Registration Rights. 
 (d) Subject to subsection (e) of this Section 7, if a Proposed Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion,
the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Stock
offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then the Company will include in the Proposed Registration (i) first, 100% of the shares of Stock the Company 

  
 14 

 
proposes to sell and (ii) second, to the extent of the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can
be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, the number of shares of Stock which the selling Investors and any affiliated or unaffiliated investment partnerships and investment limited liability companies investing with the selling
Investors, the Management Stockholder and all Other Management Stockholders (together, the “Holders”) have requested to be included in the Proposed Registration, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting
Holders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Stock then held by each such Holder (including upon exercise of all exercisable Options) (provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s
request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner). 
 (e) If a Proposed Registration involves
an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration by the Management Stockholder and all Other Management
Stockholders would be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Stock offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then the Company will include in the Proposed Registration, in
addition to shares to be sold by the Company and the selling Investors, the number of shares of Stock requested to be sold by the Management Stockholder and all Other Management Stockholders which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be
sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting parties on the basis of the relative number of shares of Stock then held by each such party (including upon exercise of all
exercisable Options) (provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such party that exceed such party’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting parties in like manner). 

(f) Upon delivering a Request, the Management Stockholder will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a custody agreement and
power of attorney having customary terms and in form and substance satisfactory to the Company with respect to the shares of Stock to be registered pursuant to this Section 7 (a “Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney”). The
Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Management Stockholder will irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Management Stockholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power
and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on the Management Stockholder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein. 
 (g) If the number of shares of Stock that the Management Stockholder is permitted to include in a Request pursuant to this Section 7 is limited by the fact that the Options are not exercisable at the
time of such Proposed Registration, then at such time as the Options become exercisable (in whole or in part) and at any time thereafter, the Management Stockholder shall be entitled to register for public sale as part of any subsequent Proposed
Registration such additional number of shares of Stock as the Management Stockholder could have registered at the time of the initial Proposed Registration. 
 (h) The Management Stockholder agrees that he will execute such other agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 7. 

  
 15 

  
 8. Pro Rata
Repurchases; Dividends. 
 (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4 hereof, if at any time
consummation of any purchase or payment to be made by the Company pursuant to this Agreement and the Other Management Stockholders Agreements would result in an Event, then the Company shall make purchases from, and payments to, the Management
Stockholder and Other Management Stockholders pro rata (on the basis of the proportion of the number of shares of Stock each such Management Stockholder and all Other Management Stockholders have elected or are required to sell to the
Company) for the maximum number of shares of Stock permitted without resulting in an Event (the “Maximum Repurchase Amount”). The provisions of Section 4(e) hereof shall apply in their entirety to payments and repurchases with
respect to shares of Stock which may not be made due to the limits imposed by the Maximum Repurchase Amount under this Section 8(a). Until all of such Stock is purchased and paid for by the Company, the Management Stockholder and the Other
Management Stockholders whose Stock is not purchased in accordance with this Section 8(a) shall have priority, on a pro rata basis, over other purchases of Stock by the Company pursuant to this Agreement and Other Management
Stockholders’ Agreements. 
 (b) In the event any dividends are paid with respect to the Stock, the Management Stockholder
will be treated in the same manner as all other holders of Common Stock with respect to shares of Stock then owned by the Management Stockholder, and, with respect to any Options held by the Management Stockholder, in accordance, as applicable, with
the Stock Option Agreement. 
 (c) Upon the expiration of the Lock-Up Period relating to an initial Public Offering and at all
times thereafter, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the resale of all shares of Stock held by the Management Stockholder and to maintain the
effectiveness of such registration statement (or a successor thereto) until such time as the Management Stockholder would be permitted to transfer the remaining shares of Stock held by the Management Stockholder without restriction under U.S.
federal securities laws. Any transfers of Stock by the Management Stockholder pursuant to such registration statement shall remain subject in all respects to the limitations of transfer set forth in this Agreement. 

9. Rights to Negotiate Repurchase Price. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the Company from
purchasing, redeeming or otherwise acquiring for value shares of Stock or Options from the Management Stockholder, at any time, upon such terms and conditions, and for such price, as may be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Parties hereto,
whether or not at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition circumstances exist which specifically grant the Company the right to purchase, or the Management Stockholder the right to sell, shares of Stock or any Options under the terms of
this Agreement; provided that no such purchase, redemption or acquisition shall be consummated, and no agreement with respect to any such purchase, redemption or acquisition shall be entered into, without the prior approval of the Board.

 10. Covenant Regarding 83(b) Election. Except as the Company may otherwise agree in writing, to the extent applicable,
the Management Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that he will make an election provided pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-2 with respect to the Stock, including without limitation, the Stock to be acquired upon each exercise of
the Management Stockholder’s Options; and the Management Stockholder further covenants and agrees that he will furnish the Company with 

  
 16 

 
copies of the forms of election the Management Stockholder files within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, and within thirty (30) days after each exercise of Management
Stockholder’s Options and with evidence that each such election has been filed in a timely manner. 
 11. Notice of
Change of Beneficiary. Immediately prior to any transfer of Stock to a Management Stockholder’s Trust, the Management Stockholder shall provide the Company with a copy of the instruments creating the Management Stockholder’s Trust and
with the identity of the beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder’s Trust. The Management Stockholder shall notify the Company as soon as practicable prior to any change in the identity of any beneficiary of the Management Stockholder’s
Trust. 
 12. Recapitalizations, etc. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein
with respect to the Stock or the Options, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any capital stock, partnership units or any other security evidencing ownership interests in any successor or assign of the Company (whether by
merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or substitution of the Stock or the Options by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation,
reclassification, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise. 
 13. Management Stockholder’s Employment by the
Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement entered into by the Company and the Management Stockholder contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement (subject to, and except as set forth in, the applicable
provisions of any offer letter or letter of employment provided to the Management Stockholder by the Company or any employment agreement entered by and between the Management Stockholder and the Company) (i) obligates the Company or any
subsidiary of the Company to employ the Management Stockholder in any capacity whatsoever or (ii) prohibits or restricts the Company (or any such subsidiary) from terminating the employment of the Management Stockholder at any time or for any
reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, and the Management Stockholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor any other person has made any representations or promises whatsoever to the Management Stockholder concerning the
Management Stockholder’s employment or continued employment by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. 
 14.
Binding Effect. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. In the case of a transferee permitted under
clause (y) or (z) of Section 2(a) or Section 3 hereof, such transferee shall be deemed the Management Stockholder hereunder; provided, however, that no transferee (including without limitation, transferees referred
to in Section 2(a) or Section 3 hereof) shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement. 

15. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument signed by the Parties hereto. 

16. Closing. Except as otherwise provided herein, the closing of each issue or sale of shares of Stock pursuant to this Agreement
shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the tenth Business Day following delivery of the notice by either Party to the other of its exercise of the right to acquire or dispose of such Stock hereunder. 

  
 17 

  
 17. Applicable Law;
Jurisdiction; Arbitration; Legal Fees. 
 (a) The laws of the State of New York shall govern the interpretation, validity
and performance of the terms of this Agreement, except to the extent that the issue or transfer of Stock shall be subject to mandatory provisions of the laws of The Netherlands. 

(b) Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted
before an arbitrator in New York, New York, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitration award in any court having jurisdiction. Only individuals who are
(a) lawyers engaged full-time in the practice of law, as in-house counsel or as a professor of law; and (b) on the AAA register of arbitrators shall be selected as an arbitrator. Within twenty (20) days of the conclusion of the
arbitration hearing, the arbitrator shall prepare written findings of fact and conclusions of law. It is mutually agreed that the written decision of the arbitrator shall be valid, binding, final and non-appealable; provided however,
that the parties hereto agree that the arbitrator shall not be empowered to award punitive damages against any party to such arbitration. In the event that an action is brought to enforce the provisions of this Agreement pursuant to this
Section 17(b), (x) if the arbitrator determines that the Management Stockholder is the prevailing party in such action, the Company shall be required to pay the reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses of the Management Stockholder in
connection with such arbitration, as well as the arbitrator’s full fees and expenses and (y) if the Company prevails in such action or if, in the opinion of the court or arbitrator deciding such action, there is no prevailing party, each
party shall pay his or its own attorney’s fees and expenses and the arbitrator’s fees and expenses will be borne equally by the parties thereto. 
 18. Assignability of Certain Rights by the Company. The Company shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights or obligations to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

 19. Miscellaneous. 
 (a) In this Agreement all references to “dollars” or “$” are to U.S. dollars and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the
context so indicates 
 (b) If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, void or unenforceable by any court of
competent jurisdiction, the other provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect. 
 (c) If any
payments of money, delivery of shares of Common Stock or other benefits due to the Management Stockholder hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the “Code”), such payments, delivery of shares or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment, delivery of shares or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, otherwise such
payment, delivery of shares or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Management Stockholder, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax.

  
 18 

  
 20.
Withholding. The Company or its subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct from any cash payment made under this Agreement to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities any minimum federal, state or local income or other taxes required
by law to be withheld with respect to such payment. 
 21. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for
herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery and
(iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows: 

(a) If to the Company, to it at the following address: 

Valcon Acquisition B.V. 
 Jachthavenweg 118 
 1081 KJ Amsterdam 

The Netherlands 
 Tel.: +31 20 540 75 75 
 Fax.: +31 20 540 75 00 

Attention: Management Board c/o Evert Vink 

with copies to: 
 Clifford Chance LLP 
 Droogbak 1A 

1013 GE Amsterdam 
 The Netherlands 
 Telefax: +31 20 711 9999 

Attention: Joachim Fleury 
 and 
 Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 

425 Lexington Avenue 
 New York, New York 10017 
 Telecopy: (212) 455-2502

 Attention: John G. Finley, Esq. 

and 
 VNU, Inc. 
 770 Broadway 

New York, NY 10003 
 Attention: James W. Cuminale, Esq. 

  
 19 

  
 (b) If to the
Management Stockholder, to him care of the Company at the address set forth above; or at such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other. 

22. Confidential Information; Covenant Not to Compete. 
 In consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement with the Management Stockholder, the Management Stockholder hereby agrees that the terms set forth in Sections 6, 7 and 9 of the Employment
Agreement shall be made a part of this Agreement and are fully incorporated herein by reference. 
 23. Counterparts.

 This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and
hereto were upon the same instrument. 
 (Remainder of page intentionally left blank.) 

  
 20 

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written. 
  

					
	VALCON ACQUISITION HOLDING B.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Scott Schoen

		 	Name: Scott Schoen
		 	Title: Managing Director
	
	 VALCON ACQUISITION HOLDING
 (LUXEMBOURG) S.Á.R.L.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ A Director

		 	Name:
		 	Title: A Director
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Scott Schoen

		 	Name: Scott Schoen
		 	Title: B Director
	
	MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:
	
	 /s/ David L. Calhoun

	David L. Calhoun

(Signature page for Management Stockholder’s Agreement) 

  
 21

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00180-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00180-of-00352.parquet"}]]